MarCal. Calipers - STOCKFER

- + 

CATALOG I DIMENSIONAL METROLOGY

- 

1870 

1900 

1930 

1960 

1980 

Vernier calipers from Carl Mahr 

made of steel and brass, 

produced in 1868 

Length measuring machine 

from 1908. Reading on the 

vernier 1/10,000 mm 

Millimess precision probe, constructed 

in 1937. First indicating 

unit for reliably recording 

dimensional differences down 

to 1/1,000 mm 

Millitron from 1964, compact 

length measuring instrument 

that was given the nickname 

“the miner’s lamp” 

MMQ 2, compact desktop 

formtester for evaluating 

roundness 

MORE ABOUT MAHR: HOW IT ALL STARTED 

The measure of all things since 1861. The industrialization 

of the 19th century not only saw rapid growth in productivity, but 

also a call for precision in manufacturing machine parts. Carl Mahr 

recognized the demand this would create for precision length measurement 

instruments 150 years ago. Founded in Esslingen on 

the Neckar River, his family business grew slowly but surely into 

a large-scale concern with over 1,500 employees. We have grown up 

in the world of metrology and have collected much expertise along

+ 

1983 

1985 

2004 

2006 

2010 

Maxμm,the world’s first digital 

indicator, launched on the 

market by Federal Products 

Co. in 1983 

M4P, the first microprocessorcontrolled 

roughness 

measuring instrument, 

with integrated printer for 

parameters and profiles 

UNI VIS 250 – high-precision 

optical measuring unit with 

picture processing for the 

measurement of smallest 

geometries in the common 

rail injection process close to 

the production site 

MarShaft SCOPE, optical 

measuring unit for turned 

parts with matrix camera for 

direct use in the production 

area 

MarSurf M 400 - the best of 

the "mobiles"! Easy. Fast. Innovative. 

With skidless tracing 

and automatic zeroing 

the way. We implement this knowledge in order to support you as 

well as possible in solving your tasks. Mahr products have been used 

in many branches for a long time. Our know-how creates customer 

benefits: In the automotive industry and mechanical engineering 

as well as in precision mechanics, plastics or medical technology. 

Metrology from Mahr solves the most various measuring tasks such as 

fuel injection systems of motors, the smallest workpieces of the clock 

and watch industry or artificial lenses for eyes. Our solutions speak the 

language of expert knowledge, quality and sustainability since 1861.

- 

GÖTTINGEN 

ESSLINGEN 

JENA 

PROBOSTOV 

Germany 

Headquarters of the Mahr Group 

Production site for Metrology 

Systems 

Mahr GmbH Göttingen 

Carl-Mahr-Str. 1 

D-37073 Göttingen 

Germany 

Precision Gages Division 

Sales Europe and Asia 

Mahr GmbH Esslingen 

Reutlinger Straße 48 

D-73728 Esslingen 

Germany 

Production and Sales 

Optical Coordinate Metrology 

Mahr OKM GmbH 

Carl-Zeiss-Promenade 10 

D-07745 Jena 

Czech Republic 


Precision Gages 

Mahr spol s.r.o. 

Kpt. Jarose 552 

CZ-41712 Probostov 

MORE ABOUT MAHR: A GLOBAL PLAYER 

We’re there wherever you need us. As globalization 

advances, our customers rightly expect that we at Mahr are also 

represented worldwide. We have built a global network of production 

sites, branches and agencies with a view to ensuring

+ 

PROVIDENCE 

SUZHOU 

MAHR IS REPRESENTED IN 

Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Bulgaria, Chile, China, CIS, Croatia, 

Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, 

Hungary, India, Indonesia, Iran, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Mexico, 

Netherlands, Norway, Pakistan, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, 

Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, 

Taiwan, Thailand, Tunisia, Turkey, UAE, United Kingdom, USA, Vietnam 

USA 

Headquarters NAFTA 


Precision Gages and Metrology 

Systems 

Mahr Federal Inc. 

1144 Eddy Street 

Providence, RI 02905 

China 


Precision Gages 

Mahr Precision Metrology 

#399 Su Hong Road 

Suzhou Industrial Park 

Suzhou 21501, P.R. 

the optimum level of quality service in every country throughout 

the world. You can find Mahr metrology contacts in Europe, North 

America, Latin America and Asia. We’re there wherever and whenever 

you need us. Measure us by this pledge!

- 

EXPERIENCE 

COMMITMENT 

TECHNOLOGY 

RELIABILITY 

Mahr has been producing 

measuring instruments 

for over 140 years 

The perfect solution 

for every need 

Top quality for 

absolute precision 

Results you can rely on 

MORE ABOUT MAHR: THE BRAND 

We let precision speak! The brand stands for reliability. Quality 

assurance is playing an ever greater role in the world of production. The 

more important repeatable precision becomes, the greater the importance 

of metrol ogy to the final result. We make it our job to ensure that the results 

are accurate. As one of the world’s largest manufacturers of measuring 

equipment, our leadership in the field of innovation is unrivalled. 

We have the precise technology required for all conceivable requirements. 

Our range of products extends from calipers to customized high-end 

measuring systems with direct connection to your production process.

+ 

SIZE 

COURAGE 

IMAGINATION 

VISION 

Continuous growth, 

a global player 

Going its own way 

to new standards 

Innovation leader 

in industrial metrology 

Seeing things from 

a new perspective 

Supplemented with the right software, training and services such as calibration 

we ensure smooth operations, quality and the continual reduction 

of costs. The concepts we devise for the future of metrology are the direct 

result of dialog with your experts from the areas of production, research 

and development. As a process-oriented application specialists, we work 

out solutions with you, especially suited to your demands. Mahr offers 

more than just a product!

- 

AUTOMOTIVE AEROSPACE MEDICINE 

ELECTRICAL 

ENGINEERING 

MORE ABOUT MAHR: THE EXPERTISE 

Industrial metrology for all applications. Production metrology 

with experience, innovation and dedication. We are increasingly 

committed to developing solutions that provide our customers with a 

process-oriented spectrum of benefits for every conceivable application. 

Our solutions are used from initial research to final check. Many 

of them are derived from direct dialog with our most loyal customers

+ 

MECHANICAL 

ENGINEERING PLASTICS OPTICS 

PRECISION 

ENGINEERING 

across a whole range of industries. Mahr offers you a broad spectrum 

for hand-held metrology, surface metrology and form metrology, as 

well as for shafts, gears or tools. A comprehensive global service network 

provides services for everything from procurement of spare parts 

to calibrations compliant with international calibration standards as per 

DIN EN ISO 17025.

- 

VISIONS INDICATIONS PROGNOSES PREDICTIONS 

Measuring the future is a tricky 

business 

Accurate predictions are something 

you shouldn’t expect 

People say there are many ways 

to reach a goal 

But none of them is entirely 

undisputed... 

MORE ABOUT MAHR: THE FUTURE 

The challenges increase. Climate change and environmental 

protection, renewable energies and the shortage of resources, 

mobility and electrical drive are all topics that pose new challenges and 

bring new products to production metrology. The trend towards 

sustainability means that industry needs to constantly 

reinforce its commitment to accuracy in the production process.

+ 

INTERPRETATIONS GOALS INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTIONS 

...Results can be used only in rare 

cases 

Forecasts based on science also 

come with no guarantee 

When it comes to the future, only 

one thing is certain: 

It’s on its way 

All of this combines to make dimensional metrology a key 

player in this process. We are already busy contemplating 

the metrology of tomorrow. Let's use your requirements to face the 

future of metrology. Talk to us: we will find the solution to your measurement 

needs.

- 

dimensional metrology

+ 

Contents 

MarCal Calipers 1- 2 

Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 2- 2 

Micromar Micrometers 3- 2 

MarTest Test Indicators / 3D Touch Probes 4- 2 

MarCator Digital / Dial Indicators 5- 2 

Millimess Digital / Dial Comparators 6- 2 

Millimar Electrical Length Measuring Instruments / Air Gaging 7- 2 

MarStand Indicator Stands / Comparator Stands 8- 2 

MaraMeter Indicating Measuring Instruments 9- 2 

Multimar Universal Measuring Instruments 10- 2 

MarConnect Interfaces / Data Processing 11- 2 

MarTool Measuring and Inspection Equipment 12- 2 

MarGage Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 13- 2

- 

DIMENSIONAL METROLOGY

+ 

Contents 

Precimar Precision Length Metrology 14- 2 

MarSurf Surface Metrology 15- 2 

MarForm Form Metrology 16- 2 

MarGear Gear Metrology 17- 2 

MarVision Optical Metrology 18- 2 

MarPreset Tool Presetters 19- 2 

MarShaft Shaft Metrology 20- 2 

Service 21- 2

- 

MarCal. Calipers 

FOR SIMPLE MEASUREMENT THE RULE OF 

THUMB IS SUFFICIENT. 

FOR THE REST THERE IS MARCAL. 

The latest information on MARCAL products can be 

found on our website: 

www.mahr.com, WebCode 203 

High-quality calipers are amongst the most important measuring instruments in Dimensional Metrology because 

they are both versatile and easy to use, such as the MarCal series from Mahr. The E R digital caliper series is simple 

to operate, has a large, easy to read display and enables fast and uncomplicated data transmission thus meeting all 

requirements of modern metrology. The new generation of Mahr calipers is the MarCal 16 EWR a waterproof digital 

caliper, which enables measurement even in the most difficult workshop conditions. In addition all the Mahr calipers 

have a highly precise slide movement as well as both the slide and beam being made of hardened stainless steel thus 

completing the outstanding characteristics of Mahr calipers.

+ 



Overview 

MarCal Calipers 1- 2 

Standard Calipers 

MarCal 16 EWR 1- 4 

Waterproof Caliper with a Digital Display 

MarCal 16 ER 1- 8 

With a Digital Display 

MarCal 16 DN / 16 FN / 16 GN / 16 N 1- 10 

With a Line Scale (Vernier) 

MarCal 16 U 1- 11 

With a Circular Scale 

Universal Calipers 

MarCal 16 EWV 1- 12 


Special Calipers 

MarCal 16 EWR 1- 14 

Waterproof Caliper in special design 

Workshop Calipers 

MarCal 18 EWR / 18 ESA 1- 20 


MarCal 18 NA / 18 N / 18 DN 1- 23 


Depth Calipers 

MarCal 30 EWR / 30 ER / 30 EWN 1- 26 


MarCal 30 N / 30 NH / 30 ND 1- 30 


Linear Machine Scales 

MarCal 31 EW 1- 31 

With a Digital Display

- 

1- 



overview 

MarCal - Design Features 

Measuring blades for 

inside measurement 

Locking screw 

Slide 

Beam 

Depth bar 

Fixed 

measuring jaw 

Moveable measuring jaw 

Vernier scale 

Line scale 

MarCal - Types on measurement 

Calipers of the 16 series (e.g. 16 EWR, 16 U, 16 FN) can be used for 

4 different measurements: 

a) Outside measurement 

b) Inside 

measurement 

c) Depth 

measurement 

d) Step (Distance) measurement 

Error limits G according to DIN 862 

Error limits G in µm 

Measuring Scale interval and/or Resolution 

length 

vernier interval 

l 0.1 and 0.05 0.02 0.01 

50 

20 20 

100 

50 

200 

300 

400 60 

30 30 

500 70 

600 80 

700 90 

800 100 

900 110 

40 40 

1000 120 

1200 140 50 

1400 160 

1600 180 

— 

60 

1800 200 

2000 220

+ 


1- 

MarCal - The innovative Reference-System 

Just set once to zero 

All Mahr digital calipers with this logo 

are equipped with the innovative Reference-System. The zero position 

just has to be set once: after setting the zero position, the zero remains stored for all further measurements. Therefore, once the 

caliper is switched ON or the slide is moved the caliper is immediately ready for measurement. The need to reset to zero with a 

conventional caliper once the caliper is switched on has now become obsolete. 

Conventional 

Switch ON Close the measuring jaws Set to zero Results of measurement 

- System 

Switch ON 

 

 

Results of measurement 

Press the 

ON key 

or 

move the slide 

IP-Protection classes 

First digit is the degree of protection according to 

IEC 60529 

Protection against particles, contaminants and dust 

Second digit is the degree of protection according 

to IEC 60529 (approximate) 

Protection against wet conditions (fluids) 

0 Not protected 0 Not protected 

1 Particles > 50.0 mm 1 Falling water drops - vertical 

2 Particles > 12.5 mm 2 Falling water drops - tilted < 15° 

3 Particles > 2.5 mm 3 Spray water < 60° 

4 Particles > 1.0 mm 4 Water splashing from all directions 

5 Dust protected 5 Water jets from all directions 

6 Dust tight 6 Powerful water jets 

7 Temporary immersion in water 

8 Continuous immersion in water 

IP67 

Example: 

IP67 means that 

the product is 

"Dust tight" and is 

protected against 

"Temporary 

immersion in water".

- 

1- 


MarCal. The new Generation with the Reference-System 

WAtERproof Calipers 

The water-proof digital caliper MarCal 16 EWR, with protection class IP67 and the Reference Lock- 

Function, ensures both accurate and reliable results even in the most toughest workshop conditions. 

The high-contrast display 

with 8.5 mm high digits 

enables accurate, fatigue 

free reading of the 

measurement results. 

 

 

 

 

Universal SPC-interface 

(optional). You have a choice of 

MarConnect data outputs, select 

either USB, Digimatic or Mahr 

Opto RS232 

The Reference-Lock- 

Function prevents 

operating error caused 

by accidental usage of the 

operating buttons. 

The new Reference system is extremely 

energy efficient as when the caliper is 

in standby mode; almost no power is 

required, thus extending the life of 

the battery to up to 50%. 

Conventional 

- System 

+ 50% 

MarCal calipers have lapped guide 

way surfaces, these guarantee an even 

and sensitive run of the slide. 

Surface of the guide way 

Lapped guide way 

Lapped measuring faces 

for accurate measurement. 

Code 

Initials IP International 

Protection 

First 

digit 6 Dust-tight 

Second 

digit 7 

Protected against 

temporary 

immersion in water 

1 Year 2 Years 3 Years 

Protection class IP67 

in accordance to IEC 

IP67 

60529, the water 

proof measuring system FPS 

(Fluid Protected measuring 

System) with a sealed 

housing.

+ 


1- 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR 

DIN 

862 IP67 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set display to zero) 

mm/inch 

Reference-Lock/Unlock 

DATA (Data transmission via 

connection cable) 

Auto-ON/OFF 

• Immediate measurement due 

to the Reference system 

• Excellent resistance against 

dust, coolants and lubricants, 

protection class IP67 

• Dirt wipers are integrated in 

the slide 

• Life of the battery up to 3 years 

• Max measuring speed 

2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast Liquid Crystal 

Display with 8.5 mm high 

digits 

• Lapped guide way 

• Slide and beam made of 

hardened stainless steel 

• Measuring blades for inside 

measurement 

• Step measuring function 

• Locking screw 

• Supplied with: 

Case, battery, operating 

instructions 

Technical Data 

Measuring 

Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Friction wheel Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103060 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103062 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • • 4103061 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • • 4103063 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 50 19 285 16 x 3.5 

300 14 64 19 388 16 x 4 

Accessories 

order no. 

Depth Measuring Bridge 16 Em 4102020 

Battery 3V, Type CR 2032 4102520 

16 Em 

75 x 7

- 

1- 


Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR with data output 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 






• MarConnect data output, 

choose alternatively: 

USB, OPTO RS232C or 

Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast LCD with 8.5 mm 

high digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring resolution Error limit G Depth rod Friction wheel Order no. 

range 

DIN 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm / inch 862 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • 4103064 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • 4103066 

200 (8“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • 4103068 

300 (12“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.04/ .0015“ 4103070 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • • 4103065 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • • 4103067 

200 (8“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ • • • 4103069 

300 (12“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.04/ .0015“ • 4103071 

 

Accessories 

 

 

order no. 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 



Data Connection Cable USB (2 m) 16 EXu 4102357 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232C 

(2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 16 EXr 4102410 

Data Connection Cable Digimatic (2 m), 

Flat plug 10-pin 16 EXd 4102411 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 50 19 285 16 x 3.5 

300 14 64 19 388 16 x 4 

Accessories for Data Processing see Chapter 11

+ 


1- 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR special design 

DIN 

862 

IP67 

 

 

 

 

16 EWR-C 

16 EWR-H 

Features 

Features are the same as the 

MarCal 16 EWR, please refer to 

Page 1-6, additional features 

can be found in the Technical 

Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 


Depth rod Order no. Type 

16 EWR-C 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103072 Ceramic outside measuring faces 

16 EWR-H 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103073 Carbide outside measuring faces 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

 

 

Accessories 

Battery, Data Connection Cables see Page 1 - 6 


- 

1- 


Digital Caliper MarCal 16 ER 

DIN 

862 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


Auto-ON/OFF 




the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


Display with 8.5 mm high 

digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm / inch 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ • 4103000 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ • 4103001 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 233 16 x 3 

Accessories 

order no. 



16 Em 

75 x 7

+ 


1- 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 ER with data output 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 






Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


Display with 8.5 mm high digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Data output Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm / inch 

DIN 

862 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ • • • 4103002 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ • • • 4103003 

200 (8“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ • • • 4103004 

300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.04 / .0015“ • 4103005 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 40 16 285 16 x 3 

300 14 64 18 388 16 x 4 

Accessories 

order no. 








Accessories for Data Processing see Chapter 11 

16 Em 

75 x 7

f 

- 

1-10 


Vernier Calipers MarCal 16 N, 16 FN, 16 GN, 16 DN with scale reading 

16 FN 

16 GN 

16 DN 

Features 

• Vernier and main scale have 

a satin chrome finish for glare 

free reading 



• Raised guide ways for the 

protection of the scale 


measurement 


• Depth bar 

• Locking screw or thumb 

clamp 


Plastic case and thread table 


Measuring 

Readings Error limit G Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) 

upper 

inch 

lower 

mm mm 

DIN 

862 

without 

fine adjustment 

Order no. 

with 


d 

Remarks 

16 FN 150 0.05 0.05 • 4100420 Locking screw above 

16 FN 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05 • 4100400 Locking screw above 

16 DN 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05 • 4100600 Thumb clamp 

16 N 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05 • 4100500 Locking screw below 

16 GN 150 0.02 0.04 4100650 4100660* 

} 

16 GN 150 (6“) .001“ 0.02 0.04 4100670 4100680* 

16 FN 200 0.05 0.05 • 4100421 

16 FN 200 (8“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05 • 4100401 

16 GN 200 0.02 0.05 4100651 4100661* 

Locking screw above 

16 GN 200 (8“) .001“ 0.02 0.05 4100671 4100681* 

16 FN 300 0.05 0.05 • 4100422 

16 FN 300 (12“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05 • 4100402 

* Calipers with fine adjustment the measuring range is shortened by 20 mm / 1” 

16 GN 300 0.02 0.05 4100652 4100662* 

16 GN 300 (12“) .001“ 0.02 0.05 4100672 4100682* 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f 

c 

e 

150 10 40 16 228 16 x 3 3.8 

200 14 50 19 290 17 x 3.5 3.8 

300 16 64 23 404 20 x 4 4.8 

b 

a 

Accessories 

order no. 


Leather case for meas. range 150 mm 4100302 

16 Em 

75 x 7

+ 


1-11 

Vernier Caliper MarCal 16 U with circular scale 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

• Large, high contrast dial face 

• Satin chrome finished line scale 

• Shockproof movement 

• Zero setting through rotating 

the dial face and locking screw 

• Covered rack 




measurement 



• Depth bar 


Plastic case 

• Inch model is supplied with 

a black dial face 


Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Diameter of 

circular scale 

1 Pointer 

revolution 

Dial face 

color 

Error limit 

G 

DIN 

862 

Order no. 

150 mm 0.01 mm 34 mm 1 mm white 0.03 mm • 4107005 

150 mm 0.02 mm 34 mm 2 mm white 0.03 mm • 4107107 

6“ .001“ 1.3“ .100“ black .0012“ 4107900 

234 

10 

40 

16x3 

7 

16,5 

Accessories 

order no. 


Leather case for meas. range 150 mm 4100302 

16 Em 

75 x 7

- 

1-12 


Universal Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWV in set 

IP67 

 

 

 

 

DIN 

862 

Applications 

Features 

• The 16 EWV can also be used 

as a standard caliper (4 types 

of measurement). 

When used in conjunction 

with the standard accessories; 

it is possible to measure 

recesses, grooves, etc. 

In conjunction with the 

additional accessories; threads, 

bores, serrations, etc. can be 

measured. 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


PRESET (for entering a 

numerical value) 



Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring range* Resolution Error limit G Order no. 


200 (8“) 0.01 / .0005” 0.03 4118807** 

200 (8“) 0.01 / .0005” 0.03 4118808*** 

* in conjunction with accessories the measuring range may change ** includes standard accessories *** excludes standard accessories 

Accessories 

order no. 

 







 

 

 

 


+ 


1-13 

Universal Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWV in set 

Standard Accessories are included in the set 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Required 

quantity 

16 Em Depth Measuring Bridge 4102020 1 

Remarks 

16 Eel Setting Gage for 


4118817 1 

16 Eel 

75 x 7 

50 ±0,003 

16 Ec Measuring Force Device 4118818 1 

 

16 Eea 1 Anvils for 

outside measurements 





16 Eei 1 Anvils for 




4118810 2 

{ 

up to 

16 Eea1 

dia. 175 mm 

12 

4118811 2 16 Eea2 

up to 

12 

dia. 175 mm 

6 

4118812 2 16 Eea 

16 Eea3 

up to 

12 

dia. 175 mm 

1 

6 

4118813 2 

{ 

16 Eei1 

from 

dia. 27 mm 

6 

4118814 2 16 Eei2 

from 

16 Eei 12 

dia. 39 mm 

ø3,5 

R5 

ø3,5 

ø1,5 

ø3,5 

R5 



4118815 2 16 Eei3 

from 

12 

dia. 39 mm 

6 

ø1,5 

R5 

Screws M2 x 8 4879602 2 

1 

6 

ø3,5 

Additional Accessories 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Required 

quantity 



Remarks 

 

4118816 2 from dia. 8.5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

16 Eab Mounting Attachment for 

844Tg/Tr and 844 Tk 

4118819 2 

 

844 Tk 

16 Eab 

844 Tk Ball Anvils 2 see Page 10-10 

844 Tg/Tr Thread Anvils 1 + 1 see Pages 10-12/10-14 

844 Tr/Tg 

16 Eab 

10 

10

- 

1-14 



 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-AR 

Features 

16 EWR-NA 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 



16 EWR-AR 200 (8”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103082 Scribing/marking caliper 

16 EWR-NA 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103074 Keyseat caliper 

16 EWR-AR 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 EWR-NA 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 


 

 


+ 


1-15 


 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-S 

16 EWR-SM 

Features 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 



16 EWR-S 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103075 Pointed caliper 

16 EWR-SM 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103076 Caliper with pointed meas. jaws 

 

16 EWR-S 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 EWR-SM 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 


- 

1-16 



 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-VS 

16 EWR-BA 

Features 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 



16 EWR-VS 0 - 200 (0 - 8”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103083 Adjustable measuring jaws 

16 EWR-BA 10 - 210 (.4 - 8.3”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 • 4103084 Adjustable measuring jaws* 

* to measure the distance between bores 

16 EWR-VS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

200 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

 

 

 

16 EWR-BA 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 


 


+ 


1-17 


 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-SA 

16 EWR-AA 

Features 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 

Order no. 


16 EWR-SA 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 4103077 Inwardly angled anvils 

16 EWR-AA 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 4103079 Inwardly angled measuring jaws 

Type 

 

16 EWR-SA 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

16 EWR-AA 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

 



- 

1-18 



 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-SI 

Features 

16 EWR-AI 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 

Order no. 


16 EWR-SI 20 - 170 (.8 - 6.7”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 4103078 Outwardly angled anvils 

16 EWR-AI 10 - 160 (.4 - 6.3”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03 4103080 Outwardly angled measuring jaws 

Type 

16 EWR-SI 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 EWR-AI 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 


+ 


1-19 


 

IP67 

 

 

 

16 EWR-RW 

Features 

16 EWR-LI 





Data. 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution 

Error limit 

G 


Order no. 

16 EWR-RW 0 - 150 (0 - 6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.05 4103081 Wall thickness measuring caliper 

16 EWR-LI 10 -200 (.4 - 8”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.05 4103085 with long narrow measuring jaws 

Type 

16 EWR-RW 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 EWR-LI 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

 


 

 


- 

1-20 


Digital Caliper MarCal 18 EWR 

 

IP65 

 

 

 

18 EWR-300 mm 

18 EWR-300 mm 

without measuring blades 

18 EWR-500 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 






Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast LCD with 10 mm 

(only 300 mm) and 12.5 mm 

high digits 



• Rounded measuring blades 

for inside measurement 




instructions

+ 


1-21 

Digital Caliper MarCal 18 EWR with measuring blades for outside measurement 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 


 

 

300 410 90 10 10 20 x 4.5 40 

500 650 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 55 

750 905 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 55 

1000 1165 150 20 20 30 x 6.5 60 


Measuring 

range 

Accessories 

Resolution Error limit G Weight Order no. 

with measuring 

blades 

order no. 








Weight 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm kg kg 

Order no. 

without measuring 

blades 

300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 0.45 4112704 0.44 4112705 

500 (20“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.04 1.10 4112712 1.00 4112713 

750 (30“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.05 1.35 4112714 1.28 4112715 

1000 (40“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.06 2.20 4112716 2.10 4112717

- 

1-22 

MarCal. Caliper 

Digital Caliper MarCal 18 ESA lightweight construction 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Zero setting) 

mm/inch 

HOLD (storage of measured 

values) 

DATA (Data transmission) 


the slide 


1.5 m/sec (60“/sec) 

• Data output: Opto RS232C 

(only 300 mm version) 


Display with 6 mm or 10.5 mm 

high digits 

• To reduce the overall weight 

the slide and beam are made 

from aluminum and are coated 

with a hard anodized surface 

coating (1100HV) 

• Measuring faces are made of 


• Prisma guide ways for a more 

smooth and even movement 

• Measuring blades for outside 

measurement 

• Rounded measuring faces for 




Case 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Weight Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm / inch kg 

300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ · 0.50 4112620 

500 (20“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 / .001“ — 1.40 4112621 

800 (32“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.07 / .0025“ — 1.60 4112622 

1000 (40“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.08 / .0032“ — 1.80 4112623 

RS232C 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f g h i 

 

300 450 33 90 24.5 10 10 25 4.5 17 

500 726 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

800 1026 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1000 1226 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

order no. 



(2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 16 ESv 4102510 


+ 

MarCal. Caliper 

1-23 

Caliper MarCal 18 NA lightweight construction 

Features 

• To reduce the overall weight 

the slide and beam are made 

from aluminum and are coated 

with a hard anodized surface 

coating (1100HV) 

• Measuring faces are made of 


• Prisma guide ways for a more 


• Measuring blades for outside 

measurement 





Case, over 1500 mm supplied 

in a cardboard box 


Measuring 

Readings Error limit G Weight Order no. 

range 

upper 

lower 

mm mm mm mm kg 

300 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.50 4112300 

500 0.02 0.02 0.03 1.40 4112301 

1000 0.02 0.02 0.08 1.75 4112303 

800 0.02 0.02 0.07 1.60 4112302 

1500 0.05 0.05 0.16 2.10 4112304 

2000 0.05 0.05 0.16 2.50 4112305 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f g h i 

 

 

300 450 33 90 17.5 10 10 25 4.5 17 

500 726 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

800 1026 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1000 1226 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1500 1760 85 200 25 15 30 48.1 6 40 

2000 2260 85 200 25 15 30 48.1 6 40

- 

1-24 


Vernier Caliper MarCal 18 N 

Features 



free reading 









up to 1000 mm delivered 

with a case, over 1000 mm 

individually packed 


Measuring 

range 

mm (inch) 

Resolution Error limit G Order no. 

DIN 

without 

862 

upper lower mm 


Order no. 

with 


200 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4112200 

300 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4112201 4112220 

300 (12“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.05 4112230 

500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.06 4112221 

500 (20“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.06 4112231 

500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.07 • 4112210 

800 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4112222 

800 (32“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.08 4112232 

800 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.10 • 4112211 

1000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4112223 

1000 (40“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.08 4112233 

1000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.12 • 4112212 

1500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.10 4112224 

1500 (60“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.10 4112234 

1500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.18 • 4112213 

2000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.12 4112225 

2000 (80“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.12 4112235 

2000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.22 • 4112214 

e 

f 

Dimensions 

mm a b c e f 

c 

b 

a 

18 N 200 mm 5 10 80 310 20 x 5 

300 mm 5 10 90 410 20 x 5 

500 mm 10 19 150 675 25 x 6 

800 mm 10 19 150 985 30 x 7 

1000 mm 10 19 150 1185 30 x 7 

1500 mm 15 19 200 1760 40 x 8 

2000 mm 15 19 200 2270 45 x 10

+ 


1-25 

Vernier Caliper MarCal 18 DN with measuring blades for outside measurement 

Features 



free reading 









up to 1000 mm delivered 

with a case, over 1000 mm 

individually packed 


Measuring 

Resolution Error limit G Order no. 

range 

without 

DIN 

862 

mm upper lower mm 


Order no. 

with 


200 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.05 • 4113200 

200 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4113300 

300 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.05 • 4113201 

300 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4113301 

500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.07 • 4113202 

500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.06 4113302 

800 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.10 • 4113203 

800 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4113303 

1000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.12 • 4113204 

1000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4113304 

1500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.18 • 4113205 

2000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.22 • 4113206 

e 

c d 

b 

a 

f 

Dimensions 


18 DN 200 mm 5 10 80 40 310 20 x 5 

300 mm 5 10 90 40 410 20 x 5 

500 mm 10 19 150 60 675 25 x 6 

800 mm 10 19 150 65 985 30 x 7 

1000 mm 10 19 150 67 1185 30 x 7 

1500 mm 15 19 200 86 1760 40 x 8 

2000 mm 25 19 200 96 2270 45 x 10

- 

1-26 


Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 EWR according to protection class IP67 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Merkmale 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

PRESET (enter a numerical 

value) 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 


• Beam and cross beam are 

made of hardened stainless 

steel 




instructions 


 

Measuring 

range 

Resolution Error limit 

G 


Depth measurement 

Order no. 

150 (6”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.03 4126700 

300 (12”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.04 4126701 

500 (20”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.05 4126702 

Distance measurement 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b 

150 234 100 

300 384 150 

500 584 150 

0 eXm 

30 ESa 

Accessories 

order no. 

200/300 

ø3 

4 

12 

R2 

ø4 







Cross Beam Extension 200 mm 0 EXm 4126511 

300 mm 0 EXm 4126510 

Anvil for distance measurement 

to be fixed to the measuring pin 0 ESa 4125611 

ø1,5 


+ 


1-27 

Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 ER 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


value) 




Auto-ON/OFF 






Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 




steel 




instructions 


 

 

Measuring 

range 

Resolution Error limit 

G 


Depth measurement 

Order no. 

150 (6”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.03 4126514 

300 (12”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.04 4126515 

500 (20”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.05 4126516 

Distance measurement 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b 

150 234 100 

300 384 150 

500 584 150 

 

Accessories 

 

order no. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







Cross Beam Extension 200 mm 0 EXm 4126511 

300 mm 0 EXm 4126510 

Anvil for distance measurement 

to be fixed to the measuring pin 0 ESa 4125611 


- 

1-28 


Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 EWN 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Version A 

Version B 

Applications 

• Ideal for measuring the width 

of grooves and distances 

between grooves 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


value) 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 



steel 




instructions. Version A: Anvils 

30 ENt (1 mm), 902 and 903 


Measuring range Length of 

Resolution 

Error limit 

Version 

Order no. 

cross beam 

G 

mm (inch) mm mm / inch mm 

100 (4”) 85 0.01 / .0005” 0.03 A 4126512 

200 (8“) 100 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 B 4126517 

300 (12“) 150 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03 B 4126518

+ 


1-29 

 

 

Version A 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

902/903 

 

Version B 

30 ENt 

 

 

 

Diimensions 

mm a b c 

100 268 85 x 8.5 16 x 3 

200 281 100 x 8.7 11.5 x 3.6 

300 381 150 x 8.7 11.5 x 3.6 

Accessories 

order no. 







Disc Type Anvil 0.5 mm thick, hardened 0 ENt 4126310 

Disc Type Anvil 1 mm thick, hardened 0 ENt 4882022 

4 

903 

M 2,5 

ø4 

4 

902 

M 2,5 

R 6 

4 

30 ENt 

ø7,5 

M 2,5 

1 (0,5) 


- 

1-30 


Depth Gages MarCal 30 N / 30 NH / 30 ND 

30 N 

DIN 

862 

30 NH 

30 ND 

Features 



free reading 

• Slide, beam and cross beam 

are made of hardened stainless 

steel 





Case 


Measuring 

range 

mm 

Vernier 

scale 

mm 

Error limit G 

mm 

Order no. 30 N 

with hardened 

measuring pin 

Order no. 30 NH 

with hook 

Order no. 30 ND 

with double 

sided hook 

80 0.05 0.05 4127200 

150 0.05 0.05 4127300 4127350 

200 0.05 0.05 4127301 4127351 4127410 

300 0.05 0.05 4127201 4127352 4127411 

500 0.05 0.07 4127202 4127353 

c 

30 ND 

30 NH 

e 

b 

d 

g 

f 

 

Dimensions 

30 N 

mm dia. a b c d e f g 

80 mm 1 50 140 8 x 3 – – – 

150 mm 1.5 100 235 8 x 3 20 5 3.5 

200 mm 1.5 100 285 8 x 3 20 5 3.5 

300 mm 2.0 150 390 12 x 4 28 10 4 

500 mm 2.0 150 590 12 x 4 28 10 4

+ 


1-31 

Digital Linear Machine Gage MarCal 31 EW 

 

RS232C 

Application 

• For measuring travel on a machine (e.g. on an upright drilling 

machine, milling machine) 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 






Auto-ON/OFF 








USB 

OPTO RS232C 


the slide 


2.5 m/s (100”/s) 

• High contrast LCD 


Battery, 

operating instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch µm 

150 (6”) 0,01 / .0005” 30 4104100 

200 (8”) 0,01 / .0005” 30 4104101 

300 (12”) 0,01 / .0005” 40 4104102 

600 (24”) 0,01 / .0005” 50 4104103 

Dimensions 

mm a b c 

 

 

 

 

150 185 282 398 

200 235 332 348 

300 335 432 448 

600 665 762 778 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

Order no. 


Data Connection Cable USB 800 EWu 4305121 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232 800 EWr 4305122 


- 

Digimar. Height Measuring Instruments 

Do you want to aim even higher? 

For this there is digimar. 

The latest information on DIGIMAR products can be 



Mahr offers you a complete range of products in order for you to obtain the most reliable solution for all your measuring tasks. 

Whether it’s simply scribing a work piece or complex measurements in two dimensions - Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 

guarantee a maximum of both flexibility and quality. Our motorized Height Measuring Instruments Digimar 817 CLM and 816 CL 

exceed all customer requirements; they are simple to operate, all the basic functions can be executed with a single key as well as 

offering a maximum of ease and accuracy.

+ 



Overview 

Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 2- 2 

Motorized Height Measuring Instruments 

Digimar 817 CLM Quick Height 2- 4 

High-End Height Measuring Instrument with 2D and Statistics function 

Digimar 816 CL 2- 8 

Height Measuring Instrument for the workshop and test labs 

Accessories for 817 CLM and 816 CL 2- 10 

Manual Height Measuring Instruments 

Digimar M 814 N 2- 16 

With Cast Iron Base 

Digimar M 814 G 2- 17 

With Granite Table Plate 

Accessories for Digimar M 814 2- 18 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument 

Digimar 814 SR 2- 19

- 

2- 



Overview 

Digimar 817 CLM „Quick Height“ 

Catalog page 2-4 2-4 2-4 

Measuring range mm / inch 0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 0-1000 / 0-40“ 

Application range up to mm / inch 520 / 20.47“ 770 / 30.35“ 1170 / 46.06“ 

Measuring error* in µm 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 

Quick Mode • • • 

1D 

1-D • • • 

2D 

2-D • • • 

Motorized measuring carriage • • • 

Scribing/marking work pieces 

Bore diameter • • • 

Max-Min • • • 

0 

Tolerance monitoring TOL 

• • • 

Perpendicularity measurement • • • 

Straightness measurement • • • 

Angle calculation • • • 

Statistics 

• • • 

Measuring programs 

40 40 40 

Temperature compensation 

 

• • • 

Air bearings • • • 

Integrated USB memory • • • 

Data interface RS232 RS232 RS232 

USB printer interface • • • 

Order no. 4429010 4429011 4429012 

* At 20°C in conjunction with a base plate in accordance to DIN 876/0 and a standard probe K6/51

+ 


2- 

Digimar 816 CL Digimar M 814 N Digimar M 814 G Digimar 814 SR 

2-8 2-8 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 2-19 2-19 

0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 0-320 / 0-12“ 0-620 / 0-24“ 0-320 / 0-12“ 0-620 / 0-24“ 0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 

520 / 20.47“ 770 / 30.31“ 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 

2.8+L/300 (L in mm) 20 30 20 30 40 50 

• • • • • • • • 

• • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • 

1 1 

• • 

• • 

USB / RS232 USB / RS232 Opto RS232 Opto RS232 USB / RS232 / Digimatic 

4429030 4429031 4426540 4426542 4426541 4426543 4426100 4426101

- 

2- 


Digimar 817 CLM Quick Height 

The new Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM with the innovative 

Quick Mode. Highly accurate rapid measurements, a wide range of measuring and 

evaluation options and excellent operator comfort. 

The best solution for all measuring tasks 

 

 

Fast measurement per hand 

Easy to operate due to the „Quick Mode“; an innovative solution 

from Mahr (patented). 

Ill. 1. 

Move the measuring carriage by 

hand in the direction of the object 

to be measured. 

Ill. 2. The motor starts, the measurement 

procedure will automatically be 

performed. 

Measurement using the keypad (speed keys) on the base 

Ideal in conjunction with the air 

bearings for large work pieces. 

By using the keys that are integrated into the 

base; the operator can comfortably move 

the measuring carriage into the desired 

position and start a measurement. This eases 

measurement particularly when measuring 

large workpieces as these do not have to be 

moved into position. The operator can keep 

both hands on the measuring instrument 

(one hand on the key for the air bearing and 

other on the high-speed keys) and measure 

the workpiece in one run. 

Highest accuracy and reliability 

• Extremely accurate 

incremental measuring 

system with double reader 

head system, insensitive to 

the contamination of dirt 

• Robust guide column, 

made from stainless steel 

• Measuring head in 

precision ball bearings 

guide 

• Temperature compensation 

with an integrated 

temperature sensor

+ 


2- 

Ergonomic operating and display unit 

• Large, back-lit display 

• Self-explanatory guided operation with 

icons 

• The display unit can be positioned 

freely with the swivel arm 

Easy to operate all measurement 

functions with the function keys 

due to the clearly defined symbols. 

Universal measurement possibilities 

• Wide range of measurement functions in 1D or 2D 

1D 

2D 

• Dynamic measurement functions with the analog display 

• Automatic perpendicularity and straightness measurements 

(in conjunction with accessories) 

• Automated measuring procedures (measurement programs) 

 

• Auto function for chain measurements and distance 

measurements 

 

Extensive evaluation possibilities 

• Transmit data to a PC via RS232 or USB (with an adapter) for 

example into MS Excel via the MarCom-Software 

• Print measured values, statistics, etc. via a USB printer 

RS232C 

 

• Save measued values in the integrated USB memory (will be 

recognized by a PC as an interchangeable disc drive) or on a 

USB dongle 

• Broad range of statistical evaluations are available

- 

2- Digimar. Height Measuring Instruments 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM 

See our brochure at 

WebCode 12369 

Features 

Measuring system 

• Excellent accuracy and reliabilty due to the optical incremental 

measurement system with the double reader head 

• Dynamic probing system enabling high repeatability 

• Air bearings system for light and smooth movement 

• Precise measuring head on stainless steel guideways 

• Motorised measuring carriage simplifies measurement runs 

• Probe constant remains after the instrument is switched off 

• Integrated rechargeable battery with a long operating time span 

for mains independent measurement 

• Temperature compensation with an integrated temperature sensor 

Operating and display unit 

• Large and clearly defined function keys 

• Easy to read background lit graphic LCD display 

• Operator guidance with self-explanatory icons / pictograms 

• Operator prompts and menus are available in several languages 

• Possible to set additional zero points on a work piece 

• RS232 and / or USB data output for further data processing 

• Save measured data on the integrated USB memory or on a USB 

dongle 

• USB interface to connect a compatible USB printer 

• Additional measuring instruments with Opto RS232-interface can 

be connected 

• Secure the future due to software update potential 

• Automatic Stand-by switch mode 

• Selectable Auto-off function, without loss of measured values 


Height Measuring Instrument incl. operating and display unit, 

Carrier 817h1, 

Probe K6/51 

Setting block 817 eb, 

Operating instructions, 

Mains power adapter, 

USB cable 


Measuring range mm / inch 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 1000 / 40“ 

Range of application mm / inch 520 / 20.47“ 770 / 30.31“ 1170 / 46.06“ 

Resolution mm 0.01 / 0.005 / 0.001 / 0.0005 / 0.0001 

inch .001“ / .0005“ / .0001“ / .00005“ / .00001“ 

Measuring error* µm (1.8 + L/600), L in mm 

Repeatability µm 0.5 (plane) 1 (bore) 

Perpendicularity error (elect. adjusted) µm frontal ≤5 frontal ≤6 frontal ≤10 

Operating time of rechargeable battery h up to 12 

Measuring force N 1.0 ± 0.2 

Permissible relative air humidity % 65 (non condensed) 

Working temperature °C / °F 20 ± 1 / 68 ± 1.8 

Operating temperature °C / °F 10 . . . 40 / 50 . . . 104 

3-point air cushion, height µm ca. 9 


incremental scale with optical reading 

Total height mm / inch 741 / 29.17“ 985 / 38.78“ 1392 / 54.80“ 

Base area (L x W) mm / inch 240 x 250 / 9.45“ x 9.84“ 

Weight kg / lbs 25 / 55.15 30 / 66.14 35 / 77.16 

Order no. 4429010 4429011 4429012 

* At 20°C in conjunction with a base plate in accordance to DIN 876/0 and a standard probe K6/51

+ 


2- 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM 


Variable 

function keys 

Evaluation functions and 

measuring program keys 

Calibration and 

set up function keys 

Measuring functions 

Delete and accept 

function keys 

Keypad 

Arrows keys 

2D Operating and display unit 

Activate / deactivate the 

Quick-Mode 


Measurement 

One dimensional (1D) 

• 

1D 

Two dimensional (2D) 

• 

Measuring programs (automatic run) 

2D 

 

40 

Perpendicularity / straightness measurement 

• 

Flatness / parallel deviation (Max, Min) 

• 

Roundness / run-out deviation (Max-Min) 

• 

Measuring a taper 

• 

Evaluation 

- Statistics 

• 

- Transmit measured values to a PC via RS232 • 

- Print measured values and diagrams on a USB printer • 

- Print out statistical evaluations • 

- Save measured values on the integrated USB memory or on a USB dongle • 

RS232C

- 

2- 


Digimar 816 CL 

The new Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 816 CL. 

You want to obtain highly accurate measurement results without any complicated procedures? 

With the Digimar 816 CL you have the perfect partner for simple and accurate measurements both 

in the workshop or on the production line, just as you expect from Mahr! 

User-friendly operation. . . 

. . .due to the 

• Clearly displayed measured values 

• Self-explanatory operator guidance 

Versatile 

The Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 

816 CL offers numerous practical 

measuring and evaluation functions: 

• Convenient standard measuring functions 

• Dynamic measuring functions 

 

 

Parallel deviation 

 

 

The operating and display unit has a 

background illuminated display. 

Roundness deviation 

• Wide range of options for data evaluation 

RS232C 

 

Precise measuring results. . . 

. . . on the production line 

• Robust design 

• Measuring results independent of the user 

• Reliable results even outside of the 

inspection room 

The measuring program. . . 

. . . is essential for repetitive part 

measurement 

 

Probe contact with the motorized 

measuring carriage. 

 

• Temperature compensation 

with an integrated temperature 

sensor 

• Repetitive measuring procedures can 

easily be automated 

• Simply create a measuring program with 

the Teach-In-mode 

• Complex procedures can be started by 

just pressing one key

+ 


2- 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 816 CL 

1D 

RS232C 

 

 

Features 


• Excellent accuracy and reliabilty due to the optical incremental 

measurement system with the double reader head 

• Dynamic probing system enabling high repeatability 

• Air bearings system for light and smooth movement 

• Precise measuring head on stainless steel guideways 

• Motorized measuring carriage simplifies measurement runs 

• Temperature compensation with an integrated temperature sensor 

• Probe constant remains after the instrument is switched off 

• Integrated rechargeable battery with a long operating time 

for mains independent measurement 


• Easy to read background lit graphic LCD display 

• Large and clearly defined function keys 

• Operator guidance with self-explanatory icons / pictograms 

• Possible to set additional zero points on a work piece 

• Memory can store up to 99 measured values 

• MarConnect data output, select either: 

- USB 

- OPTO RS232C 


Height Measuring Instrument incl. operating and display unit, 

Carrier 817h1, 

Probe K6/51, 

Setting block 817 eb, 

Operating instructions, 

Mains power adapter 


Measuring range mm / inch 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 

Range of application mm / inch 540 / 21.26“ 770 / 30.31“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 (.0001” / .00005”) 

Measuring error* µm (2.8+L/300), L in mm 

Repeatability µm 2 (plane) 3 (bore) 

Perpendicularity error (mech.) µm frontal ≤15 frontal ≤20 

Operating time of rechargeable battery h up to 14 

Measuring force N 1.0 ± 0.2 

Permissible relative air humidity % 65 (non condensed) 

Working temperature °C / °F 20 ±1 / 68 ±1.8 

Operating temperature °C / °F 10 . . . 40 / 50 . . . 104 

3-point air cushion, height µm ca. 9 


incremental scale with optical reading 

Total height mm / inch 741 / 29.17“ 985 / 38.78“ 

Base area (L x W) mm / inch 240 x 250 / 9.45“ x 9.84“ 

Weight kg / lbs 25 / 55.15 30 / 66.14 

Order no. 4429030 4429031 

* 20°C with surface base plate according to DIN 876/0 and standard probe K6/51

- 

2-10 


Overview of carriers and probes for Digimar 817 CLM / 816 CL

+ 


2-11 

Height Measuring Instruments Digimar 817 CLM / 816 CL 

Accessories 

Carrier for probes with mount dia. 6 mm 

Catalog no. Description Shaft length Order no. 

mm 

817 h1 

 

 

817 h2 

817 h1 Carrier for a probe 

27.5 4429154* 

817 h2 Carrier for a probe 

 

 

100 4429219 

817 h5 Carrier with a joint 

for a probe 

* Supplied with standard accessories 

35 4429454 

 

 

 

 

 

 

817 h5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

rotatable 

Probes with mount dia. 6 mm 

Catalog no. Description Order no. 

K 5/51 

K 6/51 

K5/51 Spherical probe 4429158 

 

 

K6/51 Spherical probe 4429254* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 

Z10/31,2 Cylindrical probe 4429227 

MKe 30 Taper probe 4429228 

KM 2 Probe M2 incl. styli 800 ts, 

dia. 2 mm 

4429256 

S 15/31,2 

 

 

 

 

 

MKe 30 

 

 

 

 

 

 

800 a6 Mounting shaft 800 a6 for MarTest 4301865 


Z 10/31,2 

 

 

 

 

 

KM 2 

 

800 a6

- 

2-12 



Accessories 

Carrier for probes with mount dia. 8 mm 


817 h4 Carrier for probes 4429220 

817 h4 

 

 

 

 

Probes with mount dia. 8 mm 

Catalog no. 

Ball dia. 

D mm 

Order no. 

K 6/40 

K 4/30 

K4/30 4 7023813 

K6/40 6 7023816 

K10/60 10 7023810 

K10/100 10 7023615 

 

K 10/60 

 

 

 

 

K 10/100 

 

 

 

Universal probe CXt2 see page 2-14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depth probes 


TMT 120 

TMT 120 Depth probe incl. carrier 4429221 

TMT 120 S 2 depth probes incl. carrier (rotatable) 4429421 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TMT 120 S

+ 

2-13 

817 h3 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Accessories for checking perpendicularity 

Carrier for probes 


817 h3 Carrier for transducers 4429206 

Transducers for checking perpendicularity 


817 h3 

P1514 H 

Incremental probe, 12 mm 

incl. cable 

4426810* 

 

1086 R Digital indicator, 12.5 mm 

Resolution 0.001 / .00005“ 

4337120 

 

 

 

16 EXr Data cable for digital indicator 1086 R 4102410* 

P1514 H 

 

 

* Only for Digimar 817 CLM 

 

 

 

 

 

16 EXr 

1086 R 

Accessories 

Setting blocks 


817 eb Setting block 4429168* 

817 eb 

EB I 

EB I Setting block for a taper probe, 

includes a calibration certificate 


7023827

l 

l 

- 

2-14 



Accessory sets for probes 

Probe set 817 ts1 consists of: 4429019 

Carrying case for accessories 4429020 


S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 




KM 2 Probe for MarTest styli M2 4429256 






817 ts1 

Probe set 817 ts2 consists of: 4429018 

Carrying case for accessories 4429020 


S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 




KM 2 Probe for MarTest styli M2 4429256 

817 ts2 

Universal probe set CXt2 consists of: 7034000 

Case 

015925 

Probe carrier 

015917 

Probe carrier 

51 

37,5 

ø8 

Dimension Shaft length 

Measuring crook d = 0.5 mm l = 78 mm 015918 

Probe pin /tip: dia. d = 1.2 mm l = 75 mm 3015919 

ls = 15.5 mm 

Taper probe dia. d = 0–7.5 mm 3015920 

Spherical probe TC dia. dk = 3 mm l = 24 mm 022000 



Extension M3 – M3 d = 4 mm l = 20 mm 3015921 

Extension M3 – M2.5 d = 4 mm l = 20 mm 3015888 

Measuring 

crook 

d 

ls 

Pin probe 

Taper probe 

ø8 

M3 

25 

Spherical probe 

dk 

M3 

Extension 

d 

M3 

d 

l 

l

+ 


2-15 


Accessories for data transmission for 816 CL 

Data connection cable 


incl. MarCom Standard, USB (2 m) 


Opto RS232C (2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 


Order no. 

2000 usb 4346023 

2000 r 4346020 

4346023 

4346020 

Accessories for data transmission for 817 CLM 


Order no. 

Data cable 817 CLM to MSP 2 / PC 7024634 

Adapter cable RS232-USB for Digimar 817 CLM 

incl. MarCom Standard 

4102333 


7024634 4102333 

Statistics printer MSP 2 for 816 CL and 817 CLM 

• Can be connected via a RS232C interface 

• Two-line display for a simple dialog mode 

• 3 types of print protocols: statistics, statistics with a histogram and 

sample charts 

• Retrieve at any time from the memory a list of measured values 

• Individual values can be selected and deleted as required. 

• Alternative power sources include: mains adapter (100 - 240 V), 

batteries or NIMH-accumulator, type AA 

• Languages can be selected, German, English and French 


Mains adapter, paper rolls 

Order no. 

MSP2 Statistics printer 4102040 

Printer for 817 CLM 

HP Ink jet printer 

• Standard connectivity: USB - compatible with USB 2.0 specifications 

• Compatible operating systems: Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 SE, Me, 

2000, XP, 7 

• Standard printer languages HP PCL 3 

Similar to illustration 

Order no. 

HP Ink jet printer 4429015

- 

2-16 


Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 N Standard version 

1D 

Applications 

RS232C 

Ideal for measuring: 

• Heights 

• Center distances between bores and surfaces, widths of ledges, 

plus marking and scribing of workpieces 

Features 

With extra rugged, cast iron base with three-point support. To be 

used on base plates, machine beds and work piece surfaces. 

Conversion to a 814 G version is quick and easy at any time. 

• High accuracy 

• Incremental inductive measuring system 

• Measuring head with an ball bush guide 

• Resistance free measuring system 

• Large, easy to read digital display 

• Measuring and display unit are incorporated in the measuring head 

• Easy to operate due to the hand crank on the side of the 

measuring head 

• Constant measuring force; acting upwards or downwards as 

required 

• Measuring head can be locked in position, ideal for scribing tasks 

• With fine adjustment 

• Data transmission via Opto RS232C interface 

• Digital Preset 

• Zero setting in any position 

• MAX, MIN and MAX-MIN functions 

• Enter tolerance limit for 1 characteristic 

• Switch between mm/inch 

• Mains independent due to being battery operated 

• Universal application due to a broad range of accessories 


Measuring range mm / inch 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 ( .0005“ / .00005“) 

Measuring error µm 20 / 0.0008“ 30 / 0.0012“ 

Repeatability µm 5 / 0.0002“ 

Perpendicularity error µm frontal 20 (300 mm) frontal 30 (600 mm) 

Operating time of the battery h 2000 

Measuring force N ca. 3 


Operating temperature °C / °F 5 . . . 40 / 41 . . .104 


inductive 


Cast iron base (L x W) mm / inch 205 x 175 / 8.07“ x 6.89“ 205 x 175 / 8.07“ x 6.89“ 

Weight kg / lbs 6.2 / 13.22 10.5 / 23.15 

Order no. 4426540 4426542

+ 


2-17 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 G Base plate version 

1D 

Applications 

RS232C 

Ideal for measuring: 

• Heights 

• Center distances between bores and surfaces, widths of ledges, 

plus marking and scribing of workpieces 

Features 

Table plate is made of fine grained black granite (greenstone) which 

is extremely hard and stable. 

Conversion to a 814 N version is quick and easy at any time. 

• High accuracy 

• Incremental inductive measuring system 

• Measuring head with an ball bush guide 

• Resistance free measuring system 

• Large, easy to read digital display 

• Measuring and display unit are incorporated in the measuring head 

• Easy to operate due to the hand crank on the side of the 


• Constant measuring force; acting upwards or downwards as 

required 

• Measuring head can be locked in position, ideal for scribing tasks 


• Data transmission via Opto RS232C interface 

• Digital Preset 

• Zero setting in any position 

• MAX, MIN and MAX-MIN functions 

• Enter tolerance limit for 1 characteristic 

• Switch between mm/inch 

• Mains independent due to being battery operated 

• Universal application due to a broad range of accessories 


Measuring range mm / inch 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 ( .0005“ / .00005“) 

Measuring error µm 20 / 0.0008“ 30 / 0.0012“ 

Repeatability µm 5 / 0.0002“ 

Perpendicularity error µm frontal 20 (300 mm) frontal 30 (600 mm) 

Operating time of the battery h 2000 

Measuring force N ca. 3 


Operating temperature °C / °F 5 . . . 40 / 41 . . .104 


inductive 


Granite plate (L x W) mm / inch 200 x 300 / 7.87“ x 11.81“ 

Grade of accuracy 1 DIN 876 

Weight kg / lbs 14 / 30.86 18.3 / 35.27 

Order no. 4426541 4426543

- 

2-18 


Accessories for Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 N / 814 G 

Order no. 

814 t Probe arm 4426510* 

with joint for mounting probes, dial indicators, dial comparators 

and test indicators. 

Length of mounting shank 150 mm (5.91“) 

Mounting bore 8 mm (.315“) 

814 m Spherical probe 2 mm ball (.0787“) 4426525 

To mount in probe arm 814 t 3 mm ball (.118“) 4426526 

4 mm ball (.157“) 4426512 

5 mm ball (.197“) 4426527 

6 mm ball (.236“) 4426511 

7 mm ball (.276“) 4426528 

8 mm ball (.315“) 4426509* 

814 s Disc probe 4426513 

for measuring heights, distances, surfaces and edges. 

Especially recommended for narrow shoulders, e.g. on centering edges. 

814 h Probe holder M 2.5 4426514 

to mount the styli of dial indicators and dial comparators. 

For special applications. 

814 a Scriber 4426515 

for scribing and marking of work pieces. Carbide tipped. 

To be mounted on the Probe arm 814 t. 

814 kh Halter 4426516 

817 ks1 Measuring taper 0 – 15 (0 - .591“) 4426071 

817 ks2 Measuring taper 14 – 20 (.551“ - .787“) 4426072 

817 ks3 Measuring taper 18 – 24 (.709“ - .945“) 4426073 

817 ks4 Measuring taper 23 – 30 (.906“ -1.181“) 4426074 

814 u Two direction probe 4 mm ball (.157“) 4426517 

for measuring outside and inside diameters, width of ledges, recesses and 

slots. Actual ball diameter does not influence the results. 

814 ua Interchangeable probe arm 2 mm ball (.0787“) 4426518 

for use in conjunction with the two direction probe 814 u 

814 ua 

817 Cl-r Spherical probe 4 mm ruby ball (.157“) 4426498 

817 Cl-am Holder with connection thread M 2.5, M 1.6, M 1.4 4426434 

817 Cl-sa Stylus with exchangeable measuring pin 4426433 

817 Cl-p Stylus with parallel measuring faces 4426435 

Battery 3 V, type CR 2032 4102520* 

Dust cover 0–320 mm (0 - 12.60“) 4426616* 

Dust cover 0–620 mm (0 - 24.41“) 4426619* 

814 Nf Cast iron base 4426506** 

814 Gf Table plate 4426507** 

814 X Column with measuring head 0–320 mm (0 - 12.60“) 4426544 

814 X Column with measuring head 0–620 mm (0 - 24.41“) 4426545 

16 ESv Data connection cable Opto RS232C, Length 2 m (6.56 ft) 4102510 

 

* Scope of supply 

** for upgrade

+ 


2-19 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 SR 

1D 

 

Features 

 

 

Application 

 

• Scribing and marking of work 

pieces 

• Measuring heights and 

distances 

Functions: 

RESET (Set the display to zero 

for relative measurement) 

ABS (Switch between relative 

and absolute measurement) 

mm/inch 


PRESET (To enter a numerical 

value) 



Auto-ON/OFF 


• Max. measuring speed 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• MarConnect Data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


Display with 12 mm high 

digits 

• Sturdy heavy-duty base, 

easy to handle 

• Hardened and lapped contact 

surface which produce both a 




• Hand crank for positioning 

and measuring 

• Fine adjustment 


• Interchangable scriber 

point, carbide tipped 

• Scope of supply: 

Scriber point, cardboard box, 

battery and operating 

instructions 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d 

 

 

 

350 62 180 x 98 35 x 15 580 

600 62 180 x 98 35 x 15 835 


Measuring 

Resolution Error limit Weight Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm / inch kg / lbs 

350 (14”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.04 / .0016” 7 / 15.43 4426100 

600 (24”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.05 / .0020” 8 / 17.64 4426101 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Measuring / Scriber Point, carbide tipped 27 ESh 4123710 

Holder for test indicators 27 Sp 4123041 

Battery 3V, type CR 2032 4102520 






27 Sp 

ø8 

71 

11,5x7 

15 

27 ESh 

65 

42 

11,5x7

- 

Micromar. Micrometers 

Does everything rotate around precision? 

no problem with Micromar. 

The latest information on MICROMAR products can 

be found on our website: 

www.mahr.de, WebCode 205 

Micrometers belong alongside calipers to the most frequently used hand measuring instruments. With their precision ground spindle, 

their carbide tipped measuring faces and their robust frame construction the modern micrometer from the Micromar series ensures 

maximum precision and a long working life. Our mechanical micrometers are extremely reliable and are easy to read due to the scales 

having a satin chrome finish, thus ensuring accuracy and user comfort. Our digital micrometers unite both the highly renowned mechanical 

precision from Mahr with most modern electronics. These digital micrometers offer simple operation with an error free reading as well 

as problem-free data of the determined parameters to an external evaluation instrument. Micromar 40 EWR, the newest generation of 

waterproof digital micrometers ensures that even in the most difficult workshop conditions precise and reliable results are obtained. 

A speciality of Mahr is the micrometer with a dial comparator, with its built-in dial comparator, stationary anvil and constant measuring 

force they are particularly well suited for rapid measurements and highly precise serial measurements.

+ 



Overview 

Micromar Micrometers 3- 2 

Micrometers 

Micromar 40 EWR / 40 ER / 40 EWS / 40 EWV 3- 4 


Micromar 40 A / 40 SH / 40 SD / 40 AG / 40 W 3- 10 

With Scales 

Micromar 40 F / 40 T / 40 TS 3- 14 

With a Dial Comparator 

Micromar 40 AB / 40 AS / 40 AR / 40 AW / 40 SM 3- 17 

With Special Measuring Faces 

Micromar 40 Z 3- 20 

For Gear and Thread Measurement 

Accessories for Micrometers 3- 22 

Inside Micrometers 

Micromar 44 F / 44 Cms / 44 CB / 44 CZ 3- 23 

Inside Micrometers with 

2-Point Contact 

Micromar 44 A / 44 EWR / 844 A 3- 27 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometers / Measuring Pistols 

Depth Micrometers 

Micromar 45 T 3- 31 


Micrometer Heads 

Micromar 46 EWR / 46 / 46H 3- 32 

With Digital Display or Scales (Vernier)

- 

3- 


Micromar. Micrometer 

overview 

Micromar - Design Features 

Carbide tipped measuring faces Barrel scale 

Spindle 

Anvil 

Reference lines 

(sleeve) 

Thimble 

Ratchet 

Reading example: 

Micrometer with 0.01 mm-divisions 

0 

30 

25 

Frame 

Locking device 

Sleeve 2.5 

Thimble 0.28 

Measuring result 

2.78 mm 

Heat insulated handle 

Micromar - Types of Micrometers 

Mahr - Micrometers are available with the following means of 

indication: 

a) Digital Micrometer with digital display 

b) Mechanical Micrometer with scale and dial 

Error limits G according to DIN 863-1 

Measuring Error limit Measuring 

range G force 

mm µm N 

0 - 25 4 5 - 10 

25 - 50 4 5 - 10 

50 - 75 5 5 - 10 

75 - 100 5 5 - 10 

100 - 125 6 5 - 10 

125 - 150 6 5 - 10 

150 - 175 7 5 - 10 

175 - 200 7 5 - 10 

200 - 225 8 5 - 10 

225 - 250 8 5 - 10 

250 - 275 9 5 - 10 

275 - 300 9 5 - 10 

c) Mechanical Micrometer with scale 

300 - 325 10 5 - 10 

325 - 350 10 5 - 10 

350 - 375 11 5 - 10 

375 - 400 11 5 - 10 

400 - 425 12 5 - 10 

425 - 450 12 5 - 10 

450 - 475 13 5 - 10 

475 - 500 13 5 - 10

+ 


3- 

Micromar - Variations 

a) Micrometer b) Micrometer for inside dimensions 

IP65 

IP52 

c) Micrometer for depth measurement d) Micrometer Head 

Function keys of Digital Micrometers 

Functions 

Type 

40 EWR 

40 EWS 

40 EWV 

40 ER 

44 EWR 

46 EWR 

DATA 

PR Enter a numerical value • 

(Reference Setting) 

mm/in Switch between mm/inch • 

0/ABS Set display to either ABS 

• 

0.000 mm or .0000“ 

for relative measurement 

/ set to a reference or 

preset value (PR) 

DATA Data transmission •* 

 

Digimatic 

RS232C 

•* 

•* 

* For digital micrometers with a data output

- 

3- 


Micromar. Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR 

WAtERproof micrometers 

The digital waterproof Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR. Even in the most difficult conditions 

precise and reliable results are obtained. 

The high-contrast display with 

8.5 mm high digits enables 

accurate, fatigue free reading of 

the measurement results. 

Absolute-Function: 

Micrometer can be set in 

any position to 0.000 mm 

/ .0000“ without the reference to 

the Preset value being lost 

ABS 

The Reference-Lock- 

Function prevents 

operating error caused 

by accidental usage of the operating 

buttons. 

Stainless steel, hardened 

spindle 

 

 

 

 

Universal SPC-interface 

(optional). You have a choice 

of MarConnect data 

outputs, select either USB, 

Digimatic or Mahr Opto 

RS232 

Sturdy hard lacquered steel 

frame 

The ergonomically formed and 

thermally insulated handle as 

well as the integrated ratchet in the 

thimble ensures both trouble free 

handling and accurate measurement 

results. 

The new Reference system is extremely energy 

efficient as when the caliper is in standby mode; 

almost no power is required, thus extending the life 

of the battery to up to 50%. 

Conventional 

- System 

+ 50% 


IP65 

Code 

Initial IP International 

Protection 

First 

Numeral 6 Dust-tight 

Second 

Numeral 5 

Protected against 

powerful water jets 

Protection class IP65 in 

accordance to IEC 60529, 

the water proof measuring 

system FPS (Fluid Protected 

measuring System) with a 

sealed housing.

+ 


3- 

Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR 

IP65 

 

 

 

 

ABS 

Features 

Functions: 

RESET (Zero setting the display 

for Relative measurement) 

ABS (Switch between Relative 

and Absolute measurement) 

mm/inch 


PRESET (Reference setting) 






choose alternatively 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 



• Hard lacquered steel frame, 

heat insulated 

• Spindle and anvil are carbide 

tipped 

• Spindle is made of stainless 

steel, hardened throughout 

and ground 

• Ratchet is integrated in the 

thimble 

• Rapid drive 



instructions and setting 

standard (from measuring 

range 25-50 mm) 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G * Spindle 

thread pitch 

mm (inch) mm / inch µm mm 

Data output 

 

 

 

 

Order no. 

40 EWR 0 - 25 (0 - 1”) 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 — 4151721 

40 EWR 0 - 25 (0 - 1”) 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 • 4151705 

40 EWR 25 - 50 (1 - 2”) 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 • 4151706 

40 EWR 50 - 75 (2 - 3”) 0.001 /.00005” 3 0.635 • 4151707 

40 EWR 75 - 100 (3 - 4”) 0.001 /.00005” 3 0.635 • 4151708 

* at fixed zero point 

(better than DIN 863-1) 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1” 23 9.5 31.5 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2” 32 11.5 57 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3” 44 13.5 82 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4” 57 15.5 107 

 

Order no. 








Digital Micrometer Set Micromar 40 EWR 

Application 

range 

Order no. Remarks 

0 - 100 mm 4151709 Includes: custom fitted plastic 

case, setting standards 25 mm, 

50 mm and 75 mm

- 

3- 


Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 ER 

IP40 

ABS 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 










tipped 



and ground 


thimble 



Case, battery and operating 

instructions 



thread pitch 


Order no. 

40 ER 0 - 25 (0-1”) 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 4151601 



10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

23 4 

ø20,9 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Battery 3V, type CR 2032 4102520

+ 


3- 

Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWS with sliding spindle 

IP52 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 







USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 






tipped 



and ground 


thimble 




instructions 



Order no. 

thread pitch 


40 EWS 0 - 25 (0-1”) 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 4151724 



10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

23 4 

ø20,9 

Accessories 

Order no. 








- 

3- 


Universal Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWV with sliding spindle 

ABS 

IP52 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 







USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 





• Mounting bore for interchangeable 

anvils 



and ground 


thimble 




instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit** Spindle thread Spindle 

range* 

G 

pitch dia. 

mm mm / inch µm mm mm 

* with thread anvils the measuring range is reduced 

** with flat anvils over the full length of the anvils and at fixed zero point (better than DIN 863-3) 

Order no. 

without standard 

accessories 

Order no. 

with standard 

accessories 

0 - 25 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 6.5 4151722 

0 - 25 0.001 /.00005” 2 0.635 6.5 4151723 

23 4 

10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

ø20,9 

Special Accessories 

Order no. 








7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

2 

7 

7 

2 

+ 


3- 

Universal Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWV with sliding spindle 

Standard Accessories are included in the set 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Quantity required 

40 Efk Flat anvils (reference) 4151771 1 

6 

15,5 

40 Efk 40 Efl 

3,5 

6,5 

6,5 

3,5 

40 Efl Flat anvils (sensitive) 4151761 1 

2,8 

2,8 

40 Eak 

Anvils with reduced measuring 

faces (reference) 

4151777 1 

6 

15,5 

40 Eak 40 Eal 

3,5 

3,5 

40 Eal 

Anvils with reduced measuring 

faces (sensitive) 

4151767 1 

2,3 

2,3 

40 Etk 

Disc type anvils (reference) 

d = 11.3 mm 

4151772 1 

6 

15,5 

40 Etk 40 Etl 

3,5 

11,3 

11,3 

3,5 

40 Etl 

Disc type anvils (sensitive) 

d = 11.3 mm 

4151762 1 

2,8 

2,8 

40 Erk 

Anvils with spherical measuring 

faces 

4151774 2 

40 Erk 

R5 

6 

3,5 

2,8 

6 

6 

40 Epk Conical shaped anvil 4151773 2 

40 Epk 

3;5 

0,3 

60 

40 Esk 

3,5 

0,75 

3,5 

1,8 

2,8 

6 

40 Esk Wedge shaped anvil (blade) 4151775 2 

40 Esk 

0,75 

3,5 

1,8 

Special Accessories 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Quantity required 

6 

40 Ekk 

Wedge shaped anvil 

(blade) 60° 

4151776 2 

40 Ekk 

3;5 

0,3 

2,8 

60 

3,5 

Thread anvils for pitch diameters* 

• Pair consists of 1 V-anvil and 1 blade anvil 

 

 

 

 

* with thread anvils the measuring range is reduced by 20 mm 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) American UST thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade 

mm Order no. Order no. 

range 

TPI Order no. Order no. 

range 

TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 - 0.7 4501000 4173700 40 - 32 4501007 4173743 40 - 32 4501018 4173815 

0.7 - 1 4501001 4173701 32 - 24 4501008 4173744 32 - 24 4501019 4173816 

1.25 - 2 4501002 4173702 24 - 18 4501009 4173745 24 - 18 4501020 4173817 

2 - 3.5 4501003 4173703 18 - 14 4501010 4173746 18 - 14 4501021 4173818 

14 - 10 4501011 4173747 14 - 10 4501022 4173819 

10 - 7 4501012 4173748 10 - 7 4501023 4173820

- 

3-10 


Micrometer Micromar 40 A 

 

 

Features 

• Hard lacquered steel frame 

• Spindle and anvil made of 

hardened steel, carbide tipped 

• Scales with satin-chrome finish 

• Heat insulators 

• Rapid drive with integrated 

ratchet 

• Locking device 


Case, setting standard (from 

measuring range 25-50 mm 

/ 1-2“), operating instructions 


Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error 

limit G 

Spindle 

thread pitch 

Order no. 

 

 

 

 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134000 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134001 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134002 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134003 

100 - 125 mm 0.01 mm 6 µm 0.5 mm 4134004 

125 - 150 mm 0.01 mm 6 µm 0.5 mm 4134005 

150 - 175 mm 0.01 mm 7 µm 0.5 mm 4134006 

175 - 200 mm 0.01 mm 7 µm 0.5 mm 4134007 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* when scale is set at 0 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134900 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134901 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134902 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134903 

4 - 5” .0001” .00024” .025” 4134904 

5 - 6” .0001” .00024” .025” 4134905 

6 - 7” .0001” .00028” .025” 4134906 

7 - 8” .0001” .00028” .025” 4134907 

Accessories 

Stand, setting standards, etc. please refer to page 3-22 

Dimensions 

Measuring range a b c 

mm / inch mm mm mm 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1” 31 25.5 7 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2” 56 34.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3” 81 47.5 12 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4” 106 58.5 13 

100 - 125 mm / 4-5“ 131 71.5 13 

125 - 150 mm / 5-6“ 156 83.5 13 

150 - 175 mm / 6-7“ 182 95.5 13 

175 - 200 mm / 7-8“ 207 108.5 13 

Micrometer Sets Micromar 40 SA 

Application 

range 

0-100 mm 

(4 Micrometers) 

100-200 mm 


0-4“ 


4-8“ 



4134050 Incl. wooden case, setting standards 

25 mm and 75 mm 


125 mm and 175 mm 


1” and 3” 


5“ and 7”

+ 


3-11 

Micrometer Micromar 40 SH / 40 SD with extra large thimble 

 

 

40 SD 

40 SH 

Features 

• Chrome plated steel frame 

• Maximum stability 



measuring faces 



and ground 




ratchet 



Case (measuring range 

0 - 100 mm) 

Only 40 SD: 

• Reading error is reduced due 

to the 1 mm measuring span 

per rotation of the thimble 


Measuring 

range 

Accessories 

Readings 

Error 

limit G 

Spindle 

thread 

pitch 

mm mm µm mm 


Order 

no. 

40 SH 0 - 25 0.01 4 0.5 4131000 

25 - 50 0.01 4 0.5 4131001 

50 - 75 0.01 5 0.5 4131002 

75 - 100 0.01 5 0.5 4131003 

100 - 125 0.01 6 0.5 4131004 

125 - 150 0.01 6 0.5 4131005 

150 - 175 0.01 7 0.5 4131006 

175 - 200 0.01 7 0.5 4131007 

40 SD 0 - 25 0.01 4 1 4135000 

25 - 50 0.01 4 1 4135001 

50 - 75 0.01 5 1 4135002 

75 - 100 0.01 5 1 4135003 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* when scale is set at 0. 

Dimensions in brackets are for the 40 SD 

Measuring range a b c d e 

Dimensions in mm 

0 - 25 31 28 13 3.25 3 

25 - 50 56 40 13 3.25 3 

50 - 75 81 53 13 3.25 3 

75 - 100 106 65 13 3.25 3 

100 - 125 130 75.5 15 4 3.5 

125 - 150 155 88 15 4 3.5 

150 - 175 180 100.5 15 4 3.5 

175 - 200 205 113 15 4 3.5 

Micrometer Sets Micromar 40 SSH 

Application 

range 

0-100 mm 


100-200 mm 




25 mm and 75 mm 


125 mm and 175 mm

- 

3-12 


Micrometer Micromar 40 AG 

 

 

Features 







thimble 



Case, setting standard 

Note: 

All Micrometers with measuring 

ranges between 400 mm to 

500 mm, the frame is made 

from a steel tube 


Measuring range Readings Error limit 

Spindle 

Weight 

G 

thread pitch 

mm mm µm mm kg 

Order no. 

200 - 225 0.01 8 0.5 2 4134500 

225 - 250 0.01 8 0.5 2.2 4134501 

250 - 275 0.01 9 0.5 2.3 4134502 

275 - 300 0.01 9 0.5 2.7 4134503 

300 - 325 0.01 10 0.5 3.2 4134504 

325 - 350 0.01 10 0.5 3.4 4134505 

350 - 375 0.01 11 0.5 3.6 4134506 

375 - 400 0.01 11 0.5 4 4134507 

400 - 425 0.01 12 0.5 4.2 4134508 

425 - 450 0.01 12 0.5 4.5 4134509 

450 - 475 0.01 13 0.5 4.9 4134510 

475 - 500 0.01 13 0.5 5 4134511 

Dimensions 

a 

Dimensions in mm a b c d e 

d 

c e 

ø8 

98 

200 - 225 242.5 121.5 25 5 12 

225 - 250 267.5 134 25 5 12 

250 - 275 292.5 146.5 25 5 12 

275 - 300 317.5 159 25 5 12 

300 - 325 342.5 171.5 25 5 12 

325 - 350 367.5 184 25 5 12 

350 - 375 392.5 196.5 25 5 12 

375 - 400 417.5 209 25 5 12 

400 - 425 442 223 25 5 12 

425 - 450 467 236 25 5 12 

450 - 475 492 248 25 5 12 

475 - 500 517 259 25 5 12 

b 

ø18,7

+ 


3-13 

Micrometer Micromar 40 W 

Features 







thimble 

• Exchangeable anvils 



Case, setting standards 

Note: 

All Micrometers with measuring 

ranges from 400 mm up to 

1000 mm, the frame is made 

from a steel tube 


Measuring range Readings Error limit 

Spindle 

Weight 

G 

thread pitch 

mm mm µm mm kg 

Order no. 

0 - 100 0.01 5 1 1.1 4137500 

100 - 200 0.01 7 1 2.1 4137501 

200 - 300 0.01 9 1 3.4 4137502 

300 - 400 0.01 11 1 5.7 4137503 

400 - 500 0.01 13 1 2.6 4137504 

500 - 600 0.01 21 1 3.3 4137505 

600 - 700 0.01 23 1 4.0 4137506 

700 - 800 0.01 26 1 4.4 4137507 

800 - 900 0.01 28 1 5.3 4137508 

900 - 1000 0.01 30 1 6.5 4137509 

75 

a 

Dimensions 

ø8 

98 

Dimensions in mm a b 

0 - 100 117.5 59 

100 - 200 217.5 109 

200 - 300 317.5 159 

300 - 400 417.5 209 

400 - 500 517.5 259 

500 - 600 617.5 309 

600 - 700 717.5 360 

700 - 800 817.5 410 

800 - 900 917.5 460 

900 - 1000 1017.5 510 

b 

ø24,5

- 

3-14 


Micrometer with integrated Dial Comparator Micromar 40 F / FC 

 

 

Applications 

• For rapid measurements of 

diameters of cylindrical parts 

(shafts, bolts and shanks) 

• Measurements of thickness 

and length 

• Recommended for standard 

precision parts 

Features 


with heat insulators 


• Retraction of the movable anvil 

and carbide-tipped measuring 

faces ensures maximum wear 

resistance 

• Longer service life due to 

the ceramic measuring faces 

(40 FC) 

• Measuring spindle made 

of stainless steel, hardened 

throughout and ground, 

lockable 


• Constant measuring force 

• Dial Comparator is integrated 

in frame 

• Adjustable tolerance markers 


Case 


Measuring 

range 

Retraction Measuring faces Measuring 

Flatness Parallelism force 


40 F 0 - 25 mm 1 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤1 µm 9 N 4150000 

25 - 50 mm 1 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤1 µm 9 N 4150001 

0 - 1” .04” ≤.00001” ≤.00005” 9 N 4150900 

1 - 2” .04” ≤.00001” ≤.00005” 9 N 4150901 

40 FC 0 - 25 mm 1 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤1 µm 9 N 4150200 Ceramic measuring faces 

25 - 50 mm 1 mm ≤ 0.2 µm ≤1 µm 9 N 4150201 Ceramic measuring faces 

Micrometer 

Readings Error 

limit 

G me 

Spindle 

thread 

pitch 

Dial Comparator 

Error Meas. Readings 

limit G e 

range 

(DIN 879) 

0,01 mm ≤2 µm 0,5 mm 1 µm ±65 µm 1 µm 

.0001” ≤.00008” .025” .00005” ±.0025” .00005” 

5 

ø7,5 

e 

c 

a 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

d 

Mahr 

40 F/FC 

b 

Dimensions 

Accessories 


Dimensions in mm a* b c d e 

40 F/FC 0-25 mm (0-1”) 149 100 16 71 32 

25-50 mm (1-2”) 174 125 30 85 56 

* in zero position

+ 


3-15 

Micrometer with Dial Comparator Micromar 40 T 

 

 

Applications 





and length 



Features 

• Rugged steel frame, heat 

insulated and chrome plated 

(up to measuring range 

100 - 150 mm) 


• Retraction of the movable anvil 

and carbide-tipped measuring 

faces ensures maximum wear 

resistance 

• Measuring spindle made of 

stainless steel, hardened 


lockable 





Dial Comparator 1003, 

wooden case 


Measuring range Retraction Measuring faces Measuring 

Flatness Parallelism 

force 

Order no.* 

0 - 25 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 6.5 N 4154000 

25 - 50 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 6.5 N 4154001 

50 - 100 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 6.5 N 4154002 

100 - 150 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 7.5 N 4154003 

150 - 200 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 7.5 N 4154004 

Dimensions 

Micrometer 

Readings Error 

limit 

G me 

Spindle 

thread 

pitch 

Dial Comparator* 

Error Meas. Readings 

limit G e 

range 

(DIN 879) 

0.01 mm ≤2 µm 0.5 mm 1 µm ±50 µm 1 µm 

Dimensions in mm a** b c d** e 

e 

d 

c 

b 

a 

7,5 

 

 

 

 

67 

ø17,5 

40 T 

0 - 25 27 28 4 11 8 

25 - 50 52 40 4 11 8 

50 - 100 76 65 5.5 30 8 

100 - 150 127 87 5.5 30 8 

150 - 200 177 112 5.5 30 8 

Mahr 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 F 

see page 9-2 

* Alternative indicating instruments are available on request 

** in zero position 

Accessories 

Stand, setting standards, etc. please refer to page 3-22

- 

3-16 


Precision Bench Micrometer Micromar 40 TS 

 

 

Applications 





and length 



Features 

• Rugged steel frame, can be 

tilted up to 45° in relation to 

the sturdy base 

• Retraction of the movable 

anvil and carbide-tipped 

measuring faces ensures 

maximum wear resistance 

• Height-adjustable stop 


• Measuring spindle made 

of stainless steel, hardened 


lockable 



Dial Comparator 1003 


Measuring 

range 

Retraction Measuring faces Measuring 

Flatness Parallelism 

force 

Order no.* 

Order no. 

wooden case 

0 - 50 mm 1.2 mm ≤0.2 µm ≤2 µm 6.5 N 4154030 4154035 

0 - 2“ .045“ ≤.00001“ ≤.00008“ 6.5 N 4154930 4154035 

* Alternative indicating instruments are available on request 

5,5 

ø7,5 

 

 

ø25 

0,005mm 

 

29 

26x15 

Mahr 

 

87,5 

101 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 

852 TS see page 9-17 

40 TS 

140 x 80 

Micrometer Dial Comparator 1003/1003Z 

Readings Error Spindle Error Meas. Readings 

limit 

G me 

thread 

pitch 

limit G e 

(DIN 879) 

range 

0.01 mm ≤2 µm 0.5 mm 1 µm ±50 µm 1 µm 

.0001” ≤.00008” .025” .00005” ±.002” .00005” 

Accessories 


+ 


3-17 

Micrometer Micromar 40 AB with reduced measuring faces 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring recesses, 

grooves, etc. 







ratchet 




measuring range 25 - 50 mm 

/ 1 - 2“), operating instruction 


a 80* 

Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error 

limit G 

Spindle 

thread pitch 

Order no. 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134100 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134101 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134102 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134103 

b 4 

c 

40 AB 

18,5 

8,5 

ø3 

Mahr 

ø6,5 

0 

5 

10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 


0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134920 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134921 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134922 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134923 

Dimensions in mm a b c 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 56 34.5 12 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 81 47.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3“ 106 58.5 13 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4“ 131 71.5 13 

Micrometer Micromar 40 AS with sliding spindle and measuring spades 

Features 

 

 

• For measuring narrow 

recesses, grooves, etc. 



hardened steel 




ratchet 



measuring range 25 - 50 mm 

/ 1 - 2“), operating instructions 


Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error 

limit G 

Spindle 

thread pitch 

Order no. 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134200 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134201 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134202 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 µm 0.5 mm 4134203 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134930 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134931 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134932 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134933 

b 4 

c 

40 AS 

15 

7 

ø6 

0,8 

a 80* 

Mahr 

ø8 

0 

5 

10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 



0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 56 34.5 12 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 81 47.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3“ 106 58.5 13 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4“ 131 71.5 13

- 

3-18 


Micrometer Micromar 40 AR with spherical anvils 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring the wall 

thickness of a pipe, etc. 







ratchet 



Case, setting standard 

(measuring range for 

25 - 50 mm / 1 - 2“), 



Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error 

limit G 

Spindle Order no. 

thread pitch 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134250 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 µm 0.5 mm 4134251 

>ø12 

c 

4 

a 80* 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134940 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134941 


b 4 

40 AR 

R6 

ø6,5 

0 

5 

10 

15 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 31 25.5 7 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 56 34.5 12 

Mahr 


Micrometer Micromar 40 AW with sliding spindle and disc-type anvils 

Features 

• For measuring soft materials 

such as felt, rubber, cardboard, 

etc. 



hardened steel 




ratchet 


Case, operating instructions 


Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error 

limit 

G 

Parallelism Flatness 

Spindle Order no. 

thread pitch 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 8 µm 5 µm 2 µm 0.5 mm 4134300 

12 3,5 

31 80* 

0 - 1” .0001” .0003” .0002” .001” .025” 4134950 

25,5 4 

40 AW 

ø15 

0 5 10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 

Mahr 

* when scale is set at 0

+ 


3-19 

Precision Micrometer Micromar 40 SM with disc-type anvils 

 

 

Features 



• Spindle is hardened throughout 

and ground 

• Disc-type anvils are hardened 

and lapped 

• Scale have a satin chrome 

finish 



ratchet 



Case (measuring range 

0 - 95 mm) 

Applications 

Wk 

For measurements of 

• Tooth spans W k 

as of 

module 0.8 as indirect determination 

of tooth thickness on 

spur gears with straight and 

helical teeth 

• Shoulders on shafts 

• Undercut dimensions 

• Registers 

• Soft materials such as 

rubber, cardboard, felt, etc. 


Measuring Readings Error limit Spindle 

Measuring faces 

range 

G 

thread pitch Flatness Parallelism 

mm mm µm mm µm µm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Measuring range 0-20 mm 

Order no. 

0 - 20 0.01 4 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 4 4145000 

20 - 45 0.01 4 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 4 4145001 

45 - 70 0.01 5 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 4 4145002 

70 - 95 0.01 5 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 4 4145003 

95 - 120 0.01 6 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 5 4145004 

120 - 145 0.01 6 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 5 4145005 

145 - 170 0.01 7 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 5 4145006 

170 - 195 0.01 7 0.5 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 5 4145007 

Dimensions 

Dimensions in mm a b c d e f 

0 - 20 31 28 13 3.25 4.5 25 

20 - 45 56 40 13 3.25 4.5 25 

45 - 70 81 53 13 3.25 4.5 25 

70 - 95 106 65 13 3.25 4.5 25 

95 - 120 130 75.5 15 4 4.5 30 

120 - 145 155 88 15 4 4.5 30 

145 - 170 180 100.5 15 4 4.5 30 

170 - 195 205 113 15 4 4.5 30 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 FM 

see page 9-10 

Accessories 


- 

3-20 


Thread Micrometer Micromar 40 Z 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring pitch, root and 

outside diameters 

• Rugged steel frame, heat 

insulated 

• Spindle is hardened 

throughout, ground and is 

also provided which a locking 

device 

• Adjustable anvil 

• Spindle and anvil both 

have a mounting bore to 

accommodate interchangeable 

anvils 

• Flat end surface of the anvil 

shank rests on a hardened 

steel ball which is at the 

bottom of the mounting bore 

• Scales have a satin-chrome 

finish 


Readings 

0.01 mm 

Mounting bores for anvils 

3.5 mm 

Spindle thread pitch 

0.5 mm 

Thimble dia. 

17.5 mm 

Accuracy DIN 863 

Measuring 

range 

mm 

Error limit Order no. Order no. 

G me 

wooden case 

0 - 25* 4 µm 4170000 4170010 

25 - 50 4 µm 4170001 4170011 

50 - 75 5 µm 4170002 4170012 

75 - 100 5 µm 4170003 4170013 

100 - 125 6 µm 4170004 4170014 

125 - 150 6 µm 4170005 4170015 

150 - 175 7 µm 4170006 4170016 

175 - 200 7 µm 4170007 4170017 

* Setting only with Thread Setting Plug Gages 715 E, when the interchangeable 

anvils span over several leads. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a = Regulating range ±0.5 mm 

b = V-anvil 

c = Tapered anvil 

 

 

 

 

 

Indicating Thread Snap 

Gage 852 see page 9-16 

Accessories 

Setting Standards 43 Z 

For setting Thread Micrometers 40 Z. 

With point on one side and a V-groove on the other, both match 

the pitch angle of thread to be inspected. 

One setting standard is sufficient for two adjacent frame sizes. 

43 Z 

Length Accuracy Thread angle 60° Thread angle 55° 

mm ± µm Order no. Order no. 

25 4 4175000 4175100 

50 4.5 4175001 4175101 

75 4.5 4175002 4175102 

100 4.5 4175003 4175103 

125 5 4175004 4175104 

150 5 4175005 4175105 

175 5 4175006 4175106 

200 5.5 4175630 4175636

+ 


3-21 

Interchangeable Anvils for Thread Micrometer Micromar 40 Z 

For pitch, root and outside diameters. Hardened, wear-resistant special steel. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring 

which ensures locking while permitting rotation in bore of spindle and anvil. 

For pitch diameters 

Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. For pitch range 0.2 - 0.45 mm V-anvil covers 3 thread leads, set 

with a Thread Setting Plug Gage 715 E, as opposed to Setting Standards 43 Z for other applications. 

15,5 

ø3,5 

Metric thread (60°) whitworth thread (55°) American UST thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil range anvil range anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.2 4173007 4173407 40 - 32 4173043 4173443 60 - 48 4173113 4173513 

0.25 4173008 4173408 32 - 24 4173044 4173444 48 - 40 4173114 4173514 

0.3 4173009 4173409 24 - 18 4173045 4173445 40 - 32 4173115 4173515 

0.35 4173010 4173410 18 - 14 4173046 4173446 32 - 24 4173116 4173516 

0.4 4173011 4173411 14 - 10 4173047 4173447 24 - 18 4173117 4173517 

0.45 4173012 4173412 10 - 7 4173048 4173448 18 - 14 4173118 4173518 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4173400 7 - 4.5 4173049 4173449 14 - 10 4173119 4173519 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4173401 4.5 - 3 4173050 4173450 10 - 7 4173120 4173520 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4173402 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179409 7 - 4.5 4173121 4173521 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4173403 4.5 - 3 4173122 4173522 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4173404 

5 - 7 4173005 4173405 

7 - 9 4173006 4173406 


Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. 

Shank length 15,5 mm 

For root diameters 

Pair consists of V-anvil and pointed anvil. Each pitch 

requires a seperate V-anvil. 

The pointed anvil can be used for several pitches. 

 

 

Trapezoid threads according to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil 


1 4173250 4173650 

1.5 4173251 4173651 

2 4173252 4173652 

3 4173253 4173653 

4 4173254 4173654 

5 4173255 4173655 

6 4173256 4173656 

7 4173257 4173657 

8 4173258 4173658 

9 4173259 4173659 

10 4173260 4173660 

12 4173261 4173661 

14 4173262 4173662 

16 4173263 4173663 

18 4173264 4173664 

20 4173265 4173665 

For outside diameter 

Metric thread (60°) whitworth thread (55°) 

American UST thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Pointed Pitch V-anvil Pointed 

anvil range anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4173213 40 4173331 

0.6 4173214 36 4173321 4173334 

0.7 4173215 32 4173332 

0.75 4173216 4173220 28 4173333 

0.8 4173217 26 4173335 

0.9 4173218 24 4173336 

1 4173219 22 4173337 4173341 

1.25 4173221 20 4173338 

1.5 4173222 4173224 19 4173339 

1.75 4173223 18 4173340 

2 4173225 16 4173342 4173344 

2.5 4173226 4173228 14 4173343 

3 4173227 12 4173345 4173348 

3.5 4173229 11 4173346 

4 4173230 4173232 10 4173347 

4.5 4173231 9 4173349 4173452 

5 4173233 8 4173350 

5.5 4173234 4173236 7 4173451 

6 4173235 6 4173453 

7 4173237 5 4173454 4173456 

8 4173238 4173240 4.5 4173455 

9 4173239 4 4173457 

3.5 4173458 4173461 

3.25 4173459 

3 4173460 

Pair of Flat Anvils 40 Za 

with flat measuring faces 

Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4173210 

Carbide tipped 

Order no. 4511190 

ø7,5 

15,5 

ø3,5

- 

3-22 


Accessories for Micromar Micrometers 

41 H 

Stand 41 H 

• For mounting a micrometer 

• Enables the user to use both 

hands to operate the 

micrometer and / or to insert a 

work piece 

• Sturdy, heavy-duty base, 

hammer-dimple enamel finish 

• Jaw width 3.5 - 15 mm 

• Clamping jaws are rubber 

lined to protect micrometer, 

the clamping jaws can be 

tilted 

• Both the clamping jaws and 

hinge are fixed in place with 

one screw 

Dimensions 

(D x W x H) 

order no. 

130 x 100 x 90 mm 4158000 

Ball shaped Anvil Attachment 40 k 

Setting Standards 43 A 

• For measuring the thickness, 

for example: of pipe walls 

• Slips over every anvil or the 

spindle with a dia. 7.5 mm 

• Carbide ball, 

Ball dia. 5 ± 0.002 mm 

ø9,5 

ø9 

3,5 

7,8 

6,5 

40 k 

• For testing the basic setting of 

a micrometer 

• Heat insulated handle 

• Manufacturing tolerance js 2 

Order no. 4130099 

Mahr 

Thread Pin Gage 426 M in holder 

• For determining the pitch 

diameter of external threads 

according to the three wire 

method 

• Slips over every anvil or the 

spindle 

• Pin gages are hardened and 

lapped 

 

Length 

mm 

Order no. 

25 4159400 

50 4159401 

75 159402 

100 159403 

125 159404 

150 4159405 

175 4159406 

Length 

inch 

Order no. 

1“ 4159940 

2“ 4159941 

3“ 4159942 

4“ 4159943 

5“ 4159944 

6“ 4159945 

7“ 4159946 

 

 

 

Wooden Cases for Micrometer 

 

 

For measuring ranges over 100 mm the following wooden cases 

are available: 

Pin gage dia. Manufacturing tol. Mounting hole 

0.17 - 5.05 mm ± 0.5 µm dia. 6.5 mm / 7.5 mm 

Order no. and further details see page 13-15 

0 SH 40 SM Order no. 

Meas. range 100-125 95-120 4130064 

mm 125-150 120-145 4130065 

150-175 145-170 4130066 

175-200 170-195 4130067

+ 


3-23 

Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 F 

 

 

Features 

• Rigid, lightweight tubular 

construction 


throughout and ground 

• Measuring faces spherically 

lapped, one measuring face 

adjustable 


• From measuring range 

100-125 mm with heat 

insulators and a locking 

device 


Case 


Measuring range Readings Error limit G Spindle thread pitch Order no. 

mm mm µm mm 

30 - 40 0.01 4 0.5 4163000 

40 - 50 0.01 4 0.5 4163001 

50 - 70 0.01 5 0.5 4163002 

70 - 100 0.01 5 0.5 4163003 

100 - 125 0.01 6 0.5 4163004 

125 - 150 0.01 6 0.5 4163005 

150 - 175 0.01 7 0.5 4163006 

175 - 200 0.01 7 0.5 4163007 

Dimensions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Meas. range in mm a b c d e 

30 - 40 ø7 ø12.5 2 4 ø12.6 

40 - 50 ø7 ø12.5 2.5 4.5 ø12.6 

50 - 70 ø7 ø13.5 2.5 4.5 ø13.6 

70 - 100 ø7 ø13.5 4.5 4.5 ø14.0 

100 - 125 ø8 ø20 4.5 4.5 ø20 

125 - 150 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

150 - 175 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

175 - 200 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

Accessories 

355 E 

Page 

Ring Gage 355 E for testing the 13-16 

basic setting 

Special wear resistant steel, 

hardened and lapped 

Dimensions according to DIN 2250 C 

Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of the engraved actual dimension 1/2 IT1

- 

3-24 


Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 Cms Set 

Features 


construction 



• Locking lever 


• Carbide tipped spherical 


• Interchangeable extensions 

44 Cv with cylindrical gage 

rods that are spring-mounted 

in protective sleeves; for the 

extension of the measuring 

range 

• Protection sleeves have a satin 

chrome finish 

Span of error 

Basic unit 5 µm 

Basic unit in combination 

with any of the extensions 

4 µm + 10 x 10 -6 x l 

(l = length of the combination 

in mm) 


Case 


Catalog no. Measuring range Measuring head 44 Cm Extensions 44 Cv 

Order no. 

Readings Spindle thread 

length 

pitch 

in 

mm mm mm mm 

44 Cms1 100 - 150 

25 4168020 

44 Cms2 100 - 300 25 / 50 / 100 4168021 

0.01 0.5 

44 Cms3 100 - 500 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 4168022 

44 Cms4 100 - 900* 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 400 4168023 

* up to 2500 mm can be achieved with 2 extensions: 44 Cv 800 mm 

Design 44 CZm for thread measuring on request. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

Inside Micrometers, ring gages, etc. please refer to page 3-26

+ 


3-25 

Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 CB with reduced measuring faces 

 

 

Features 

• Basic Instrument consists 

of: Measuring head 44 CBm 

and End piece CBv 

• Measuring faces have 

a smaller diameter for 

measuring grooves 


construction 



• Locking lever 

• Carbide tipped spherical 


• Interchangeable extensions 

44 Cv with cylindrical gage 

rods that are spring-mounted 

in protective sleeves; for the 

extension of the measuring 

range (Accessories) 

• Protection sleeves have a satin 

chrome finish 

Span of error 

Basic unit 6 µm 

Basic unit in combination 

with any of the extensions 

4 µm + 10 x 10 -6 x l 

(l = length of the combination 

in mm) 


Case 


Measuring range 

Measuring head 44 CBm 

Order no. 

(Measuring head 44 CBm and 

Readings 

Spindle thread 

End piece CBv) 

pitch 

mm mm mm 

150 - 175 

4167922 

175 - 200 4167906 

0.01 0.5 

250 - 275 4167912 

275 - 300 4167921 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Individual Extensions 44 Cv 

Length Order no. Length Order no. 

mm 

mm 

25 4167030 200 4167033 

50 4167031 400 4167034 

100 4167032 800 4167035 

Case, wooden boxes, etc. please refer to page 3-26 

Dimensions 

Meas. range in mm a b 

150 - 175 10 dia. 5 

175 - 200 20 dia. 5 

250 - 275 40 dia. 5 

275 - 300 50 dia. 5

- 

3-26 


Accessories for Micromar 44 Cms / 44 CB 

Individual Extensions 44 Cv 

Length a dia. b order no. 

mm 

mm 

M10x1 

b 

25 15 4167030 

50 15 4167031 

100 15 4167032 

200 15 4167033 

400 15 4167034 

800 22 4167035 

9 

11 

a 

44 CV 

Inside Micrometer 44 Cm 

ø16 

ø18 

Measuring Reading Spindle Order no. 

range 

thread pitch 

mm mm mm 

100 - 125 0.01 0.5 4168001 

11 

 

a 

 

 

 

 

44 Cm 

Ring Gage 355 E 

Ring Gage 355 E for testing the basic setting see page 13-16 

Special wear resistant steel, 


Dimensions according to DIN 2250 C 

Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of the engraved actual dimension 1/2 IT1 

355 E 

order no. 

Case for Inside Micrometer 44 Cm and extension 

sets Cvs1 or Cvs2 

Wooden case for 2 extensions 44Cv 800 mm 

168015 

168016

+ 


3-27 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 A 

 

 

Features 



Applications 

For measuring: 

• through holes 

• blind holes 

• centering shoulders 

• Spindle is hardened throughout 

and ground 


ratchet 

• Self-centering measuring head 

consists of 3 laterally 

positioned anvils, each are 

offset at intervals of 120° 

• Anvils from 12.5 mm are 

carbide tipped 

• From 12.5 mm the anvils can 

be used to measure to the 

bottom of a bore 

Measuring range Measuring depth Readings Error limit G* Order no. 

mm mm mm µm 

6 - 8 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190000 

8 - 10 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190001 

10 - 12.5 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190002 

12.5 - 16 65 / (140**) 0.005 4 4190003 

16 - 20 65 / (140**) 0.005 4 4190004 

20 - 25 70 / (220**) 0.005 4 4190005 

25 - 30 70 / (220**) 0.005 4 4190006 

30 - 35 71 / (221**) 0.005 4 4190007 

35 - 40 71 / (221**) 0.005 4 4190008 

40 - 50 79 / (229**) 0.005 4 4190009 

50 - 60 79 / (229**) 0.005 5 4190010 

60 - 70 79 / (229**) 0.005 5 4190011 

70 - 85 97 / (247**) 0.005 5 4190012 

85 - 100 97 / (247**) 0.005 5 4190013 

100 - 125 132 / (282**) 0.005 6 4190014 

125 - 150 132 / (282**) 0.005 6 4190015 

150 - 175 132 / (282**) 0.005 7 4190016 

175 - 200 132 / (282**) 0.005 7 4190017 

* Over the full length of the anvils ** With the extension 44 Av 

• From 40 mm all measuring 

heads are made from 

aluminum to reduce weight 


Case and operating 

instructions 

Accessories 

Measuring heads, ring gages, 

etc. please refer to page 3-30 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Sets 44 AS 

Measuring 

range 

Number 

of 

Micrometers 

Ring gages 

Order no. 

mm 

dia. mm 

6 - 12.5 3 8 / 10 4190050 

12.5 - 25 3 16 / 20 4190051 

25 - 50 4 30 / 40 4190052 

50 - 100 4 60 / 85 4190053 


Case and ring gage

- 

3-28 


Digital Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 EX 

IP52 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications 





Features 

Functions: 

0 (Setting the display to zero 


ABS (Switching between 

Relative and Absolute 

measurement) 

mm/inch 

PR (Reference setting) 

• Basic Instrument consists of: 

Basic Unit 44 EXg and 

Measuring Head 44 Ak 

• Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring 

heads 


Measuring range Measuring Readings Error limit 

depth 

G* 

mm (inch) mm mm / inch µm 

Order no. 

6 - 8 (.25 - .3125“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191020 

8 - 10 (.3125 - .4“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191021 

10 - 12.5 (.4 - .5“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191022 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 65 / (140**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191023 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 65 / (140**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191024 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 70 / (220**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191025 

25 - 30 (.1“ - 1.2“) 70 / (220**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191026 

30 - 35 (1.2 - 1.4“) 71 / (221**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191027 

35 - 40 (1.4 - 1.6“) 71 / (221**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191028 

40 - 50 (1.6“ - 2“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 /.00005” 4 4191029 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 /.00005” 5 4191030 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 /.00005” 5 4191031 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 97 / (247**) 0.001 /.00005” 5 4191032 

85 - 100 (3.35 - 4“) 97 / (247**) 0.001 /.00005” 5 4191033 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 /.00005” 6 4191034 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 /.00005” 6 4191035 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 /.00005” 7 4191036 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 /.00005” 7 4191037 

* Over the full length of the anvils ** With the extension 44 Av 

• Self-Centering measuring 

head consists of 3 laterally 





• From 12.5 mm the anvils 

can be used to measure to 

the bottom of a bore 






instructions 

Accessories 



Digital Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Sets Micromar 44 EXS 

Measuring range Number of 

measuring 

heads 44 Ak 

Ring gages 

mm (inch) dia. mm 

Order no. 

6 - 12.5 (.25 - .5“) 3 8 / 10 4191060 

12.5 - 25 (.5 - 1“) 3 16 / 20 4191061 

25 - 50 (1 - 2“) 4 30 / 40 4191062 

50 - 100 (2 - 4“) 4 60 / 85 4191063 


1 Basic Unit 44 EXg, Measuring Heads 44 Ak, case and ring gages

+ 


3-29 

Self-Centering Measuring Pistol Micromar 844 A 

 

Features 

 

 

 

• Basic Instrument consists 

of: 844 Ag and Measuring 

Head 44 Ak 


Applications 





Measuring range Measuring depth Error limit G* Order no.*** 

mm (inch) mm µm / inch 

6 - 8 (.25 - .3125“) 64 / (139**) 3 / .00015” 4487600 

8 - 10 (.3125 - .4“) 64 / (139**) 3 / .00015” 4487601 

10 - 12.5 (.4 - .5“) 64 / (139**) 3 / .00015” 4487602 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 65 / (140**) 3 / .00015” 4487603 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 65 / (140**) 3 / .00015” 4487604 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 70 / (220**) 3 / .00015” 4487605 

25 - 30 (.1“ - 1.2“) 70 / (220**) 3 / .00015” 4487606 

30 - 35 (1.2 - 1.4“) 71 / (221**) 3 / .00015” 4487607 

35 - 40 (1.4 - 1.6“) 71 / (221**) 3 / .00015” 4487608 

40 - 50 (1.6“ - 2“) 79 / (229**) 3 / .00015” 4487609 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 79 / (229**) 4 / .00016” 4487610 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 79 / (229**) 4 / .00016” 4487611 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 97 / (247**) 4 / .00016” 4487612 

85 - 100 (3.35 - 4“) 97 / (247**) 4 / .00016” 4487613 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 132 / (282**) 5 / .0002” 4487614 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 132 / (282**) 5 / .0002” 4487615 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 132 / (282**) 6 / .00025” 4487616 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 132 / (282**) 6 / .00025” 4487617 

• Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring 

heads 

• Self-Centering measuring 

head consists of 3 laterally 





• From 12.5 mm the anvils 

can be used to measure to 

the bottom of a bore 





Case and operating 

instructions 

The following indicating 

instruments are recommended: 

Indicating instr. Order no. 

MarCator 1086 R 4337121 

MarCator 1087 R 4337161 

Accessories 



Self-Centering Measuring Pistol Set Micromar 844 AS 


Number of 

measuring 

heads 

Ring 

Gages 

mm (inch) dia. mm 

Order no. 

with Digital 

Indicator 

1086 R 

6 - 12.5 (.25 - .5“) 3 8 / 10 4487660 4487650 

12.5 - 25 (.5 - 1“) 3 16 / 20 4487661 4487651 

25 - 50 (1 - 2“) 4 30 / 40 4487662 4487652 

50 - 100 (2 - 4“) 4 60 / 85 4487663 4487653 


1 Basic Instrument 844 Ag, Measuring Heads 44 Ak, case and ring gages 

* Indicator is not taken into consideration, over the full length of the anvils 

** With the extensiion 44 Av 

*** Excludes indicator 

Order 

no.***

- 

3-30 


Accessories for Micromar 44 A, 44 EWR, 844 A 

Measuring Heads 44 Ak for 44 EWR 

• Self-centering measuring head consists of 3 laterally positioned 

anvils, each are offset at intervals of 120° 

• Anvils from 12.5 mm are carbide tipped 

• From 12.5 mm, anvils can be used to measure to the base of a bore 

• From 40 mm all measuring heads are made from aluminum to 

reduce weight 


mm 

(inch) 

Order no. 

6 - 8 (25 - .3125“) 4190030 

8 - 10 (.3125 - .4“) 4190031 

10 - 12.5 (.4 - .5“) 4190032 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 4190033 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 4190034 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 4190035 

25 - 30 (.1“ - 1.2“) 4190036 

30 - 35 (1.2 - 1.4“) 4190037 

35 - 40 (1.4 - 1.6“) 4190038 

40 - 50 (1.6“ - 2“) 4190039 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 4190040 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 4190041 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 4190042 

85 - 100 (3.35 - 4“) 4190043 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 4190044 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 4190045 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 4190046 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 4190047 

Ring Gages 355 E 

• Can be used for 2 consecutive measuring ranges 

• Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250C 

• Includes a traceable calibration certificate 

dia. mm Order no. dia. mm Order no. 

8 4710026 40 4710060 

10 4710030 60 4710080 

16 4710036 85 4710105 

20 4710040 125 4710121 

30 4710050 175 4710122 

Basic Unit 44 EWg 

Threaded connection for changing the measuring heads 


Order no. 

mm 

6 - 20 4190106 

20 - 100 4190107 

100 - 200 4190108 

d 

Meas. range 6 - 12.5 mm 

d 

4487410 

a 

b 

Meas. range 12.5 - 200 mm 

b 

Basic Unit Measuring Pistol 844 Ag 

Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring heads. 

Any indicating instrument with 

an 8 mm mounting shank can 

be used. 

c 


mm a b c d 

6 - 8 1.3 4.3 2 64 

8 - 10 1.8 4.8 2 64 

10 - 12.5 2 6 2.5 64 

12.5 - 16 – 7 3 65 

16 - 20 – 8.5 4 65 

20 - 25 – 11 4 70 

25 - 30 – 11 4 70 

30 - 35 – 12 5 71 

35 - 40 – 12 5 71 

40 - 50 – 18 5 79 

50 - 60 – 18 7 79 

60 - 70 – 18 7 79 

70 - 85 – 23 7 97 

85 - 100 – 23 7 97 

100 - 125 – 27 7 132 

125 - 150 – 27 7 132 

150 - 175 – 27 7 132 

175 - 200 – 27 7 132 

c 


Order no. 

mm 

(inch) 

6 - 100* (.25 - 4.0“) 4487630 

20 - 100 (.775 - 4.0“) 4487631 

100 - 200 (4.0 - 7.9“) 4487632 

* Includes adapter 4487410 

Depth Extension Rod 44 Av 

b 

a 

44 Av 

Measuring range Length a dia. b Order no. 

mm (inch) mm mm 

6 - 10 (.25 - .4“) 75 5.8 4190090 

10 - 20 (.4 - .775“) 75 9.5 4190091 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 150 19.0 4190092 

25 - 200 (1 - 7.9“) 150 22.0 4190093

+ 


3-31 

Depth Micrometer Micromar 45 T 

Features 

Applications 

• Depth measurement 

• Measuring the space between 

grooves and groove widths (in 

conjunction with a Disc anvil 

45 Tm) 

• Measuring spindle is 

hardened throughout and 

ground 

• Hardened chrome plated 

cross beam, the contact 

surface is lapped 

• Hardened anvil 

• When using interchangeable 

extensions recalibrating the 

depth micrometer is not 

necessary 

• Scales with satin-chrome 

finish 


Extensions 25 mm and 

50 mm, case 


Total 

measuring 

range 

Range of 

micrometer 

Readings 

Spindle 

thread pitch 

Error limit 

with a 

standard anvil 

Measuring 

force 

Length tolerance 

of 

extensions 

mm mm mm mm µm N µm 

Order no. 

0-100 25 0.01 0.5 ≤5 5 - 10 ± 1.5 4180000 

Standard depth measurements 

With a standard anvil, if necessary with 

an extension 

Measuring the space between grooves 

and the widths of a groove 

With disc anvil 45 Tm, if necessary 

with an extension 

Dimension A: Can be direct read of 

the thimble 

Dimension B: The reading plus 

1.00 mm (thickness of the disc anvil) 

Dimension C: 

Dimension B minus Dimension A 

13 

1,00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A 

C 

B 

100 x 16 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Disc anvil 45 Tm 

for groove spacing and groove widths 4180011 

Extensions 45 Tv 

Length L Length tolerance 

25 mm ± 1.5 µm 4180001 

50 mm ± 1.5 µm 4180002 

100 mm ± 1.5 µm 4180003 

M3 

ø9 

1 

45 Tm

- 

3-32 


Digital Micrometer Head Micromar 46 EWR 

IP52 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

0 (Zero setting) 



mm/inch 


value) 



• Patented capacitive 

measuring system with an 

energy saving function, life of 

the battery approx. 2 years 

• Ratchet with integrated 

coupler 


Case, end cap (in case the 

rapid drive is not required) 

and operating instructions 


Measuring 

range 

Readings 

Error limit 

G me 

Measuring 

face 

Mounting shaft 


Order no. 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001 /.00005” 4 flat 12 4184305 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001 /.00005” 4 flat 12* 4184307 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001 /.00005” 4 spherical 12 4184306 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001 /.00005” 4 spherical 12* 4184308 

* with locking nut 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Order no. 






Flat plug10-pin 16 EXd 4102411 


+ 


3-33 

Micrometer Head Micromar 46 

Features 



and ground 



Measuring 

Readings Error limit Spindle 

Spindle 

range 

G me 

DIN thread pitch 

dia. 

mm mm µm 

863 

mm mm 

Order no. 

46 0 - 6.5 0.01 3 • 0.5 3.5 4183021 

0 - 13 0.01 3 • 0.5 5 4183025 

0 - 25 0.01 3 • 0.5 6.35 4183030 

0 - 25* 0.01 3 • 0.5 6.35 4183024 

0 - 50 0.01 5 0.5 7.5 4183023 

46 H 0 - 25** 0.01 3 • 0.5 7.5 4184000 

* with locking nut 

** with ratchet, carbide tipped 

ø3,5 

ø6 -0,008 

 

 

 

 

ø8,6 

ø9,5 

4183021 

Measuring range 0-6.5 mm 

9 

6 1 

19,5 

ø5 

17,5 

ø9,5 h6 

 

9,5 2 

2,5 

ø14,2 

 

 

 

26,5 

3,5 

ø10 

ø15 

4183025 

Measuring range 0-13 mm 

ø6,35 

ø10 h6 

 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183030 


27 

15 

2,5 

2,2 

46 

3,5 

ø6,35 

27 

ø10 h6 

15 

2,5 

 

2,2 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

46 

3,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183024 


with locking nut 

ø7,5 

27 

ø12 h6 

16 

2,5 

 

1,2 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

46 

13 

ø12 

ø18,5 

4184000 



ø7,5 

ø12 h6 

 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183023 


59 

29 

2,5 

1,2 

76 

4,3

- 

MarTest. Test Indicators and Touch Probes 

Your MEASURING TASKS ARE SENSITIVE. 

MARTEST IS HIGHLY SENSITIVE. 

The latest information on MARTEST products can be 



Since 1936 Mahr is one of the leading global producers of test indicators, we have achieved this with the continuous advancement 

of our products and with unrelenting commitment to produce high quality products that not only meet customer requirements 

but also exceed them. We have also increased research and development in order to satisfy the demands and requirements of the 

market, however our core philosophy is to offer our customer a highly accurate and simple solution for various measuring tasks. With 

the MarTest series of test indicators there is not just a broad product range but also a wide variety of accessories at you disposal. 

The sensitive computer-optimized shockproof mechanism of the test indicator ensures maximum security and precision. MarTest is 

ideal for use in workshop conditions due the dial being sealed thus impervious to the penetration of liquids.

+ 



Mechanical Test Indicators with Dial 

Overview 4- 2 

Standard version 

MarTest 800 S / 800 SG / 800 SA / 800 SGA metric 4- 4 

MarTest 801 S1 / 801 S / 801 SG / 801 SGI inch 4- 4 

With a higher resolution 

MarTest 800 SM / 800 SGM / 800 SGE metric 4- 5 

MarTest 801 SM / 801 SGM / 801 SGE inch 4- 5 

With a longer styli 

MarTest 800 SL / 800 SGL / 800 SGB metric 4- 6 

MarTest 801 SL / 801 SGL inch 4- 6 

Horizontal version 

MarTest 800 H metric 4- 7 

MarTest 801 H inch 4- 7 

Vertical version 

MarTest 800 V / 800 VGM metric 4- 7 

MarTest 801 V / 801 VGM inch 4- 7 

With a larger measuring range 

MarTest 800 SR / 800 SRM metric 4- 8 

MarTest 801 SR / 801 SRM inch 4- 8 

Digital Test Indicators 


MarTest 800 EW 4- 9 

With a longer styli 

MarTest 800 EWL 4- 10 

Accessories 4 - 8 / 4- 11 

3D-Touch Probes 

Water proof, with a Digital display 

MarTest 802 NW 4- 12 

Water proof, with an Analog display 

MarTest 802 EW 4- 13

- 

4- 

MarTest. Test Indicators 


overview 

MarTest - Versions 

Standard 

Measuring 

range 

Dial style Readings Accuracy 

f ges 

f e 

f u 

f t 

f w 

metric 

800 S ± 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm • 13 µm 10 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SG ± 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm • 13 µm 10 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SA ± 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 8 µm 5 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SGA ± 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 8 µm 5 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 EW ± 0.4 mm digital 0.001 mm /.00005“ 

0.01 mm /.0005“ 

DIN 

2270 

• 13 µm 10 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

inch 

801 S1 ± .015“ 0-15-0 .001“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 S ± .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 SG ± .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 SGI ± .015“ 

(±0.30 mm) 

0-15-0 

(0-30-0) 

.001“ 

(0.01 mm) 

.0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

Extra Long Styli 

metric 

800 SL ± 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 13 µm 10 µm 5 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SGL ± 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 13 µm 10 µm 5 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SGB ± 0.5 mm 0-50-0 0.01 mm 13 µm 10 µm 4 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 EWL ± 0.25 mm digital 0.001 mm /.00005“ 

0.01 mm /.0005“ 

13 µm 10 µm 5 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

inch 

801 SL ± .010“ 0-10-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .0002“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 SGL ± .010“ 0-10-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .0002“ .0002“ .00012“ 

Higher Resolution 

metric 

800 SM ± 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm • 4 µm 3 µm 2 µm 2 µm 1.5 µm 

800 SGM ± 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm • 4 µm 3 µm 2 µm 2 µm 1.5 µm 

800 SGE ± 0.07 mm 0-70-0 0.001 mm 4 µm 3 µm 2 µm 2 µm 1.5 µm 

inch 

801 SM ± .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“ .00012“ .00008“ .00008“ .00006“ 

801 SGM ± .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“ .00012“ .00008“ .00008“ .00006“ 

801 SGE ± .004“ 0-4-0 .00005“ .00016“ .00012“ .00008“ .00008“ .00006“ 

Larger Measuring 

Range 

metric 

800 SR ± 0.8 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm 14 µm 10 µm 4 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 SRM ± 0.2 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm 5 µm 3 µm 3 µm 2 µm 1.5 µm 

inch 

801 SR ± .030“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00016“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 SRM ± .008“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .0002“ .00012“ .00012““ .00008“ .00006“ 

Horizontal Models 

metric 

800 H ± 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01mm • 13 µm 10 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

inch 

801 H ± .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .00012“ 

Vertical Models 

metric 

800 V ± 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm • 13 µm 10 µm 3 µm 5 µm 3 µm 

800 VGM ± 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm • 4 µm 3 µm 2 µm 2 µm 1.5 µm 

inch 

801 V ± .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 VGM ± .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“ .00012“ .00008“ .00008“ .00006“

+ 


4- 

Metrological characteristics 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

 

 

14.5 mm 4305200 

14.5 mm 4307200 

14.5 mm 4301200 

14.5 mm 4301250 

14.5 mm 4305120 

14.5 mm 4305960 

14.5 mm 4305950 

14.5 mm 4307950 

14.5 mm 4307970 

Deviation of reading 

 

Nominal value 

MarTest - Design features 

against the measuring force 

in the direction of the measuring force 

 

 

 

41.24 mm 4306200 

41.24 mm 4306250 

32.3 mm 4301300 

41.24 mm 4306120 

41.24 mm 4306950 

41.24 mm 4306960 

14.5 mm 4308150 

14.5 mm 4308200 

9.1 mm 4308220 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Mechanism 

• Shockproof 

• Anti magnetic 

• Movement bearings are jeweled 

with 8 precious stones 

• Automatic matching to sensing 

direction, thus ensuring error-free 

reading 

• Double lever supported in ball 

bearings, overload protection 

provided by slip clutch 

• Dial face is sealed with an 

O-Ring 

• Satin chrome finished 

housing 

• Contact point 

with carbide ball 

14.5 mm 4308960 

14.5 mm 4308970 

14.5 mm 4308985 

14.5 mm 4307250 

14.5 mm 4308250 

MarTest - Applications 

Concentricity of a shaft 

Concentricity of a sleeve 

Centering of a bore 

14.5 mm 4307960 

14.5 mm 4308980 

14.5 mm 4303200 

14.5 mm 4303950 

Aligning a surface 

Testing parallelism 

14.5 mm 4302200 

14.5 mm 4302250 

14.5 mm 4302950 

14.5 mm 4302960

- 

4- 


MarTest standard versions 

DIN 

2270 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 S 

800 SGA 

800 SA 

800 SG 

DIN 

2270 


Measuring 

range 

Readings Dial dia. Measuring 

force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 S ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305200 

800 SG ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307200 

800 SA ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.1 N 14.5 mm 4301200 

800 SGA ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.1 N 14.5 mm 4301250 

801 S1 ± .015” .001” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305960 

801 S ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305950 

801 SG ± .015” .0005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307950 

801 SGI ± .015” (± 0.3 mm) .0005” (0.01 mm) 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307970 

Supplied with: 

Plastic storage case, spanner for changing the styli, styli dia. 2 mm, mounting shaft 800 a8 (for metric versions), 

mounting shaft 800 a6 (800 SA, 800 SGA), mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

801 S1 

0 

801 S 

0 

26 

49,5 

5 

Antimagnetic 

5 

5 

Antimagnetic 

5 

17 

10 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.001" 

15 

10 

10 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

15 

10 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

801 SG 

5 

0 

5 

801 SGI 

5 

0 

0 

10 10 

5 

75 

8 

99 

10 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

15 

10 

10 

20 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

.0005" / 0,01mm 

30 MarTest 30 

15 

20 

10 

110° 

ø 2 

13,6 

17,8 

9 

* 800 SG, 800 SGA, 801 SG, 

801 SGI 

** 800 S, 800 SA, 801 S1, 801 S

+ 


4- 

MarTest with resolution 0.002 mm/0.001 mm for higher accuracy 

DIN 

2270 

DIN 

2270 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 SM 

800 SGM 

Inductive Probe Millimar 1318 see 

page 7-13 

800 SGE 


Measuring 

range 


force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 SM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 27.5 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308150 

800 SGM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308200 

800 SGE ± 0.07 mm 0.001 mm 38 mm 0.2 N 9.1 mm 4308220 

801 SM ± .004” .0001” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308960 

801 SGM ± .004” .0001” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308970 

801 SGE ± .004” .00005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308985 


Plastic storage case, spanner for changing the styli, styli dia. 2 mm, mounting shaft 800 a8 (for metric versions) 

801 SM 

1 

0 

1 

26 

49,5 

17 

2 

3 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0001" 

4 

3 

2 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

801 SGM 

801 SGE 

75 

70*** 

99 

94*** 

2 

1 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

1 

2 

2 

1 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

1 

2 

110° 

13,6 

8,3*** 

ø 2 

17,8 

9,1*** 

9 

8 

3 

MarTest 

.0001" 

4 

3 

3 

MarTest 

.00005" 

4 

3 

* 800 SGM, 800 SGE, 801, 

SGM, 801 SGE 

** 800 SM, 801 SM 

*** 800 SGE

- 

4- 


MarTest with extra long styli for measuring in even difficult to access positions 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 SL 

800 SGL 

800 SGB 


Measuring 

range 


force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 SL ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306200 

800 SGL ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306250 

800 SGB ± 0.5 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.1 N 32.3 mm 4301300 

801 SL ± .010” .0005” 1.1” 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306950 

801 SGL ± .010” .0005” 1.5” 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306950 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions), 

mounting shaft 800 a6 (800 SGB) 

801 SL 

801 SGL 

26 

49,5 

17 

4 

6 

0 

2 2 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

8 8 

10 

4 

6 

4 

6 

2 

8 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

10 

2 

8 

4 

6 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

110° 

* 800 SGL, 801 SGL, 800 SGB 

** 800 SL, 801 SL 

*** 800 SGB 

40,3 (31,4***) 

44,6 (35,7***) 

ø 2 

102 

93*** 

9 

8 

126 

117***

+ 


4- 

MarTest styli can positioned horizontally to the dial face 

8h6 

13,6 

56 

DIN 

2270 

53 

17 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

ø 30 

29 

9 

800 H 

ø 2 

110° 


Measuring 

range 


force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 H ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4303200 

801 H ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4303950 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

MarTest vertical model 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

67 

53 

17 

17,8 

800 V 800 VGM 

ø 2 

13,6 

ø 30** 

ø 40,5* 

DIN 

2270 

DIN 

2270 

9 

110° 

* 800 VGM, 801 VGM 

** 800 V, 801 V 


Measuring 

range 


force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 V ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.2 N 14.5 mm 4302200 

800 VGM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4302250 

801 V ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.2 N 14.5 mm 4302950 

801 VGM ± .004” .0001” 1.5” 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4302960 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions)

- 

4- 


MarTest with larger measuring range 

26 

49,5 

800 SR/SRM 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

75 

99 

ø 40,5 

17 

8 

800 SRM 

110° 

13,6 

17,8 

ø 2 

9 


Measuring 

range 


force 

Length of 

styli 

Order no. 

800 SR ± 0.8 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307250 

800 SRM ± 0.2 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308250 

801 SR ± .030” .0005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307960 

801 SRM ± .008” .0001” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308980 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

MarTest - Zubehör 

Styluses 

with ruby contact 

points 

M2 

l 

d 

Styluses 

with carbide contact 

points 

Spanner for changing the 

styluses 4305868 

Model 

Stylus 

length l 

Styluses 

Carbide contact point 

Ruby contact point 

d 

d 

Cat. no. dia. 1 mm dia. 2 mm dia. 3 mm Cat. no. dia. 2 mm 

800 S/801 S1/801 S 

800 SG/801 SG 

800 SA 

800 SGA 

800 SM/801 SM 

800 SGM/801 SGM 

801 SGE 

14.5 mm 800 ts 4305870 4305850 4305871 800 tsr 4309051 

800 SR/801 SR 

800 SRM/801 SRM 

800 H/801 H 

800 V/801 V 

800 VGM/801 VGM 

800 SGE 9.1 mm 800 te 4308851 4308850 4308852 800 ter 4309050 

800 SL/801 SL 

800 SGL/801 SGL 

41.24 mm 800 tl 4306851 4306850 4306853 800 tlr 4309053 

800 SGB 32.3 mm 800 tb 4301851 4301850 4301852 800 tbr 4309052

+ 


4- 

Digital Test Indicator MarTest 800 EW 

 

RS232C 

IP65 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

MAX/MIN memory 

MAX-MIN ideal for testing 

concentricity an flatness 

Auto-OFF 

• Operating and display unit 

(bezel) can be rotated 

through 360° 

• Satin chrome finished housing 

with 3 dovetail guideways 

• Shockproof, movement 

bearings are jewelled 

• Inductive measuring system, 

battery life span ca. 2 years 



USB 

OPTO RS232C 

• Operating unit is protected 

against coolants and lubricants, 


• Combined analog and digital 

display 

• Automatic matching to 

sensing direction 

• Anti-magnetic 





Plastic case, spanner to 

change the styluses, contact 

point dia. 2mm, mounting 

shaft 800h8 


Measuring Resolution Measuring Length of styli Order no. 

range switchable force 

mm mm/inch N mm 

800 EW ± 0.4 0.001/.00005“ 

0.01/.0005“ 

0.13 14.5 4305120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

Order no. 

 

Styli, with carbide contact point dia. 1 mm 4305870 



Styli, with ruby contact point dia. 2 mm 4309051 




 

 

 

 

 

Accessories for Data Processing Chapter 11

- 

4-10 


Digital Test Indicator MarTest 800 EWL 

 

RS232C 

IP65 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

MAX/MIN memory 

MAX-MIN ideal for testing 

concentricity an flatness 

Auto-OFF 


(bezel) can be rotated 

through 360° 

• Satin chrome finished housing 

with 3 dovetail guideways 

• Shockproof, movement 

bearings are jewelled 

• Inductive measuring system, 

battery life span ca. 2 years 



USB 

OPTO RS232C 

• Operating unit is protected 

against coolants and lubricants, 


• Combined analog and digital 

display 

• Automatic matching to 

sensing direction 

• Anti-magnetic 





Plastic case, spanner to 

change the styluses, contact 

point dia. 2mm, mounting 

shaft 800h8 


Measuring Resolution Measuring Length of styli Order no. 

range switchable force 

mm mm/inch N mm 

800 EWL ± 0.25 0.001/.00005“ 

0.01/.0005“ 

0.07 41.24 4306120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zubehör 

 

 

 

Order no. 




Styli, with ruby contact point dia. 2 mm 4309853 




 

 

 

 

 

Accessories for Data Processing Chapter 11

+ 


4-11 

Martest - Accessories 

Mounting shaft for dovetail 

Centering support rods 801 v 

Mounting shaft dia. d Order no. 

mm 

800 a8 8 4305865 

800 a6 6 4301865 

800 a4 4 4305885 

800 a1/4 1/4“ 4305895 

800 a3/8 3/8“ 4305875 

25 

17 

800 a 

ø12 

ød 

• For aligning and centering 

work pieces on machine tools 

• Swivel mounting clamp and 


• Stainless steel rods 

Mounting 

bore dia. 

8 mm 

Swivel range of 

mounting clamp 180° 

801 v 

Stand 801 p 

• With swivel holder 

• Base with V-groove 140° 

Total height 150 mm 

Mounting 

bore dia. 4 and 8 mm 

Column dia. 8 mm 

Base surface 65 x 40 mm 

Order no. 4309070 

max. 130 

ø14 

180 

Order no. 4309090 

Holder 800 h 

Ø6 h6 

Universal centering support frame 800 b 

Order no. 4305893 

ø8 

a 

9 

b 

ø4 

30 

Ø6 H7 

44 

Dimensions Order no. 

a b 

800 h1 9x9 100 4305888 

800 h2 1/4“ x 1/2“ 4“ 4305889 

58 

60° 

Universal clamp 800 k 

Universal holder with dovetail clamp 

8 

Ød2 

Ød1 

60° 

800 hs8 

800 h1 with 

800 k8 

60° 

b 

a 

Ø c 

Dimensions Order no. 

dia. d1 dia. d2 

800 k8 4 8 4305891 

800 k3/8 5/32“ 3/8“ 4305892 

Dimensions 

Order no. 

a b dia. c 

800 hs8 100 124 8 4305886 

800 hs3/8“ 4“ 5“ 3/8“ 4305887

- 

4-12 

MarTest. Touch Probes 

Mechanical 3D-Touch Probe MarTest 802 NW 

IP65 

3D 

Applications 

Can be used on milling and 

CNC machines to 

• determine the zero position 

on a work piece 

• determine the center of a 

bore 

• determine and correct the 

position of a work piece 

and for measurement of 

• lengths 

• depths 

Features 

• High accuracy and linearity 

- suitable for measuring 

work pieces 

- measurement over the 

entire working range is 

possible 

• Can be controlled 

independently of a machine 

tool 

• Easy to read display 

• Large working range in all 

axis (X, Y, Z) prevents damage 

to the stylus by contacting 

errors 

• Shock and Water proof, 

ideal for the use on a 

machine with a tool 

changer 

• Compact metal housing 

and long probe arm 


Operating instructions 


Repeatability 

in zero position 

unidirectional 

Readings 

Dial 

dia. 

Mounting 

shaft 

dia. 

Order no. 

802 NW ± 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 50 mm 16 mm 4304311 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Styli dia. d mm l mm Order no. 

802 EWt 4 31 4304320 

802 NWt 6 56.6 4304321 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ød 

l

+ 

MarTest. Touch Probes 

4-13 

Digital 3D-Touch Probe MarTest 802 EW 

IP65 

3D 

Applications 

Can be used on milling and 

CNC machines to 

• determine the zero position 

on a work piece 

• determine the center of a 

bore 

• determine and correct the 

position of a work piece 

and for measurement of 

• lengths 

• depths 

Features 

• High accuracy and linearity 

- suitable for measuring 

work pieces 

- measurement over the 

entire working range is 

possible 

• Can be controlled 

independently of a machine 

tool 

• Easy to read display due to the 

combination of: 

- a progressive analog 

display (bar graph) for 

dynamic path information 

- a digital display for 

accurate reading 

• Large working range 

(6 mm) in all axis (X, Y, Z) 

prevents damage to the stylus 

by contacting errors 

• Shock and water proof; ideal 

for the use on a machine with 

a tool changer 

• Compact metal housing and 

long probe arm 


Battery and operating 

instructions 


Working range 

X. Y. Z-Axis 

Repeatability 

in zero position 

unidirectional 

Resolution of 

digital display 

Display 

range 

Mounting 

shaft 

dia. 

Order no. 

802 EW -2 to 4 mm ± 0.005 mm 0.005 mm ± 2 mm 16 mm 4304300 

802 EWZ -.0787“ to .157“ ± .0001“ .0001“ ± .0787“ 3/4“ 4304305 

* Further mounting shafts are available on request 

ø16h5 

Accessories 

Styli dia. d mm l mm Order no. 

802 EWt 4 31 4304320 

ød 

l 

ø12 

ø4 

65 

31 

52 82 40 

19 

39

- 

MarCator. Digital and Dial Indicators 

They point you in the right direction. 

MARCator Dial Indicators. 

The latest information on MARCATOR products can 



Dial indicators due to their versatility rank as the most frequently applied transducer, just like our MarCator series. 

Our mechanical dial indicators have precision gears and pinions for a maximum accuracy. They are also available in shock 

and waterproof versions. Our digital indicator range contains highly precise electronic measuring systems, which make 

measuring functions possible yet without the loss of an analog display. With the simple operation, the large display 

that can be read error free and the possibility of a rapid and simple transmission of all your measurement results thus 

meeting all requirements of a modern measuring instrument.

+ 

MarCator. Digital and Dial Indicators 

MarCator. Dial and Digital Indicators 

Digital Indicators 

Overview 5- 2 

MarCator 1075 R 5- 4 

Standard versions with digital display 

MarCator 1086 R / 1086 WR 5- 6 

With tolerance function 

MarCator 1087 R 5- 10 

With combined digital and analog display 

MarCator 1088 / 1088 W 5- 12 

With background lit display 

MarCator 1087 BR 5- 14 

For 2-point inside measurement 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 R / 1087 R / 1088 5- 15 

Dial Indicators 

Overview 5- 16 

MarCator 803 A / 805 A / 803 S / 803 SW / 803 SB / 803 AZ 5- 18 

Small Dial Indicators 

MarCator 810 A / 810 AT / 810 S / 810 SW / 810 SB / 5- 20 

810 SM / 810 SRM / 810 AZ 

Standard versions 

MarCator 810 AU / 810 AX / 810 SV / 810 AG 5- 22 

Special versions 

Contact Points and Accessories for Dial / Digital Indicators, 5- 24 

Mechanical / Digital Comparators & Probes

- 

5- 

MarCator. Digital Indicators 


overview 

Functions of Digital Indicators 

1075 R 1075 R 1075 R 1086 R 

Catalog page 5 - 4 5 - 4 5 - 4 5 - 6 

Measuring ranges mm / inch 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 

IP51 IP51 IP51 

25 / 1 

50 / 2“ 

100 / 4“ 

Resolution metric 0.01 mm 0.005 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 

inch .0005“ .0001” .00005“ .00005“ 

metric 

0.01mm 

inch .0005“ 

Mounting shank 8h6 8h6 8h6 8h6 

Protection class IP class acc. to IEC 60529 

Functions: 

ON/OFF • • • • 

Set display to zero • • • • 

Switch between mm/inch • • • • 

Reversal of counting direction • • • • 

Enter numerical value - PRESET • • • • 

Data • • • • 

ABS/REL-switchable 

Tolerance display 

ABS 

0 

TOL 

• 

• 

Dynamic measuring functions MIN. MAX 

MAX 

MAX-MIN (TIR) 

MIN 

Search for reversal point START/STOP 

Factor can be set / adjusted 

• 

Analog display 

Switch the analog value 

Key lock function LOC • • • • 

Data output USB • • • • 

 

Digimatic • • • • 

Digimatic 

Opto RS232C • • • • 

RS232C 

Control output:

+ 


5- 

1086 ZR 1086 WR 1087 R 1087 ZR 1087 BR 1088 1088 W 

5 - 6 5 - 9 5 - 10 5 - 10 5 - 14 5 - 12 5 - 12 

12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 12.5 / .5“ 

25 / 1 25 / 1 25 / 1 25 / 1 25 / 1 

50 / 2“ 

0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 

.00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ 

0.01mm 0.01mm 

.0005“ .0005“ 

3/8“ 8h6 8h6 3/8“ 8h6 8h6 8h6 

 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • 

• 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• • • • • • • 

• •

- 

5- 


Digital Indicators 1075 R 

IP52 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

Reversal of counting direction 



DATA (data transmission with 

a data connection cable) 

LOCK-Function: Individual 

buttons can be locked 

Auto-OFF (selectable) 



• Operating time approx. 

3 years (2000 work. h/year) 


1.5 m/sec (60“/sec) 

• MarConnect Data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


Display with12 mm high digits 

• Operating temperature 

10-40°C 

• Class of protection IP52 

according to IEC 60529 

Scope of supply: 

Battery, 


Reference System - Just set once to zero 

The new Digital Indicators 1075 R are equipped with the innovative 

Reference-System. The zero position only has to be set one time: 

once it is set, the zero remains stored for all further measurements. Therefore, when the 

indicator is switched ON or the measuring spindle is moved the indicator is immediately ready 

for measurement; thus the need to reset as with a conventional indicator is now obsolete. 


Measuring range Resolution Span of error G * Measuring 

force 

Weight 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm N g 

Order no. 

12.5 (.5”) 0.01 / .0005” 0.020 0.5 - 1 180 4336010 

12.5 (.5”) 0.005 / .0001” 0.015 0.5 - 1 180 4336020 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001 / .00005“ 0.005 0.5 - 1 180 4336030 

* in any zero point

+ 


5- 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Order no. 








Page 

Contact Points 901-913 5-24 

Special Holder 941 5-25 

Sensor Lever 943 5-25 


Adapter Bush for adapting 

mounting shank 8h6 mm to 

inch bore .375” 940 4310103 

Cable Release to raise the 

measuring spindle 951 4372000 

Lifter Protection Cap 1086 a 4337320 

Lug Back, horizontal 1075 Rbh 4336041 

Lug Back, vertical 1075 Rbv 4336042

- 

5- 


MarCator 1086 R 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1086 R. With the large display and the integrated tolerance 

function, your measurement results are clearly visual. 

Clear display 

Tolerance indication with the diplayed value 

Displayed is the actual measured value and the 

tolerance zone position 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tolerance indication 

without the value in 

 

the display. In and Out of tolerance will be 

indicated in the display as a symbol. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

Error free operation 

Lock function: This prevents 

unintentional activation of an 

operating button. Either all the 

operating buttons or only certain 

individual buttons can be locked. If a locked 

operating button is pressed the “LOC” symbol 

will appear in the display. 

Universal Data-Interface 

• USB 

 

No interface box is required! 

Simple and inexpensive way 

to set up a multiple measuring 

instruments via a USB hub 

IP Protection class IP54 (optional) 

• Protection cap is sealed 

• Rubber bellows for the measuring 

spindle 

• Sealed battery compartment 

Digimatic 

RS232C 

• Digimatic 

To connect a Digimatic 

compatible evaluation 

instrument 

• Mahr Opto RS232C 

For direct connection to a 

COM port on a PC 

Code 


Protection 

First 

Numeral 5 Dust protected 

Second 

Numeral 4 

Protection against 

splash water in all 

directions 

ABS 

Absolute function: 

Digital Indicator can be set in any position 

to 0.000 without losing the reference to the 

preset value. 

Battery service life is 3 years 


The new Reference 

system is extremely 

energy efficient as when 

the caliper is in standby 

mode; almost no 

power is required, thus 

extending the life of 

the battery up to 

3 years. 

- System 

+ 2 Years 

Conventional 


The new Digital Indicators 1086 R 

are equipped with the innovative 

Reference-System. The zero position only has to be set one 

time: once it is set, the zero remains stored for all further 

measurements. Therefore, when the indicator is switched 

ON or the measuring spindle is moved the indicator is 

immediately ready for measurement; thus the need to reset 

as with a conventional indicator is now obsolete.

+ 


5- 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 R / 1086 ZR, Resolution 0.01 mm / .0005“ 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

 

25 mm 

 


mm (inch) mm mm mm 

12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

50 (2“) 267.3 40 52 

100 (4“) 420.3 91 103 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

Reversal of the counting 

direction 

PRESET (Allows the entry of 

any value using set buttons) 

TOL (Enter tolerance limit 

values) 

ABS (Display can be set to 

zero, without losing the 

reference to the Preset value) 

(Tolerance GO / NO GO 

display mode) 

DATA (when connected with 


Factor (adjustable) 



• Individual buttons can be 

locked - Lock Function 


(bezel) can be rotated 280° 

• High contrast LCD with 

11 mm high digits 



• Maximum measuring speed 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Lifter protection cap on the 

measuring spindle 

• MarConnect data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 

• Class of protection IP42 in 

accordance to IEC 60529 


Battery, operating instructions 


Measuring Resolution Span of error* Repeatability Measuring Weight Mounting Order no. 

range force shank 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm mm N g dia. 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 0.90 130 8h6 4337130 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.15 140 8h6 4337131 

50 (2“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.25 - 2.70 190 8h6 4337132 

100 (4“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.60 - 3.50 235 8h6 4337133 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337155 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337156 

* in any zero point

- 

5- 


Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 R / 1086 ZR, Resolution 0.001 mm / .00005“ 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

 

25 mm 

 



12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

50 (2“) 267.3 40 52 

100 (4“) 420.3 91 103 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 





display mode) 















1.5 m/s (60”/s) 




choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 









12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 130 8h6 4337120 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 140 8h6 4337121 

50 (2“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.008 0.002 1.25 - 2.70 190 8h6 4337122 

100 (4“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.009 0.002 1.60 - 3.50 235 8h6 4337123 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337150 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337151 

* in any zero point

+ 


5- 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 W, Waterproof version 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

 

 

 

 

 

12,5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

25 mm 



12.5 (.5“) 144.3 23 28.6 

25 (1“) 193.2 26.8 50 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 





display mode) 















1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Sealed protection cap 

• Measuring spindle is sealed 

with a rubber bellows, thus 

preventing contamination by 

liquids and impurities 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 






Measuring Resolution Span of error* Repeatability Measuring Weight Order no. 

range 

force 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm mm N g 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.40 135 4337140 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 1.00 - 2.25 145 4337141 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.40 135 4337145 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.00 - 2.25 145 4337146 

* in any zero point

- 

5-10 


MarCator 1087 R 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1087 R. The multi-functional Digital Indicator with a combined 

analog and digital display as well as tolerance and dynamic measuring functions. 

Dynamic measuring functions 

• MAX-MIN-Function ideal for testing flatness 

and concentricity 

• MAX and / or MIN for searching the 

reversal point 

 

 

MAX 

MIN 


• USB 

 

Digimatic 





• Digimatic 


compatible evaluation 

instrument 

 

 

 

 

 

Clear display 

TOL 

Tolerance indication 

The integrated bar graph visualizes 

the tolerance deviation. The out of 

tolerance; whether above the upper 

or below the lower tolerance limit is 

represented by arrows shown in the 

display. 

 

 

0 

 

 

RS232C 

ABS 


For direct connection to a COM 

port on a PC 


Digital Indicator can be set in any 

position to 0.000 without losing 

the reference to the preset value. 


Battery service life is 3 years 

The new Digital Indicators 

1087 R are equipped with the 

innovative Reference-System. The zero position only 

has to be set one time: once it is set, the zero remains 

stored for all further measurements. Therefore, when 

the indicator is switched ON or the measuring spindle 

is moved the indicator is immediately ready for 

measurement; thus the need to reset as with a 

conventional indicator is now obsolete. 

The new Reference 

system is extremely 

energy efficient as when 

the caliper is in standby 

mode; almost no 

power is required, thus 

extending the life of 

the battery up to 

3 years. 

- System 

+ 2 Years 

Konventionell 


Error free operation 

Lock function: This prevents unintentional 

activation of an operating button. Either all the 

operating buttons or only certain individual 

buttons can be locked. If a locked operating 

button is pressed the “LOC” symbol will appear in the 

display.

+ 


5-11 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1087 R / 1087 ZR, with analog display 

ABS 

Dimensions 

MAX 

MIN 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

 



12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Readings 

mm / inch 

 

25 mm 

Display range 

mm / inch 

0.001 / .00005 ± 0.02 / ± .001 

0.002 / .0001 ± 0.04 / ± .002 

0.004 / .0005 ± 0.08 / ± .01 

0.01 / .001 ± 0.2 / ± .02 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 

Tolerance band max. 1.6 mm 

MAX/MIN memory, ideal for 

searching the reversal point 

TIR (MAX-MIN) ideal for 

testing concentricity and 

flatness 




0 (Set analog display to zero) 











8.5 mm high digits 




1.5 m/s (60”/s) 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 









12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 140 8h6 4337160 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 150 8h6 4337161 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337170 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337171 

* in any zero point

- 

5-12 


MarCator 1088 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1088. Tolerance monitoring is simplified with the 

changing of the color in the background lit display. 

Dynamic measuring functions 

• MAX-MIN memory: ideal for 

testing flatness and 

concentricity 

• MAX-MIN memory: for searching 

the reversal point 

MAX 

MIN 


• USB 

 





Digimatic 

• Digimatic 


compatible evaluation instrument 

Tolerance function: 

clearly visual tolerance excess 

due to the change of color in 

the background lit display. 

0 

TOL 

RS232C 


For direct connection to a 

COM port on a PC 

Control output can 

be connected to a SPS 

ABS 


Digital Indicator can be set in any 

position to 0.000 without losing 

the reference to the preset value. 

Protection class IP54 according to 

IEC 60529. Especially suited for use in 

a manufacturing environment (excludes 

measuring range 50 mm) 


0 

30 0.00I 

30 

Code 


Protection 

First 


Second 

Numeral 4 



directions 

ABS 

Readings 

(switchable) 

mm / inch 

mm 

Display range 

mm / inch 

0.001 / .00005” ± 0.030 / ± .0015“ 

0.002 / .0001” ± 0.060 / ± .0030“ 

0.005 / .0005” ± 0.150 / ± .0150“ 

0.01 / .001” ± 0.30 / ± .030“

+ 


5-13 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1088 / 1088 W, with analog display 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAX 

MIN 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 mm 

 

 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (set digital and analog 

displays to zero) 

- 0 - (set the analog display 

to zero) 

PRESET (enter any numerical 

values) 

DATA (data transmission) 

mm/inch-switchable 


(switch value in digital display) 

MAX-MIN memory, ideal for 


MAX-MIN memory, e.g. for 

testing flatness and 

concentricity 


values) 


LOCK: operating functions can 

be blocked via PC-Software 

• Power supply via the main 

power adapter 

• MarConnect data output: USB, 

OPTO RS232C, or Digimatic 

• Can be remotely operated via 

the interface (Opto RS232C) 

• Control output compatible 

to Dial Comparators with limit 

contacts 






5 - 40°C 

• High contrast backlit LCD with 


• Analog display with 4 mm 

pointer ensures better visual 

recognition, ideal when 

checking concentricity or 

flatness as well as searching 

for the reversal point when 

measuring bores 


Mains adapter, rubber 

bellows, operating instructions 


Measuring 

range 

Resolution Measuring force Span of error* Protection 

class 

mm (inch) mm/inch N mm 

Order no. 

230 V 

Order no. 

115 V 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001 / .00005“ 0.65 - 1.40 0.005 IP54 4337000 4337010 

25 (1“) 0.001 / .00005“ 1.00 - 2.25 0.005 IP54 4337001 4337011 

50 (2“) 0.001 / .00005“ 1.25 - 2.7 0.008 IP42 4337002 4337012 

* in any zero point

- 

5-14 


Digital Indicator MarCator 1087 BR for 2 point inside measurement 

ABS 

 

MAX 

MIN 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 



12.5 (.5“) 131 23 13.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Example of application 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With a 2 point inside measuring instrument 

the point of reversal is automatically 

determined through rocking back and 

forth. The actual value is detected and 

stored by the MIN function and indicated 

in the display (3). 


Readings 

mm / inch 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set the display to zero) 

mm/inch 

Reversal of the counting direction 

PRESET (Allows the entry of any 

value using set buttons) 

TOL (Enter tolerance limit values) 


START/STOP for searching the 


MAX/MIN memory, ideal for 


ABS (Display can be set to zero, 

without losing the reference to 

the Preset value) 

0 (Set analog display to zero) 

DATA (when connected with a 

data connection cable) 


• Immediate measurement due to 

the Reference system 

• Individual buttons can be locked 

- Lock Function 

• Operating and display unit (bezel) 

can be rotated 280° 






1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Sealed protection cap 

• MarConnect data output: choose 

USB, OPTO RS232C, Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 





Display range 

mm / inch 

0.001 / .00005 ± 0.02 / ± .001 

0.002 / .0001 ± 0.04 / ± .002 

0.004 / .0005 ± 0.08 / ± .01 

0.01 / .001 ± 0.2 / ± .02 





12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 140 8h6 4337162 

* in any zero point

+ 


5-15 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 R, 1087 R und 1088 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 R and 1087 R 

Order no. 

Battery 3V, Type CR 2450 

884464 






Mounting Lug 1086 b 4337421 

Rubber bellows for 1086 W - 12.5 mm 4337472 

Rubber bellows for 1086 W - 25 mm 4337474 

 

 

Accessories for MarCator 1088 

 

Order no. 

Data Connection Cable 

USB (2 m) 2000 usb 4346023 

Data Connection Cable 

Opto RS232C (2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 2000 r 4346020 


Flat plug 10-pin 2000 d 4346021 

Cable to connect control output 

to an SPS 000 sps 4346031 

Mounting Lug 1085 b 4336310 

Rubber bellows for 1088 W - 12.5 mm 4337472 

Rubber bellows for 1088 W - 25 mm 4337474 

Control Instrument for remote control 2000 sg 4346035 

operation 

1085 a 

1082 p (12,5/25) 

 

 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 R, 1087 R and 1088 

Order no. 

 

 

Cable Release for 

measuring ranges 12.5 and 25 mm 1085 a 4336311 

Pneumatic Lifter for 

measuring ranges 12.5 and 25 mm 1082 p 4336237 

Pneumatic Lifter for 

measuring ranges 50 and 100 mm 1082 p 4336230 


Page 




1082 p (50/100) 

 

 

 

 


- 

5-16 

MarCator. Dial Indicators 

MarCator Dial Indicators (DIN Style) 

overview 

Precision Small Dial Indicators 

Model 803 A 805 A 803 S 803 SW 

Range 3 mm 5 mm 3 mm 3 mm 

Readings 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 

Dial style 0-50 0-100 0-50 0-50 

Standard for metrological characteristics DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 

DIN EN ISO 463 

Measuring range 10 µm 12 µm 10 µm 10 µm 

Limit value for 

1 revolution 9 µm 9 µm 9 µm 9 µm 

measurement error 

1/2 revolution 8 µm 8 µm 8 µm 8 µm 

at the reading 


Limit value for Repeatability 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 

Limit value for Hysteresis 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 

} 

SHOCK 

Shockproof 

PROOF 

• • 

Measuring force 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.7 N 

Order no. 4324050 4324060 4324000 4326000 

Precision Dial Indicators 

Model 810 A 810 AT 810 S 810 SW 

Range 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 

Readings 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 

Dial style 0-100 0-100 0-100 0-100 

Standard for metrological characteristics DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 

DIN EN ISO 463 

Measuring range 15 µm 15 µm 15 µm 15 µm 

Limit value for 

1 revolution 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm 10 µm 

measurement error 


at the reading 


Limit value for Repeatability 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 

Limit value for Hysteresis 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 3 µm 

} 

SHOCK 

Shockproof 

PROOF 

• • 

Measuring force 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.6 N 

Order no. 4311050 4311060 4311000 4315000

+ 


5-17 


803 SB 803 AZ 

 

Hysteresis 

Error of measurement of the 

reading at the measuring range 

0.4 mm (±0.2) .120“ 

0.01 mm .0005“ 

0-20-0 0-20 

DIN 878 Factory standard 


9 µm .0004“ 

Nominal value 

8 µm 

5 µm .0002“ 

3 µm .00012" 

 

Measuring spindle being pressed in 

Measuring spindle being let out 

Error of measurement of the 

reading at 1 revolution 

3 µm .00012" 

• 

0.9 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 

4324250 4324900 

810 SB 810 SM 810 SRM 810 AZ 810 AU 810 AX 810 AG 810 SV 

0.8 mm (±0.4) 1 mm 5 mm .400“ 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 40 mm 

0.01 0.001 0.001 .0005“ 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.01 

0-40-0 0-100 0-100 0-45 100-0 0-10 0-100 0-100 

DIN 878 Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard 

7 µm 4 µm 10 µm .0005“ 15 µm 50 µm 17 µm 25 µm 

3 µm 7 µm 10 µm 50 µm 15 µm 15 µm 

6 µm 2 µm 3 µm 9 µm 30 µm 10 µm 10 µm 

5 µm 1 µm 2 µm .0002“ 5 µm 15 µm 5 µm 5 µm 

3 µm 1.5 µm 3 µm .00012“ 5 µm 15 µm 3 µm 3 µm 

3 µm 1.5 µm 3 µm .00012“ 5 µm 15 µm 5 µm 6 µm 

• • • • 

0.7 - 1.1 N 1.3 - 1.8 N 1.2 - 1.7 N 0.9 - 1.5 N 1.0 - 1.8 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 1.3 - 2.2 N 0.8 - 1.8 N 

4317000 4311070 4311080 4311900 4329050 4331000 4322000 4321000

- 

5-18 


Precision Small Dial Indicators 803 / 805 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

803 A 805 A 

803 S 

Features 

Small Dial Indicator 803 A 


• High precision gears and pinions 

• Lifter protection cap on the upper end of 

the measuring spindle 


• Chrome-plated housing 

Small Dial Indicator 805 A 







Small Dial Indicator 803 S 

Shockproof version 






All indicators are delivered in plastic case 


Range Readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Accuracy Order no. 

dia. shank dia. force 

DIN 

mm mm mm mm mm N 

878 

803 A 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 • 050 

805 A 5 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 • 060 

803 S 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 • 000 

803 SW 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.7 • 6000 

803 SB 0.4 (±0.2) 0.01 34 4.5 8h6 0.9 - 1.1 • 50 

803 AZ .120“ .0005“ 1.4“ .008“ 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 900

+ 


5-19 

Precision Small Dial Indicators 803 / 805 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

803 SW 

803 SB 803 AZ 

Features 

Small Dial Indicator 803 SW 

Waterproof and oil proof 

Design features identical to 803 S, with 

the following exceptions: 

• Hermetically sealed upper protective 

measuring spindle cap as well as bezel and 

transparent dial cover; sealed with O-rings 

• Measuring spindle sealed with rubber 

sleeve, thus preventing contamination by 

liquids and impurities 

Small Dial Indicator 803 SB 

with limited measuring range 

Design features identical to 803 S, with 

the following exceptions: 

• Limited measuring range (0.4 mm) for errorfree 

readings 

• Large overtravel (ca. 4.5 mm), for easier 

insertion of test items in measuring devices 

• Hermetically sealed upper protective 

measuring spindle cap 

Small Dial Indicator 803 AZ 

Inch version 

Design features identical to 803 A, with 

the following exception: 

• The scope of supply includes an Adapter 

Bush 940 for adapting mounting shank 

8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

Dimensions according to DIN EN ISO 463 

mm a b c d e f g 

803 A ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

805 A ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

803 S ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 80 15 5.5 

803 SW ø 44 21.6 7.1 ø 37 86 15 11 

803 SB ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

 

 

803 AZ ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

 

 

11 

Accessories 

 

 

 

order no. 

 

 

ø6,5 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover 

for bezel dia. 40 mm 956 4373021 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

967 

Mounting Lugs 

Bore perpendicular to mounting shank 966 4375020 

Bore parallel to mounting shank 967 4375021

- 

5-20 


Precision Dial Indicators 810 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

810 A 810 AT 810 S 810 SW 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 A 


• High precision gears and 

pinions 


upper end of the measuring 

spindle 



All indicators are delivered in plastic case 

Dial Indicator 810 AT 

for depth measurement 

Design features identical to 

810 A, with the following 

exception: 

• Scale of the dial face is 

counter-clockwise 

Dial Indicator 810 S 

Shockproof 


pinions 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 SW 

Waterproof and oil proof 


810 S, with the following 

exceptions: 

• Measuring spindle sealed 

with rubber sleeve, thus 

preventing contamination 

by liquids and impurities 

• Hermetically sealed protective 



Range Readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Accuracy Order no. 


DIN 


878 

810 A 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 • 4311050 

810 AT 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 • 11060 

810 S 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 • 11000 

810 SW 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.6 • 4315000 

810 SB 0.8 (±0.4) 0.01 50 9 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 • 4317000 

810 SM 1 0.001 50 4 8h6 1.3 - 1.8 11070 

810 SRM 5 0.001 50 0.1 8h6 1.2 - 1.7 11080 

810 AZ .400“ .0005“ 2“ .004“ 8h6 0.9 - 1.5 11900 

Accessories 

order no. 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover 

for bezel dia. 58 mm 955 4373020 

order no. 

Mounting Lug 

Bore perpendicular to mounting shank 961 4375010 

Bore parallel to mounting shank 962 4375011

+ 


5-21 


SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

810 SB 810 SM 810 SRM 

810 AZ 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 SB 

with limited measuring range 


810 S, with the following 

exceptions: 

• Limited measuring range 

(0.8 mm) for error-free 

readings 

• Large overtravel (ca. 9 mm) for 

easier insertion of test items in 

measuring devices 

• Hermetically sealed protective 


Dial Indicator 810 SM 

Shockproof 

with reading 0.001 mm 

• Precise mechanism with 

a combined gear lever 

transmission 

• High accuracy with a minimum 

span of error 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 SRM 

Shockproof 



pinions 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 AZ 

Inch version 

Design features are identical 

to 810 A, with 

the following exception: 

• The scope of supply includes 

an Adapter Bush 940 for 

adapting mounting shank 

8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

Dimensions according to DIN EN ISO 463 

mm a b c d e f g 

 

 

810 A/AT ø 58 23 7.5 52 112 21 16 

810 S ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 SW ø 61 24.15 7.9 52 127.6 22 22.1 

810 SB ø 58 23 7.5 52 120 22 15 

810 SM ø 58 25 8.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 SRM ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 AZ ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11 

5 

ø6,5 

962

- 

5-22 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

810 AU 810 AX 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 AU 

with a reversed measuring force direction 



• Scale on the dial increases 

counter clockwise (+ on left) 

• Measuring force acting 

towards the top 

• Delivered in plastic case 

Dial Indicator 810 AX 





• 1 pointer movement on 

10 mm 

• Delivered in plastic case 


Range readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Order no. 



810 AU 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 1 - 1.8 4329050 

810 AX 10 0.1 50 0.5 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 4331000 

810 SV 40 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.8 - 1.8 4321000 

810 AG 10 0.01 108 0.1 8h6 1.3 - 2.2 4322000

+ 


5-23 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Long Range Dial Indicator 

810 SV 

with larger measuring range 

• Range 40 mm 

• Strengthened measuring 

spindle (5 mm) 

• Raising of measuring spindle 

via lifting cap 



• Delivered in folded box 

Extra large Dial Indicator 

810 AG 

with dial face dia. 108 mm 

• Ideal for long reading distance 

and in bad light conditions 

• Plastic outer ring 

• Delivered in folded box 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

order no. 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover for 

dia. 58 mm 955 4373020 

Mounting Lug to mount on 

mounting shank of all versions 963 4375002

l 

l 

l 

- 

5-24 


Contact Points and Accessories for Dial Indicators, Dial Comparators and Probes 

Standard Contact Points 901 

Ball dia. 3 mm 

901 

M 2,5 

902 

M 2,5 

903 

M 2,5 

Catalog no. 

order no. 

901 with steel ball 4360001 

901 H with carbide ball 4360002 

901 R with ruby ball 4360003 

Spherical Contact Points 902 Flat Contact Points 903 

6 5 

R 1,5 

ø4,2 

R 6 

ø4,2 

ø4 

ø4,2 

902 902 H 903 903 H 

Steel Carbide Steel Carbide 

contact face 

tipped 

Length Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

mm 

4 4360007 – 60070 – 

6 4360009 – 60071 4360101 

30° 

8 4360010 4360040 4360072 4360102 

R 0,3 

10 4360011 4360041 4360073 4360103 

ø4 

12 4360012 4360042 4360074 4360104 

15 4360013 4360043 4360075 4360105 

20 4360014 4360044 4360076 4360106 907 

908 H 

25 4360015 4360045 4360077 4360107 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

30 4360016 4360046 4360300 4360110 

35 4360017 4360047 4360078 4360108 

40 4360019 4360049 4360310 4360111 

45 4360026 4360050 4360303 – 

50 4360018 4360048 4360079 4360109 

ø11,3 

ø12 

55 4360031 

65 4360035 

75 4360020 

85 4360036 

95 4360029 Special Contact Points 

5 

5 

10 

904 

M 2,5 

R30 

5 

10 5 

905 

906 H 

M 2,5 

R 0,3 

ø4 

5 

913 

30 ENt 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

426 M 

M 2,5 

d 

4 

1 (0,5) 

ø7,5 

ø7,5 

Ball Contact Point 906 H 

with carbide ball. accuracy ball dia. 0/-6µm 

Ball dia. d l order no. Ball dia. d l Order no. 

mm mm mm mm 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 

Contact Rollers 909 

Concentricity error 3 µm 

909 A 

M 2,5 

18 

order no. 

Conical Contact Points, Steel 904 4360130 

Carbide tipped 904 H 4360131 

Wedge Shaped Contact Points, Steel 905 4360140 


Flat Contact Points, Steel, A = 1 cm 2 907 4360200 

Carbide tipped, dia. 7 mm 907 H 4360201 

Spherical Contact Points, Steel 908 4360210 


Flat Contact Point, for mounting 

Pin Gage Holder 426 M for measuring 

threads using three-wire method 913 4360400 

Disc Type anvil thickness 0.5 mm, hardened 30 ENt 4126310 

Disc Type anvil thickness 1 mm, hardened 30 ENt 4882022 

order no. 

Cylindrical Roller 909 A 4360220 

Radiused Roller, R = 5 mm 909 B 4360221 

4 

10

13 

+ 

5-25 

 

 

 

 

 

l 

 


Contact Points and Accessories for Dial Indicators, Dial Comparators and Probes 

Measuring Attachment 910 H 

order no. 

 

 

 

with parallel adjustable 

carbide blades 910 H 4360230 

 

Pin Contact Point 911 

dia. 1.5 mm, flat 

 

Length l order no. Length l order no. 

mm 

mm 

 

15 4360280 35 4360284 

20 4360281 40 4360285 

25 4360282 50 4360286 

30 4360283 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

912 

M 2,5 

Pin Contact Point 911 H 

 

order no. 

Carbide tipped, dia 1 mm, flat 911 H1 4360240 

Carbide tipped, dia 1.5 mm, flat 911 H2 4360241 

 

 

M 2,5 

Measuring Spindle Extensions 912 

 

Length l order no. Length l order no. 

mm 

mm 

10 4360250 35 4360254 

15 4360251 50 4360255 

20 4360252 75 4360256 

25 4360253 100 4360257 

941 G 

ø8H7 

941 W 

8H7 

20 

Special Holder 941 

For all types of measuring equipment 

For placing a dial indicator at a certain distance or angle 

Travel of the measuring spindle 3 mm 

Contact Point 901 (interchangeable) 

13 l 1 

47 

6 

ø12 

ø8h6 

ø4 

l 1 l 2 

4 

8h6 

Straight Holder 941 G Angular Holder 941 w 

Mounting shank 

length l 1 

Order no. Order no. l 2 

Order no. l 2 

Order no. l 2 

mm Angle α=45° mm Angle α=60° mm Angle α=90° mm 

} } } 

25 4365000 4365010 65020 65030 

50 4365001 4365011 53.7 4365021 49.3 4365031 34.5 

75 4365002 436501 650 65032 

Transmission error with the 941 W 

max. 1%; 

for travel 3 mm = 0.03 mm 

Sensor Level 943 

order no. 

943 

ø8H7 

For testing concentricity in bore holes as 

well as difficult to reach outside diameters 

To be inserted in a measuring stand 

with a lifting device 

Contact Point 901 interchangeable 

Travel ±1 mm 4367000 

11 

45 

M 2,5 

5 

94 

ø10 

ø12 

12 

40 

60 

ø8h6

- 

Millimess. Digital and Dial Comparators 

simple, ACCURATE AND INEXPENSIVE measurement. 

Millimess dial comparators. 

The latest information on millimess products can 



Millimess is the “classic“ amongst all measuring instrument. For over 60 years the Millimess series of dial comparators has 

been synonymous with both high precision and extreme robustness. Both maximum accuracy and a minimal reversal span error 

are obtained through the levers, gears and pinions being supported with jeweled bearings and that the measuring spindle running 

in a ball bush guide. Millimess is therefore particularly suitable for measuring tasks where the accuracy and the reversal span of 

a conventional dial indicator are not sufficient. Further advantages of Millimess are the simple handling, the easy reading as well 

as the movement being absolute shockproof. With a digital comparator with an inductive measuring system combined with most 

modern state of the art digital technology readings as small as 0.2 µm/ 10 µinch are realized. The practical control functions (for 

example tolerance monitoring or the storage of measuring values for dynamic measurements), the combined analog and digital 

display as well as the easy to use data transmission rounds off the complete Millimess spectrum.

+ 



Inductive Digital Comparators 

Overview 6- 2 

Millimess 2100 6- 4 

With background lit digital and analog display 

Millimess 2000 / 2001 6- 5 

With digital and analog display 

µMaxµm II 6- 7 

With digital display 

Mechanical Dial Comparators 

Overview 6- 8 

Millimess 1000 A / 1000 B 6- 11 

With large dial 

Millimess 1002 / 1003 / 1003 XL / 1004 / 1010 / 1050 6- 12 

Standard versions 

Millimess 1110 N / 1150 N 6- 14 

With limit contacts

- 

6- 

Millimess. Digital Comparators 


overview 

Inductive Digital Comparators 

2100 2000 2001 µMaxµm II 

Catalog page 6 - 3 6 - 5 6 - 5 6 - 7 

Measuring range 2.8 mm 1.8 mm 1.8 mm 2 mm 

Resolution mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

0.0005 / .00002“ 0.0002 / .00001“ 0.0002 / .00001“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 

0.001 / .00005“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 0.001 / .00005“ 

0.005 / .0002“ 0.001 / .00005“ 0.001 / .00005“ 0.001 / .0001“ 

0.01 / .0005“ 0.005 / .0005“ 

Functions: 

ON/OFF • • • • 

Zero set the display • • • • 

Zero set the analog display • • • 

Switch between mm/inch • • • • 

Reversal of counting direction • • • • 

Enter a numerical value 

Preset 

• • • • 

Data key 

• 

Data via control instrument 2000sg • • • 

Switch between ABS/REL ABS 

System 

• • • • 

0 


TOL 

• • • 

Dynamic meas. 

functions 

Min. Max. 

Max-Min (Tir) 

MAX 

MIN 

Digimatic 

• • 

Resolution switchable • • • • 

Analog display • • • • 

Analog value switchable • • • • 

Lock key function • • 

Data output USB • • • 

 

Digimatic • • • • 

Opto RS232C • • • 

RS232C 

Control output • • 

Protection class IP class acc. IEC 60529

+ 


6- 

Millimess 2100 

The new Inductive Digital Comparator Millimess 2100. Tolerance monitoring is simplified with 

the color change in the background lit display. 

Dynamic 

measuring 

functions: 

MAX 

MIN 

• MAX / MIN for example, 

finding the reversal point 

• MAX - MIN storing values 

for example when testing 

concentricity and flatness 

Universal SPS Interface 

The choice is yours: 

MarConnect Data output, 

choose between USB, 

Digimatic or RS232C 

 

 

 

 

Control output can be 

connected to a SPS 

0 

TOL 

Tolerance function: 

clearly visual tolerance excess 

due to the change of color in 

the background lit display. 

ABS 

System 

Linearized, inductive 

absolute measuring 

system. Reference point is 

not lost when the 

instrument is switched off 

1 

(µm) 

8 

6 

4 

2 

-1,400 0 

1,400 

-2 

Mit Linearisierung 

Ohne Linearisierung 

-4 

-6 

-8 

-10 

Code 


Protection 

First 


Second 

Numeral 4 



directions 

Especially suited for use in a 

manufacturing environment. 

Waterproof: protection 

class IP54 in accordance to 

IEC 60529 

High precision rotary 

stroke bearings for a longer 

service life and higher 

capacity

- 

6- 


Inductive Digital Comparator Millimess 2100 with background lit display 

ABS 

System 

0 

TOL 

MAX 

MIN 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (zero setting the digital 

and analog displays) 

- 0 - (set the analog display to 

zero) 

PRESET ( enter any numerical 

values) 

DATA (data transmission) 

mm/inch-switchable 


RANGE (switch the measuring 

range and resolution) 

ABS (reference to electrical 

zero point) 

MAX / MIN memory, e.g. ideal 

to search for the reversal point 

MAX-MIN e.g. testing 


TOL (entering tolerance) 


LOCK: operating functions can 

be blocked via PC-Software 

• Factor can be set / adjusted 

• Linearized inductive absolute 

measuring system 

• Measurement electronic is 

compensated for temperature 

• Power supply via the mains 

power adapter 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 

• Dial Comparator can be 

remotely operated via the 

interface (Opto RS232C) 



contacts 


(bezel) can be rotated through 

280° 

• Measuring force spring is 

interchangeable 

• Lower stop is adjustable 

• Protection class IP54 according 

to IEC 60529 


5 - 40°C 

• High contrast background 

lit LCD with 6.5 mm high 

digits 

• Analog display has a 4 mm 

long pointer which ensures 

better visual perception, 

ideal when checking 

concentricity and flatness and 

also to search for the reversal 

point when measuring bores 



bellows and spanner for 

preliminary stroke setting 


Measuring 

ranges 

switchable 

* 1 digit in any zero position 

** Includes Adapter Bush 940 

Resolution 

switchable 

Display range 

of the 

analog display 

Span of error* 

G 

within 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm (inch) ±0.8 mm ±1.4 mm mm N 

Overtravel 

Meas.- 

force 

Order no. 

Order no. 

230 V 115 V 

±1.0 (.04”) 0.0005 / .00002” ±0.015 (.0006”) 1 µm 2 µm 1.8 0.7 - 0.9 4346200 4346201** 

±1.4 (.055”) 0.001 / .00005” ±0.030 (.0015”) 

0.005 / .0002” ±0.150 (.0060”) 

0.01 / .0005” ±0.300 (.0150”)

+ 


6- 

Inductive Digital Comparator Extramess 2000 / 2001 

ABS 

System 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Extramess 2000 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set the digital and 

analog display to zero) 

- 0 - (Set analog display to zero) 

PRESET ( enter any numerical 

values) 

mm/inch switchable 


RANGE (Switch the measuring 

range and resolution) 

ABS (reference to electrical 

zero point) 

• Battery charge level indicator 

• Linearized inductive absolute 

measuring system 

• Power supply via either the 

integrated rechargeable 

batteries (40 hrs.) or via the 

mains power adapter 

• Rate measuring values are 

actualized 20 values/second 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 

2000 

• Comparator can be remotely 

operated via the interface 


6.5 mm high digits. Analog 

display has a 4 mm long 

pointer for better visual 

perception, ideal when 

checking concentricity and 

flatness as well as search 

for the reversal point when 

measuring bores 



• Measuring force spring is 

interchangeable 

• Lower stop is adjustable 

• Protection class IP54 


5 - 40°C 






Features are identical to 

Extramess 2000, in addition: 

MAX / MIN memory, e.g. ideal 

to search for the reversal point 

MAX-MIN e.g. testing 


TOL (entering tolerance) 

Tolerance band max. 180 µm 

• Block individual operating 

functions via Software (see 

accessories) 

2001 

MAX 

MIN 

0 

TOL 

• Factor can be set / adjusted 



contacts 






Measuring 

ranges 

switchable 

Resolution 

and 

readings 

Display range 

of 

analog display 

Span of error* 

G 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm (inch) µm mm N 

Overtravel 

Meas.- 

force 

Order no. 

Order no. 

230 V 115 V 

2000 1.8 (.07”) 0.001 / .00005” ± 0.030 (.0015”) 0.6 2.4 0.7 - 0.9 4346000 4346900** 

1.8 (.07”) 0.0005 / .00002” ± 0.015 (.0006”) 0.6 2.4 

0.8 (.031”) 0.0002 / .00001” ± 0.006 (.0003”) 0.3 2.9 

2001 1.8 (.07”) 0.001 / .00005” ± 0.030 (.0015”) 0.6 2.4 0.7 - 0.9 4346100 4346910** 

1.8 (.07”) 0.0005 / .00002” ± 0.015 (.0006”) 0.6 2.4 

0.8 (.031”) 0.0002 / .00001” ± 0.006 (.0003”) 0.3 2.9 

* 1 digit in any zero position 

** Includes Adapter Bush 940

6 

- 

6- 


Inductive Digital Comparators 2100 / 2000 / 2001 

1 Operating buttons 

2 Display 

3 Mounting shank 

4 Measuring spindle 

5 Contact point 901H 

6 Connection or mains power 

supply 

7 Data output 

8 Rotatable operating and 

display unit (bezel) 

6 

1 

2 

mm/inch 

RANGE ON/OFF 

0 

30 0.00I 

30 

mm 

ABS 

PRESET ABS 0 RESET 

SET 


7 

8 

112,5 

ø63 

16 

ø6,5 

1085 b 

16,5 

8,5 

8,5 

34,5 

ø65 

3 

19 

ø.375“ 

75,5 

4 

5 

10 28 

940 

ø8h6 

ø4 

42 

Control Instrument 2000sg 

Features 

• Remote control buttons: 

RESET 

PRESET 

RANGE* 

• DATA-button for data 

transmission, option via foot 

switch 

• Power is supplied by the 

Extramess 

• Connect to the Extramess with 

the built-in control cable 

• Data can be transferred to 

a PC with an optional data 

cable 

• Splash waterproof according 

to IP54 

Order no. 4346035 

* Function is limited when used in 

conjunction with the 2100 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Data Connection Cable USB (2 m) 2000 usb 4346023 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232C 2000 r 4346020 

(2 m), SUB-D jack 9-pin 

Data Connection Cable Digimatic 2000 d 4346021 

(2 m), flat plug 10-pin 

Cable to connect control output to 

an SPS 

2000 sps 4346031 

Manual Lifter with cable release 2000 h 4346010 

Pneumatic Lifter mouting shaft dia. 2000 p 4346011 

8h6 mm 

Measuring Force Adjuster 2000 m 4346012 

Mounting Lug Horizontal/Vertical 1085 b 4336310 

Adapter Bush for adapting mounting 

shank 8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

940 4310103 

Measuring Force Springs 

2000 h 

5-8 bar 

ø 3 

mm/inch 

RANGE 

Order no. 

0.25 N 4346050 

0.5 N 4346051 

0.75 N 4882284 

1.0 N 4346052 

1.5 N 4346053 

2 N 4346054 

2.5 N 4346055 

ON/OFF 

2000 p 


Page 



mm/inch 

RANGE 

ON/OFF 

2000 m 


mm/inch 

RANGE 

ON/OFF

+ 


6- 

Inductive Digital Comparator µMaxµm ® II 

ABS 

System 

ID 


0 

TOL 

 

ID 

 

 

MAX 

MIN 

 

Mode A: 

Actual value + bargraph 

Display of tolerance 

Mode B: 

GO/NOGO display 

Calculate the distance between 2 measured values 

Data output with serial number identification capability 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

ZERO (set the analog display 

to zero) 

mm/inch 

PRESET (enter any numerical 

values) 


Switch to the analog display 




• Inductive absolute measuring 

system, life of the battery ca. 

6000 hours 

• High contrast analog and 

digital LCD, with 8 mm high 

digits 



• Zero point is not lost even 

when power is off 

• MarConnect data output: USB, 

OPTO RS232C, Digimatic 


5-54°C 


Batteries 

• Go/NoGo display feature: 

Advanced Functions: 

• Dynamic mode operation: 

Max, Min, TIR 

• Two point difference 

measurement – provides 

comparison of two readings 

or measuring locations 

• Multiplier factor for ratio 

measurements 

• Hold function – holds reading 

on display until ready to 

resume measuring 

Range Resolution Accuracy Measuring Weight Mounting shank Order no. 

% of digital range force 

Length 

mm / inch mm / inch g mm dia. 

±1.00 / ±0.040” 

0.0002 / 0.00001” 

0.0005 / 0.00002” 

0.001 / 0.00005” ±0.25% over ±0.50 mm 

±0.50% from ±0.50 mm 

0.002 / 0.00001” 

to 

0.005 / 0.0002” 

±1.00 mm 

0.01 / 0.0005” 

0.8 - 1.1 170 11.7 8h6 2034205 

0.02 / 0.001” 

Further versions are available upon request 

Accessories 

Lug Back (Horizontal / Vertical) 

Order no. 

EBK-1010 

Data Connection Cable USB ( 2m) 4346023 

Data Connection Cable RS232 (9 pin, 2 m ) 4346020 

Data Connection Cable Digimatic (10 pin, 2 m) 4346021 

2.30” 

58 mm 

.750” 

19 mm 

1.58” 

40 mm 

.250” 

6.35 mm 

EBK-1010 

Splash Cover 


shank 8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

For further mounting accessories refer to page 6-13 

ECV-1307-W2 

940 4310103 

“A” “B” “C” 

Dimensions 

mm / inch A B C 

11.7 / 0.46” 24.1 / 0.95” 53.6 / 2.11” 

38.0 / 1.50” 57.2 / 2.25” 86.6 / 3.41”

- 

6- 

Millimess. Dial Comparators 


overview 

Models 

Metric 1000 A 1000 B 1002 1003 

Measuring range ± 100 µm ± 50 µm ± 25 µm ± 50 µm 

Readings 1 µm 1 µm 0.5 µm 1 µm 

Dial style 100-0-100 50-0-50 25-0-25 50-0-50 

Accuracy* Factory standard Factory standard DIN 879-1 DIN 879-1 

G ges 

2 µm 2 µm 0.6 µm 1.2 µm 

G e 1.5 µm 1.5 µm 0.5 µm 1 µm 

f u 

1 µm 1 µm 0.3 µm 0.5 µm 

G t 0.7 µm 0.7 µm 0.4 µm 0.7 µm 

r 0.5 µm 0.5 µm 0.3 µm 0.5 µm 

Order no. Standard 4338000 4339000 4335000 4334000 

Order no. Waterproof 4335005 4334005 

Inch 1002 Z 1003 Z 

Measuring range ± .0010“ ± .0020“ 

Readings .00002“ .00005“ 

Dial style .001-0-.001 .002-0-.002 

Accuracy* Factory standard Factory standard 

G ges 

.000025” .00006” 

G e .00002” .00005” 

f u 

.00001” .000025” 

G t .000014“ .000035“ 

r .00001“ .000025“ 

Order no. Standard 4335900 4334900 

Order no. Waterproof 4335905 4334905 

* Accuracy of 1004, 1010, 1010 Z, 1050 exceeds DIN 879-1 

** Accuracy of 1110 N and 1150 N exceeds DIN 879-3

+ 


6- 

1003 XL 1004* 1010* 1050* 1110 N** 1150 N** 

± 130 µm ± 0.13 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 1.5 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 1.5 mm 

2 µm 5 µm 0.01 mm 0.05 mm 0.01 mm 0.05 mm 

130-0-130 130-0-130 25-0-25 15-0-15 

DIN 879-1 Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard 

2.4 µm 4 µm 8 µm 40 µm 12 µm 60 µm 

2 µm 3.5 µm 7 µm 35 µm 6.5 µm 35 µm 

1 µm 1 µm 2 µm 10 µm 3.5 µm 17 µm 

1.4 µm 3 µm 4 µm 24 µm 5 µm 25 µm 

1 µm 1 µm 2 µm 10 µm 0.5 µm 17 µm 

4334001 4333000 4332000 4330000 4343100 4342100 

4334006 4333005 4332005 4330005 4343105 4342105 

1004 Z 1010 Z 

± .0050“ ± .0100“ 

.0001“ .0005“ 

.005-0-.005 .01-0-.01 

Factory standard Factory standard 

.00012” .0004” 

.0001” .00035” 

.00003” .0001” 

.00005“ .00025“ 

.00003“ .0001“ 

4333900 4332900 

4333905 4332905 



 

 

 

Nominal value 

 

against the measuring force 

in the direction of the measuring force

- 

6-10 



overview 

Design Features 

Box type protective housing 

Constant measuring force 

Measuring spindle can be 

retracted with either a screw 

in cable release or with a lifting 

knob. 

Mounting shank and measuring 

spindle are both made of 


Lockable fine adjustment screw 

Self contained movement, which 

is both quick and easy to remove 

and replace 

Measuring spindle is mounted in a high 

precision ball guide (Types 1000 / 1002 / 

1003 / 1004) for minimal hystersis 

Insensitive to lateral forces (side play) 

acting on the measuring spindle 

Easy to read scale 

Adjustable 

tolerance markers 

Maximum sensitivity and accuracy are ensured by 

the jeweled movement and in conjunction with the 

precision gears and pinions 

Shockproof Mechanism 

10 

15 

20 

25 

10 

15 

20 

25 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Measuring spindle within the 

measuring range 

When the measuring range is 

exceeded the movement will be 

mechanically decoupled (shown in 

red)

+ 


6-11 

Mechanical Dial Comparator Large Type Millimess 

1000 A/B 

125 

16,5 

34 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

212 

1000 A 

954 

ø28h6 

40 

951 

ø16h6 

23 

ø6 

18 

28 

921 

ø6H7 

R 3 

Features 

• Large design 

• Easy to read dial 


• Jeweled movement bearings 

• Measuring spindle is mounted 

in a high-precision ball guide 

which precludes play 



Cable Release 951, case 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Contact Points 

with Steel 921 4362001 

with Ruby ball 921 R 4362002 



Lifting Knob for lifting the 


Rubber Bellows to seal the open 

end of the measuring spindle 4338008 


Page 

Precision Stand 824 GT 8-11 

Metric 

Measuring 

force 

Reading 

Scale 

division 

Overtravel 

Measuring 

force 

Order no. 

1000 A ± 100 µm 1 µm 1 mm 4 mm 3.5 N 4338000 

1000 B ± 50 µm 1 µm 2 mm 4 mm 3.5 N 4339000

- 

6-12 



SHOCK 

PROOF 

1003 1004 

1002 

1003XL 

1003T** 


Metric 

Measuring 

range 

Readings Overtravel Measuring 

force 

 

 

Order no. 

Standard* 

Order no. 

Waterproof** 

1002 Supramess ± 25 µm 0.5 µm 2.8 mm 1 N 4335000 4335005 

1003 Millimess ± 50 µm 1 µm 2.8 mm 1 N 4334000 4334005 

1003 Millimess ± 50 µm 1 µm 2.8 mm 0.3 N 4334075 



1003 Millimess ± 50 µm 1 µm 2.8 mm 2 N 4334010 

1003 Millimess ± 50 µm 1 µm 2.8 mm 3 N 4334011 

1003 XL Millimess XL ± 130 µm 2 µm 2.5 mm 1 N 4334001 

1004 Compramess ± 0.13 mm 5 µm 2.5 mm 1 N 4333000 4333005 

1010 Zentimess ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 2.5 mm 1 N 4332000 4332005 

1050 Dezimess ± 1.5 mm 0.05 mm 0.3 mm 1 N 4330000 4330005 

Inch 

1002 Z Supramess ± .0010” .00002” .11” 1 N 4335900 4335905 

1003 Z Millimess ± .0020” .00005” .11” 1 N 4334900 4334905 

1004 Z Compramess ± .0050” .0001” .10” 1 N 4333900 4333905 

1010 Z Zentimess ± .0100” .0005” .10” 1 N 4332900 4332905 

* Incl. Plastic Case; Adapter 940 (for inch instruments only) 

** IP54, Incl. Plastic Case, Splash Guard Cover 957, Rubber Bellows (only for 1002/1003/1004); 

Adapter 940 (for inch instruments only)

+ 


6-13 


SHOCK 

PROOF 

1010 1050 

957 

63 

20 

18 

8 

957 

63 

20 

18 

8 

95 

95 

954 

ø8h6 

ø4 

951 

6 

10 

20 

12 

970 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

ø8h6 

ø4 

6 

20 

12 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

1002/1003/1004 

1010/1050 

Accessories 

Order no. 


shank 8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 940 4310103 


951 4372000 



954 4372030 


Splash Guard Cover 957 4373030 

Rubber Bellows for 1002/1003/1004 970 4334786 

to seal the open end of the measuring 

spindle 


mounting shank 8h6 mm 

963 4375002 


Page 




ø8H7 

21 

12 

15 

ø6,5 

8 

45 

963

- 

6-14 


Mechanical Dial Comparators with limit contacts 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

• Can be applied for example 

as tolerance control or as a 

precision contactor in 

automatic control systems 

• Design features are identical 

with Mechanical Dial 

Comparators, but with the 

addition of adjustable limit 

contacts; made from highgrade 

precious metal 

• Limit contacts are 

particularly well protected 

against vibration and 

mechanical overload 

1110 N 

1150 N 


Metric 

Measuring 

range 

* Incl. Plastic Case, Setting Knob 953, Cable (1.2m) 

** IP54, Incl. Plastic Case, Splash Guard Cover 958, Rubber Bellows (only for 1110) 

Readings Over travel Measuring 

force 

Order no. 

Standard* 

Order no. 

Waterproof** 

1110 N Elzentimess ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 2.3 mm 2 N 4343100 4343105 

1150 N Eldezimess ± 1.5 mm 0.05 mm 0.3 mm 1.5 N 4342100 4342105

+ 


6-15 

Mechanical Dial Comparators with limit contacts 

Electrical Specifications 

Contact uncertainty max. max. max. 

with non-inductive contact rating contact voltage contact current 

load of 10 mA/24V 

1110 N +/- 1,5 µm 

1150 N +/- 7 µm 

240 mW 24 V 100 mA 

1110/1150 

1103/1104/1110/1150 

63,5 

20 

18 

8 

 

 

95 

958 

 

951 

953 

ø8h6 

ø4 

6 

10 

20 

12 

970 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

Wiring diagram 

 

 

 

1 2 3 

 

 

21 

12 

A 

B 

15 

ø6,5 

45 

8 

C 

1 Undersize 

2 Good 

3 Oversize 

ø8H7 

963 

Zubehör 

order no. 

Connection Cable (1.2 m), axial 4345695 

Connection Cable (5 m), axial 4345694 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 



Setting Knob for setting the 

limit contacts without an 

additional setting standard 953 4372020 



order no. 

Splash Guard Cover 958 4373031 

Rubber Bellows to seal the open 

end of the measuring spindle 970 4334786 


mounting shank 8h6 mm 963 4375002 


Page 



Sensor Lever 943 5-25

- 

Millimar. Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 

COMPLEX MEASURING TASKS BROUGHT straight to the POINT. 

Millimar 

The latest information on MILLIMAR products can be 



The requirements for electrical length measuring instruments are almost as broad as their scope of application. Reliability, 

precision as well as simple operation are the major demands, Millimar compact and column measuring instruments fulfill all 

these demands and requirements. 

Millimar probes are the most influential components of a measurement chain. Their characteristics determine the quality of 

the entire measurement; depending upon the type of application we have the corresponding probe for your requirements. 

For example; a Millimar Inductive Probe: robust, versatile and has an attractive price.

+ 

Millimar Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 

Millimar. Electrical Length Measuring Instruments, 

Air Gaging and Engineered Solutions 

Overview 

Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 7- 2 

Overview 

Inductive Probes Program 7- 4 

Millimar P1300 7- 6 

Millimar P2001 / P2004 / P2010 / P2104 7- 8 

Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 / 1340 7- 12 

Overview 

Evaluation Instruments 7- 14 

Millimar 1200 IC / C 1208 / C 1216 / C 1245 / 1240 7- 16 

Compact Amplifiers 

Millimar S 1840 7- 20 

Column Amplifiers 

Millimar X 1715 / X 1741 7- 23 

Measuring Interface Systems 

Millimar 1901 TA 7- 25 

Measuring Amplifier with analog output 

Pneumatic Length Metrology 7- 26 

Overview 

Air Gages 7- 28 

Overview 

Air Evaluation Units 7- 34 

Millimar µDimensionair ® II 7- 35 

Millimar 1020 / 1040 / C 1208 PE / C 1245 PE / 

S 1840 PE / S 1841 PE 7- 36 

Millimar Air / Electronic Converter 7- 42 

Overview 

Engineered Solutions 7- 44

- 

7- 



overview 

Evaluation Instruments 

C 1216 

C 1245 

S 1840 

• Compact, handy and simple to 

operate 

• Extremely precise and easy to 

read due to the large clearly 

defined analog or digital 

display 

• Single, sum and differential 

measurement; limit switches 

and extreme value memories 

• Highly accurate, long term 

stability and insensitive to 

environmental influences 

• Good zero stability even when 

changing the measuring range 

• Short response time ideal for 

assessment of fast processes 

• Analog or digital display 

• Connect to a controller or 

a computer via the digital 

output 

• Analog output (optional) 

Inductive Probes 

• Large linearity range, strong 

output signal and insensitive to 

interference 

• Precise measuring spindle and 

lever, frictionless ball or spring 

bearing for the highest 

resolution with the lowest 

hystersis 

• Cable is plugged into the 

probe allowing quick and 

simple maintenance (P1300) 

• Robust construction for use 

on the shop floor; further 

models for all applications are 

available. 

P1300 M 

P2004 M

+ 


7- 


Applications with Inductive Probes 

Single measurement with one probe 

Sum measurement with 2 probes 

Indicating instrument instantly 

displays the measured value. 

• Used for all kinds of direct 

measurements on cylindrical 

and flat work pieces 

Thickness measurement 

Indicates the sum of deviation 

(total composite error) acquired 

from 2 probes irrespective of 

the form, support and 

concentricity deviation. 

Thickness measurement 

• Applied in the same way as 

with digital / dial indicators, 

digital / dial comparators or 

test indicators 

Radial run-out 

Axial run-out 

Difference measurement with 2 probes 

Shows the difference between 

the measured values acquired 

by 2 probes irrespective of the 

absolute dimension of the test 

piece. This is particularly 

suitable for dimensional 

comparison of two test points. 

Form measurement of 

wedges or cones 

Height difference between 

2 steps 

Perpendicularity 

measurement 

Concentricity measurement 

on 2 shaft diameters

- 

7- 



Inductive Probe Program 

P1300-Serie (Mahr-Half bridge) 

• Available in Mahr and Tesa compatibilities 

• Well-proven and established Mahr-Half Bridge technology 

• Easy to service: cable and probe can be seperated via the plug-in 

connector 

• Simple to change to pneumatic lifting 

• Measuring spindle runs in rotary stroke bearings 

Page 7-6 

P1300 A 

P1300 B 

P2000-Series 

• Available in all prominent compatibilities (Mahr, Mahr-Federal, Tesa, 

Marposs) 

• Wide product spectrum; measuring ranges from 1 to 10 mm plus 

models with a compressed air (pneumatic) lifter or with vacuum 

retraction 

• With rotary stroke bearings (except P2001) 

• High linearity over the total measuring range 

• Excellent electromagnetic shielding (EMC) 

• All probes (except P2001) can be easily converted from axial to 

radial by mounting a slip on cap, included in the scope of supply 

P2001 P2004 P2010 A P2104 A 

Page 7-8 

1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 (Mahr-LVDT) 

• Extremely robust in all operating conditions; measuring system is 

offset to guide and mounting shank 

• Excellent clamping characteristics 

• Measuring spindle runs in rotary stroke bearings (except 1318) 

• Measuring spindle can be lifted with a cable release (1301/1303) 

Page 7-12 

1301 1303 1304 K 1318 

1340 Mahr High Precision Probe 

• To obtain the best results use in conjunction with Millitron 1240 

• Unprecedented measuring accuracy and minimum linearity error 

< 0.01 %, i.e. 0.4 µm over the total measuring range 

Page 7-12 

1340

+ 


7- 

General Technical Data of Inductive Probes 

The measuring principle of inductive probes is based on the change 

of position of the magnets conductive core moving within a coil 

system, generally this is distinguished between a half bridge and 

LVDT’s. 

The Mahr P2000 series of probes applies a high linear, patented 

VLDT transducer which is similar to an LVDT transducer. This also 

operates according to a differential transformer principle. 

S S S 

Electrical specification of various compatibilities 

Half Bridge HB LVDT VLDT 

(Differential Choke Coil) (Linear Variable (Very Linear 

Differential Transducer) Differential Transducer) 

Type Mahr Tesa Marposs Mahr-Federal 

Carrier frequency KHz 19.4 13 7.5 5 

P2001 

P2004 192 73.75 115 78.74 

P2104 

P1300 192 73.75 — — 

Sensitivity 

mV/V/mm 1301 

1303 

1304 K 

192 — — — 

1318 

P2010 19.2 29.5 11.5 7.874 

Amplitude Veff 5 3 3.5 2 

Schematic drawings of Mahr input amplifiers according to the various compatibilities 

Oscillator 

Mahr 

Connector pin 

(contact side) 

Oscillator 

Tesa 

Oscillator 

Marposs 

Oscillator 

Mahr-Federal

- 

7- 


Inductive Probe Millimar P1300 M / T Half Bridge 

Features 


Inductive Probe P1300 

Connection cable 2.5 m 

Screwed sealing plug 

Hose connector for 

compressed air 

Open-ended spanner 


IP64 

Cable and probe can be seperated 

with the plug-in connector. 


Probe type P1300 MA P1300 TA P1300 Mb P1300 TB 


± 2.0 mm 

Distance of lower stop 1) 

- 2.2 . . . 0 mm 

Distance of upper stop 1) 

+ 2.2 . . . 4.4 mm 

Lifter/Retraction Vacuum Lifter Compressed Air Retraction 

(Standard option) 

(max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at electrical zero point 0.75 N / ± 0.15 N 2) depending upon air pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.3 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 

Repeatability f w 0.1 µm 

Hysteresis f u 0.5 µm 

Linearity deviation with revised sensitivity 

within range ± 0.5 mm 0.4 µm 1.0 µm 0.4 µm 1.0 µm 

within range ± 1.0 mm 1.5 µm 3.0 µm 1.5 µm 3.0 µm 

within range ± 2.0 mm 3.0 µm not specified 3.0 µm not specified 

Protection class according to IEC 60529 

IP64 

Length of cable 

2.5 m (detachable) 

Compatibility - Half Bridge Mahr Tesa Mahr Tesa 

Order no. 4400180 4400190 4400181 4400191 

1) 

Relative to the electrical zero point. Adjustable; lower and upper stops are simultaneously adjusted 

2) 

Measuring force springs are interchangeable, following measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N)

+ 


7- 

Inductive Probe Millimar P1300 M / T Half Bridge 

1 Connection jack for an 

evaluation instrument 

2 Connecting plug for the 

probe 

3 Socket 

4 Screw sealing plug SW 4.6 

5 Hose connector for 

compressed air (external 

diameter 3 mm) 

6 Mounting shank 

7 Locking nut 

8 Sealing bellows 

9 Contact point 901 H 

10 Preferred clamping area 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Values shown in brackets apply to 

Tesa-compatibility 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individual Components and Accessories P1300 

P1300 . . A 

Connector for the air hose 

(90°) 

P1300 . . B 

Connection cable 2.5 m 

Order no. 

P1300 MA without cable 4400182 

P1300 MB without cable 4400183 

P1300 TA without cable 4400192 

P1300 TB without cable 4400193 

Hose connector for compressed air 90° 4400238 

Cable for P1300 - 90° 2.5 m 4885334 

Cable for P1300 - 90° 5 m 4885335 

Cable for P1300 - 90° 10 m 4885336 

Cable for P1300 2.5 m 4885220 

Cable for P1300 5 m 4885259 

Cable for P1300 10 m 4885260 

Order no. 

Sealing bellows for 

P1300 . . A 7021546 

P1300 . . B 7028220 

Measuring force springs 1) for P1300 . . A 

0.25 N 7026827 

0.50 N 7026827 

0.75 N 7026828 

1.00 N 7026849 

1.25 N 7025579 

1.50 N 7025505 

1) 

All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) including the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca 0.25 N at zero point.

- 

7- 


Inductive Probe Millimar P2000-Series 

IP64 

IP40 


Probe type P2001 P2004 P2004 A P2004 B 

Measuring range ± 0.5 mm ± 2.0 mm 

Distance of lower stop 1) – - 2.2 . . . 0 mm 

Distance of upper stop 1) – +2.2 . . . 4.4 mm 

Lifter/Retraction – – 

Vacuum 

Compressed air 

lifter 

(max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at the electrical 

0.75 N 

0.75 N 

0.75 N 

depending on air 

zero point 

± 0.15 N 

± 0.15 N 2) ± 0.15 N 2) pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.1 N / mm 0.2 N / mm 0.2 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 0.3 % 

Repeatability f w 

0.15 µm 0.1 µm 

Hysteresis f u 

0.2 µm 0.5 µm 

Linearity deviation with corrected sensitivity 

within range ± 0.1 mm 0.6 µm – 

within range ± 0.5 mm 1.5 µm 0.4 µm 

within range ± 1.0 mm – 1.5 µm 


Protection class according to DIN 

VDE 0470, Part 1 / EN 60529 

IP40 

IP64 

Cable length 2.5 m 3) 2.5 m 3) 

Order no. P2001 P2004 P2004 A P2004 B 

Compatibility - Mahr 5323040 5323010 5323020 5323030 

Compatibility - Tesa 5323041 5323011 5323021 5323031 

Compatibility - Marposs 5323043 5323013 5323023 5323033 

Compatibility - Federal 5323044 5323014 5323024 5323034 

1) 


2) 

Measuring force springs are interhangeable, additional measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N) 

3) 

Extension cables are available, see accessories

+ 


7- 


IP64 


Probe type P2010 P2010 A P2010 B P2104 A P2104 B 

Measuring range ± 5.0 mm ± 2.0 mm 

Distance of lower stop - 5.3 mm - 2.2 . . . 0 mm 1) 

Distance of upper stop + 5.3 8.4 . . . 10.4 mm 1) 

Lifter/Retraction – 

Vacuum Compressed air Vacuum Compressed air 

lifter 

(max. 1 bar) 

lifter 

(max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at the electrical 0.75 N 

0.75 N depending on air 0.75 N depending on air 

zero point 

± 0.15 N 2) ± 0.15 N 2) pressure ± 0.15 N 2) pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.1 N / mm 0.1 N / mm – 0.1 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 

Repeatability f w 

0.2 µm 

Hysteresis f u 

1 µm 0.5 µm 




within range ± 2.0 mm 4.0 µm 4.0 µm 

within range ± 5.0 mm 20.0 µm – 

Protection class according to DIN 

VDE 0470 Part 1 / IEC 60529 

IP64 

IP64 

Cable length 2.5 m 3) 2.5 m 3) 

Order no. P2010 P2010 A P2010 B P2104 A P2104 B 

Compatibility - Mahr 5324010 5324020 5324030 5324070 5324080 

Compatibility - Tesa – 5324021 5324031 5324071 5324081 

Compatibility - Marposs – 5324023 5324033 5324073 5324083 

Compatibility - Federal – 5324024 5324034 5324074 5324084 

1) 


2) 

Measuring force springs are interhangeable, additional measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N) 

3) 


- 

7-10 



P2001 

8h6 

(3/8”) 

34,2 

11 

17,5 

11 

P2004 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

21,3 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

88,7 

28 

9,2 

14 

With the supplied slip-on cap, the 

cable can be flexed to 90° (vertical to 

horiziontal) 

P2004 A / P2004 B 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

21,3 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

88,7 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

28 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

P2010 

6 

-5 +5 

0 

34 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

ø8h6 

(3/8") 

125,7 

28 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

P2010 A / P2010 B 

6 

-5 +5 

0 

34 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

ø8h6 

(3/8") 

125,7 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

28 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

P2104 A / P2104 B 

128,7 

28 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

37 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

Values shown in brackets apply to Federal-compatibility

+ 


7-11 

Accessories 

Extension cables Mahr tesa Marposs Mahr Federal 

M t u F 

Length description Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

2.5 m C 2025 5323130 5323131 5323133 5323134 

5 m C 2050 5323140 5323141 5323143 5323144 

7.5 m C 2075 5323150 5323151 5323153 5323154 

10 m C 2100 5323160 5323161 5323163 5323164 

Order no. 

Order no. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P2004 and 2004 A 

0.25 N 7026827 

0.50 N 7026827 

0.75 N 7026828 

1.00 N 7026849 

1.25 N 7025579 

1.50 N 7025505 

1) 

All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) include the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca. 0.25 N in zero position. 

Measuring force springs 1) for 2010 and P2010 A 

0.25 N 7028212 

0.50 N 7028212 

0.75 N 7027764 

1.00 N 7028213 

1.25 N 7028214 

1.50 N 7028215 

1) 

All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) include the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca. 0.25 N in zero position. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P2104 A 

Order no. 

0.25 N 7028212 

0.50 N 7027764 

0.75 N 7028213 

1.00 N 7028214 

1.25 N 7028215 

Sealing bellows for 

Order no. 

2004, 2004 A 7021546 

2004 B 7028220 

2010, 2010 A, 2104 A 7027758 

2010 B, 2104 B 7028221 

1) 

All measuring forces include the sealing bellows 

Pneumatic Lifter 1340/1 for connection with 1 Probe 5313420 

Pneumatic Foot Switch 1340/1F for connecting max. 4 Probes, types 1340, P2004xA, 5313419 

P2010xA, P2104xA, 1300 A, 1310 A 

Temperature specifications 

Temperature coefficient ftT 0.15 µm / °C 

Working temperature range 

+ 10 . . . + 55° C 

Operating temperature range 

- 10 . . . + 80° C 

Information regarding chemical resistance Resistant against oil, gasoline (petrol), water, alipate. 

Moderate against acids, alkaline solutions, solvents, ozone

- 

7-12 


Inductive Probe Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

IP64 

 

iP50 

IP64 


Probe type 1301 1303 1304 K 1318 1340 

Measuring range ± 1.0 mm ± 1.0 mm - 0.3 . . . +1.0 mm ± 2 mm 

Distance of lower stop 1) -1.1 . . . 0 mm - 1.1 mm - 0.37 mm - 2.2 mm 

(adjustable) 

Distance of upper stop 1) 2.7 mm +1.1 mm + 1.6 mm + 3.0 mm 

Lifter/Retraction Cable release – – pneumatic 

Measuring force at the electrical 

zero point 

0.75 N 

± 0.15 N 

0.75 N 

± 0.15 N 

0.25 N 

± 0.05 N 

0.75 N 

± 0.15 N 

Increase in measuring force 0.4 N / mm 0.15 N / mm 0.04 N / mm 0.08 N / mm 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 1.0 % 0.5 % 0.3 % 

Repeatability f u 0.2 µm 0.2 µm 0.5 µm 0.08 µm 

Hysteresis f w 0.1 µm 0.15 µm 0.03 µm 0.08 µm 


within range ± 0,3 mm – – 0.9 µm – 

within range ± 0,5 mm 0.5 µm 1.0 µm – – 

within range ± 1,0 mm 2.0 µm 4.0 µm – 0.15 µm 

within range ± 2,0 mm – – – 0.4 µm 

Protect. class acc. to IEC 60529 IP64 IP62 IP50 IP64 

Cable length 1.5 m 2) 

Compatibility - Mahr LVDT only with 

Millimar 1240 

Order no. 5313010 5313030 5313049 5313180 5313400 

1) 

Relative to the electrical zero point 

2) 


+ 


7-13 

Inductive Probe Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

1301 98,3 

1318 

76,7 

18 

25 

6 15,6 

ø8h6 

ø12 

ø12,4 

108,5 

62 17 

19 

1303 

-1 +1 

0 

M2,5 

88 

21 

32,2 

13 

ø8h6 

66,5 

6 

23 

21,5 

ø8h6 

8 

-1 + 1 

0 

1304 K 

M2,5 

44 

21,5 

1340 

30 

74 

87 max. 

12 

18,5 

M2,5 

-1 +1 

0 

ø8h6 

12 

12 

6 

19 

M2,5 

ø8h6 

20 

Accessories 

description 

order no. 

Extension Cables for 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

1288/1 1 m 5312881 

1288/2,5 2.5 m 5312882 

1288/5 5 m 5312885 

1288/7,5 7.5 m 5312887 

1288/10 10 m 5312889 

Cable Release for 1301 / 1303 1399 5313990 

Styluses for 1318 with carbide ball d = 2 mm; L = 21 mm* 3005223 

d = 0.5 mm; L = 21 mm 7003901 

d = 1 mm; L = 21 mm 7003902 

d = 3 mm; L = 21 mm 7003903 

Styluses for 1318 with ruby ball d = 2 mm; L = 21 mm 8004231 

Pneumatic Lifter for 1340 1340/1 5313420 

Pneumatic hand pump with a plug-in hose ca. 1 m 

Pneumatic Foot Switch for 1340 1340/1F 5313419 

to connect up to max. 4 probes, type 1340 

* Included in the scope of supply

- 

7-14 


Millimar. Evaluation Instruments 

overview 

C 1200 IC C 1208 / C 1216 C 1245 1240 

Catalog page 7 - 16 7 - 17 7 - 18 7 - 19 

Display 

Large analog scale with 

2 tolerance markers 

Background lit LCD with 

an analog display and a 

two line digital display 

Analog scale with a two 

line digital display 

Evaluation instrument 

with 2 adjustable 

tolerance markers 

Measuring channels 1 Inductive Probe (A) 2 Inductive Probes (A, B) According to type, up to: 2 Inductive Probes (A, B) 

Compatible Inductive Probe 

(carrier frequency) 

1 Pneumatic Measuring 

Instrument 

Mahr Mahr / Mahr Federal Mahr / TESA / 

Mahr Federal 

• 

• 

• 

• 

8 Inductive Probes 

4 Incremental Probes 

2 pneumatical 

measuring tool 

8 Analog Signals 

or a combination of the 

above 

Max. Resolution 0.1 μm 0.1 μm / 0.01 µm* 0.1 μm 0.01 μm 

Input Combinations +A, -A +A, -A, +B, -B, A+B, A-B, 

B-A , -A-B 

Formula editor for 80 

characters 

Functions: + / - / * / ÷/ () / 

Factor 

Mahr 

+A, -A, +B, -B A+B, 

+A-B, -A+B, -A-B 

Features / Programs 1 2 / 2 16 / 6 2 / 2 

Test steps 1 1 6 1 

Dynamic measurements — MAX, MIN, MAX-MIN, MAX, MIN, MAX-MIN, MAX, MIN, MAX-MIN, 

MAX 

MIN 

(MAX+MIN)/2, mean (MAX+MIN)/2, mean (MAX+MIN)/2, mean 

Statistics functions — — N, x-bar, S, Xmax, Xmin, 

Range 

n, xn, x, s, R 

Classification — — max. 998, max. 62 on I/O max. 30 

Control inputs and outputs 

/ SPS connections 

— 3 Opto-coupler inputs, 

3 Opto-coupler outputs 

3 Opto-coupler inputs, 



3 TTL outputs 

Analog output — 1* 1 1 

Data interfaces / ports — RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug 

RS232C 

Configuration Turn switch PC, Keypad PC, Keypad Keypad 

Battery operated Yes — — — 

Dimensions in mm (H x W x D) 137 x 157 x 80 205 x 160 x 165 210 x 160 x 155 195 x 156 x 120 

* Only C1216

+ 


7-15 

S 1840 X 1715 X 1741 1901 TA G 1275 incl. D1200 X 

7 - 20 7 - 23 7 - 24 7 - 25 7 - 21 

1 illuminated bar and a 

two line digital display 

None 

Only via PC, supplied with 

Software D1000X 

None 

Only via PC, supplied with 

Software D1000X 

None 

Measuring amplifier with 

analog output 

15"-TFT-Bildschirm 

1024 x 768 Pixel 

Touchscreen 

2 Inductive Probes (A, B) According to type, up to: According to type, up to: 1 Inductive Probe According to interface 

1 Pneumatic Measuring 

Instrument 

• 

• 

• 

• 




2 Temperature Sensors 

or a combination of 

the above 

Mahr / Mahr Federal Mahr / TESA / 

Mahr Federal 

• 

• 

• 

• 




4 Temperature Sensors 

or a combination of 

the above 

Mahr / TESA / 

Mahr Federal 

4 - 128 for: 

Inductive Probes, 

Incremental Probes, 

Pneumatic Probes, 

Analog Signals 

Mahr Mahr / TESA / 

Mahr Federal 

0.01 µm 0.1 µm 0.1 µm — 0.1 µm or 0.01 µm 

A, -A, B, -B, A+B, A-B, 

— Freely programmable 

-A+B, -A-B 


characters 

Functions: + / - / * / ÷/ () 

/ Factor 


characters 

Functions: + / - / * / ÷/ () 

/ Factor 

2 / 2 16 / 6 16 / 6 1 99 / 1000 

1 6 6 — 99 

MAX, MIN, MAX-MIN, 

(MAX+MIN)/2, mean 



— N, x-bar, S, Xmax, Xmin, 

Range 



N, x-bar, S, Xmax, Xmin, 

Range 

— MAX, MIN, MAX-MIN, 

Freely programmable 

— Freely programmable 

— max. 998, max. 5 on I/O max. 998, max. 79 on I/O — Yes 







1 1 2 1 Output voltage 

1 Current output 

— 16 Digital inputs 

(Optional) 

16 Digital outputs 

(Optional) 

RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug — 1 x RS232, 3 x USB, 

2 x Ethernet (RJ45) 

PC, Keypad PC PC — PC, Touchscreen 

— — — — — 

487 x 47 x 144 160 x 205 x 165 235 x 180 x 160 170 x 43 x 100 305 x 400 x 65 

—

- 

7-16 


Millimar 1200 IC Compact amplifier 

IP40 

Features 

• Compact housing 

• Battery powered for portable 

usage in the workshop 

• Large analog display with 

2 tolerance markers 

• Quick and reliable display of 

the measured value 

• Switchable measuring direction 

• One inductive probe can be 

connected 

• Battery operation with the 

commerically available round 

R14 batteries 

• Test button for batteries 


Mains adapter and operating 

instructions 

1200 IC 

• Fine adjustment due to the 

large range zero setter 


1200 IC 1200 IC/MZ 

Measuring range / Resolution ± 3 µm / 0.1 µm ± .0001“ / .000002“ 

± 10 µm / 0.2 µm ± .0003“ / .00001“ 

± 30 µm / 1 µm ± .001“ / .00002“ 

± 100 µm / 2 µm ± .003“ / .0001“ 

± 300 µm / 10 µm ± .01“ / .0002“ 

Scale length 

120 mm 

Response time 

350 ms 

Single meas. combinations +A, -A 

Range of zero adjustment: 5 and 100 µm 

1 Large range setter 

Deviation spread referring to measuring range ≤ 2.5% 

Protection class acc. to DIN 

IP40 

Working temperature range 

+ 10. . . + 40° C / + 50. . . + 104° F 

Power supply 

mains adapter, 9V = ~5 VA 

Power consumption 

ca. 0.1 W 

Dimensions 

137 x 157 x 80 mm 

Weight 

1 kg 

Order no. 5312000 5312009 

Accessories 

order-no. 

Battery, R 14 battery 1.5 V, (6 are required) 3004424 

For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-12

+ 


7-17 

Millimar C 1208 / C 1216 Compact amplifiers with background lit display 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

C 1208 

Features 

• Favorites, frequently required functions 

can be assigned to the SELECT key 

• Static measurements ± A, ± B and all 

combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max- 

Min, Max+Min, mean 

• Auto-Detect-Mode, two measuring 

instruments can be connected (Probe, 

Plug Gage . . . ) 

• Programmable via the 

integrated key pad or by RS232 interface 

in conjunction with the MS-Windows 

configuration Software 

Display 

• Background lit LCD-Display with an 

analog and a two line digital display 

• 5 three color status lamps for warning 

and tolerances limits 

• Up to 2 features can be simultaneously 

displayed 

• Additional resolution 0.01 μm / 1μin at 

measuring ranges from (only C1216) 

Connections 

• 2 inputs for inductive probes (also 

compatible with probes from Mahr, 

Mahr-Federal) 

• RS232 interface 

• 3 digital inputs for measurement start, 

master measurement, send measured 

values, . . . 

• 3 digital outputs for GO, NO GO, rework, 

measuring time, . . . 

• Analog ouput (only C1216) 

• Programable analog output voltage 

(max. ±5V) (only C1216) 


Operating instructions and a mains 

power supply plug 


Display 

Analog scale 

Range and text display 

Measured value display 


Background LCD, 115 mm x 70 mm 

Pointer, 61 graduations 

7 digit LCD, 5 x 7 dot matrix, 

alpha-numeric 

7 digit LCD, 7 segments 

5 LEDs, 3 colors 

Displayed ranges ±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 µm 

±.0001; .0003; .001; .003; .01; 

.03; .1; .3 inch; or tolerance related 

Meas. range inductive probe 4000 (±2000) µm, resolution 0.1µm 

400 (±200) µm, resolution 0.01µm* 

Response time 

- Meas. value memory 0.010s 

- Digital display 0.100s 

- Analog display 0.100s 

- Outputs 0.020s 

Order no. 

order-no. 

C 1208 M Mahr compatible 5312080 

C 1208 F Mahr-Federal compatible 5312082 

C 1216 M Mahr compatible 5312160 

C 1216 F Mahr-Federal compatible 5312162 

For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-12 

Error limit 

- 10 x analog display 2.5% 

- Digital display 0.3% (min. 0.2 µm) 

Temperature coefficient 0.005%/°C 

Operating temperature 0°C . . . 45°C / 32°F . . . 113°F 

Interfaces 

Computer, printer 

RS232, 9 pin interface 

(PC-compatible assignment) 

- Control outputs 3 Opto-coupler-outputs, 2 24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Opto-coupler-inputs, 24V, 10mA 

Power supply via 

Mains power pack 


Protection class 

Housing dimensions 

(H x W x D) ca. 205 x 160 x 165 mm 

Weight 

ca. 2.1 kg 

* only with C1216 

Accessories 

100V . . . 240V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

10 VA 

IP54, with conductive dust IP43 

Order-no. 

Extension cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack to a 7024634 

D-Sub-socket), length 3 m 

Control Unit with 3 push buttons 5318430 

Foot switch for for Input 1 5330955 

for Input 2 5330956 


Adapter non wired for I/O port 7032401 

Keypad dust cover 3025712

- 

7-18 


Millimar C 1245 Compact amplifier 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

 

Features 

Functions 

• 16 characteristics can be defined 

• With the formula editor (80 characters) the 

input channels C1 to C8 are mathematically 

linked with 4 basic arithmetical functions 

with factors and brackets 

• Static measurements: current value, square 

root, arc tangent 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, 

Max-Min, Max+Min, mean, 

• Statistical functions: n, x-bar, S, Xmax, 

Xmin, R 

• Programmable via the integrated keypad 

or with MS-Windows configuration 

software via the RS232 interface 

• Memory can store up to 500 

measurements 

• Measurement Start / Stop 

Display 

• Analog indicator instrument for display of 

measurement values 

• Two-line LCD for measuring values and 

help texts 

• 5 three color status lamps for warning 

and tolerance limits 

• Up to 3 features can be simultaneously 

displayed 

Connections 

• 2 input modules can be inserted into 

base unit 

• Following modules are available: 

- 4 inputs for Inductive Probes (Mahr, 

Mahr-Federal, Tesa compatiblity) 


• 1 Analog output 

• 3 digital inputs for measurement start, 

master measurement / zeroize, send data 

• 6 digital outputs for GO, NO GO, rework, 

ALL GO, measuring time, 4 classes 


Operating instructions and a mains power 

supply plug 


Display 

analog indicator instrument. 

LCD 53 mm x 40 mm (2.087“ x 1.585“) 

Analog scale 145 mm x 80 mm (5.709“ x 3.149“) 

Range and Text display 



7-point LCD, 5 x 7 dot matrix. 

alphanumeric 

7-point LCD. 7 Segment 

5 LEDs, 3-colors 

Display ranges ±10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 µm 

±.0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 

Measuring range 4000 (±2000) µm, resolution 

inductive probe 0.1 µm (measured value display 

Response time 


- Digital display 0.300s 

- Analog display 0.050s - 0.300s 


Error limits 

- 10 x Analog display 2 % 

- Digital display 0.3 % (min. 0.2 µm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005%/°C 

Oper. temperature range 0°. . . 50°C 

Interfaces 

Computer, printer RS232, 9 pin interface 

(PC-compatible layout) 

- Control outputs 6 Optocoupler-outputs, 24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler-inputs, 24V, 10mA 

Analog output. voltage programmable 

Power supply 

90 V . . . 264 V. 47Hz . . . 63Hz 



11 VA 

IP53 

with conductive dust IP43 


(H x B x T) ca. 210 x 160 x 155 mm 

Weight 

ca. 2 kg 

Order no. 

Order no. 

C 1245 M Mahr compatible for 4 inductive probes 5331250 

C 1245 M Mahr compatible for 8 inductive probes 5331291 

C 1245 T Tesa compatible for 4 inductive probes 5331251 

C 1245 F Mahr-Federal compatible for 5331253 

4 inductive probes 


Accessories 

Order-no. 

Extension cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack to a 7024634 

D-Sub-socket), length 3 m 


Foot switch for Millimar for Input 1 5330955 




Keypad dust cover 3025712

+ 


7-19 

Millimar 1240 Compact amplifier 

RS232C 

IP40 

0 

TOL 

 


Features 

• Highly accurate processing of 

measured values 

• Zero setting is possible at any 

point within the measuring 

range 

• Actual value of a standard can 

be acquired at the touch of a 

button 

• Statistical functions x-bar, s, r 

and n for 1 parameter 

• Tolerance monitoring (with 

adjustable hysteresis) 

• Tolerance field can be set 

along the total width 

• Universal classification 

possibilities 

• Extreme value memories of 

long stability 

• 2 inputs for Mahr compatible 

inductive probes for 

single, sum or difference 

measurements 

• Use the RS232C interface to 

connect a printer / computer / 

data logger 

• Connect a recorder with 

analog output 

• Use the RS232C interface to 

remotely control all functions 


Operating instructions and a 

mains power supply plug 

Display 

analog/digital 

Analog display: Measuring range/resolution 

± 1 µm/0.02 µm (± .003“ /.0001“) 

± 3 µm/0.1 µm (± .01“ /.0002“) 

± 10 µm/0.2 µm (± .03“ /.01“) 

± 30 µm/1 µm (± .1“ /.002“) 

± 100 µm/2 µm (± .3“ /.01“) 

± 300 µm/10 µm (± .00003“ /.000001“) 

± 1000 µm/20 µm (± .0001“ /.000002“) 

± 3000 µm/100 µm (± .0003“ /.00001“) 

± 10000 µm/200 µm (± .001“ /.00002“) 

Digital display: Measuring range/resolution 

± 200 µm/0.01 µm(± .08“ /.00001“) 

± 2000 µm/0.1 µm(± .008“/.000001“) 

Single meas./ combinations 

Dynamic Functions 

Static Functions 

Zero adjuster 

+A, -A, +B, -B, A+B, +A-B, -A+B, -A-B 

Max, Min, Max-Min, 

(Max+Min)/2, mean 

n, xn, x, s, R 

Zero setting at any point 

Deviation spread referring to measuring range 

Analog display ≤ 1.5 % 

Digital display ≤ 0.01% 

Analog output ≤ 1 % 

Output voltage 

± 5 V 

Data output 

RS 232 C 

Limit switches 2 

Signal lamps 3 

Response time 

15 ms 

Control outputs 3 

Type of output 

TTL 

Control inputs 3 

Protection class acc. to DIN IP40 

Working temperature range +10 . . . +40°C / + 50. . . + 104° F 

Power supply 230 V~/115 V~ ± 10%, 

50–60 Hz (switchable) 


ca. 30 VA 

Dimensions (W x H x D) 156 x 195 x 120 mm 

yWeight 

2.3 kg 

Order no. 

Order no. 

1240 Front Panel English 5312401 

For appropriate inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-12 

Recommended Probe 1340 see page 7-12 

Accessories 

order no. 

Push buttons 1240/3D for activating 3 different 

functions e.g., Start, zero setting etc., 

connection cable 1.5 m 5312430 

Foot Switch 1240/1F, connection cable length 2 m 5312431 

Control Unit 1240/SG with 3 push buttons and 5312439 

5 relay outputs 

Classifying Instrument 1240/KG with 5312438 

20 opto-coupler outputs 

Data Cable to any. PC (9 pin D-jack)/MSP2 7024634 

Statistics Printer MSP2, 230V / 110V 4102040

- 

7-20 


Millimar S 1840 Compact column amplifier 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

Features 

• Easy to read 3 color analog 

display 

• Measurement in conjunction 

with inductive probes (e. g. 

Mahr P2004) or electronic plug 

gages etc 

• Extensive calculation of input 

signals: ±A, ±B and all 

combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, 

Min, Max-Min, Max+Min, 

Mean 

• Programmable either via the 

integrated keypad or the 

RS232 interface by means of 

MS-Windows configuration 

software 

• Programmable warning and 

tolerance limits, exceeding 

the limit causes the color to 

change from green to yellow 

to red 

• Background lit 2 lined LCD to 

display measured values, help 

text and measuring units 

• Interfaces: 2 inputs for 

inductive probes, chose either 

wahlweise Mahr or Mahr- 

Federal compatibility 

• Programmable analog output 

voltaeg (max. ±5V) 

• 3 digital inputs (e.g. start of 

measurement, master 

measurement) 

• 3 digital outputs for GO – 

NO GO – rework, measuring 

time 


Operating instructions and a 

mains power supply plug 



Range and Text display 



Order no. 

101 LED elements, 3 colors 

7 point LCD, 

14 Segment, alphanumeric 

7 point LCD, 7 Segments 

via color changes in the analog display 

Display ranges ± 10; 30; 100; 300; 1000; 3000; 

10000 µm 

± .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 

or tolerance related 

Meas. range inductive probe 4000 (±2000) µm, resolution 0.1µm 

400 (±200) µm, resolution 0.01µm 

Resolution 0.1 μm / .000005” 

Response time 

- Meas. value memory 0.008 s 

- Analog display 0.020 s 

- Outputs 0.020 s 

order no. 

S 1840 M Mahr compatible 5318400 

S 1840 F Mahr-Federal compatible 5318402 


Error limits 

- 10 x Analog display 1% (101 LEDs) 

- Digital display 0.3% (min. 0.2 µm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005% / °C 

Operating temp. range 0 . . . 45 °C / 32°F . . . 113°F 

Interfaces 


Accessories 

RS232, 9 pin. male (PC-compatible 

layout) 

- Control outputs 3 Optocoupler 

Outputs, 24 V, 100 mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler 

Inputs, 24 V, 10 mA 

Analog output 

Power supply via 

Mains power pack 



Dimensions (H x W x D) 

Weight 

Voltage ±5V programmable 

100V . . . 240V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

12 VA 

IP53 

IP43 with conductive dust 

ca. 487 x 47 x 144 mm 

ca. 1.4 kg 

Order no. 

Base Plate, for up to 3 columns 5330901 

Wall Mounting 5330902 

Connection Cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack 7024634 

to D-Sub-jack), length 3 m 


Foot Switch for Millimar Input 1 5330955 

Input 2 5330956 

Input 3 5330957 

Adapter non wired for I/O port 7032401

+ 


7-21 

Millimar G1275 

Description 

With the measuring computer Millimar G1275, measuring results 

from multi-gaging units can easily be recorded and statistically 

evaluated. 

The industrial housing makes the measuring computer suitable for 

use in the rough production area. 

The compact dimensions of the housing allow for use of the computer 

in areas with little space. 

The measuring results are clearly shown on the 15“ TFT monitor, 

which avoids reading errors and misinterpretations. 

Using the touchscreen, the measuring computer can be realiably 

operated in the production environment. 

To record the measuring signals from the most different sensors, a 

broad spectrum of measuring interfaces can be connected to the 

measuring computer Milimar G1275. 


Dimensions (L x D x H) 

305 x 400 x 65 mm 

Weight 

4,3 kg 

Material 

Aluminum pressure die-cast 

powder-coated 

Operating temperature 0 °C . . . 55 °C 

Relative humidity 

10 % to 85 % non-condensing 


IP65 

TFT color monitor 

15“ 1024 x 768 pixel 

Touch 

Resistive industry touchscreen 

Power supply 230 V ± 10 % AC / 24V DC (via 

external mains unit) 

Interfaces 

Inputs/Outputs 

1 RS232 (COM1) 

1 input for keyboard/mouse 

2 Ethernet connection (RJ45) 

2 USB on the back side 

1 USB in the front panel

- 

7-22 Millimar. Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 

Software Millimar D1200X 

Description 

• Windows-based software 

• ACCESS data bank 

• Password protected menus and access authorization 

• Free form editor 

• Easy programming of the inspection plan by filling out masks 

• Freely programmable calculation format 

• Fast selection to display the measurements conducted 

• Aid monitor for easy adjustment of sensors 

• Calibration history is saved 

• Measuring value display (numerical and as a bar graph) 

• Measurement is saved (manually or automatically) 

• Monitoring of the working range of the sensors and alarm 

• Statistical evaluation of a measuring result 

• Depiction as a histogramm and SPC control card. 

• Automatic calibration demand after hours and n measurements 

• Inaccurate measuring values can be commented on with the 

reasons 

• Statistiscal analysis 

• Test of normal distribution 

• Measurement systems analysis (R&R) and gage capability integrated 

• Module to export in numerous data formats 

• Interfaces to e.g. QDAS, SUMEQ, SESAME, QUASAR 

• I/O interface for automatic control (option) 

• Operation in automatic production lines with dialog control 

Minimum Requirements 

• Pentium IV or similar processor with at least 1.5 GHz 

• Windows 2000 or Windows XP 

• 20 GB free memory on the hard drive 

• 512 MB RAM 

• Monitor 1024 x 768 

• Free USB interface 

• CD drive 

• 1 to 4 RS232 interfaces, depending upon the number of peripheral 

units

+ 


7-23 

Millimar X 1715 Intelligent measurement interface system 

RS232C 

Features 

Millimar X 1715 is a smart 

and universal measurement 

interface system for complex 

measuring tasks on the 

production floor. It is ideal as a 

signal transformer between 

sensors and the electronic 

measured data processsing. 

Functions 

• Static and dynamic 

measurements 

• Equation editor 

• Definition of 16 features are 

possible 

• One or two point master 

measurement 

Connections 

• 1 to 8 measuring device 

inputs 

• RS-232 interface 

• Analog output 

• 3 digital inputs and 

6 digital outputs 


D1000X Software, operating 

instructions and a mains 


null modem cable, 9-pin 


Measuring range inductive probe 4000 (+/– 2000) µm, 

Resolution 0.1 µm 

Response time 



Error limits 

- 0.3% (min. 0.2 µm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0,005%/°C 


Interfaces 




- Control outputs 6 Optocoupler-outputs, 

24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler-inputs, 

24V, 10mA 

Analog output voltage 

Power supply 



Dimensions (H x B x T) 

Weight 

programmable 

90 V . . . 264 V. 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

11 VA 

IP53 


ca. 160 x 205 x 165 mm 

ca. 2 kg 

Order no. 

order no. 

Accessories 

Order no. 

X 1715 Mahr compatible for 2 Inductive probes 5331064 



X 1715 Tesa compatible for 8 Inductive probes 5331062 


Connection Cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack 7024634* 



Foot Switch for Millimar for input 1 5330955 

for input 2 5330956 

for input 3 5330957 



- 

7-24 


Millimar X 1741 Intelligent measurement interface system 

RS232C 

Features 

Millimar X 1741 is a smart 

and universal measurement 

interface system for complex 

measuring tasks on the 

production floor. It is ideal as a 

signal transformer between 

sensors and the electronic 

measured data processsing. 

Functions 

• Static and dynamic 

measurements 

• Equation editor 

• Definition of 16 features are 

possible 

• One or two point master 

measurement 

Connections 

• 1 to 16 measuring device 

inputs 

• RS-232 interface 

• 2 analog outputs 

• 6 digital inputs and 

12 digital outputs 


D1000X Software, operating 

instructions and a mains 


null modem cable, 9-pin 


Measuring range inductive probe 4000 (+/– 2000) µm, 

Resolution 0.1 µm 

Response time 



Error limits 

- 0.3% (min. 0.2 µm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005%/°C 


Interfaces 




- Control outputs 12 Optocoupler-outputs, 

24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 6 Optocoupler-inputs, 

24V, 10mA 

Analog output voltage 

Power supply 



Dimensions (H x W x D) 

Weight 

programmable (2 outputs) 

90 V . . . 264 V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

11 VA 

IP53 


ca. 235 x 180 x 160 mm 

ca. 2 kg 

Order no. 

order no. 

Accessories 

Order no. 






Connection Cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack 7024634* 



Foot Switch for Millimar Input 1 5330955 

Input 2 5330956 

Input 3 5330957 



+ 


7-25 

Millimar Measuring Amplifier 1901 TA with analog output 

Features 

• The measuring amplifier 1901 

TA is to be used in connection 

with an inductive probe 

for measurement control 

processes 

• Provides the inductive probe 

with an AC voltage and 

converts the carrier fequency 

signal into output voltage 

• Output voltage: ± 10 V 

(Option: ± 5 V / 0 V to 

10 V) at the end of the 


• Simultaneously the output 

signal current of ± 5 mA at 

the end of the measuring 

range is available 

• Supply voltage 24 V= 

• The housing of the 1901 TA 

is designed for use in the 

machine room 

• Connections : 1 output 

for one Mahr compatible 

inductive probe 


3 pin socket plug for analog 

output, 3 pin coupling 

bushing for power supply and 



Measuring ranges 

(adjustable through bridges) 

± 125 μm 

± 250 μm 

± 500 μm 

± 1000 μm 

± 2000 μm 

Output voltage at end of measuring range ± 10 V 

Option: 

± 5 V / 0–5 V / 0–10 V 

Connections 

Input 

Output 

Supply 

Response time 

Cut-off frequency 

5 pin socket 

3 pin socket 

3- pin plug 

5-10 ms 

90 Hz 

Current output at end of measuring range ± 5 mA 

Protection class IP 54 

Linearity ± 0,3% 

Supply voltage 24 V = 

Dimensions: (L x D x H) 

43 x 100 x 170 mm 

Order no. 

order no. 

1901 TA Mahr compatible for 1 Inductive probe 5319011 

1901 TA/So Mahr compatible for 1 Inductive probe 9023856 

0- 10 V 

For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-12

- 

7-26 Millimar. Pneumatic Length Metrology 

Millimar. Pneumatic Length Metrology 

PRECISION BEGINS AT THE START OF THE MEASURING PROCESS 

Millipneu high pressure air gages measure dimension deviations quickly and precisely. For years, 

they have proven themselves as high quality pneumatic length measuring units in industrial production 

and measuring rooms. Pneumatic measuring value recorders such as jet air probes, jet air plug gages, 

jet air ring gages, air caliper gages, angularity plug gages, angularity measuring rings and measuring 

units for mating parts determine the measuring value without contact. The measuring values of 

one or several pneumatic measuring value recorders are displayed by the Millimar evaluation units 

according to the principle of determination of changes in air pressure.

+ 


7-27 


Metrological features 

Millimar evaluation units work according to the principle of 

determination of changes in air pressure; the pressure differential 

between two chambers is measured. While one of the two 

chambers provides a constant reference pressure, the pressure of 

the other chamber (measuring chamber) is determined by the 

distance of the measuring jet of a pneumatic measuring value 

recorder to the test specimen. 

Millimar evaluation units have two connection points that are each 

directly connected to one of the two pressure chambers. Thus the 

measuring value is measured directly without any conversion via a 

Piezo pressure sensor and is then digitalized. 

Magnifications from 2500:1 to 10000:1 are realized with 

exchangeable instrument jets. 

Millimar measuring units must be supplied with constant air 

pressure through a pressure reducing valve. Measuring units with 

pressure reducing valves can be connected to all compressed air 

lines from 3.5 bar to 10 bar overpressure, whereby an air filter 

should be interconnected. 

The air must be dry and oil-free. 

Metrological features 

• 

• 

Universal, relilable, proven, especially high-performing 

All measuring methods, individual, total and differential 

measurements 

High accuracy, long-term stability, insensitive to environmental 

influences 

Up to 10000x magnification of the measuring values, large 

measuring ranges 

High measuring accuracy and reproducibility fo the measuring 

results: depnding upon the magnification 0.5 µm to 20 µm 

Contact-free measurements with measuring jets, no damage to 

the workpieces 

Reliable measurements of even uncleaned, oiled, lubricated 

workpieces, or workpieces with lapping paste. Measuring points 

are cleaned by the measuring air 

Linear display of the measuring values on a clear, large or long 

scale, easy and error-free reading of measuring results 

Measurement of diameters, distance between holes, tapers, 

excentricities, alignment of bores, mating measurements etc. 

Various measuring possibilities due to the corresponding adaption 

to existing measuring problems 

Millipneu display unit for all applications 

Requires little room, handy, easy to use, all measuring methods 

Fully automatically working electrical units for measuring, control 

and sorting processes 

Measurement control unit for production machines 

Millipneu single and multi-column units to set-up complete 

testing control units 

Multi-column units according to the modular construction system 

due to close arrangement of the measuring columns and long 

scales 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• Versatile Millipneu measuring elements: jet air probes, jet air 

plugs gage, jet air ring gages, air caliper gages, angularity plug 

gages, angularity measuring rings, taper jet plug gages, taper jet 

ring gages and measuring units for mating parts for contact-free 

measurement 

• Unusually long life-time of the pneumatic measuring elements 

• Robust model for the shop floor. Models for all applications. 

• Special models for special tasks

- 

7-28 


Millimar. Air Gages 

PRECISION BEGINS AT THE START OF THE MEASURING PROCESS 

Air gages use the measuring effect of the change in pressure when a workpiece approaches 

a measuring jet. As the distance between jets and work surface decreases, the pressure increases 

while the velocity of flow and the respective volume flow decrease. The pneumatic measuring 

procedure has a realtively close linear measuring range. The limit of the measuring procedure is 

reached when the described generated surface A which arises due to the gap distance becomes 

larger than the cross-sectional area of the measuring jet with the diameter d. 

1. . 3. 4. 

4. 5. 6. 7. 

9. 10. 11. 12. 

13. 14. 15. 

1. Thickness or wall thickness measurements with jet air gage 2. Diameter measurement of cylindrical through bores with jet air plug gage. 

3. Diameter measurement of cylindrical blind bores with jet air plug gage. 4. Diameter measurement of cylindrical through bores with ball 

contact plug gage 5. Diameter measurement of cylindrical blind bores with lever contact plug gage 6. Diameter of thickness measurement 

with adjustable jet air caliper gage 8. Straightness measurement of a cylindrical bore with special jet air plug gage 9. Mating measurement 

between bore and shaft with jet air plug gage and jet air ring gage. 10. Taper-pitch measurement of an inside taper with taper jet air plug 

gage - measurement as per the differential measuring method 11. Measurement of a perpendicular position of a cylindrical bore to the front 

face with a special jet air plug gage - measurement as per the differential measuring method 12. Measurement of hole distances of separated 

cylindrical bores with jet air plug gage - measurement as per the differential measuring method 13. Measurement of hole distances of truncated 

cylindrical bores with jet air plug gages - measurement as per the differential measuring method 14. Taper-pitch measurement as well as form 

and diameter measurement of an inside taper with taper jet air plug gage. 15. Multiple inside and outisde measurements with measuring jet air 

gages and contact probes in connection with a seven-column unit.

+ 


7-29 

Jet Air Gage Plugs for Bores 

Description 

Millimar jet air plug gages are used for checking cylindrical through 

bores or blind bores. 

The plug gage bodies are equipped with two opposing measuring 

jets which record the measured value without contact. This 

arrangement allows the diameter, the diametric roundness and the 

cylindricity of bores to be calculated using a single jet air plug 

gage. 

The diameter is measured immediately after the air plug age is 

introduced, which the diametric roundness deviation can be tested 

by rotation around 180° and the cylindricity by movement in a 

longitudinal direction. 

The measuring range of the Millimar air plug gage is 80 µm to 

max. 100 µm. 

Millimar jet air plug gages are furnished in high chrome stainless 

steel or chrome plated versions and, if required, with a shut-off valve 

to conserve air consumption. 

The long service life of especially the air tooling adjusted on the 

Millimar display units is due in part to hardened measuring jets 

which are recessed relative to the generated surface of the 

measuring body and are therefore protected against damage. 

Pressure p 

Linear range 

d 

4 

s 

Jet of the 

pneumatic 


d 

Precision 

pressure valve 

Non-adjustable jet 

Zero nozzle 

s 

Workpiece 

Differential pressure 

sensor (piezo-electric) 

Non-adjustable 

master jet 

Pneumatic 

sensor head 

Workpiece

- 

7-30 



Jet Air Gage Plugs for Through Bores 

6002 Z hardened, 

for indicator instruments 

(dia. 3 - 5 mm) 

Jet Air Gage Plugs for Blind Bores 



(dia. 3 - 5 mm) 

6001 Z hard-chrome plated 


(dia. 5 - 80 mm) 

6011 Z hard-chrome plated, 


(dia. 5 - 80 mm) 



(dia. 5 - 80 mm) 



(dia. 5 - 80 mm) 



(dia. 80 - 100 mm) 



(dia. 80 - 100 mm) 



(dia. 80 - 100 mm) 



(dia. 80 - 100 mm)

+ 


7-31 


Jet Air Gage Plugs for Through Bores 1 Jet Air Gage Plugs for Blind Bores 1 

Type dia. d L1 L2 (mm) Order no. 

6001 5 to 8 10 35 5260102* 

8 to 10 10 

5260103* 

40**, 70, 100, 150 

10 to 13 10 5260104* 

13 to 15 20 

5260105* 

15 to 20 20 5260106* 

20 to 25 20 5260107* 

25 to 30 20 60**, 110, 160, 210, 5260108* 

30 to 35 20 260, 310 

5260109* 

35 to 40 20 5260110* 

40 to 45 20 5260111* 

45 to 50 20 5260112* 

50 to 55 20 

5260113* 

55 to 60 20 5260114* 

60 to 65 20 50**, 100, 150, 200, 5260115* 

65 to 70 20 250, 300 

5260116* 

70 to 75 20 5260117* 

75 to 80 20 5260118* 

80 to 85 30 

5260119* 

55**, 105, 155, 205, 

85 to 90 30 5260120* 

255, 305 

90 to 100 30 5260121* 

100 to . . . . on Request 

6002 3 to 4 10 20 5260200* 

4 to 5 10 22 5260201* 

5 to 8 10 35 5260202* 

8 to 10 10 

5260203* 

40**, 70, 100, 150 

10 to 13 10 5260204* 

13 to 15 20 

5260205* 

15 to 20 20 5260206* 

20 to 25 20 5260207* 

25 to 30 20 60**, 110, 160, 210, 5260208* 

30 to 35 20 260, 310 

5260209* 

35 to 40 20 5260210* 

40 to 45 20 5260211* 

45 to 50 20 5260212* 

50 to 55 20 

5260213* 

55 to 60 20 5260214* 

60 to 65 20 50**, 100, 150, 200, 5260215* 

65 to 70 20 250, 300 

5260216* 

70 to 75 20 5260217* 

75 to 80 20 5260218* 

80 to 85 30 

5260219* 

55**, 105, 155, 205, 

85 to 90 30 5260220* 

255, 305 

90 to 100 30 5260221* 


1 

Please state unit magnification and workpiece tolerances when ordering 

* Metrology Systems Divison ** Standard version 

Type dia. d L1 L2 (mm) Order no. 

6011 5 to 8 10 35 5261102* 

8 to 10 10 

5261103* 

40**, 70, 100, 150 

10 to 13 10 5261104* 

13 to 15 20 

5261105* 

15 to 20 20 5261106* 

20 to 25 20 5261107* 

25 to 30 20 60**, 110, 160, 210, 5261108* 

30 to 35 20 260, 310 

5261109* 

35 to 40 20 5261110* 

40 to 45 20 5261111* 

45 to 50 20 5261112* 

50 to 55 20 

5261113* 

55 to 60 20 5261114* 

60 to 65 20 65**, 115, 165, 215, 5261115* 

65 to 70 20 265, 315 

5261116* 

70 to 75 20 5261117* 

75 to 80 20 5261118* 

80 to 85 30 

5261119* 

70**, 120, 170, 220, 

85 to 90 30 5261120* 

270, 320 

90 to 100 30 5261121* 


6012 3 to 4 10 20 5261200* 

4 to 5 10 22 5261201* 

5 to 8 10 35 5261202* 

8 to 10 10 

5261203* 

40**, 70, 100, 150 

10 to 13 10 5261204* 

13 to 15 20 

5261205* 

15 to 20 20 5261206* 

20 to 25 20 5261207* 

25 to 30 20 60**, 110, 160, 210, 5261208* 

30 to 35 20 260, 320 

5261209* 

35 to 40 20 5261210* 

40 to 45 20 5261211* 

45 to 50 20 5261212* 

50 to 55 20 

5261213* 

55 to 60 20 5261214* 

60 to 65 20 65**, 115, 165, 215, 5261215* 

65 to 70 20 265, 315 

5261216* 

70 to 75 20 5261217* 

75 to 80 20 5261218* 

80 to 85 30 

5261219* 

70**, 120, 170, 220, 

85 to 90 30 5261220* 

270, 320 

90 to 100 30 5261221* 

100 to . . . . on Request

- 

7-32 


Air Rings for Cylindrical Shafts Pneumatic Jet Air Gages 6900-6918 

Millimar 6300 

Jet air ring gages with 2 

measuring jets 

Millimar 6303 

Jet air ring gages with 3 

measuring jets 

Millimar 6900 to 6903 


Jet air gages, straight 



Jet air gages, cranked 


Description 

Jet air ring gages with 2 measuring jets 1 

Type dia. d mm dia. D mm B mm Order no. 

6300 3 to 8 66 18 5263017* 

8 to 14 66 18 5263018* 

14 to 20 66 18 5263019* 

20 to 26 80 22 5263020* 

26 to 32 80 22 5263020* 

32 to 38 66 24 5263022* 

38 to 45 74 26 5263023* 

45 to 52 80 28 5263024* 

52 to 60 88 30 5263025* 

60 to 68 96 32 5263026* 

68 to 76 104 34 5263027* 

76 to 84 112 36 5263028* 

84 to 92 120 38 5263029* 

92 to 100 128 40 5263030* 


Jet air ring gages with 3 measuring jets 1 

Type dia. d mm dia. D mm B mm Order no. 

6303 3 to 8 66 18 5263301* 

8 to 14 66 18 5263302* 

14 to 20 66 18 5263303* 

20 to 26 80 22 5263304* 

26 to 32 80 22 5263305* 

32 to 38 66 24 5263306* 

38 to 45 74 26 5263307* 

45 to 52 80 28 5263308* 

52 to 60 88 30 5263309* 

60 to 68 96 32 5263310* 

68 to 76 104 34 5263311* 

76 to 84 112 36 5263312* 

84 to 92 120 38 5263313* 

92 to 100 128 40 5263314* 


Millimar jet air gages have all the advantages of contact-free, 

pneumatic length measurement. 

Measuring values are recorded by a hardened jet that is recessed 

and protected from damage by a hardened-metal ring. 

Millimar jet air gages are especially suited to test workpieces with 

a sensitive surface that would be damaged by mechanical contact. 

When used in the manufacturing environment, there is an 

additional advantage to the measuring jets: Due to the outflowing 

air, the workpiece surfaces are freed from filth, such as oil, water 

and dust. 

To adjust jet air gages with Millipneu measuring units, setting 

gages are needed whose outer form matches that of the test 

specimen. 

1 

Please state unit magnification and workpiece tolerances when ordering 

* Metrology Systems Divison

+ 


7-33 

Accessories 

Millimar 6105 Setting Rings for jet air 

gage plugs and contact gage plugs. 

Millimar setting rings have been carefully 

hardened, aged, ground and lapped. 

Quality 

N 

Manufacturing tolerance 

Cylinder form tolerance 

JS3 

0.4 x numerical 

value of IT4 

Millimar 6107 Setting Rings 

for jet air gage plugs. 

Millimar setting rings have been carefully 

hardened, aged, ground and lapped. 

Quality 

S 



JS3 


value of IT4 

Measuring uncertainty of 

the labeled nominal value 0.5 x numerical 

value of IT1 

Millimar 6400 Setting Plugs for Jet Air 

Measuring Rings. 

Millimar setting gage plugs have been 

carefully hardened, aged, ground and 

lapped. 



JS3 


value of IT3 

Measuring uncertainty of 

the labeled nominal value 0.5 x numerical 

value of IT1 

Air Treatment Unit 7052 

Filter 

5 μm 

pressure manometer, 

pressure 

0.5 - 12 bar 

Order no. 7027929* 

Air Treatment Unit 7046 

To supply the Millimar units with filtered air 

and treated measuring air. 

The air filter cleans dirt, water and oil out of 

the supply air. 

Order no. 5270460* 

Handle with manual slide valve 

for jet air gage plug 5 - 80 mm 

Order no. 7007838* 

Handle with manual slide valve 

for jet air gage plug 80 - 150 mm 

Order no. 7007836* 

Note 

All settings rings and setting plugs are 

delivered with a test certificate as per DIN 

55350-18-4.2.2. 

Millimar Hose 

to connect a pneumatic measuring element 

with a Millimar C1208, C1245, S184x, 

X17xx, X1941. Connection M10/plug sleeve 

NW6, length 2m 

Order no. 5330913* 

Millimar 7110/2 Hose 

to connect a Millimar C1208, C1245, 

S184x, X17xx, X1941 with an air treatment 

unit. 10x1.5 incl. reduction to 8, length 2 m 

Order no. 5271109* 

Millimar Connecting Hose 

to connect a Millimar C1208, C1245, 

S184x, X17xx, X1941 with an air treatment 

unit. 10x1.5 incl. reduction to 8, length 2 m 

Order no. 5330917* 


- 

7-34 


Millimar. Air Evaluation Units 

Measuring Complex tasks to the point 

Evaluation instruments have many different applications and therefore need to meet a broad range 

of requirements. They can perform anything from simple measurements on the shop floor to complex 

applications with a whole host of test features in fully automated production lines. These applications 

require high levels of reliability and precision combined with straightforward operation. Millimar 

evaluation instruments meet these requirements perfectly. Robust, compact, bright light-strip instruments, 

measurement interfaces for a wide range of applications and easy-to-use measuring computers can all be 

adapted for different probes and tailored to suit your particular application.

+ 


7-35 

µDimensionair ® II Universal, pneumatic hand measuring tool 

ABS 

System 

0 

TOL 

 

ID 

 

 

MAX 

MIN 

 

Features 

• Non-contact diameter 

measurements in bores or on 

shafts 

• Measuring plugs, measuring 

rings or measuring jaws can 

be easily interchanged 

• Power supplied by batteries 

enables very flexible use of 

µDimensionair, regardless of 

location 

• Display, P/E converter, handle 

and measuring element form 

a handy unit 

• An ideal alternative to classical 

measuring chains (measuring 

element and evaluation unit) 

• Flexible used due to different 

combination possibilities of 

the individual components 

• Easy to handle, like a dial gage 

• Large display, with large digits 

and easy to read analog bar 

for optimal reading of the 

measuring values 

• The display can be rotated 

270°, enabling it to be 

optimally set up for the most 

different applications 

• The robust design of the 

µDimensionair makes it ideal 

for the workshop environment 

and the production site. 

• Protection class IP54. Dirts and 

liquids cannot damage it. 

• With a printer or computer, 

the measuring results can 

be protocolled via a data 

interface. 

All standard measuring 

elements (jet air gage plugs, 

jet air measuring jaws) can be 

easily fastened on the 

µDimensionair using the 

supplied adapter. 


Accessories 

µDimensionair II 

Measuring Range Resolution Meas. plug magnification 

± 0.080 mm 0.002 mm / 0.001 mm 2500:1 

± 0.040 mm 0.001 mm / 0.0005 mm 5000:1 

± 0.020 mm 0.001 mm / 0.0005 mm 10000:1 

Data Output 

USB / ASCII / Digimatic 

Battery Life 

6000 hours 

Operating Temperature 

5 - 35° C 

Storage Temperature 

0 - 60° C 

Repeatability 

± 1 digit (LSD) 

Linear Error 

± 1% of full scale (LSD) 

Response Time 

ca. 1 s 

Thermal Stability 

0.1% of full scale/°C 

Tolerance Indicators 

Two — over/under (3 classes) 

Weight 

25 kg 

Dimensions 

ca. 100 x 60 x 70 mm 

Auto OFF 

15 minutes of non-use 

Power Requirements 3 volt lithium battery, 2 per unit - Type CR-2450 

Air Supply 

2.10 ± 0.01 bar 

Display Rotates through 270° 

Order no. 2103200 1 * 

1 

Includes handle, adapter and connection hose * Metrology Systems Divison 

Pressure 

regulator with 

filter 

Universal 

bench kit 

Battery 3V Type 

CR-2450 

µDimensionair 

Data Cable 

Opto RS232 

(2m) 

Data Cable 

Digimatic (2m), 

flat plug, 10-pin 

µDimensionair II 

Data Cable USB 

(2m) MarCom 

or PC 

Data Cable 

Opto RS232 

(2m) 

Data Cable 

Digimatic (2m), 

flat plug, 10-pin 

Order no. 

2238020* 

2239307* 

4102520* 

SCB-4* 

2001025* 

4346023* 

4346020* 

4346021*

- 

7-36 


Millimar 1020 / 1040 Display units for single and sum measurements 

Applications 

• Length and mating 

measurements of all kinds 

• In conjunction with jet air 

plugs: measurement of 

bores of dia. 3 mm (.1181") 

and above, with display of 

diameter and calculation 

of conicity and roundness 

deviation (without additional 

input) 

• Inconjunction with jet air ring 

gages: Shaft measurements 

• With Millimar jet air gages: 

Thickness measurements 

• In conjunction with contact 

gages: Measurement of 

angularity straightness, or 

bores, etc. 

Description 

Millimar dial gages determine the changes in air pressure, the 

pressure differential being measured between two pressure 

chambers. While one of the two chambers delivers a constant 

reference pressure, the pressure in the other chamger (measuring 

chamber) is determine by the distance between the measuring jets 

of a pneumatic probe and the testpiece. 

The pressure differential is displayed by means of a highly precise, 

ruby-bearing air/mechanical converter which ensures fast display of 

measured values and complete measuring accuracy over the long 

term. 

Since the measuring jet has an overpressure of 2 bar, constant 

measuring conditions exist which are essentially unaffected by the 

location of the measuring jets relative to the testpiece or by other 

external circumstances. 

Features 

Millimar 1020 

Dial gage with fixed magnification and zero setting. Instrument 

adjustment using a setting gage. 

Millimar 1040 

Dial gage with precisely adjustable magnification and zero setting; 

instrument adjustment using two setting gages (minimum and 

maximum). 


Millimar 1020 

Graduation 0.5 μm 1 μm 2 μm 

Measuring ranges 1 25 μm 50 μm 100 μm 

Magnification 10000 5000 2500 

Scale length 

182 mm 

Tolerance index 2 

Max. measuring error 

2 % of measuring range 

Zero setter 

1 pneumatic large range setter 

Zero setting range 

over the entire scale range 

Probe connection 1, via hose 7110 oder 7120 (connecting 

thread M 10 x 0.75) 

Compressed air 

connection 

1, via high pressure hose 7100 (connecting 

thread M 14 x 1.5) 

Operating air pressure 

Dimensions 

3.5 to 10 bar overpressure 

150 x 195 x 250 mm (with pressure 

reducer and quick-action closing valve) 

Order no. 5210200* 

Millimar 1040 

Magnification adjuster 

Max. measuring error 

1.5 % of measuring range 

Other data as per Millimar 1020 

Order no. 5210400* 

1 

Measuring ranges are determined by the choice of magnification. Instrument jets 

and scales can be exchanged. 

* Metrology Systems Divison 

Millimar dial gages can be converted to other measuring ranges by 

simply changing the instrument jet and scale.

+ 


7-37 

Millimar C 1208 PE Compact, user-friendly length measuring unit 

Features 

Model types and Accessories 

Order no. 

C1208 PE 10000 M Mahr compatible 5312090* 



C1208 PE 10000 F Mahr Federal compatible 5312093* 



Accessories 

Connection cable (9 pin D-Sub jack to D-Sub jack), 7024634* 

length 3 m 

Control unit with 3 push buttons 5318430* 

Foot Switch for Millimar for 

Input 1 5330955* 

Input 2 5330956* 

Input 3 5330957* 


Functions 

• Favorites, using the SELECT button, frequently required settings can 

be directly called up 

• Static measurements ± A, ± B and all combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max-Min, Max+Min, mean 

value 

• Auto-detect mode. Two measuring devices can be connected 

(probe, plug gage. . .), the measuring device used is automatically 

shown on the display 

• 1 point or 2 point master measurements 

• Programmable via built-in keypad or RS232 interface via MS- 

Windows configuration software D1000S 

Display 

• Backlit LCD display with scale display and two-line digital display 

• 5 three-colored status lamps for warning and tolerance limits 

• Up to 2 features can be displayed at the same time 

Connections 

• One input for pneumatic measuring devices (optionally compatible 

to PE systems from Mahr or Mahr Federal) 


• Three digital inputs for measuring start, master measurements, 

sending measuring value, . . . 

• Three digital outputs for GO, NO-GO, rework, measuring time, . . . 


Display 

Analog scale 




Display ranges 

Backlit LCD display 115 x 70 mm 

Indicator, 61 graduation 

Characters LCD, 5 x 7, Dot matrix, alpha 

numerical 

7 digit LCD, 7 segments 

5 LEDs, 3 colors 

±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000 μm 

±.0001, .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 


Measuring range / resolution 

2500:1 100 (±50) μm / 0.1μm 

5000:1 50 (±25) μm / 0.1μm 

10000:1 25 (±12.5) μm / 0.1μm 

Error limits 

10 x analog display 2 % (51 pixel) 

Digital display 0.05 % 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005 %/°C 

Operating temp. range 0 °C to 45 °C 

Interfaces 


RS232, 9 pin, male (PC compatible 

configuration) 

Control inputs 3 opto-coupler outputs, 24 V, 

10 mA 24 V, 100 mA 

Control outputs 3 opto-coupler inputs, 24 V, 

100 mA 24V, 10 mA 

Current supply 

Mains unit 




(H x W x D) 

Weight 

100 V to 240 V, 

47 Hz to 63 Hz 

10 VA 

IP53 with conductive dust IP43 

ca. 205 x 160 x 165 mm 

ca. 2.1 kg

- 

7-38 


Millimar C 1245 PE Flexible length measuring unit for versatile tasks 

Features 

Display 

• Analog indicator instrument for measuring value display 

• Two-line LCD display to display the measuring value and help texts 

• 5-color status lamps for warning and tolerance limits 

• Up to 3 features can be shown simultaneously 

Functions 

• 16 characters can be defined 

• With an equation editor (80 characters) input channels C1 to C8 are 

mathematically linked with factors and brackets using the 4 basic 

mathematical functions 

• Static measurements: current value, square root, arc tangent 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max-Min, Max+Min, mean 

values 

• Statistical functions: n, x-bar S, Xmax, Xmin, R 

• Measuring value memory for 5000 measuring values 

• Measuring Start / Stop via keyboard, digital input, RS232 

Model types 

Order no. 

C1245 PE/M 2500 with pressure reducer 5331261* 



For 2 pneumatic probes 

C1245 PE/M 2 2500 with pressure reducer 5331285* 




Connections 

• 2 input modules can be used in the basis unit 


• 1 analog output 

• 3 digital inputs for measuring start, master measurement / zeroing, 

sending data 

• 6 digital outputs for GO, NO-GO, rework, collective goods, 

measuring time, 4 classes, BCD interface 

The following modules are available: 

• 4 inputs for inductive probes (alternatively compatible with 

probes from Mahr, Tesa, Mahr Federal) 

• 2 inputs for incremental probes 

• 1 input for pneumatic measuring devices 

• 4 inputs for D.C. voltage signal 


Display 

Analog indicator instrument, 

LCD 53 x 40 mm 

Analog scale 

145 x 80 mm 

Range and text display 7 characters LCD, 5x7 dot matrix, 

alphanumerical 

Measured value display 7 characters LCD, 7 segment 

Tolerance display 5 LEDs, 3-colored 

Display ranges ± 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000 µm 

± .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 

Measuring range / resolution 

2500:1 100 (±50) μm / 0.1μm 

5000:1 50 (±25) μm / 0.1μm 

10000:1 25 (±12.5) μm / 0.1μm 

Error limits 

10 x analog display 2 % (51 pixel) 

Digital display 0.05 % 



Interfaces 


Control inputs 

Control outputs 

Current supply 

Mains unit 




(H x W x D) 

Weight 



6 opto-coupler outputs, 24 V, 10 mA, 

10 mA 24 V, 100 mA 

3 opto-coupler inputs, 

24 V, 100 mA 

90 V to 264 V, 


11 VA 


ca. 205 x 160 x 165 mm 

ca. 2.2 kg

+ 


7-39 

Millimar S 1840 PE Length measuring instrument with three-color illuminated bar graph 

Features 

• Easy to read 3-color analog display 

• For measurements with pneumatic measuring devices 

• One input for pneumatic measuring devices (alternatively 

compatible to PE systems from Mahr or Mahr Federal) 

• Extensive calculation of input signals: ±A 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max-Min, Mean 

• Programmable either via the integrated membrane keyboard or 

RS232 interface via MS-Window configuration software 

• Programmable warning and tolerance limits, segment colors 

change from green to yellow or red when tolerances are exceeded 

• Backlit, two-line LCD for the display of measuring values, help tests 

and units of measurement 

• Three digital inputs (e.g. measuring start, master measurement) 

• Three digital outputs for GO - NO GO - rework, measuring time 

• Supplied with: Mains power supply plug 



Millimar S 1840 PE to connect pneumatic measuring devices 

Order no. 

S 1840 PE 2500:1 Z 5318450* 

S 1840 PE 5000:1 Z 5318451* 

S 1840 PE 10000:1 Z 5318452* 

Accessories 

Base foot with pressure reducer 1 x 5330910* 

Connection cable (9 pin D-Sub jack to D-Sub jack), 7024634* 

length 3 m 

Control unit with 3 push buttons 5318430* 

Foot switch for Millimar 5330955* 

Configuration software D1000 S 7090375* 



101 LED elements, 3-color 

Range and text display 7 characters LCD, 

14 segment, alphanumerical 

Measured value display 7 characters, 7 Segment 

Tolerance display via color range of the anlog display 

Display ranges ± 1, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 µm 

± .0001; .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; 

.3 inch or tolerance related 

Error limits 

10 x analog display 1 % (101 LEDs) 

Digital display 

± 1 digit 



Interfaces 




Analog output 

voltage 

Power supply 




(H x W x D) 

Weight 



3 opto-coupler 

outputs, 24 V, 10 mA 

3 opto-coupler 

inputs, 24 V, 100 mA 

1 V/mm 

90 V to 264 V, 47 Hz to 63 Hz 

20 VA 


ca. 487 x 47 x 144 mm 

ca. 1.6 kg

- 

7-40 


) Millimar S 1841 PE Intelligent recording and clear display of comples measuring tasks 

Description 

The Millimar S 1841 V signal sharing column amplifier is the ideal 

evaluation and display instrument for multi-gaging stations on the 

shop floor. 

It is the first instrument to combine the power of a cutting-edge 

measuring computer with the unrivalled clarity of a column amplifier. 

The result is a highly innovative instrument that can open entirely 

new dimensions for implementing your measuring tasks. 

You increase the reliability of your production processes since the 

measured values are extremely easy to read. 

You make a considerable contribution to the cost-effectiveness of 

your measuring equipment - the modular design of the concept 

means that the Millimar S 1841 V can also be adapted easily to 

the measuring tasks of the future. 

This measuring instrument features intuitive parameterization and 

will therefore be well received by your quality assurance personnel. 

Features 

Display 

Up to 4 indicating strips and operating columns can be mounted 

on a base unit 

• Three-color illuminated bar graph with warning and tolerance 

limits as an analog display 

• Two-line backlit LCD display to show the measuring values, help 

texts and measuring units 

• Up to 2 features can be simultaneously displayed per column 

Functions 

• 16 characteristics may be defined 

• A formula editor (80 characters) serves for the mathematical 

combination of input channels C1 to C16, using the 4 basic 

arithmetic operations including functions and parentheses 

• Static measurements: instantaneous value, square root, 

ARC tangent 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max - Min, Max + Min, 

mean value 

• Statistical functions: n, x-bar, S, Xmax, Xmin, R 

• Memory for 5000 measured values 

• Measurement is started / stopped via keyboard, digital input, 

RS232. 

Connections 

• 4 input modules can be fitted in the base unit, the following 

modules are available: 

• 4 inputs for inductive probes (compatible with either Mahr, Tesa, 

Marposs or Federal probes) 

• 2 inputs for incremental probes 

• 1 input for pneumatic measuring equipment 

• 4 inputs for D.C. voltage signals 


• Analog output 

• 6 digital inputs for start of measurement, master measurement/ 

zero setting, sending data 

• 12 digital outputs for up to 4 characteristics: GO - NO-GO - Rework 

classification, collective GO / NO-GO, measuring time, 10 classes, 

BCD interface, Go - out of warning limits - out of tolerance 


Input module for air gages 

1 input channel for air gages 

Measuring value recorder Piezo 

Supply pressure 2 bar ± 5 % 

> 4 bar before pressure reducer! 

Each module requires 1 pressure reducer 

Magnification Resolution Order no. 

2500:1 ± 50 µm 5331020* 

5000:1 ± 25 µm 5331021* 

10000:1 ± 12.5 µm 5331022* 

Millimar S 1841 

Order no. 

1 Indicating and operating column with base unit 5331001* 

2 Indicating and operating columns with base unit 5331002* 




+ 


7-41 


Bar graph 

101 LEDs per indicator unit, 3-color 


7-digit LCD, 14 segments, alphanumeric 


7-digit LCD, 7 segments 


Via color change of bar graph 

Display range ± 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000 µm 

± .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 


Measuring range, inductive probe 4000 (± 2000) µm or 400 (± 200) µm 

Resolution 

0.1 µm or 0.01 µm (digital display) 

Units 

mm / µm / inch 

Carrier frequency 

19.4 kHz (Mahr)/13 kHz (Tesa) 

Cutoff frequency 

40 Hz (-3 dB) 

Hold time of numerical display 

≤ 0.250 s 

Error limits 

– Scale division 10 ≤ 1 % (101 LEDs) 

– Numerical display ±1 digit 

– Analog output 5% fullscale 

– Digital output (RS232 and digital IO) ±1 digit 

Repetition limit of display 

1 digit 

Switch repetition limit 

≤ 0,1 mm 

Hysteresis 

Zero 

Hysteresis of scale display 

Zero 

Temperature coefficient 

± 0.005 %/°C 

Maximum number of connectable pick-ups 

Maximum 4 input modules of the following types: 

4x inductive probes of type Mahr, Tesa 

2x incremental probes of type Heidenhain 1Vp-p 

1x pneumatic input of type Mahr or Federal 

4x voltage signals ± 10 V, ± 5 V 

2 x temperature measurement 

Working temperature 0 °C to 45 °C 

Operating temperature 0 °C to 55 °C 

Storage temperature -15 °C to +55 °C 

Maximum relative humidity 

80 %, non-condensing 


6 opto-coupler inputs, 24 V / 10 mA 


12 opto-coupler outputs, 24 V / 100 mA 

Analog output 

– Voltage ± 4 V 

– Sensitivity adjustable 

– Maximum load resistor ≥ 2 k 

– Residual ripple Mahr < 0,5 % 

– Reference potential 0 V 

– Cutoff frequency ≥ 250 Hz 

Serial interface 

RS232C; 9-pin Sub-D for PC or printer 

Size of LCD field 

ca. 38 x 35 mm per display unit 

Dimensions (L x W x H) 

Max. 245 x 225 x 487 mm 

Weight 

Max. ca. 8.5 kg 

Power supply 

90 VAC to 264 VAC 

Power supply frequency 



max. 30 VA 

Sicherung 

Conformity 

Protection class IP53, IEC 60529 

2 A, time-lag fuse 

EN61010-1, EN55011,EN50082-2 

EMV- regulation 89/336/EWG

- 

7-42 Millimar. Pneumatic Length Metrology 

Millimar Air / Electronic Converter 

Description 

The use of air / electronic converters which convert the measuring 

signal (air pressure) into an electrical signal has made it possible to 

connect this robust metrology with modern electronic measuring data 

processing in measuring computers and the connection to 

QS systems. 

Main characteristics are: 

• Compact construction form 

• Robust housing made from one massive aluminum block 

• Splash-proof 

• Simple integration – can be set up side by side 

• Pressure regulator is separate from converter 

• Can be used together with all Mahr length measuring units 

• Can be set to all common magnifications (measuring range) 

• High stability from zero point and magnification 

• Low noise 

• Special measuring amplifier 1901 IC with direct current output 

available for measuring control 

Configuration and Mode of Operation 

Measuring nozzle, comparative nozzle (with pneumatic zero setter) 

and 2 pre-nozzles form a pneumatic bridge which contains a membrane. 

The shifting of the membrane due to the measuring pressure 

is recorded by an inductive measuring system. The output of the 

measuring system delivers a signal that is compatible with the carrier 

frequency systems of the Millimar units from Mahr. 

Converter X 1941 Converter 1940 

Sensor principle Piezo-electrical Inductive 

Output signal D. C. voltage Carrier frequency 

Meas. range in µm 100 / 50 / 25 100 / 50 / 25 

Combinable with SPS inputs Millimar units 

Millimar 1940. Air / Electronic Converter 

Air-controlled probes are becoming more and more widespread 

in dimensional metrology. Air / electronic converters convert the 

measuring signal (air pressure) into an electronic signal. 

Millimar 1940 is particularly well-suited to measurements with 

narrow tolerances. Its cutting-edge carrier frequency measuring 

system means it can be connected to the evaluation instruments in 

the same way as an inductive probe.

+ 


7-43 

Millimar X 1941 Air / Electronic Converter 

Air/electronic converters convert the signals from pneumatic 

measuring equipment (air pressure) into electrical signals. The piezoelectrical 

measuring system means that the Millimar X 1941 air / 

electronic converter can be finely aligned with most of the pneumatic 

systems on the market. The Millimar X 1941 has an analog signal 

output. It can therefore be very easily connected to the measuring 

computer and control system. 

Precision Pressure Reducers 

These devices create the normal pressure of 2 bar needed to 

operate the air/electronic converter from the overpressure of approx. 

5 bar. Since this pressure must be precisely constant, the precision 

pressure reducers from Mahr are prescribed for the operation of 

the converter Millimar 1940. 

The pressure reducers are deliverd in 3 different versions: 

• Precision pressure reducers without the possibility to block off the 

measuring air (standard version) 

• Precision pressure reducers with the possibility to block off the 

measuring air due to a pneumatic signal 

• Precision pressure reducers that block the measuring air can be 

conducted with an electrical signal (e.g. 24 V = from an SPC).

- 

7-44 Millimar. Engineered Solutions 

Millimar. Engineered Solutions 

Measuring instruments for dimensional metrology 

The design and manufacture of high-precision, reliable part-specific gages requires extensive 

metrological experience and expertise. Cutting-edge Millimar length measurement components provide 

reliable measuring instruments for a wide range of different workpiece geometries with different levels 

of automation. Our portfolio covers all the necessary project stages up to the point where the measuring 

device is handed over, ready for operation, to the customer. These include project planning, design, 

manufacture, assembly, putting into service and training. 

Millimar 

Probes 

Inductive probes 

Incremental probes 

Electronic indicating plug 

gages 

Pneumatic measuring 

devices 

Air / electronic converters 

Mahr 

Engineered Solutions 

Millimar 

Evaluation instruments 

Compact devices 

Column amplifiers 

Measuring computers 

Millimar 

Measuring instruments 

Measuring tables, see Chapter 8 

Universal measuring instruments 

Gages from standard elements

+ 


7-45 


The ever growing precision and productivity of machine tools is 

increasingly shaping the development of production technology. 

This is leading to improved stability and reliability in production 

processes. It also means full testing is no longer needed within the 

manufacturing chain. Nonetheless, the need for test equipment for 

use outside the production process is increasing accordingly. 

The requirements for these — generally — single-purpose measuring 

instruments are: 

• Appropriate precision in the mechanical sector which represents 

the core of the measuring instrument 

• Reliability, robust design and ergonomic handling for use in 

demanding production environments 

• Probes with appropriate resolutions and linearities for 

representing narrower and narrower manufacturing tolerances 

• Evaluation systems that take into account the increased speed of 

IT development and are able to condense measured values into 

statistical data and transfer this data to control consoles for 

process monitoring 

Electronic multi-gage measuring device to test 6x diameter and perpendicularity 

Project planning 

Workpiece drawings are used in close cooperation with the 

customer to define the requirements of the gage in terms of: 

Measurement task, test quantity, test scope, test cycle, recording 

and processing of measured values, loading and unload, level of 

automation, classification, evaluation, calibration, documentation, 

system environment, system interfaces, special acceptance testing 

regulations and much more. 

Design 

Experienced designers develop the ideal technical solution for your 

measuring task, taking into account all the special requirements that 

the measuring instrument needs to satisfy. A part-specific gage is 

produced based on the high-precision, reliable components in the 

Mahr Length Metrology product range. This includes an extensive 

amount of data relating to modules and assemblies for existing 

gages. 

Manufacture and assembly 

Taper jet air ring gage with 2 measuring paths on 2 planes each to test 4x 

diameter, 2x taper angle, 2x taper pitch 

Individual parts are manufactured and assembled by skilled experts 

in our DIN EN ISO 9001 and VDA 6.4 certified plant in Göttingen. 

Putting into service 

Instruments can be put into service, including integration into the 

production line, and acceptance testing can be performed either at 

the Mahr plant or at the installation location. If required, this can 

also be done in accordance with the customer’s own procedures 

and/or internal standards (i.e. measuring instrument compatibility 

certificate). 

Jet air plug gage mounted on a floating bearing with position query to diameter and 

determination of position

- 

7-46 


Pneumatic Measuring Devices for Inside and Outside Diameter Measurement 

Pneumatic measurements with jet air gages is a non-contact 

measurement with high resolution and low workspace requirement. 

An extremely small distance between different measurement 

planes can be selected. 

The corresponding arrangement of jet air gages enables not only 

diameter to be measured, but also form tolerances such as cylinder 

form, taper angle, straightness etc. 

Valve seat plug 

Due to the smallest size possible, they are suitable for small inside 

and outside diameters (valve guide bores) and do not require a great 

amount of maintenance. 

They can be used for low workpiece tolerances (mainly used for 

ground workpieces or workpieces with precision bores Rz

+ 


7-47 

Air ring and plug gages are adjusted to fit the customer's specific 

measuring task, just like the tactile versions are. 

This makes all plug gages, but also ring gages, purely special models. 

Product range: 

• Plug gages for through bores 

• Blind bore plug gages 

• Special multi-gaging plugs gages 

• Ring / plug gages with 2 or more jet air nozzles on the periphery 

• Ring / plug gages with several measuring planes 

• Ring / plug gages in incremental models 

• Special measuring devices 

• Straightness plugs 

• Mating measuring devices 

• Taper plug (SK, HSK, MK among others) and ring gages 

Three-step air plug gage 

Measuring devices for taper measurement 

Millipneu taper jet air plug gages and taper jet air ring gages as well 

as tactile taper plug gages are used for the rational testing of morse, 

steep, metrical and special tapers. 

With taper plug gages, inside tapers are measured and outside tapers 

with taper ring gages. 

The taper measuring devices with 2 measuring planes can determine 

the characteristics diameter and taper pitch/taper angle. 

Taper measuring devices with 3 or more measuring planes enable 

the evaluation of the features diameter, taper angle/taper pitch and a 

statement as to the convexity. 

By additionally attaching an inductive probe to taper measuring 

devices, the insertion depth can be determined. 

Taper air plug gage with taper attachment 

Taper air plug gage with fixed attachment

- 

7-48 


Multi-Gaging Unit for Radial Run-Out / Axial Run-Out Relative to Reference Planes 

Measuring unit for radial run-out/axial run-out using the 

example of pulleys 

The measuring unit can be designed as a manual or semi-automatic 

version. The measuring unit can be loaded manually or automatically. 

After positioning the workpiece and leaving the work area of the 

measuring machine, the procedure is started via SPC. The vertical 

measuring unit for diameter and flatness then advances. 

The swivel movement is motorized. Measuring value acquisition 

takes place dynamically for all measuring values. When the 

measurement ends, signals are passed on to the SPC. Scrap parts 

can be selected via a discarding process. 

The measuring process is conducted via a control (e.g. Siemens S7). 

The procedure itself requires customer-specific adaptations. 

The features are evaluated via a computer-controlled evaluation 

program (e.g. D 1200X), which takes the incoming measuring values, 

processes them according to customer specifications and puts them 

into the desired form of evaluation. 

Features to be measured: diameter, distance, axial run-out, radial 

run-out, height.

+ 


7-49 

Multi-Gage Measuring System for Connecting Rods 

Measuring system for cylinders shown with the example of 

connecting rods 

A semi-automatic measurement of cylindrical workpieces (e.g. 

connecting rods) can take place with a pneumatic or tactile method. 

Both methods may also be combined. 

The diameter of a connecting rod eye can e.g. be measured 

pneumatically, however, the thickness of the connecting rod eye 

must be measured with a probe. Both evaluations are then used 

to calculate the perpendicularity of the connecting rod eye to the 

supporting surface. 

After the precision positioning via a preceding tray which moves 

the workpiece into measuring position, the measuring head 

is automatically lowered into the measuring position (into the 

workpiece). The measurement is independent of the location. After 

the measuring values have been acquired, the measuring head and 

the preceding tray move back into their respective starting positions. 

The measuring process is conducted via a control (e.g. Siemens S7) 

and the movements are conducted pneumatically. The procedure 

itself requires customer-specific adaptations. 

The features are evaluated via a computer-controlled evaluation 

program (e.g. D1200X), which takes the incoming measuring values, 

processes them according to customer specifications and puts them 

into the desired form of evaluation. 

Features to be measured: diameter, ovality, rods, offset, parallelism, 

thickness, perpendicularity, etc.

- 

7-50 


Millimar. Standard Elements 

Flexible 

The modular concept using Millimar standard elements is continued 

throughout the construction of the whole system. A generous 

amount of travel in the styli (up to 20 mm / 0.79") allows a high 

degree of flexibility in terms of the variety of testpieces that can be 

accommodated. 

Precise 

The Millimar standard elements are specially designed for use in 

the workshop and are manufactured using a rigorous process. This 

guarantees that the measuring devices give stable and reliable 

measurements. 

For example, using styli fitted with two ball-bearing guides for 

supporting the moving part, it is possible to achieve measurement 

accuracy at the μm scale, if this is required due to the tolerances 

of the feature being measured. 

Reliable 

Modular 

The use of Millimar standard elements allows multi-gage meas-uring 

devices to be designed and implemented for the widest possible 

range of workpieces, e.g. rotationally symmetrical and 

non-rotationally symmetrical parts. 

Rotationally symmetrical workpieces can be mounted between 

centers or on prismatic supports, whereas non-rotationally 

symmetrical workpieces often require a special holder. 

Versatile 

The versatility of the Millimar standard elements means that the right 

solution can be provided, whatever the measurement task at hand. 

Whether it's a question of external, internal or length measurements, 

the Millimar standard elements will be able to meet your 

requirements, even in the case of complex workpiece geometries. 

Thanks to the space-saving design of the styli, a high number 

of measuring points can be inspected within a small area of the 

testpiece. 

The pneumatic lifting mechanisms integrated into the measuring 

elements simplify the job of moving the testpiece into the 

measuring position and reduce the amount of wear on the styli. 

All components are long-lasting and low-maintenance thanks o 

the use of rust-proof materials, the selection of appropriate heat 

treatments, and the use of a lifting mechanism to minimize the 

effects of friction acting on the styli when the workpiece is inserted. 

Economical 

Our systems can either be constructed by the customer from 

standard elements obtained from the catalogue, or alternatively 

we can provide ready-built devices as turn-key solutions. Whichever 

option you choose, you can be sure that you are purchasing a system 

that is tailored to your specific requirements on the most favorable of 

terms. 

Below are just a few examples of the many factors that contribute to 

the cost effectiveness of the Millimar standard elements: 

• Reusability of standard elements: Once manufacture of a partic-ular 

type of workpiece has ceased, all standard elements used 

in the test equipment can be reused for a different type of 

workpiece. 

• A choice of different mechanisms for guiding the moving part of 

the stylus, according to the accuracy requirements of the 

measuring task (optimal price-performance ratio). 

• Reduction in development and implementation time. 

• Availability of the equipment: Our standard elements are 

manufactured under standard production conditions and are 

always available off the shelf and ready to use.

+ 


7-51 

FP 1500 gage module 

Travel distance: 5 - 10 - 20 mm 

XY tables 

Travel distance: 2.5 - 5 - 7 mm 

Styli 

Angular adjustment 

0 - 30 - 45 - 60 - 90° 

Specialized catalog available on request.

- 

7-52 


Standardized Measuring Devices 

Vertical measuring device with pivoting clamping of 

workpiece between centers 

These measuring devices allow inspection of diameter, length, 

and radial and axial run-out for rotationally symmetrical parts. 

Measuring device with rotary table 

Measuring devices with rotary table allow combined external and 

internal measurements and automatic radial and axial run-out 

testing. 

Horizontal measuring device with clamping of workpiece 

on prisms or between centers, including workpiece 

loading table 

The horizontal measuring device allows workpieces to be held on 

prismatic supports or between centers. This system is particularly 

suitable for heavy workpieces. 

The workpiece can be loaded into the workpiece holder 

away from the actual measuring station.

+ 


7-53 

Customized Measuring Devices 

Customized measuring devices 

Complete design and build service for automatic machines for 

integration into production lines. 

Measurement results can be evaluated online to allow tool 

adjustments, statistical analysis, etc. 

Automated measuring machines 

Workpieces can be placed by robots, for example. 

Loading and lifting is then carried out automatically. 

The various gage modules are connected to our industrial measuring 

computer. 

The Millimar D1200X software provides display and analysis of 

static and dynamic measurements and form deviations.

- 

MarStand. Indicator Stands, Comparator Stands, Run out Testing Instruments 

your stable partner for manufacturing. 

Marstand. 

The latest information on MARSTAND products can 



marStand Indicator Stands , Comparator Stands and Run out Testing Instruments offer high stablity which ensures 

precise measurements . Whether you are using a dial indicator, a dial comparator, a test indicator or a measuring 

probe you will always have the best possible support .

+ 


MarStand. Indicator Stands, Comparator 

Stands, Run out Testing Instruments 

Indicator Stands 

MarStand 815 GN 8- 2 

With Cast Iron Base 

MarStand 815 MA / 815 MB / 815MG / 815 P 8- 3 

With Magnetic Base 

Post & Support Arm Assemblies 

MarStand 815 XN / 815 XMA / 815 XMB / 8- 5 

815 XMS / 815 XMG / 815 XP 

With Mounting Thread and / or T-slot 

Magnetic Bases 

MarStand 815 Y / 815 YP 8- 5 

Center Bench 

MarStand 818 8- 6 

With moveable Tail Stocks and Support Arms 

Comparator Stands 

MarStand 820 N / 820 NC / 820 FC / 820 NG / 820 FG 8- 8 

Small Version 

MarStand 821 NG / 821 FG 8- 10 

Large Version 

MarStand 824 NT / 824 FT / 824 GT 8- 11 

Heavy Version 

Modular Units 

MarStand 827 b 8- 12

- 

8- 


Indicator Stand 815 GN 

Features 

• Rugged base ensures both 

maximum stability and 

sturdiness 

• The upper side of the base has 

a convenient hand grip 

• Moves easily over surfaces 

without vibration 

• Front of the base is ground to 

allow movement of the stand 

along edges and rules 

• Stable due to the three point 

support 

• Support arm can be finely 

adjusted 

• Post and support arm are 


• Indicator can be rotated 

through ± 90° 

b 

ø8 

34 

d 

a 

c 

e 


Total height Max. projection Post dia. Base Fine Mounting Weight Order no. 

with base of support arm surface adjustment hole (excludes 

a b c d e range indicating 

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg instrument) 

300 185 18 14 150 x 150 2 8H7 4.2 4413000 

500 200 25 18 190 x 180 2 8H7 9 4413001 

750 230 35 25 190 x 180 2 8H7 10 4413005

+ 


8- 

Indicator Stand 815 MA with magnetic base 

8 

40-230 

Features 

11 

50-100 

18 

14 

220 

285 

• Support arm with two joints 

• Base has a powerful 

ON/OFF permanent magnet 

• Magnetic force is active 

across the surfaces and the 

V-shaped bottom plus the 

front of the base 




adjusted 

140 

70 x 46 


Total height V-way for Magnetic Fine adjust- Mounting Weight Order no. Order no. 

with base shaft dia. force ment range hole (excludes indicating wooden 

mm mm N mm mm kg instrument) case 

285 20 - 100 450 2 8H7 2.5 4416000 4416001 

Indicator Stand 815 MB with magnetic base 

Features 

ø8 

34 

50-190 

ø14 

ø18 

220 

285 

• Support arm with one joint 










adjusted 

• Indicating instrument can be 

rotated through ± 90° 

140° 

70 x 46 



with base shaft dia. force ment range hole (excludes indicating wooden 


285 20 - 100 450 2 8H7 2.2 4417000 4416001

- 

8- 


Indicator Stand 815 MG with flexible stem 

7 270 

34 

ø8 

M10 

Features 

• Flexible in any direction, arm 

can be locked in position 

• The sleeves and grounded 

steel balls of the stem are 

compressed with a strong 

steel cable 

• Clamping force is adjustable 








adjusted 





with base shaft dia. force ment range bore (excludes indicating wooden 


350 20 - 100 450 1.5 8H7 1.9 4420000 4416001 

Indicator Stand 815 P with magnetic base 

40-130 

Features 

ø8 

34 

ø11 

ø14 

205 

• Support arm has one joint 

• Sturdy circular base with 

permanent magnet 




adjusted 



ø40 


Total height Magnetic Fine adjust- Mounting Weight Order no. 

with base force ment range bore (excludes indicating 

mm N mm mm kg instrument) 

205 250 1,5 8H7 0,7 4422000

+ 


8- 

Post and Support Assemblies 815 X 

For application in inspection equipment for conducting length and 

concentricity (run-out) tests 

40-230 

50-200 

ø8 

815 XN 

for mounting in a T-slot 

• Two joints 

• Knurled nut for clamping to 

the post 




Order no. 4424000 

ø8 

50-100 

6 

ø18 

17 

ø11 

245 

ø14 

10,5 

4,5 

815 XMS 

especially stable version with 

mounting thread 

• One joint 




Post height 

Order no. 

285 mm 4435011 

485 mm 4435015 

34 

ø8 

34 

ø25 

M16 

ø18 

285 

485 

14 

815 XMA 

with mounting thread 

• Two joints 




Order no. 4424005 

8 

50-100 

40-230 

18 

11 

14 

220 

815 XMG 


• Flexible in any direction, arm 

can be locked in position 


Order no. 4424010 

7 270 

10 

M10 

M10 

815 XMB 


ø8 

50-190 

815 XP 


34 

ø8 

ø11 

• One joint 




34 

ø14 

220 

• One joint 




40-130 

ø14 

175 

Order no. 4424006 

ø18 

Order no. 4424015 

10 

5,5 

M10 

M8 x 0,75 

Magnetic Bases 815 Y 

For the setting up of inspection equipment or as a base for adjusting 

devices on machine tools. 

815 YM Standard Version 



• With threaded mounting hole 

• V-groove in base 

• Front is flat 

• Magnetic force 450 N 

Order no. 4425000 

12 

15 

140° 

M10 

65 

815 YP Round Version 

• Permanent magnet plus 

threaded mounting hole 

• Underside of the base is flat 

• Magnetic force 250 N 

Order no. 4425002 

6 

ø40 

M8 x 0,75 

30 

70 x 46

- 

8- 


Center Bench 818 

Features 

• Ideal for quick and accurate 

concentricity / run-out checks 

Bench: 

• Flatness of the surface is in 

accordance to DIN 876/1 

• Two T-slots for Tailstock and 

/ or Support Arm 

Tailstock: 

• Both Tailstocks can be 

relocated (slide into position) 

• The Tailstock on the right 

side has a retractable (spring 

actuated) 

precision aligned center 

• The Tailstocks have a peak 

height of 75 mm with a 90° 

prism for workpieces without 

a center, to a diameter of 

20 mm (0.79“) 

Support Arm 818 XNB: 

• Support arm with one joint 

• with fine adjustment 


Height of Distance Base size Lateral and/or height T-slot Weight Order no. 

centers between centers (L x W) difference of Tailstocks width (excludes indicating 

mm mm mm mm mm kg instrument) 

50 0 - 200 350 x 110 0,01 10H7 8 4622200 

75 0 - 350 500 x 110 0,01 10H7 12 4622201 

100 0 - 450 700 x 180 0,01 12H7 35 4622202 

150 0 - 450 700 x 180 0,01 12H7 38 4622203 

Center Bench 818 with V-support 

V-support Base size T-slot Weight Order n. 

height (L x W) width (excludes indicating 

mm mm mm kg instrument) 

70 350 x 110 10H7 6.5 4622260 

70 500 x 110 10H7 9.5 4622261 

120 700 x 180 12H7 30 4622262 

Center Bench 818 with Roller support 

Roller support Base size T-slot Weight Bestell-Nr. 

height (L x W) width (excludes indicating 

mm mm mm kg instrument) 

70 350 x 110 10H7 6.5 4622250 

70 500 x 110 10H7 9.5 4622251 

120 700 x 180 12H7 30 4622252

+ 


8- 

Modular Units 818 for individual center benches 

Accessories 

818 pe V-support anvils in pairs 

Center height Dia. range Order no. 

mm 

mm 

50 / 75 3 - 15 4622210 

100 8 - 45 4622211 

818 pe 

818 ab 

818 pb V-support in pairs 

Height Dia. range T-slot Order no. 

width 

mm mm mm 

70 5 - 20 10 4622215 

120 5 - 45 12 4622216 

818 pb 

818 ab Roller support in pairs 

Height Dia. range T-slot Order no. 

width 

mm mm mm 

70 3 - 20 10 4622220 

120 3 - 45 12 4622221 

Supporting table 

Center height Base size Order no. 

(L x W) 

mm 

mm 

50 350 x 110 4622265 

75 500 x 110 4622266 

100 / 150 700 x 180 4622267 

Pointed support in pairs 

Center height 

mm 

Order no. 

50 4622270 

75 4622271 

100 4622272 

150 4622273 

Support arm 818 XNB 

Center height Support Arm Order no. 

Dia. Length 

mm mm mm 

50 / 75 18 210 4622275 

100 18 260 4622276 

150 18 360 4622277

- 

8- 


Small Comparator Stands 820 

820 N 

Features 

• Sturdy design 

• Plate is made from either 

hardened steel or black granite 

or ceramic 

• Rugged ground post made of 

stainless steel 

• Fine adjustment, consisting of 

a strong, rigid parallel spring 

assembly (Small Comparator 

Stands 820 FG and 820 FC) 

• Adjustable support arm of a 

indicating instrument 

ø25 

175 

131 

52,5 

ø8H7 

0,2/100 A 

ø50 

A 

35 a 

80 

125 

820 N 


Working Flatness Mountig Fine Weight Order no.* Remarks 

range tolerance hole adjustment 

a (DIN 876) range 

mm Grade mm mm kg 

820 N 0 - 110 steel 00 8H7 2.6 4430000 

820 NG 0 - 130 granite 0 8H7 3.2 4430100 

820 FG 0 - 130 granite 0 8H7 ± 0.2 3.2 4431100 fine adjustment 

820 NC 0 - 110 ceramic 00 8H7 4.0 4432100 

820 FC 0 - 110 ceramic 00 8H7 ± 0.2 4.0 4433100 fine adjustment 

* excludes indicating instrument

+ 


8- 

Small Comparator Stands 820 

820 FC 820 FG 

820 FC 820 FG 

ø25 

12 

ø25 

12 

80 

216,5 

180 

67,5 

40 

80 A 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

20 

58 a 

228,5 

180 

25 

67,5 

A 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

45 a 

100 

155 

100 

160 

Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for out of 

roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer to 

Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

- 

8-10 


Large Comparator Stands 821 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design 

• Plate is made from lapped 

black granite 

• Heavy duty post and 

adjustable support arm for 

maximum stability 

• Support arm has a fall brake 



assembly (Large Comparator 

Stand 821FG) 

• Post made from stainless steel 

and precision ground 

ø35 

(ø50) 

ø25 

(ø30) 

240 

(330) 

12 

300 

(500) 

375 

(675) 

90-200mm 

(95-280mm) 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

a 

65 

(105) 

A 

35 

(45) 

70 

(100) 

200 

(300) 

300 

(400) 

821 FG 


Working Flatness Mounting Fine Weight Order no.* Remarks 

range tolerance hole adjustment 

a (DIN 876) range 

mm Grade mm mm kg 

821 NG 0 - 250 0 8H7 - 15.8 4435100 

0 - 430 0 8H7 - 48 4435110 

821 FG 0 - 250 0 8H7 ± 0.2 15.8 4435101 Fine adjustment 

0 - 430 0 8H7 ± 0.2 48 4435111 Fine adjustment 

* excludes indicating instrument 

Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for 

out of roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer 

to Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

+ 


8- 1 1 

Heavy Comparator Stands 824 

Features 

Basic Units 

• Sturdy, T-shaped base which is 

made from a special cast iron 

• Extremely stable 



assembly 

• Support arm has a rotation 

lock, height of the arm via the 

toothed rack is adjustable 

Plates 

• Measuring faces are hardened 

and lapped 

• Longitudinal grooves 

• Plates for sum measurements 

have a 8H7 mm mounting 

hole for Inductive Probes 

Precision Stand 824 NT 

Without fine adjustment 


Precision Stand 824 FT 

With fine adjustment, consisting 

of a strong, rigid parallel spring 

assembly 

Precision Stand 824 GT 

For Large Type Millimess. With 

fine adjustment by way of 

vertical movement of the 

mounting socket 

Basic Unit 

Working Mounting Fine adjust- Weight Order no.* 

range hole ment range 

mm mm mm kg 

824 NT 0 - 210 8H7 - 17 4442100 

824 FT 0 - 210 8H7 ± 0.2 19 4443100 

824 GT 0 - 200 28H7 ± 1.5 18 4444200 

* excludes indicating instrument, 

excludes plate 

Plates 

Plate size Flatness Mounting Weight Order no. Remarks 

tolerance 

hole 

mm µm mm kg 

827 b 31 100 x 40 1 1.2 4082731 for single measurement 

827 b 32 100 x 40 1 8H7 1.0 4082732 for sum measurement 

827 b 33 130 x 130 1 2.5 4082733 for single measurement 

827 b 34 130 x 130 1 8H7 2.5 4082734 for sum measurement 

Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for 

out of roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer 

to Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

- 

8-12 


Modular Units 827 for individual comparator stands 

For the combination of comparator stands for special tasks, to adapt 

existing stands as well as the incorporation into inspection 

equipment for all types of length measurements. 

Base with Post 

827 b 5 

ø50 

• T-shaped base which is made 

from a special cast iron 

• Post has a chrome finish 

Order no. 4082705 

400 

330 

Support Arms 

827 b 16 

ø50 

• Mounting hole 8 mm 

• Without fine adjustment 

Order no. 4082716 

827 b 17 

ø50 




assembly 

ø8H7 

ø8H7 

Order no. 4082717 

125 

125 

827 b 18 

ø28H7 

ø50 



Order no. 4082718 

827 b 19 

ø8H7 

ø50 

827 b 19 

• Support arm with dovetail 

guide 

Order no. 4082719 

12-120 

827 b 14 

• With probe holder, mounting 

hole 8 mm 

Order no. 4082714 

125 

125 

827 b 14

+ 


8- 1 3 

Modular Units 827 for individual comparator stands 

Plates 

827 b 31 

40 

100 

40 

• For single measurement 

• Hardened and lapped 

• Reversible 

• Measuring surface has 

longitudinal grooves 

• Flatness deviation 1 µm 

Order no. 4082731 

827 b 32 

40 

100 

40 

• For sum measurement 

• Measuring surface has 

longitudinal grooves, 


• With mounting hole 

8H7 mm/ .375“ and a clamp 

for inductive probes 


Order no. 4082732 

827 b 33 

12 

40 

130 

130 

• For single measurement 

• Large measuring surfaces 

which has longitudinal 

grooves, hardened and lapped 


Order no. 4082733 

827 b 34 

12 

40 

130 

130 

• For sum measurement 

• Large measuring surfaces 

which have longitudinal 

grooves, hardened and lapped 

• With mounting hole 

8H7 mm/ .375“ and a clamp 

for inductive probes 


Order no. 4082734 

Adjustable Stop 

827 b 35 

70 

• Ensures that a work piece is 

correctly positioned 

• To be attached to plates 

827 b 31 and 827 b 32 

Order no. 4082735 

Attachment Stand 

827 b 36 

ø7,5 

• With adjustment screws for 

parallel alignment of 2 plan 

surfaces 

• Particularly suitable for 

mounting Pin Gages 426 M 

• To be attached to plates 

827 b 31 and 827 b 32 

Order . 4082736

- 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments 

The benchmark of indicating measuring instruments. 

Marameter. 

The latest information on marameTER products can 



MaraMeter is the ideal measuring instrument for highly precise measurements of internal and external diameters on either 

an individual part or on serial components. Our indicating measuring instruments obtain the best results due to their constant 

measuring force, their exact transmission lever system as well as their high parallelism on the measuring faces. For special 

measuring tasks such as threads, teeth, grooves or precision mechanical parts MaraMeter offers the right solution.

+ 



Indicating Measuring Instruments for Outside Dimensions, 

Indicating Snap Gages 

MaraMeter 840 F / 840 FC / 840 FH / 840 FG / 840 FM 9- 2 

With fixed or interchangeable measuring faces 

MaraMeter 840 FS 9- 12 

For direct measurement on the machine tool 

MaraMeter 840 E 9- 14 

For extremely high precision 

MaraMeter 852 / 852 TS / 853 9- 15 

For threads, pitches, roots, serrations 

Portable Thickness Gages 

MaraMeter 838 A / 838 B / 838 AB 9- 20 

With digital or analog display 

Caliper Gages 

MaraMeter 838 TA / 838 EA / 838 TI / 838 EI 9- 22 

With digital or analog display 

Depth Gages 

MaraMeter 837 9- 27 

Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Dimensions 

MaraMeter 844 D 9- 28 

Indicating Plug Gage for rapid testing of serial components 

MaraMeter 844 K / 844 N / 844 NH 9- 35 

Self-centering Dial Bore Gage 

MaraMeter 844 Z 9- 44 

Dial Bore Gage for internal serrations

- 

9- 


MaraMeter. Indicating Snap Gages 840 F / 840 FC 

overview 

The Indicating Snap Gages MaraMeter 840 F / 840 FC are ideal for highly accurate and 

reliable results on cylindrical work pieces with a narrow tolerance. 

Adjustable center stop for the 

automatic alignment of the work 

piece 

All indicating 

instruments with an 

8 mm mounting shank 

can be used 

Fine adjustment 

Rugged, forged steel frame with 

heat insulators 

The measuring faces have excellent 

flatness and parallelism 

Both anvils are available in either 

hardened stainless steel, carbide 

tipped or ceramic (840 FC) 

Measuring spindle has a lever 

controlled retraction and is 

mounted in a long guide way 

Constant measuring 

force

+ 


9- 

Advantages of the Snap Gage 840 F compared to a Micrometer 

• Reduced Measuring 

Uncertainity 

 

The MaraMeter Indicating 

Snap Gages have a notably 

reduced measuring 

uncertainty in comparison to 

to a Micrometer. 

 

Micrometer 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 F 

 

Uncertainty U in % 

 

 

 

 

 

Work piece tolerance in µm 

Measuring Uncertainty U is dependent upon the tolerance of the work piece 

• Better utilization of 

the tolerance zone 

Work piece tolerance = 25 µm 

Example: 

Work piece tolerance 25 µm 

 

Uncertainty range Range of certainty Uncertainty range 

 

The measured value in the 

uncertainty range can lie 

outside of the tolerance 

range, therefore the utilized 

tolerance of the micrometer is 

reduced to only 32% (8 µm). 

 

 

 

 

 

With a MaraMeter Indicating 

Snap Gage 840 F, 83% 

(20.8 µm) of the work piece 

tolerance can be utilized. 

 

 

 

 

 

Uncertainty Range of Uncertainty 

range certainty range 

Advantage: 

With the Indicating Snap Gage the tolerance zone can be used to far greater extent, thus reducing the 

production costs.

- 

9- 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Outside Dimensions 

Indicating Snap Gages 840 F / 840 FC MaraMeter F 

Features 

• For cylindrical parts such as 

shafts, bolts and spindles, for 

thickness and length 

measurements 

• Rugged, forged steel frame 



in long guide way with levercontrolled 

retraction 

• Anvil spindle can easily be fine 

adjusted 

• Measuring spindle and anvil 


hardened stainless steel, 

carbide-tipped or ceramic 

(840 FC) measuring faces 

• Adjustable center stop for 

automatic alignment 

• Maximum wear resistance due 

to non-contact positioning in 

conjunction with carbide 

tipped measuring faces 

• Constant measuring force as 

a result of built-in spring, thus 

eliminating user influence 

• Universally applicable and 

extremely versatile. Each 

instrument spans a broad 

measuring range, within this 

range any dimension and fit 

can be very quickly and 

easily adjusted 


Wooden case, steel flat 

contact points 903 


Measuring Repeatability Distance of Measuring** Measuring face Order no.* 

range 

moveable anvil force Flatness Parallelism 

mm f w µm mm N µm µm 

840 F 0 - 25 ≤ 0.5 2 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 1 4450000 

25 - 60 ≤ 0.5 2 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 2 4450001 

50 - 100 ≤ 1 2.5 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 2 4450002 

100 - 150 ≤ 1 2.5 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 2 4450003 

150 - 200 ≤ 1 2.5 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 2 4450004 

840 FC 0 - 25 ≤ 1 2 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 1 4450100 

25 - 60 ≤ 1 2 7.5 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 2 4450101 

* Excludes indicating instrument ** Further measuring forces are available on request

l 

+ 


9- 

Indicating Instruments 

All indicating instruments that has a 8 mm mounting shank may be 

used. Recommended are: 

Dial Comparator readings Order no. 

Compramess 1004 5 µm 4333000 

Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 

Millimess 1003XL 2 µm 4334001 

Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 

Extramess 2000 0.2 µm, 0.5 µm, 1 µm 4346000 


2000 1003 

Digital Indicators see Chapter 5 

Electrical Indicating Instruments see Chapter 7 

k 

h 

Meas. range 0 - 25 25 - 60 50 - 100 100 - 150 150 - 200 

mm 

e 

a 

d 

b 

c 

g 

f 

a* 5 5 6.5 6.5 6.5 

b 97 140 193 258 316 

c 34 68 110 162 212 

d 8 9 10 12 12 

e 54 60 60 70 75 

f 65 77 103 141 171 

g 12 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 13 12 12 

k 23 25 28 31 31 

l 14 30 54 81 106 

* In initial position 

Accessories 

Reference Discs 390 see Chapter 13 

Gage Blocks see Chapter 13 

Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-11

l 

- 

9- 


Indicating Snap Gage 840 FH with interchangeable anvils 

840 FH 

Features 

• Measuring spindle and 

anvil spindle have precision 

tapered bores for mounting 

interchangeable anvils 40 He 


shafts, bolts and spindles 





retraction 


adjusted 


spindle and both made from 


• Maximum wear resistance 

due to non-contact 

positioning 


as a result of built-in spring, 

thus eliminating user influence 

• Universally applicable 

• All kinds of measurement 

problems can be solved 

with the broad range of 

interchangeable anvils 



contact points 903, spanner 

DIN 902-3.5 


Measuring range* Repeatability Distance of moveable anvil Measuring force Order no.** 

mm f w µm mm N 

840 FH 0 - 30 ≤ 1 2 7.5 4451000 

30 - 80 ≤ 1 2.5 7.5 4451005 

* Measuring is dependent upon the length of the anvils being used 

** Excludes indicating instrument 

k 

Meas. range 840 FH 

m (mm) 0 - 30 30 - 80 

e 

d 

n 

a 

m 

c 

b 

h 

g 

f 

a* 12.5 7.5 

b 140 193 

c 68 110 

d 9 10 

e 60 60 

f 77 103 

g 13 13 

h 13 13 

k 25 28 

l 34 59 

n** 2 2.5 


** Distance of moveable anvil

+ 


9- 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 FH with interchangeable anvils 

with tapered shank 

Catalog no. Features Order no. 

ø4 

40 He 0H* Flat faces 4152036 

40 He 1 Stepped flat faces 4152011 

40 He 1H* Stepped flat faces 4152033 

ø7,5 

10 

40 He 0H 

40 He 2 Stepped flat faces 4152012 

40 He 2H* Stepped flat faces 4152032 

40 He 3 Discs 4152013 

ø1 

2 

40 He 1 

40 He 4 Discs with V-groove 4152014 

40 He 5 Blades 4152015 

40 He 6 Offset blades 4152016 

ø2 

6 

40 He 2 

40 He 7 Recessed blades 4152017 

40 He 8 Recessed flat faces with 

V-grooves on sleeve 4152018 

40 He 9 Recessed flat faces with 

slip on support 4152019 

40 He 10 With clearance bores 4152020 

ø5 

ø2 

90° 

40 He 3 

40 He 4 

40 He 11 Point 4152021 

* Carbide version 

R 0,25 

40 He 5 

ø2 


4 

40 He 6 



R 0,25 



Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 


Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 



0,25 

ø2 

60° 

ø2 

40 He 7 

40 He 8 



ø2 

4 

4 

40 He 9 

Accessories 

4 

Spanner (Included in scope of supply) 

for 840 FH, to loosen anvils 

Order no. 4880210 

ø1,5 

5 

40 He 10 



R 0,25 

40 He 11 


l 

- 

9- 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FG with interchangeable anvils 

840 FG 

Features 

• Measuring spindle and 

anvil spindle have a M 2.5 

connection thread, thus 

enabling the use of interchangeable 

anvils that are also 

used in dial indicators and dial 

comparators 


shafts, bolts and spindles 





retraction 


adjusted 


spindle and both made from 




positioning 




• Universally applicable 

• All kinds of measurement 

problems can be solved 

with the broad range of 





Technische Daten 

Measuring range* Repeatability Distance of moveable anvil Measuring force Order no.** 

mm f w µm mm N 

840 FG 0 - 50* ≤ 0.5 2 7.5 4454000 

40 - 90* ≤ 0.5 2.5 7.5 4454001 

* Measuring is dependent upon the length of the anvils being used 


k 

Meas. range 840 FG 

m (mm) 0 - 50 40 - 90 

e 

n 

a 

m 

m+10mm 

c 

b 

d 

h 

g 

f 

a* 5 6.5 

b 140 193 

c 68 110 

d 9 10 

e 60 60 

f 77 103 

g 13 14 

h 13 13 

k 25 28 

l 34 59 

n** 2 2.5 


** Distance of moveable anvil

l 

l 

l 

+ 


9- 

Interchangeable Anvils for Indicating Snap Gage 840 FG 

Catalog no. Features 

order no. 

901 H Standard contact point with 

carbide ball, ball dia. 3 mm 4360002 

902 H Spherical contact point, 

with carbide face, 

R = 6 mm 

Length l in mm 

10 4360041 

15 4360043 

20 4360044 

6 5 

901 H 

M 2,5 

R 1,5 

904 H 

902 H 

M 2,5 

R 6 

906 H 

903 H 

M 2,5 

Ø4 

903 H* Flat contact point, carbide tipped 


6 4360101 

10 4360103 

15 4360105 

20 4360106 

904 H Conical contact point, 

carbide tipped 4360131 

907 

10 

M 2,5 

30° 

R 0,3 

908 H 

d 

M 2,5 

911 H 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

906 H Ball Contact Points 

R30 

with carbide ball, 

manufacuring tolerance ball dia. 0/-6 µm 

ø11,3 

5 

ø12 

5 

10 

ø1 

2 

Ball dia. d l order no. Ball dia. d l Order no. 

mm mm mm mm 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 

Catalog no. Features 

order no. 

907 Flat contact plates* 

steel, dia. 11.3 mm, A = 1 cm 2 4360200 

907 H Flat contact plates*, carbide tipped, 

dia. 7 mm 4360201 

908 Spherical contact plates, steel 4360210 

908 H Spherical contact plates, 

carbide tipped 4360211 

911 H Pin contact point, carbide tipped, 

dia. 1 mm, plan 4360240 

* When using a flat contact plate the opposite facing anvil must be a 

spherical contact plate. 






Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 


Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 



Accessories 



Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-11 


Electrical Indicating Instruments see Chapter 7

- 

9-10 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FM MaraMeter M with measuring jaws 

W k 

Features 

• For diameters of small hubs, 

registers, shoulders on shafts 

and groove widths as well as 

for tooth span Wk as indirect, 

reference-free determination of 

tooth thickness on spur gears 

with straight and helical teeth 





retraction 


adjusted 


to non-contact positioning 

in conjunction with carbidetipped 



spindle made of hardened 

stainless steel; with 

extending carbide-tipped 

measuring jaws 





extremely versatile, each 


measuring range, within 

this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly 

and easily adjusted 





Measuring Repeatability Measuring 

Measuring face 

range 

f w 

force Area Flatness Parallelism 

mm µm N mm µm µm 

Dimensions 

Tooth span 

measurements 

as per module m 

Order no.* 

840 FM 0 - 40 1 7.5 12 x 12 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 2 0.5 4452000 

40 - 80 1 7.5 12 x 12 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 0.5 4452001 

80 - 130 1 9 15 x 17 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 1.0 4452002 

130 - 180 1 9 15 x 17 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 1.0 4452003 

* Excludes indicating instrument 

Meas. range (mm) 0 - 40 40 - 80 80 - 130 130 - 180 

Dist mov. anvil (mm) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 

 

 

 

 

 

a* 14 14 19 15 

b 140 193 258 316 

c 68 110 162 212 

e 60 60 70 75 

f 77 103 141 171 

g 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 12 12 

k 25 28 31 31 

l 34 59 87 112 

m 12 12 17 17 

p 12 12 15 15 

t 11 11 17 17 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Accessories 

Indicating instruments, see Page 9-7 




+ 


9-11 

Accessories for Dial Indicators and Dial Comparators 

Holder 840 Fk for Dial Indicators and Dial Comparators 

840 Fk 

• For attaching to the following 


840 F/FC, 840 FH, 840 FG, 

840 FM and 852 

• Straight transfer of the spindle 

movement to the indicator 

• Following the Abbe principle 

allows an even higher degree 

of accuracy than the already 

excellent level obtained with 

the standard set-up employing 

90° transmission 

• When the indicating 

instrument is in the shown 

position it is often easier to 

read 

• For stationary application 

when in conjunction with the 

Stand 840 Ff 

Catalog no. Suitable for instruments with measuring ranges (mm) order no. 

840 F/FC 840 FH 840 FG 840 FM 852 

840 Fk/1 0 - 25 4450050 

840 Fk/2 25 - 60 0 - 30 0 - 50 0 - 40 0 - 45 4450051 

840 Fk/3 50 - 100 30 - 80 40 - 90 40 - 80 45 - 85 4450052 

100 - 150 80 - 130 85 - 140 

840 Fk/4 { 4450053 

150 - 200 130 - 180 140 - 190 } 

Stand 840 Ff 

• For stationary application in 

conjunction with the following 


840 F/FC, 840 FH, 840 FG, 

840 FM, 840 E and 852 

• User has both hands free for 

insertion of work piece and 

retraction of moving spindle 

• Indicating instrument is always 

in operator’s field of vision 

• Rugged, rigid cast-iron stand 

with clamp for locking the 

indicating snap gage 

• Indicating snap gage is locked 

in mounting hole for dial 

comparator 

• Only in conjunction with 

Holder 840 Fk 

840 Ff 

Catalog no. Suitable for instruments with measuring ranges (mm) order no. 

840 F/FC 840 FH 840 FG 840 FM 840 E 852 

840 Ff 0 - 25 

{ 25 - 60 

0 - 30 0 - 50 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 45 4450020

- 

9-12 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FS MaraMeter S 

Merkmale 

• For all kinds of cylindrical work pieces, whether directly on a 

machine tool or in the production control 

• Rigid frame; convenient handle with heat insulators open on one 

end to eliminate heat transfer from user’s hand 

• Both spindles are made of hardened stainless steel and mounted in 

long guide ways 

• Carbide-tipped measuring faces slightly chamfered at the front to 

facilitate positioning 

• Projects over width of frame for measurement of narrow registers 

or when measuring directly at shoulders 

• Maximum accuracy. Straight transfer of spindle movement to 

indicator. During the measurement, the weight of the gage rests on 

the anvil spindle 

• Adjustable center stop for automatic alignment 

• Indicating instrument is protected against possible impact during 

handling by a laterally projecting guard 

• Direct indication and evaluation of measurement results 

• Universally applicable and extremely versatile, each instrument 

spans a broad measuring range, within this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly and easily adjusted 

• Constant measuring force as a result of built-in spring, thus 



Wooden case, Allen key 


Measuring Repeatability Measuring Distance of Measuring faces Weight Order no.* 

range force moveable Flatness Parallelism 

f w 

anvil 

mm µm N mm µm µm kg 

840 FS 10 - 30 1 13.5 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 0.6 4455000 

840 FS 30 - 60 1 13.5 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 0.9 4455001 

840 FS 60 - 100 1 13.5 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 1.3 4455002 

840 FS 100 - 150 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 1.7 4455003 

840 FS 150 - 200 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 2.0 4455004 

840 FS 200 - 250 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 2.2 4455005 

840 FS 250 - 300 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 3 2.5 4455006 

840 FS 300 - 350 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 4 3.3 4455007 

840 FS 350 - 400 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 4 3.3 4455008 

840 FS 400 - 450 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 4 4.3 4455009 

840 FS 450 - 500 1 15 0.7 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 4 4.7 4455010 

* Excludes indicating instrument

+ 


9-13 


Dimensions 

a 

Meas. range dia. d a b c e f g h 

mm 

c 

b 

d 

e 

f 

10 - 30 18 37 46 154 87 161 17 15 

30 - 60 18 45 51 199 122 196 17 15 

60 - 100 22 56 62 260 154 228 20 18 

100 - 150 22 71 62 335 189 263 20 18 

150 - 200 22 71 62 385 214 288 20 18 

200 - 250 22 71 62 436 248 322 20 18 

250 - 300 22 71 62 487 280 354 20 18 

300 - 350 22 71 62 537 310 384 20 18 

350 - 400 22 71 62 587 350 424 20 18 

400 - 450 22 71 62 637 380 454 20 18 

450 - 500 22 71 62 687 410 484 20 18 

g 

h 

Accessories 






Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 

Millimess 1003 XL 2 µm 4334001 

Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 



2000 1003 



- 

9-14 


Electronic Snap Gage 840 E MaraMeter E for extremely high accuracy 

Features 

• Inductive measuring system incorporated directly into frame 

• Readings selectable down to 0.01 µm 

• Rugged, forged steel frame with heat insulators 

• Measuring spindle mounted in extra long guideway with levercontrolled 

retraction 

• Anvil spindle can easily be fine adjusted 

• Measuring spindle and anvil spindle made of hardened stainless 

steel; measuring faces carbide-tipped 

• Adjustable center stop for automatic alignment 

• Extremely accurate due to the straight transfer of spindle 

movement to the inductive measuring system according to the 

Abbe principle 

• Universally applicable and extremely versatile, each instrument 

spans a broad measuring range, within this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly and easily adjusted 

• Maximum wear resistance due to non-contact positioning in 

conjunction with carbide-tipped measuring faces 

• Constant measuring force as a result of built-in spring, thus 



Wooden case 


Measuring 

range 

Readings / 

Resolution 

adjustable to* 

Measuring force 

Measuring 

faces 

dia. 

Repeatability 

f w 

Measuring 

faces 

Parallelism 

Order no.** 

mm µm N mm µm µm 

840 E 0 - 25 0.01 4.5 7.5 ≤ 0.1 ≤ 0.3 4453000 

* Depending upon which indicating instrument is being used 


Accessories 



Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-11 

Recommended indicating instruments: 

Electrical indicating instruments; recommended are C 1216M, 

C 1208M and 1240; please refer to Chapter 7 

C 1208M 

1240

+ 


9-15 

Indicating Bench Snap Gage 852 TS 

Features 

Applications 





outside diameters of all kinds 

of external threads as well as 

serrations 

• For thickness and length 

measurement 

• Particularly suited for batch 

produced parts 

• Rugged steel frame, can be 

inclined up to 45° from the 

sturdy base 



hardened stainless steel, 

with mounting bore for 

insertion of interchangeable 

anvils 

• Anvil spindle can easily be 

fine adjusted 

• Height adjustable stop 





extremely versatile, each 



• Scope of supply: 

TC-tipped anvils 

dia. D= 3.5 mm, 

Dial Comparator 1003 


5 

5,5* 

ø 3,5 

0 - 80 

5 

ø 10 

526 x 15 

102 

110 

47 

140 x 80 

Retraction Measuring force Measuring face 

Measuring range** Repeatability 

f w Parallelism 

mm µm mm N µm 

Accessories 

Order no. 

0 - 80 1 1.2 6.5 ≤ 2 4510030*** 

* In initial position ** Depending upon which anvils are being used *** Delivery with a different indicating instrument is 

available upon request 

order no. 

Standard TC-tipped anvils, 4510840 

Pair dia. D= 3.5 mm 

Interchangeable Anvils please refer to Pages 9-18 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-17

l 

- 

9-16 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Threads 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 852 

Features 


outside diameters of all kinds 

of external threads as well as 

serrations 





retraction 


adjusted 



hardened stainless steel, with 

mounting bore for insertion of 


• Adjustable center stop for 

automatic alignment 



positioning 





extremely versatile. each 







Measuring range* 

Repeatability 

Measuring force Order no.** 

f w 

mm µm N 

852 0 - 45 1 7.5 4510000 

852 45 - 85 1 7.5 4510001 

852 85 - 140 1 9 4510002 

852 140 - 190 1 9 4510003 

* Depending upon which anvils are being used, purchase seperately 

** Excludes indicating instrument and anvils 

k 


h 



f 


e 


Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 


Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 





Accessories 

Interchangeable Anvils please refer to Pages 9-18 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-17 

Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff (for 0-45 mm) see Page 9-11 

n 

a 

m 

c 

b 

Meas. range m (mm) 0-45 45-85 85-140 140-190 

Dist mov. anvil n (mm) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 

a* 13 8 10 6 

b 140 193 258 316 

c 68 110 162 212 

e 60 60 70 75 

f 77 103 141 171 

g 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 12 12 

k 25 28 31 31 

l 34 59 87 112 

a* = In initial position 

g

f 

+ 


9-17 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 853 for taps 

Features 

• For pitch, root and outside 

diameters on taps in 

conjunction with interchangeable 

anvils 

• Measuring spindle mounted in 

long guideway, levercontrolled 

retraction with 

mounting bore for interchangeable 

anvils 

• Anvil spindle adjustable with 

thumbscrew via worm and 

rack, for mounting interchangeable 

support yokes 


spindle are made of hardened 

stainless steel 

• Further features are similar 

to the model 852; for details 

please refer to Page 9-16 






Repeatability 

Measuring force Order no.* 

f w 

mm µm N 

853 1.2 - 35 2 7.5 4511000 

853 35 - 75 2 7.5 4511001 

* Excludes indicating instrument and the support yokes 853 q 

Interchangeable Support Yokes 853 q 

m 

h 

Depending upon the number of flutes, allowance has to be made 

for a compensation factor when reading the result. See table below: 

Cat. no. No. of flutes For meas. Compens. Order no. 

of taps range factor** 

mm 

e 

n 

g 

853 qk 3 3 1.2 - 35 x 1 4511024 

853 qk 5 5 1.2 - 35 x 1.34 4511026 

853 qk 7 7 1.2 - 35 x 1.42 4511028 

853 qg 3 3 35 - 75 x 1 4511025 

853 qg 5 5 35 - 75 x 1.34 4511027 

853 qg 7 7 35 - 75 x 1.42 4511029 

** Allowance is to be made for other compensation methods when using the 

Holder 840 Fk 




Indicator readings Order no. 

MarCator 810 S 0.001 mm 4311000 


Zentimess 1010 0.01 mm 4332000 

MarCator 1087 r 1 µm 4337160 

Accessories 

Interchangeable Anvils see from Pages 9-18 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-17 

a 

Meas. range m (mm) 1.2-35 35-75 

Dist mov. anvil n (mm) 8 8 

c 

b 

a* 12 11.5 

b 152 192 

c 66 110 

e 60 65 

f 98 125 

g 14 14 

h 11.5 14 

a* = In initial position

- 

9-18 


Interchangeable Anvils for 852, 852 TS and 853 

For pitch, root and outside diameters. Special wear-resistant 

hardened steel. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring 

which ensures locking while permitting rotation in bore of indicating 

snap gages. 

15,5 

ø3,5 

Sets consist of: 


852 - 1 V-anvil and 1 blade 

853 - 1 V-anvil and 2 radiused 

blades 


852 - 1 V-anvil and 1 blade 

853 - 1 V-anvil and 2 blades 

For outside diameters 

852 - 2 flat-face anvils 

853 - 3 flat-face anvils 

Anvils for pitch diameters for 852 and 852 TS 

Metric thread (60°) whitworth thread (55°) American UST thread (60°) 


range 

range 

mm Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. 

0.2* 4173007 4173707 40 - 32 4173043 4173743 60 - 48 4173113 4173813 

0.25* 4173008 4173708 32 - 24 4173044 4173744 48 - 40 4173114 4173814 

0.3* 4173009 4173709 24 - 18 4173045 4173745 40 - 32 4173115 4173815 

0.35* 4173010 4173710 18 - 14 4173046 4173746 32 - 24 4173116 4173816 

0.4* 4173011 4173711 14 - 10 4173047 4173747 24 - 18 4173117 4173817 

0.45* 4173012 4173712 10 - 7 4173048 4173748 18 - 14 4173118 4173818 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4173700 7 - 4.5 4173049 4173749 14 - 10 4173119 4173819 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4173701 4.5 - 3 4173050 4173750 10 - 7 4173120 4173820 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4173702 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179410 7 - 4.5 4173121 4173821 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4173703 4.5 - 3 4173122 4173822 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4173704 

5 - 7 4173005 4173705 

7 - 9 4173006 4173706 

Anvils for pitch diameters for Indicating Thread Snap Gage 853 

Metric thread (60°) whitworth thread (55°) American 

UST thread (60°) 


range 

range 


0.2 4173051 4174007 40 - 32 4173043 4176043 60 - 48 4173124 4176113 

0.25 4173052 4174008 32 - 24 4173044 4176044 48 - 40 4173125 4176114 

0.3 4173053 4174009 24 - 18 4173045 4176045 40 - 32 4173115 4176115 

0.35 4173054 4174010 18 - 14 4173046 4176046 32 - 24 4173116 4176116 

0.4 4173055 4174011 14 - 10 4173047 4176047 24 - 18 4173117 4176117 

0.45 4173056 4174012 10 - 7 4173048 4176048 18 - 14 4173118 4176118 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4174000 7 - 4.5 4173049 4176049 14 - 10 4173119 4176119 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4174001 4.5 - 3 4173050 4176050 10 - 7 4173120 4176120 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4174002 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179411 7 - 4.5 4173121 4176121 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4174003 4.5 - 3 4173122 4176122 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4174004 

5 - 7 4173005 4174005 

7 - 9 4173006 4174006 

Carbide anvils for 852, 852TS and 853 

1.25 - 2 4511105 4511104 

2 - 3.5 4511108 4511107 

3.5 - 5 4511140 4511139 

5 - 7 4511142 4511141 

* V-anvil covers 3 pitches

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Gear Testing 

9-19 

Interchangeable Anvils for 852 and 852 TS 

Ball Anvils 

H 

For measuring gears and for 

special applications. Carbide 

ball. With cylindrical mounting 

shank and retainer ring. 

For mounting into mounting 

bores of thread micrometers 

40 Z and 852. 

Shank dia. 

3.5 mm 

Shank length 15.5 mm 


Ball dia. ± 2 µm 

dia. d H Order no. 

mm mm 

ød 


mm mm 

15,5 

ø3,5 


mm mm 

Further sizes are available upon 

request (material: steel) 

0.5 5.0 4179150 

0.551 5.1 4179151 

0.62 5.1 4179152 

0.623 5.1 4179153 

0.63 5.1 4179154 

0.722 5.2 4179155 

0.862 5.4 4179156 

0.895 5.4 4179157 

0.965 5.5 4179158 

1 5.5 4170550 

1.1 5.6 4179159 

1.118 5.6 4179160 

1.125 5.6 4179161 

1.25 5.8 4170551 

1.35 5.9 4179162 

1.372 5.9 4179163 

1.385 5.9 4179164 

1.5 6.0 4170552 

1.524 6.0 4179165 

1.54 6.0 4179166 

1.6 6.1 4179167 

1.65 6.2 4179168 

1.7 6.2 4179169 

1.75 6.3 4170553 

1.782 6.3 4179170 

1.8 6.3 4179171 

1.829 6.3 4179172 

1.9 6.4 4179173 

2 6.5 4170554 

2.032 6.5 4170568 

2.2 6.7 4170569 

2.25 6.8 4170564 

2.284 6.8 4179174 

2.386 6.9 4179175 

2.438 6.9 4179176 

2.5 7.0 4170556 

2.667 7.2 4179177 

2.704 7.2 4179178 

2.713 7.2 4179179 

2.721 7.2 4179180 

2.743 7.2 4179181 

2.75 7.3 4170565 

3 7.5 4170557 

3.048 7.5 4179182 

3.2 7.7 4170570 

3.25 7.8 4170566 

3.4 7.9 4179183 

3.5 8.0 4170558 

3.658 8.2 4179184 

3.7 8.2 4170571 

4 8.5 4170559 

4.5 9.0 4170560 

4.835 9.3 4179185 

5 9.5 4170561 

5.25 9.8 4179186 

5.486 10.0 4179187 

5.5 10.0 4170562 

6 10.5 4170563 

6.096 10.6 4179188 

6.35 10.9 4179189 

6.5 11.0 4170567 

7 11.5 4170572 

8 12.5 4170573 

9 13.5 4170574 

10 14.5 4170575 

Roller Blades 

For measuring gears and for special applications. The measuring 

roller is made of carbide. 

To be mounted in the mounting bores of the 40 Z and 852. 

Shank dia. 

3.5 mm 

Shank length 

15.5 mm 


Ball dia. ± 2 µm 

d 

B 

For outside diameters 

H 

Further sizes are 

available upon 

request (material: 

steel) 

dia. d Dimension H Dimension B Order no. 

mm mm dia. mm 

1 5.5 5 4510200 

1.25 5.8 5 4510201 

1.5 6.0 5 4510202 

1.75 6.3 5 4510203 

2 6.5 5.5 4510204 

2.5 7.0 5.5 4510206 

3 7.5 5.5 4510207 

3.5 8.0 5.5 4510208 

4 8.5 5.5 4510209 

4.5 9.0 5.5 4510210 

5 9.5 6 4510211 

5.5 10.0 6 4510212 

6 10.5 6 4510213 

Anvil 40 Za, flat 

Measuring face dia. 

with 853 smallest 

measurable O.D. dia. 

7.5 mm 

5 mm 

Hardened steel Order no. 4173210 

Carbide tipped Order no. 4511190 

ø7,5 

15,5 

ø3,5

- 

9-20 


Portable Thickness Gages 838 

838 A 838 B 

Features 

• Rugged sturdy frame made from hard aluminum 

• Built-in Digital or Dial Indicator 

• With a lifting lever for the moveable upper measuring spindle 

• Convenient heat insulated handle, open at one end 

• Versions with a throat depth of 200 mm have a removable stand 

Thickness Gage 838 A 

• With flat measuring faces 

• For measuring soft materials for example; foil, felt, rubber, paper 

and cardboard 

Thickness Gage 838 B 

• With spherical measuring faces 

• For measuring hard materials for example; sheet metal, hardboard, 

wooden panels and panes of glass 


Catalog 

no. 

Throat 

depth 

Measuring range Measuring 

face dia. 

Measuring face 

radius 

Order no. 

with Indicator 

Order no. 


Order no. 

Wooden case 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 810 1075 R 5µm 

838 A 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495000 4495120 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495001 4495121 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495002 4495122 4495052 

50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495103 4495125 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495104 4495126 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495105 4495127 4495052 

50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495109 4495130 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495110 4495131 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495111 4495132 4495052 

838 B 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495010 4495135 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495011 4495136 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495012 4495137 4495052

+ 


9-21 

838 AB 

Features 

• Rugged sturdy frame made from hard aluminum 

• Built-in Digital or Dial Indicator or Dial Comparator 

• With a lifting lever for the moveable upper measuring spindle 

• Convenient heat insulated handle, open at one end 

Thickness Gage 838 AB 

• Lower measuring face is flat 

• Upper measuring face is spherical 

• For measuring hard materials for example; sheet metal and 

hardboard 


Catalog 

no. 

Throat 

depth 


face dia. 

Measuring 

face radius 

Order no. 


Order no. 


Order no. 

Wooden case 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 810 1075 R 5µm 

lower upper 

838 AB 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495504 4495140 4495050 

flat / 

spherical 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495141 4495051 

Catalog 

no. 

Throat 

depth 


face dia. 

Measuring 

face radius 

Order no. 


Order no. 

with Comparator 

Order no. 

Wooden case 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 1075 R 1µm 1003 

lower upper 

838 AB 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495145 4495519 4495050 

flat / 

spherical 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495146 4495517 4495051

- 

9-22 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for External Measurements 

Gages for External Measurement 838 TA to measure thickness and wall thicknesses 

Features 

• For measuring thicknesses and 

wall thicknesses 

• Easy to operate, very habile 

and portable 

• Easy to read tolerance markers 

• Dust and splash waterproof 

• Contact points are made from 

carbide 

• Absolute measuring 

instrument 


Test certificate 

Type A 

Measuring range 0-20 mm, Order no. 4495551 

IP65 

Type B with handle 


Technical Data and Dimensions 

Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 0 - 10 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 50 0 - 50 

Readings Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.025 0.025 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 170 170 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 19.1 24.6 24.6 32 32 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 18.6 24.6 2.5 32 1 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 1.5 1) 1.5 1) 1.5 2) 2 1) 2 2) 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 1.8 1.2 - 1.8 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495550 4495551 4495552 4495553 4495554 

Applications 

1) 

2) 

Ball dia. 1.5 mm 



Ball dia. 1.5 mm 


Ball dia. 3 mm

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for External Measurements 

9-23 

Electronic Gages for External Measurement 838 EA to measure thickness and wall thicknesses 

Features 


digital LCD 

• Specified measuring programs 

according to application 

• Absolute/Relative measuring 

program 

• Tolerance is displayed with 

2 LEDs 

• mm/inch switchable 

• Protection class IP67 or IP63 

according to EN 60529 



Battery 

Type A 


IP67 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 0 - 10 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 40 0 - 40 

Resolution Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 115 115 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 19.1 24.6 24.6 25 25 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 18.6 24.6 2.5 25 1 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 1.5 1) 1.5 1) 1.5 2) 3 1) 3 2) 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1 - 1.5 1 - 1.5 

Protection class IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63 IP63 

Order no. 4495560 4495561 4495562 4495059 4495167 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Digimatic interface incl. data connection 

cable for Type A 838 di 4495083 


cable for Type B 838 di 4495084 

USB data cable 

incl. Software for Type A 838 usb 4495079 

Battery Alkaline AAA 1.5 V for Type A* 4243073 

Battery Alkaline AA 1.5 V for Type B 4243072 

* 2 batteries are required

- 

9-24 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Internal Measurements 

Gages for Internal Measurement 838 TI for measuring bores and internal grooves 

Features 

• For measuring bores and 

internal grooves 

• Easy to operate, very habile 

and portable 

• Easy to read tolerance markers 

• Dust and splash waterproof 

• Contact points are made from 

carbide 

• Absolute measuring 

instrument 



Type A 


IP65 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 5 - 15 10 - 30 20 - 40 30 - 50 40 - 60 50 - 70 15 - 65 40 - 90 

Readings Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.025 0.025 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 85 85 85 175 175 

Groove depth A mm 2.3 5.2 7.0 7.0 8.3 8.3 4.5 8 

Groove width B mm 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 2.5 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 2 1.2 - 2 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495580 4495581 4495582 4495583 4495584 4495585 4495076 4495077 

Application

+ 


9-25 

Electronic Gages for Internal Measurement 838 EI for measuring bores and internal grooves 

Features 


digital LCD 

• Specified measuring programs 

according to application 

• Absolute/Relative measuring 

program 

• Tolerance is displayed with 

2 LEDs 

• mm/inch switchable 

• Protection class IP67 or IP63 

according to EN 60529 



Battery 

Type A 


IP67 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 5 - 15 10 - 30 20 - 40 30 - 50 40 - 60 50 - 70 15 - 55 35 - 75 

Resolution Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 85 85 85 114 114 

Groove depth A mm 2.3 5.2 7.0 7.0 8.3 8.3 4.5 8 

Groove width B mm 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 3 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 6 8.5 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 6 8.5 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 1.7 1.3 - 1.8 

Protection class IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63 IP63 

Order no. 4495590 4495591 4495592 4495593 4495594 4495595 4495596 4495597 

Accessories 

Order no. 


cable for Type A 838 di 4495083 


cable for Type B 838 di 4495084 

USB data cable 

incl. Software for Type A 838 usb 4495079 

Order no. 

Battery Alkaline AAA 1.5 V for Type A* 4243073 

Battery Alkaline AA 1.5 V for Type B 4243072 

* 2 batteries are required

- 

9-26 


Definition of Terms Specifications for inspection and test 

acceptance procedure of mechanical and electronic caliper gages 

1. Basics 

The inspection only follows 

approximately the testing 

methods and procedures of 

the German standard DIN 878 

for dial gages and the testing 

statements for caliper gages 

according to VDI/VDE/DGQ 2618 

sheet 12.1 and 13.1. The gages 

are referred to without special 

reference as gages for ‘absolute’ 

measurements and adjustable 

zero point. 

2. Definitions 

Definitions of length checking 

techniques see DIN 2257 part 1 

and part 2 (see Illustration). 

2.1 Application range Awb 

Application range Awb of a gage 

corresponds to the sum of 

adjusting and measuring range. 

2.2.Measuring range Meb 

The measuring range of an 

indicating gage represents the 

range of measuring values in 

which agreed error limits must 

not be exceeded. 

2.3 Reading Zw 

The reading Zw of a numerical 

interval of a numerical scale is 

the modification of the value of 

a measured variable that causes 

the modification of the indication 

by one interval. The numerical 

interval corresponds to the scale 

interval of a line scale and is 

indicated in the unity of the 

measured variable. 

2.4 Scale interval Skw 

The scale interval Skw is indicated 

on the scale, i.e. 0.01 mm. It 

corresponds to the measuring 

value between two scale 

graduation marks. 

2.5 Deviation within the 

measuring range f M 

The deviation within the 

measuring range (range of 

deviation) f M represents the 

distance of ordinates between 

the highest and the lowest 

position in the deviation diagram 

when the movable caliper arm 

closes. The error limits G for 

f M is symmetrically positioned to 

the zero line and is indicated as 

± f Mzul. . 

The deviation in the partial 

measuring range f t can only be 

determined by using electronic 

testing methods during the 

preparation of certificates of quality. 

2.6 Repeatability f w 

Representation of a deviation 

Repeatability f w is a characteristic 

value for deviations of the 

measured variable within the 

measuring range in the same 

motion direction of the movable 

caliper arm (usually n is 5). 

The limits of error f w are refered 

to with repeatability limit r. 

 

 

 

 

 


Measuring Capacity of Internal Measuring Instruments 

Data listed in the table referring 

to groove depth A, groove 

width B and measuring depth 

L are only meant to be rough 

guidelines. 

For each type of instrument 

there is dependence of these 

three values from each other 

and on the application range 

Awb. This is shown in the 

adjacent table of examples. 

For each inside measuring 

instrument this table is available 

upon request in connection 

with a detailed data sheet. 

Groove depth A (mm) 

L 

Application range Awb (mm) 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

0 0/55 0/55 0/56 0/56 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/58 

0.5 1.4/55 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/57 1.4/57 1.4/57 

1 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/57 

1.5 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 

2 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.5/55 1.5/55 1.5/56 1.5/56 

2.5 1.4/55 1.5/55 1.5/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 

3 1.5/54 1.6/54 1.6/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 

3.5 1.6/54 1.6/54 1.6/54 1.6/55 

4 1.7/54 1.7/54 1.7/54 

4.5 1.7/53 1.8/54 

Relationship B/L 

B = Min. groove depth (mm) 

L = Max. usable caliper arm length (mm) 

Awb 

A 

Example: Awb = 12 B = 1.4 

A = 0.5 L = 56 

B

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Depth Measurements 

9-27 

Indicating Depth Gage 837 

Features 

• Cross beam is hard chrome 

plated and hardened 

• Measuring faces are finely 

lapped 


Cross beam, 

Anvil 902 12 mm 


Length of 

Width of 

Flatness of the cross Mounting hole 

cross beam 

cross beam 

beam 

mm mm mm 

Order no.* 

80 16 DIN 876/0 8H7 4494010 

100 16 DIN 876/0 8H7 4494011 

120 20 DIN 876/0 8H7 4494012 


Accessories 

Spherical Contact Points 902 

Depth measuring range* L Order no. 

mm 

mm 

10 - 20 25 4360015 

20 - 30 35 4360017 

30 - 40 45 4360026 

40 - 50 55 4360031 

50 - 60 65 4360035 

60 - 70 75 4360020 

70 - 80 85 4360036 

80 - 90 95 4360029 

* for Indiactors with a 10 mm measaruing range 


Recommended are: 

Indicator Readings / 

Resolution 

mm 

Measuring 

range 

mm 

Order no. 

810 AT 0.01 10 4311060 

1075 R 0.01 12.5 4336010 

1086 R 0.01 25 4337130 

1086 R 0.01 50 4337131

- 

9-28 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Dimensions 

Indicating Plug Gages 844 D 

Features 

• For the rapid testing of 

diameter, roundness and 

conicity of bores 

• Especially suitable for testing 

batches with tight tolerances 

• No rocking in the bore is 

required to determine the 


• Therefore ideal for use in 

conjunction with a digital 

indicating instrument and for 

subsequent processing of 


• The carbide expanding pin 

transfers radial movement to 

indicating instrument 




• Measuring head, holder, 

depth extension, right angle 

attachments and depth stops 

are part of an extensive 

modular system 

• Measuring head has a 

hardened chromium plated 

guide cylinder and carbide 

tipped anvils 

Technical Data of the Measuring Heads 

Nominal diameter Measuring range starting from the 

of the bore minimum bore dimension to be 

measured 

844 Dk/844Dkr 844 Dks (from 4 mm) 

2.98 - 8 mm = - 0.02 + 0.1 mm = - 0.02 + 0.1 mm 

over 8 - 16 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm 

over 16 - 32 mm = - 0.02 + 0.2 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm 

over 32 - 70 mm = - 0.03 + 0.2 mm = - 0.03 + 0.15 mm 

over 70 - 200 mm = - 0.04 + 0.2 mm = - 0.04 + 0.15 mm 

When placing an order please quote the nominal diameter 

and tolerances, for example: 

Bore diameter 

Tolerance 

35 D7 + 80 +105 µm 

35 H7 + 0 +25 µm 

35 R7 - 50 -25 µm 

Accuracy 

Hystersis f u ≤ 0.4 µm 

Repeatability f w ≤ 1 µm 

Linearity ≤ 1 % 

Linearity 844 Dks >16 mm ≤ 2 % 

contact point 

expanding pin 

The diameter of the guide cylinder is produced between 0.02 and 

0.07 mm smaller than the minimum dimension of the bore to be 

checked. 

Example: 

Plug Gage 844 Dk for bore 35 D7 

Nominal diameter: 

35 mm 

Minimum dimension: 35.080 mm 

Maximum dimension: 35.105 mm 

Meas. range: 35.050 - 35.280 mm 

guide cylinder 

tipped anvils

+ 


9-29 

Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dk, Standard version 

Nominal Manufacturing Meas. range Order no. 

diameter tolerance dia. d 

mm mm mm 

2.98 - 3.99 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4480184* 

over 3.99 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478200* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 8 - 16 -0.02/-0.04 0.15 4478201 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 16 - 25 -0.02/-0.05 0.2 4478202 

over 25 - 32 -0.02/-0.05 0.2 4478204 

over 32 - 44 -0.02/-0.06 0.2 4478205 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478206 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478207 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478208 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478209 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478210 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478211 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478212 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478213 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478214 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478215 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478216 

over 150 - 160 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478217 

over 160 - 170 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478218 

over 170 - 180 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478219 

over 180 - 190 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478220 

over 190 - 200 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478221 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nominal diameter =smallest bore diameter 

dia. d in reference to the smallest bore diameter 

Measuring range refers to the nominal diameter 

* With Adaptor for connection to the holder

- 

9-30 


Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dks, for blind holes, to measure almost to the base of a bore 



mm mm mm 

4 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.10 4478285* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 8 - 16 -0,02/-0,04 0,15 4478245 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 16 - 25 -0.02/-0.05 0.15 4478230 

over 25 - 32 -0.02/-0.05 0.15 4478232 

over 32 - 44 -0.02/-0.06 0.15 4478233 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478234 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478235 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478236 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478237 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478238 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478239 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478240 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478241 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478242 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478243 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478244 

 

 

 

 

 

 




* With adaptor for connection to the holder

+ 


9-31 

Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dkr, with an extended guide cylinder to measure through holes from the edge of a bore, ideal for 

narrow parts 



mm mm mm 

2.98 - 3.99 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478272* 

over 3.99 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478250* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 8 - 16 -0.02/-0.04 0.15 4478251 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 16 - 25 -0,02/-0,05 0,2 4478252 

over 25 - 32 -0,02/-0,05 0,2 4478254 

over 32 - 44 -0,02/-0,06 0,2 4478255 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478256 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478257 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478258 

 

 

 

 

 

 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478259 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478260 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478261 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478262 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478263 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478264 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478265 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478266 

over 150 - 160 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478267 

over 160 - 170 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478268 

over 170 - 180 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478269 

over 180 - 190 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478270 

over 190 - 200 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478271 

 

 

 

 

 

 




* With adaptor for connection to the holder

- 

9-32 


Modular Unit System 844 D 

Standard Holder 844 Kg/844 Dg - Standard version 

With locking clamp for an indicating instrument and a connecting 

thread for a measuring head. Heat insulated handle. The model 

844 Dg is made from Invar steel. 

Cat. no. Connecting Length L Handle dia. D order no. 

thread g mm mm 

844 Kg M6 x 0.75 50 14 4470851 

 

 

844 Dg M10 x 1 150 26 4478851 

 

 

Short Holder 844 Dgk - Short version 


thread for a measuring head. Heat insulated handle. 

 



 

844 Dgk M10 x 1 61 26 4478050 

 

 

 

 

Holder 844 Dge for Inductive Measuring Probes 

With long sleeve for shock and waterproof mounting of inductive 

measuring probes. Strain relief clamp for probe cable. Threaded 

connection for measuring heads. Heat insulated handle. 

 

 

 



 

 

844 Dge M6 x 0.75 195 33 4478020 

M10 x 1 195 33 4478021 

Right Angle (Elbow) Attachment 

For measuring difficult to reach bores, e.g. in tight spaces, on a 

machine tool or when work piece bores are inconveniently located. 

For screwing in between holder and measuring head. 

 

 

Cat. no. Connecting elbow order no. 

thread g Length L Height H 

mm mm mm 

844 Kw M6 x 0.75 26.5 22.5 4470110 

844 Dw M10 x 1 36.7 17 4478110

+ 


9-33 

Extensions 

For extra-deep bores. Screws in between holder and measuring heads. 

Several extensions can be screwed together as of 8 mm. Models 

844 Dv and 844 Dvk made of Invar steel. 

844 Dvk 844 Kv / 844 Dv 

M6x0,75 

g 

Cat. no. Connecting Length L dia. D order no. 


844 Dvk M6x0.75/M3,5x0.35 64 3.8 4478080 

844 Kv M6 x 0.75 64 8 4470070 

844 Dv M10 x 1 64 15 4478070 

844 Dv M10 x 1 80 15 4478071 

844 Dv M10 x 1 100 15 4478072 

844 Dv M10 x 1 125 15 4478073 

844 Dv M10 x 1 250 15 4478074 

844 Dv M10 x 1 500 15 4478075 

79 

L 

ø8 

ø3,8 

øD 

L 

Depth Stops 

For limiting depth of insertion of measuring head in bore. Can be 

attached to Extensions 844 Kv or 844 Dv. With clamping screw. 

M3,5x0,35 

g 

Cat. no. Mounting hole Stop surface Height Order no. 

dia. d dia. A h 

mm mm mm 

 

844 Kt 8 25 60 4470115 

844 Dt 15 45 30 4478115 

844 Dt 15 75 30 4478116 

844 Dt 15 110 30 4478117 

844 Dt 15 160 30 4478118 

844 Dt 15 220 30 4478119 

 

 

Depth Stop Rings 

For limiting depth of insertion of measuring head in bore. Clamped 

onto the measuring head. 

 

Cat. no. Mounting hole Stop surface Height Order no. 

dia. d dia. A h 

mm mm mm 

844 Dtr 3 - 5 27 10 4478130 

> 5 - 8 30 10 4478130 

> 8 - 11 33 10 4478130 

> 11 - 15 37 10 4478130 

> 15 - 20 42 10 4478130 

> 20 - 25 50 12 4478131 

> 25 - 30 55 12 4478131 

> 30 - 35 60 12 4478131 

> 35 - 40 65 12 4478131 

> 40 - 45 70 12 4478131 

> 45 - 50 75 12 4478132 

> 50 - 60 85 12 4478132 

> 60 - 70 95 12 4478132 

> 70 - 80 105 12 4478132 

> 80 - 90 115 12 4478133 

> 90 - 100 125 12 4478133 

844 Dtr 

øA 

ød 

h

- 

9-34 


Modular Unit System 844 D 

Diameter of Measuring Heads 

Modular 2.98 - 8 8 - 16 over 16 

units mm mm mm 

844 Kg 4470851 

844 Dg 4478851 

844 Dgk 4478050 

844 Dge 4478020 4478021 

844 Dvk 4478080 

844 Kv 4470070 

844 Dv 4478070 

to 

4478076 

 

 

 

844 Kt 4470115 

844 Dt 4478115 

to 

4478119 

844 Kw 4470110 

844 Dw 4478110 

 

 

 

 

 

 

844 Dk 

844 Dks 

844 Dkr 

355 E see page 9-42 

Diameter of Measuring Heads 

Modular 2.98 - 20 20 - 44 44 - 80 80 - 100 

unit mm mm mm mm 

844 Dtr 4478130 4478131 4478132 4478133 

 

 


 

 



 

Indicator R readings Order no. 


Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 

Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 



Millimar C 1208 ±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 µm 5312080 

3000 µm, 10000 µm 

Millimar P 2004 M 5323010 

Millimar S 1840 ±10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 µm 5318400 

3000 µm, 10000 µm 

Millimar P 2004 M 5323010 

Adjustment of Plug Gages 844 D 

Ring Gage 355 E: 

Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

With actual deviation engraved. 

Dimensions: 

DIN 2250, type C 

Manufacturing tolerance: DIN 2250 

Available diameters: 0.5-200 mm 



+ 


9-35 

Self-Centering Dial Bore Gages 844 K Intramess 

Features 

• Measuring the diameter, 

roundness and conicity of 

bores 

• Spring-loaded halves of 

measuring probe are split via 

expanding pin with precision 

lapped taper. This movement 

is transferred to indicating 

instrument 

• Maximum wear-resistance due 

to hard chrome plating. From 

4 mm alternatively with carbide 

tipped available on request 

• Constant measuring force as 

a result of built-in spring thus 


• Highly versatile, each gage 

covers a large range. Within 

the respective limits, quickly 

and easily adjustable to any 

size and any type of 

measuring application 

• Measuring probe, holder, 

depth extensions, 

right-angle attachments 

and depth stops are part 

of an extensive modular 

system 


Holder, probe, expanding pin 

and a wooden case, excludes 

an indicating instrument 


Complete Instrument 

844 K Measuring heads hard chrome plated, 

expanding pin made of stainless steel 

844 KH Measuring heads carbide tipped on both sides, 

carbide expanding pin 

844 KS Blind hole measuring heads hard chrome plated, 

expanding pin made of stainless steel 

Accuracy 

Deviation of linearity 

≤ 2 % measuring ranges 0.47-1.55 mm 

≤ 1 % measuring ranges 1.5-18.6 mm 

Repeatability 

1 µm manual measurement 

≤ 0.5 µm measurement with Stand 844 Kst 

and Floating Holder 844 Ksts 

Catalog no. Measuring Number Order no.* 

range 

of 

measuring 

mm 

probes 

844 K 0.47 - 0.97 6 4470000 

0.95 - 1.55 5 4470001 

1.5 - 4.2 10 4470002 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4470003** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4470004** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4470005** 

844 KH 1.5 - 4.2 10 4471002 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4471003** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4471004** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4471005** 

844 KS 1.5 - 4.2 10 4482163 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4482164** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4482165** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4482166** 

* Exludes an indicating instrument 

** Additionally includes measuring force spring 4470828 and disk 4470821 




Indicators R readings Order no. 


Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 


Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 


Extramess 2001 0,.2 µm, 0.5 µm, 1 µm 4346100 

MarCator 1087 BR 1 µm, 2 µm, 4 µm, 10 µm 4337162 



- 

9-36 


Modular Unit System for 844 K Standard Measuring Probes 

In addition complete Dial Bore Gages 844 K, modular units area available for assembly as required to suit an individual measuring task and or 

application. 

Measuring Probe 844 Kk, Expander Pin, individual Ring Gage for 844 Ke 

Nominal Measuring Measuring Measuring probe Expanding Measuring probe Expander Ring 

dimension range depth hard chrome pin carbide pin gage 

mm mm mm plated steel tipped carbide 

} 

} 

} 

0.50 0.47 - 0.53 1.25 4470586 4470801 4482300 

0.55 0.52 - 0.58 1.5 4470587 4482301 

0.60 0.57 - 0.67 1.7 4470588 4482302 

0.70 0.65 - 0.77 2.2 4470589 4470802 4482303 

0.80 0.75 - 0.87 2.55 4470590 4482304 

0.90 0.85 - 0.97 2.65 4470591 4482305 

1.00 0.95 - 1.15 10.5 4470592 4482306 

1.10 1.07 - 1.25 10.5 4470593 4482307 

1.20 1.17 - 1.35 10.5 4470594 4470803 4482308 

1.30 1.27 - 1.45 10.5 4470595 4482309 

1.40 1.37 - 1.55 10.5 4470596 4482310 

1.75 1.50 - 1.90 16 4470597 4471234 4482311 

2.00 1.80 - 2.20 16 4470598 4470804 4471206 4471207 4482312 

} 

} 

} 

2.25 2.05 - 2.45 16 4470599 4471812 4482313 

2.50 2.30 - 2.70 21 4470600 4471813 4482314 

2.75 2.55 - 2.95 21 4470601 4471814 4482315 

3.00 2.80 - 3.20 21 4470602 4471208 4482316 

3.25 3.05 - 3.45 21 4470603 4470805 4471815 4471819 4482317 

3.50 3.30 - 3.70 21 4470604 4471816 4482318 

3.75 3.55 - 3.95 21 4470605 4471817 4482319 

4.00 3.80 - 4.20 21 4470606 4471204 4482320 

4.00 3.70 - 4.30 38 4470607 4471607 

} 

4482320 

4.50 4.20 - 4.80 38 4470608 4471608 4482321 

5.00 4.70 - 5.30 38 4470609 4471609 4482322 

5.50 5.20 - 5.80 38 4470610 4471610 4482323 

6.00 5.70 - 6.30 38 4470611 4471611 4482324 

6.50 6.20 - 6.80 38 4470612 4471612 4482325 

7.00 6.70 - 7.30 38 4470613 4470806 4471613 4471200 4482326 

7.50 7.20 - 7.80 38 4470615 4471615 4482327 

8.00 7.70 - 8.30 38 4470616 4471616 4482328 

8.50 8.20 - 8.80 45 4470617 4471617 4482329 

9.00 8.70 - 9.30 45 4470618 4471618 4482330 

9.50 9.20 - 9.80 45 4470619 4471619 4482331 

10.00 9.70 - 10.30 45 4470620 4471620 4482332 

10.00 9.40 - 10.60 45 4470621 

} 

4471621 

} 

4482332 

11.00 10.40 - 11.60 45 4470622 4471622 4482333 

12.00 11.40 - 12.60 45 4470623 4471623 4482334 

13.00 12.40 - 13.60 45 4470624 4471624 4482335 

14.00 13.40 - 14.60 45 4470625 4470808 4471625 4471202 4482336 

15.00 14.40 - 15.60 45 4470626 4471626 4482337 

16.00 15.40 - 16.60 80 4470627 4471627 4482338 

17.00 16.40 - 17.60 80 4470628 4471628 4482339 

18.00 17.40 - 18.60 80 4470629 4471629 4482340 

for further technical data (e.g. nominal dimensions up to 

40 mm) see WebCode 11070 

} 

} 

Nominal dimension L H 1 

mm mm mm 

0.50 19.50 0.25 

0.55 19.50 0.27 

0.60 19.50 0.29 

0.70 19.50 0.31 

0.80 19.50 0.33 

0.90 19.50 0.35 

1.00 – 1.40 19.50 0.60 

1.75 – 2.25 25.30 0.90 

2.50 – 4.00 30.60 1.20 

4.00 – 10.00 47.30 2.00 

10.00 – 18.00 48.50 3.30 

Minimum measurement height

+ 


9-37 

Modular Unit System for 844 KS Blind Hole Measuring Probes 

In addition to complete Dial Bore Gages 844 KS, modular units are available for assembly as required to suit a individual measuring task and 

or application. 

Blind Hole Measuring Probe 844 Kk, Blind Hole Expander Pin 

Nominal Measuring Measuring Blind hole Blind hole 

dimension range depth measuring probe expander pin 

mm mm mm hard chrome plated steel 

1.75 1.50 - 1.90 16 4482228 

2.00 1.80 - 2.20 16 4482229 4482176 

2.25 2.05 - 2.45 16 4482230 

2.50 2.30 - 2.70 21 4470301 

2.75 2.55 - 2.95 21 4482227 

3.00 2.80 - 3.20 21 4482178 

3.25 3.05 - 3.45 21 4482179 4482177 

3.50 3.30 - 3.70 21 4470300 

3.75 3.55 - 3.95 21 4482188 

4.00 3.80 - 4.20 21 4482180 

4.00 3.70 - 4.30 38 4482057 

4.50 4.20 - 4.80 38 4482162 

5.00 4.70 - 5.30 38 4482056 

5.50 5.20 - 5.80 38 4470953 

6.00 5.70 - 6.30 38 4482140 

6.50 6.20 - 6.80 38 4482055 

7.00 6.70 - 7.30 38 4482108 4482028 

7.50 7.20 - 7.80 38 4482204 

8.00 7.70 - 8.30 38 4482054 

8.50 8.20 - 8.80 45 4482206 

9.00 8.70 - 9.30 45 4482170 

9.50 9.20 - 9.80 45 4482182 

10.00 9.70 - 10.30 45 4470375 

10.00 9.40 - 10.60 45 4482205 

} 

11.00 10.40 - 11.60 45 4482042 

12.00 11.40 - 12.60 45 4482112 

13.00 12.40 - 13.60 45 4482102 

14.00 13.40 - 14.60 45 4482181 4482192 

15.00 14.40 - 15.60 45 448220 

16.00 15.40 - 16.60 80 4482021 

17.00 16.40 - 17.60 80 448220 

18.00 17.40 - 18.60 80 4482113 

} 

} 

} 

for further technical data (e.g. nominal dimensions up to 

40 mm) see WebCode 11070 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum measurement height 

 

Nominal dimension L H 2 

mm mm mm 

1.75 – 2.25 25.30 0.30 

2.50 – 4.00 30.60 0.30 

4.00 – 10.00 47.30 0.50 

10.00 – 18.00 48.50 1.00 

Ring Gage Sets 844 Ke 

For setting Dial Bore Gages 844 K, 844 KH and 844 KS. Supplied in 

sets to match the measuring ranges of these instruments. Can be 

stored in the wooden case of the bore gages. 

Diameter tolerance ± 1 µm 

Ring Gages 844 Ke are only available with the diameters shown in 

the table. 

For all other dimensions, Ring Gages 355 E with dimensions as per 

DIN 2250 and with actual deviation engraved are available. 

For Meas. range Diameter order no. 

mm 

mm 

0.47 - 0.97 0.5 / 0.55 / 0.6 / 0.7 / 0.8 / 0.9 4470160 

0.95 - 1.55 1 / 1.1 / 1.2 / 1.3 / 1.4 4470161 

1.5 - 4.2 1.75 / 2 / 2.25 / 2.5 / 2.75 / 4470162 

3 / 3.25 / 3.5 / 3.75 / 4 

3.7 - 7.3 4 / 4.5 / 5 / 5.5 / 6 / 6.5 / 7 4470163 

6.7 - 10.3 7 / 7.5 / 8 / 8.5 / 9 / 9.5 / 10 4470164 

9.4 - 18.6 10 / 11 / 12 / 13 / 14 / 15 / 4470165 

16 / 17 / 18

- 

9-38 


Modular Unit System for 844 K 

Holder 844 Kg 


thread for a Measuring Head 844 Kk. Heat insulated handle 

order no. 4470851 

Extensions 844 Kv 

For extra-deep bores. Screws in between Holder 844 Kg and 

Measuring Head 844 Kk for measuring range 10-18 mm. 

Length 64 mm, dia. 8 mm, 

order no. 4470070 

Right Angle Attachment 844 Kw 

For measuring bores which are difficult to reach, e.g. in tight spaces, 

on machine tools or when work piece bores are inconveniently 

located. For screwing in between Holder 844 Kg and Measuring 

Head 844 Kk 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

order no. 4470110 

Lifter 954 

Facilitates insertion of measuring probe in bore by lifting measuring 

spindle of Dial Comparator. 

order no. 4372030 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expander pin 

Depth Stop 844 Kt 

For checking diameter of bores at prescribed depth. Only to be used 

with Extension 844 Kv. 

Expander pin 

 

 

order no. 4470115 

Measuring Probes for Special Applications 

For measurement of blind holes, diameters of recesses, distances between plane-parallel surfaces, etc. special models of measuring probes 

are available on request. 

1. Measurement of the diameter of recesses 2. Measurement of plane-parallel surfaces 

3. Measurement of polygon bores 4. Measurement of inside serrations, see 844 Z Page 9-44

+ 


9-39 

Accessories 

Stand 844 Kst 

Floating Holder 844 Ksts 

Features 

For quick checks of bores in small work pieces. Hardened table 

plate can be raised with lever, thus moving test piece into position. 

Plate can be clamped at any height for checking eccentricity. 

Particularly suited to use with digital indicators, where appropriate 

in conjunction with data printers or computer equipment, in cases 

where the determination of the reversal point is inappropriate. 

Table dia. 

Throat depth of arm 

Table stroke 

Max. work piece height 

58 mm 

45 mm 

30 mm 

ca. 100 mm 

Features 

For use in conjunction with Stand 844 Kst. Enables measuring probe 

to find common axis of bore and measuring instrument quickly and 

easily on insertion into hole, thus providing optimum measuring 

speed and high accuracy. Particularly suitable for small diameters, as 

measuring confidence is considerably enhanced. 

Order no. 4470105 

Order no. 4470100 

Angle Stop 844 Ka 

844 Ka 

33,5 

Facilitates positioning of cylindrical work pieces under measuring 

instrument. For clamping to Stand 844 Kst. 

Order no. 4470120 

6 

26 

30 

58 

38

- 

9-40 


Self-Centering Dial Bore Gages 844 N / 844 NH Intramess 

Features 

• Measuring the diameter, 

roundness and conical form of 

a bore as well as the distances 

of plane-parallel surfaces 

• Measuring head consists 

of a carbide-tipped moving 

anvil and an interchangeable 

stationary anvil which has a 

hardened steel ball; 

alternatively a carbide ball is 

available 

• Transmission lever system 

transfers movement of the 

movable anvil to indicating 

instrument 

• The broad centering bridge 

ensures automatic centering in 

the bore 

• Insensitive to temperature due 

to both the shank and transfer 

rod being made from heat 

resistant Invar steel 

• Highly resistant to wear and 

tear due to the carbide tipped 

moving anvil 

• Constant measuring force due 

to built-in spring thus 



extremely versatile as every 


measuring range, within this 

range it is quick and easy to 

adjust to any size 

• Measuring head, holder, 

extensions, right-angle 

attachments and depth stops 

are all part of this extensive 

modular system 


Holder, measuring head, 

stationary anvil, wooden 

case, excludes an indicating 

instrument 

The comparision between Invar and Standard steel 

Change in length due to heat 

Invar steel has a particularly low expansion coefficient and thus 

makes the instrument totally insensitive to any kind of heat. Body 

heat from the user, increases in ambient temperature have no 

influence on the measuring results. 

The graph on the right compares the Invar steel version to a standard 

type. Both gages were hand-held and thus influenced by body heat. 

The deviation when using Invar steel is negligible. 

µm 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

Standard steel 

Invar steel 

0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 t(min)

+ 


9-41 

Technical Dat 


Error limit 

G e 

Repeatability 

f w 

Hysteresis 

mm µm µm µm 

f u 

Order no* 

844 N 

Order no* 

844 NH 

18 - 50 2 0.5 2.5 4474000 4475000 

35 - 100 2 0.5 2.5 4474001 4475001 

100 - 250 2 0.5 2.5 4474002 4475002 

250 - 400 3 1.5 3.5 4474003 4475003 

400 - 800 3 1.5 3.5 4474004 4475004 

250 - 800 3 1.5 3.5 4474005 4475005 


Complete Instrument 

844 N Carbide-tipped moving anvil; 

stationary anvil with steel ball 

844 NH Moving anvil and stationary anvil are carbide-tipped 

 

 

Measuring range a b c d e 

mm 

18 - 50 5.35 8 115 63 22 

35 - 100 8.5 12 148 80 22 

100 - 250 11.5 18 230 100 25 

250 - 400 16 24 366 110 28 

400 - 800 17.5 24 366 110 28 

 




Indicator readings Order no. 


Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 

Supramess 1002 0.5 µm 4335000 


MarCator 1087 BR 1 µm, 2 µm, 4 µm, 10 µm 4337162 

2001 



- 

9-42 


Accessories to set and adjust Dial Bore Gages 

1. Setting Device 

Uses standard gage blocks for setting any bore diameter and any 

tolerance. Replaces ring gages and is universally applicable. 

2. Ring Gage 355 E 

Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

With actual deviation engraved 

Dimensions: 

DIN 2250, type C 

Manufacturing tolerance: DIN 2250 

Available diameters: 

0.5 - 200 mm 

Components 

Measuring Jaw 844 em 

355 E 

Measuring range Dimensions Order no. 

18 - 800 mm 60 x 9.5 x 9 mm 4470095 

Setting Bridge 844 Neb 

Measuring range width Height Order no. 

18 - 250 mm 70 mm 12 mm 4474080 

18 - 400 mm 165 mm 17 mm 4474081 

18 - 800 mm 320 mm 20 mm 4474082 

Gage Block Holder 420 h 

Clamping range Order no. 

0 - 70 mm 4800120 

0 - 120 mm 4800121 

100 - 220 mm 4800122 

100 - 420 mm 4800123 

400 - 820 mm 4800124 

Stand 844 ef 

420 h 

844 em 

For mounting setting device up to 420 mm 

Order no. 4470098 

844 Neb 

844 ef

+ 


9-43 

Modular Unit System 844 N 

In addition to complete Dial Bore Gages 844 N, modular units can 

also be compiled as required to suit a individual measuring task and 

or application. 

Measuring Head 844 Nk, steel 

Measuring Head 844 NHk, carbide 

With built-in lever transmission system, carbide-tipped anvil and 

extra-wide centering bridge. With interchangeable stationary anvil. 

Threaded connection for Holders 844 Ng and 844 Ngk. 

Measuring range order no. Order no. 

mm 844 Nk 844 NHk 

18 - 50 4474151 4474156 

35 - 100 4474152 4474157 

100 - 250 4474153 4474158 

250 - 400 4474154 4474159 

400 - 800 4474155 4474160 

Right Angle Attachment 844 Nw 

For measuring difficult to reach bores, e.g. in tight spaces, 

inconveniently located or on machine tools. For screwing in between 

844 Ng or 844 Ngk and 844 Nk/NHK. 

For meas. ranges Length* Bore depth Order no. 

mm L (mm) mm 

18 - 50 66 45 4474070 

35 - 100 80 55 4474071 

100 - 250 105 70 4474072 

* With measuring heads 844 Nk/NHk 

Extension 844 Nv 

For extra deep bores. For screwing in between 844 Ng and 

844 Nk/NHk. Shank and transfer rod made of Invar steel. 

Extension Set 844 Nes 

For extending range of Measuring Head 844 Nk/NHk from 

250-400 mm to 800 mm. Consists of additional centering bridge 

and two extensions. 

Order no.: 4474010 

For instruments Length order no. 

mm 

L (mm) 

18 - 50 250 4474066 

35 - 100 250 4474060 

100 - 250 250 4474061 

500 4474062 

250 - 800 250 4474063 

500 4474064 

844 Ngk 

844 Ng 

Holder 844 Ng 

Shank and transfer rod made of heat-resistant Invar steel. With a 

locking clamp for indicator. 

d1 

d1 

844 Nv 

For meas. range 

mm L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) 

order no. 

L 

L 

18 - 50 200 14 8 4474040 

35 - 100 250 18 12 4474041 

100 - 250 350 26 18 4474042 

250 - 800 500 30 24 4474043 

d2 

d2 

L 

Short Holder 844 Ngk 

Shank and transfer rod made of heat-resistant Invar steel. With a 

locking clamp for indicator. 

For meas. range 

mm L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) 

order no. 

844 Nk 

844 NHk 

18 - 50 120 14 8 4474050 

35 - 100 120 18 12 4474051 

100 - 250 150 26 18 4474052 

250 - 800 250 30 24 4474053 

L 

844 Nw 

844 Nk 

844 NHk

- 

9-44 


Dial Bore Gage for Internal Serrations 844 Z 

Modular Unit Parts: 

Dial Bore Gage 844 Z 

Diametrical two ball measurement 

“Mdk“ from 3.5 - 333 mm 

Modular Unit Parts 844 Kk 

“Mdk“ from 3.5 - 26.1 mm 

(see table below) 

Modular Unit Parts 844 Z 

“MdK” 26 - 333 mm (see table 

on opposite page) 

Diametrical two ball measurement „M dk “ from 3.5 - 26.1 mm 

Merkmale 

• For diametrical two ball 

measurement MdK, to obtain 

the pitch diameter and conical 

form of internal gears in any 

position and at any depth 

• For ball dimensions from 3.5 

to 26.1 mm use the 844 Kk 

with carbide ball anvils and in 

conjunction with an expander 

pin 

• For ball dimensions >26 mm 

the measuring heads 844 z1 

or 844 z2 with the appropriate 

modular units are to be 

employed 


to carbide ball anvils 


due to built-in spring thus 


• Anvils, measuring heads, 

holder, spacer (intermediate 

piece) and depth extensions 

form a very comprehensive 

modular system which can 

rapidly be converted to 

measure further gear sizes 

Ball Order no. Ball dia. Order no. Expander 

dimen. ball dia. 1-5 according ball dia. 7.5-10 pin 

M dk (mm) graduation 0.5 to table graduation 0.5 Steel 

3.5 - 4.1 4482450 4482550 

} 

4.0 - 4.6 4482451 4482551 

4.5 - 5.1 4482452 4482552 

5.0 - 5.6 4482453 4482553 

5.5 - 6.1 4482454 4482554 

6.0 - 6.6 4482455 4482555 

6.5 - 7.1 4482456 4482556 4470806 

7.0 - 7.6 4482457 4482557 

7.5 - 8.1 4482458 4482558 

8.0 - 8.6 4482459 4482559 

8.5 - 9.1 4482460 4482560 

9.0 - 9.6 4482461 4482561 

} 

9.3 - 10.6 4482462 4482562 4482662 

10.3 - 11.6 4482463 4482563 4482663 

11.3 - 12.6 4482464 4482564 4482664 

12.3 - 13.6 4482465 4482565 4482665 

13.3 - 14.6 4482466 4482566 4482666 

14.5 - 16.1 4482467 4482567 4482667 

15.5 - 17.1 4482468 4482568 4482668 

16.5 - 18.1 4482469 4482569 4482669 

17.5 - 19.1 4482470 4482570 4482670 4470808 

18.5 - 20.1 4482471 4482571 4482671 

19.5 - 21.1 4482472 4482572 4482672 

20.5 - 22.1 4482473 4482573 4482673 

21.5 - 23.1 4482474 4482574 4482674 

22.5 - 24.1 4482475 4482575 4482675 

23.5 - 25.1 4482476 4482576 4482676 

24.5 - 26.1 4482477 4482577 4482677 

Lifting Knob 954 

enables the dial bore gage to 

gently guided into the serration. 

The measuring spindle of the 

indicating instrument can also be 

lifted. 

Order no. 4372030 

Holder 844 Kg 

with a clamping device for the 

indicating instrument. The 

mounting bore diameter 8 mm 

Order no. 4470851 

Extension 844 Kv 

for measuring in depth bores; 

length 64 mm 

Order no. 4470070 

844 Kk Anvil 

for internal serrations. 

ball dimension „M dk “ from 

3.5 - 26.1 mm 

Table (Sizes in mm) 

0.500 - 0.551 - 0.620 - 0.623 - 0.630 - 0.722 - 0.862 - 0.895 - 0.965 - 1.100 - 1.118 - 1.125 - 1.250 

1.350 - 1.372 - 1.385 - 1.524 - 1.540 - 1.600 - 1.650 - 1.700 - 1.750 - 1.782 - 1.800 - 1.829 - 1.900 

2.032 - 2.250 - 2.284 - 2.386 - 2.438 - 2.667 - 2.704 - 2.713 - 2.721 - 2.743 - 2.750 - 3.048 - 3.250 

3.400 - 3.658 - 4.835 - 5.250 - 5.486 - 5.500 - 6.000 - 6.096 - 6.350 - 6.500 - 7.000 

954 

844 Kg 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

844 Kv 

M6x0,75 

844 Kk 

M dk

+ 


9-45 

Modular Unit Parts 

Diametrical two ball measurement from M dK 26-333 mm 

Measuring Heads 

order no. 

844 z1, for M dK 26 - 130,5 mm 4485000 

844 z2, for M dK 48.5 - 333 mm 4485001 

Floating Ball Anvils with carbide ball 

Grad. (mm) Ball dia. mm 

844 z3 Meas. range 3 mm, for Meas. Head 844 z1 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488300 

acc. to table 4488301 

0.5 7.5 - 10 4488302 

844 z4 Meas. range 3 mm, for Meas. Head 844 z2 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488310 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488312 

Ball Anvils with carbide ball 

844 z5, Length 2.5 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488320 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488322 

844 z6, Length 5.0 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488330 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488332 

844 z7, Length 7.5 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488340 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488342 

844 z8, Length 10.0 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488350 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488352 

844 z15, Length adjustable from 24-34 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488360 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488362 

Spacer (intermediate piece) 

Length (mm) 

844 z9 10 4486501 

844 z10 20 4486502 

844 z11 40 4486503 

844 z12 80 4486504 

844 z13 100 * 4486505 

844 Kg 

844 Kv 

Wooden case 4485013 

* Only for 844 z2 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

2,5 10 

5 

7,5 

10 

844 z15 

24-34 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

844 z10 

80 

100 

844 z9 

40 

20 

M6x0,75 

844 z1 

844 z3 

23,5-26,5 

M6x0,75 

844 z2 

46-49 

844 z4

- 

9-46 


Dial Bore Gage for Internal Serrations 844 Z 

Selecting Modular Unit Parts Measuring Head 844 z1 and Floating Ball Anvil 844 z3 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

26.0 - 29.0 x 

28.5 - 31.5 x 

31.0 - 34.0 x 

33.5 - 36.5 x 

36.0 - 39.0 x x 

38.5 - 41.5 x x 

41.0 - 44.0 x x 

43.5 - 46.5 x x 

46.0 - 49.0 x x 

47.5 - 60.5 x 

48.5 - 51.5 x x 

51.0 - 54.0 x x 

53.5 - 56.5 x x 

56.0 - 59.0 x x x 

57.5 - 70.5 x x 

58.5 - 61.5 x x x 

61.0 - 64.0 x x x 

63.5 - 66.5 x x x 

66.0 - 69.0 x x 

67.5 - 80.5 x x 

68.5 - 71.5 x x 

71.0 - 74.0 x x 

73.5 - 76.5 x x 

76.0 - 79.0 x x x 

77.5 - 90.5 x x x 

78.5 - 81.5 x x x 

81.0 - 84.0 x x x 

83.5 - 86.5 x x x 

86.0 - 89.0 x x x 

87.5 - 100.5 x x 

88.5 - 91.5 x x x 

91.0 - 94.0 x x x 

93.5 - 96.5 x x x 

96.0 - 99.0 x x x x 

97.5 - 110.5 x x x 

98.5 - 101.5 x x x x 

101.0 - 104.0 x x x x 

103.5 - 106.5 x x x x 

107.5 - 120.5 x x x 

117.5 - 130.5 x x x x 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

Example: 

Diametrical two ball meas. M dK 73.0 mm 

Ball dia. 

5.486 mm 

When placing an order please quote the ball diameter of the modular 

unit system for 844 z3 - 844 z8, as well as 844 z15. On the basis of 

the above specified example above result several combinations that 

are possible to choice from is dependent upon the work piece. For 

further details please refer to the illustration on Page 9-43. 

The measuring application can be solved with either one of the 

following 4 versions: 

Type Description Ball dia. Length Order no. 

mm mm 

Version 1 

844 z1 Measuring Head 23.5-26.5 4485000 

844 z3 Floating Ball Anvil 5.486 4488301 

844 z7 Ball Anvil 5.486 7.5 4488341 

844 z11 Spacer 40.0 4486503 

Meas. range 71.0-74.0 

Version 



844 z15 Ball Anvil 5.486 24.0-34.0 4488361 

844 z10 Spacer 20.0 4486502 


Version 



844 z6 Ball Anvil 5.486 5.0 4488331 

844 z10 Spacer 20.0 4486502 


Version 4 



844 z15 Ball Anvil 5.486 24.0-34.0 4488361 


Determination of setting values 


D M 

M dk + 2 D M 

M dk 

D M 

D M = Ball diameter of the ball 

anvil 



M dk = Diametrical two ball 

measurement 

M dk + 2 D M = 

Setting value (length of the 

gage block required for 

setting) 

Dial Comparator readings order no. 


Millimess 1003 1 µm 4334000 



+ 


9-47 

Selecting Modular Unit Parts 844 Z Measuring Head f 844 z2 and Floating Ball Anvil 844 z4 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

48.5 - 51.5 x 

51.0 - 54.0 x 

53.5 - 56.5 x 

56.0 - 59.0 x 

58.5 - 61.5 x x 

61.0 - 64.0 x x 

63.5 - 66.5 x x 

66.0 - 69.0 x x 

68.5 - 71.5 x x 

70.0 - 83.0 x 

71.0 - 74.0 x x 

73.5 - 76.5 x x 

76.0 - 79.0 x x 

78.5 - 81.5 x x x 

80.0 - 93.0 x x 

81.0 - 84.0 x x x 

83.5 - 86.5 x x x 

86.0 - 89.0 x x x 

88.5 - 91.5 x x 

90.0 - 103.0 x x 

91.0 - 94.0 x x 

93.5 - 96.5 x x 

96.0 - 99.0 x x 

98.5 - 101.5 x x x 

100.0 - 113.0 x x x 

101.0 - 104.0 x x x 

103.5 - 106.5 x x x 

106.0 - 109.0 x x x 

108.5 - 111.5 x x x 

110.0 - 123.0 x x 

111.0 - 114.0 x x x 

113.5 - 116.5 x x x 

116.0 - 119.0 x x x 

118.5 - 121.5 x x x x 

120.0 - 133.0 x x x 

121.0 - 124.0 x x x x 

123.5 - 126.5 x x x x 

126.0 - 129.0 x x x x 

128.5 - 131.5 x x 

130.0 - 143.0 x x x 

131.0 - 134.0 x x 

133.5 - 136.5 x x 

136.0 - 139.0 x x 

138.5 - 141.5 x x x 

140.0 - 153.0 x x x x 

141.0 - 144.0 x x x 

143.5 - 146.5 x x x 

146.0 - 149.0 x x x 

148.5 - 151.5 x x 

150.0 - 163.0 x x 

151.0 - 154.0 x x 

153.5 - 156.5 x x 

156.0 - 159.0 x x 

158.5 - 161.5 x x x 

160.0 - 173.0 x x x 

161.0 - 164.0 x x x 

163.5 - 166.5 x x x 

166.0 - 169.0 x x x 

168.5 - 171.5 x x x 

170.0 - 183.0 x x 

171.0 - 174.0 x x x 

173.5 - 176.5 x x x 

176.0 - 179.0 x x x 

178.5 - 181.5 x x x x 

180.0 - 193.0 x x x 

181.0 - 184.0 x x x x 

183.5 - 186.5 x x x x 

186.0 - 189.0 x x x x 

188.5 - 191.5 x x x 

190.0 - 193.0 x x x 

191.0 - 194.0 x x x 

193.5 - 196.5 x x x 

196.0 - 199.0 x x x 

198.5 - 201.5 x x x x 

200.0 - 213.0 x x x x 

201.0 - 204.0 x x x x 

203.5 - 206.5 x x x x 

206.0 - 209.0 x x x x 

208.5 - 211.5 x x x x 

210.0 - 223.0 x x x 

211.0 - 214.0 x x x x 

213.5 - 216.5 x x x x 

216.0 - 219.0 x x x x 

218.5 - 221.5 x x x x x 

220.0 - 233.0 x x x x 

221.0 - 224.0 x x x x x 

223.5 - 226.5 x x x x x 

226.0 - 229.0 x x x x x 

228.5 - 231.5 x x x 

230.0 - 243.0 x x x x 

231.0 - 234.0 x x x 

233.5 - 236.5 x x x 

236.0 - 239.0 x x x 

238.5 - 241.5 x x x x 

240.0 - 253.0 x x x x x 

241.0 - 244.0 x x x x 

243.5 - 246.5 x x x x 

246.0 - 249.0 x x x x 

248.5 - 251.5 x x x x 

250.0 - 263.0 x x x 

251.0 - 254.0 x x x x 

253.5 - 256.5 x x x x 

256.0 - 259.0 x x x x 

258.5 - 261.5 x x x x x 

260.0 - 273.0 x x x x 

261.0 - 264.0 x x x x x 

263.5 - 266.5 x x x x x 

266.0 - 269.0 x x x x x 

268.5 - 271.5 x x x x 

270.0 - 283.0 x x x x 

271.0 - 274.0 x x x x 

273.5 - 276.5 x x x x 

276.0 - 279.0 x x x x 

278.5 - 281.5 x x x x x 

280.0 - 293.0 x x x x x 

281.0 - 284.0 x x x x x 

283.5 - 286.5 x x x x x 

286.0 - 289.0 x x x x x 

288.5 - 291.5 x x x x x 

290.0 - 303.0 x x x x 

291.0 - 294.0 x x x x x 

293.5 - 296.5 x x x x x 

296.0 - 299.0 x x x x x 

298.5 - 301.5 x x x x x x 

300.0 - 313.0 x x x x x 

301.0 - 304.0 x x x x x x 

303.5 - 306.5 x x x x x x 

306.0 - 309.0 x x x x x x 

310.0 - 323.0 x x x x x 

320.0 - 333.0 x x x x x x

- 

Multimar. Universal Measuring Instruments 

Do you have diverse measuring tasks? 

Multimar masters them with flying colors. 

The latest information on MULTIMAR products can 



Regardless of whether gears, threads, cones or grooves are to be measured; the versatility of Multimar Universal Measuring 

Instruments combined with a broad range of accessories ensures a perfect solution for nearly all your internal and external 

measuring requirements.

+ 



Multimar 25 ES 10- 2 

Digital Universal Caliper 

Multimar 844 T 10- 4 

Universal Measuring Instrument for Comparision 

Measurements 

Accessories for Multimar 25 ES / 844 T 10- 6 

Multimar 36 B 10- 21 

Indicator Gage for Internal (I.D.) and External (O.D.) 

Measurements

- 

10- 


Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES Varimeter 

RS232C 

Applications 

Illustration is shown with accessories, 

these are sold seperately 


• Outside and inside dimensions 

• Centering shoulders 

• Narrow collars 

• External and internal tapers 

• Dovetails 

• Grooves 

• Distances between hole 

centers 

• For scribing of work pieces 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (zero setting) 

mm/inch 

HOLD (Storage of measuring 

values) 

DATA (Data transmission) 



TOL (Tolerance display) 

• Capacitive measuring system, 

life of the battery ca. 2 years 

• Max measuring speed: 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Data output: 

Opto RS232C via data 

connection cable 

• High contrast 6 mm Liquid 

Crystal Display 

• Interchangeable measuring 

arms 

• Due to the patented mounting 

fixture of the measuring arms 

and or measuring attachments 

provided on both the upper 

and lower longitudinal face of 

the arm holders, the digital 

display is always in the 

operator’s line of vision 

• The application range can be 

easily extended by reversing 

the measuring arms 

• Both measuring arms can 

be moved along the beam 

thus having a well balanced 

weight distribution even with 

small dimensions 

• Slide and beam are made 

of hardened stainless steel 


Battery 


Measuring range* Resolution Error limit Weight Order no. Order no. 

outside inside (DIN 862) wooden case 

mm mm mm/inch mm g 

0 - 300 25 - 325 0.01 /.0005” 0.03 770 4118700 4118750 

0 - 300 25 - 325 0.01 /.0005” 0.03 750 4118701** 4118750 

0 - 600 25 - 625 0.01 /.0005” 0.03 1050 4118702 4118751 

0 - 1000 25 - 1025 0.01 /.0005” 0.04 1470 4118703 4118752 

* Dependent upon which accessories are being used the measuring range can be extended by a further 75 mm (2.95“) by reversing the measuring arms 844 Te/Tx 

** Without fine adjustment 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Setting Gage, hardened steel, 

screwed in to wooden case 25 Eel 4118520 


Data Connection Cable RS232C 

(2 m), SUB-D-jack 9-pin 16 ESv 4102510 

25 

10 

25 Eel 

50 ±0,003 

25 ±0,003 


90

+ 


10- 

Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES Measuring Arms, Mounting Attachments and Anvils 

Dimensions 

Range of application 

mm 

a 

mm 

844 Tm 

9 

a 

ø5 H7 

18,5 

18,3 

0 - 300 475 

0 - 600 775 

0 - 1000 1175 

24,5x5,6 

 

 

41,5 

12 

 

ø3,5 

(M2,5) 

844 Te 

844 Tx 

4 

dmin 

6 

d min = 14 mm (844 Te/Tx, 25 mm) 

d min = 17 mm (844 Te/Tx, 50 mm) 

8 

844 Tm 

844 Te 

844 Tx 

844 Ta 

844 Tw 

844 Tp 

901 H 

844 Ti 

844 Ts 

902 H 

844 Tu 

844 Tk 

844 Tr 

903 H 

904 H 

844 Tt 

844 Tg 

906 H 

907 H 

908 H 

25 Eb 

844 Tz 

911 H 

844 Tb 

912 

25 Eh 

25 Es 

913 

844 Tc 

426 M 

844 Tv

- 

10- 


Multimar. Universal Gage 844 T for external and internal dimensions 

overview 

The Universal Gage Multimar 844 T. Easy to use and versatile; ideal for all your measuring requirements 

in dimensional metrology. 

Applications 

• External and internal 

dimensions 

• External and internal threads 

• Centering shoulders 

• Narrow collars, recesses and 

grooves 

• External and internal tapers 

• External and internal tooth 

profiles / gears 

• and lots more 

All indicating instruments 

with an 8 mm mounting 

shank can be used 

Constant measuring force due 

to the built-in measuring force 

spring 

The moveable measuring arm holder is mounted 

in a highly precision ball guide to eliminate both 

play and friction; it also has an extreme measuring 

sensitivity and accuracy due to the optimal stability 

and ease of movement 


Application range* Extended range of Measuring Distance of Weight Order no.** Order no. 

application force movable anvil Wooden 

mm mm N mm g case 

25 - 110 25 - 185 5 10 775 4500001*** 4500010 

100 - 260 100 - 335 5 10 1010 4500002*** 4500011 

250 - 610 250 - 685 5 10 1580 4500003*** 4500012 

600 - 1010 600 - 1085 5 10 2225 4500004*** 4500013 

1000 - 1500 1000 - 1575 5 10 2460 4500005*** — 

1500 - 2000 1500 - 2075 5 10 2620 4500006*** — 

2000 - 2500 2000 - 2575 5 10 2800 4500007*** — 

* These application ranges only apply to internal measurements. For external measuremenst the range of application is reduced by 25 mm (1”). 

The extension of the application range takes place when the measuring elements are rotated through 180°. 

All application ranges depend upon which anvil is being used. 

From 1000 mm (range of application) a lightweight CRP tube is used. 


*** Includes a transport and storage case

+ 


10- 

The basic Multimar 844 T gage is made from a 

rugged, ground and hard chrome plated column 

The direction of the measuring force can be 

changed with an Allen key for either external 

or internal dimensions 

The stationary measuring arm holder can 

be moved along the column for coarse 

adjustment 

Adjustable stops for setting the measuring 

depth 

The measuring arms for 

measurement of external and 

internal dimensions. By simply 

reversing the measuring arms 

the application range can be 

extended 

Innovative lightweight 

construction of the basic 

body, made from carbon 

fiber reinforced plastic (CRP) 

tube, for measuring range 

1000-1500 mm. 


All indicating instruments with a 8 mm mounting shank can be used. 

Recommended are: 

Indicating Instrument Readings Order no. 

MarCator 810 S 0.01 mm 4311000 

Zentimess 1010 0.01 mm 4332000 


Digitale Messuhr MarCator 1087 BR 0.001 mm* 4337162 

* Resolution 

For further digital indicators please refer to Chapter 5

- 

10- 


Overview. Measuring Arms, Stops, Mounting Attachments and Anvils 

Dimensions 

Range of application 

mm 

a 

mm 

844 T 

25 - 110 245 

100 - 260 395 

250 - 610 745 

600 - 1010 1145 

1000 - 1500 1675 

1500 - 2000 2175 

2000 - 2500 2675 

17 

6 

a 

ø22

+ 


10- 

Overview. Measuring Arms, Stops and Mounting Attachments 

Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• Accommodates the following anvils 844 Ta, 844 Ti, 844 Tu, 844 Tt, 

844 Tz, 844 Tb and 844 Tc 

 

 

• Faces can also be used as stops 

• Reversible arm holders for extending measuring range 

 

Order no. 4500030 

Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• For external and internal diameters 

 

• With a 3.5 mm (0.138“) diameter mount, accommodates the 

interchangeable anvils 844 Tp, 844 Ts, 844 Tk, 844 Tr and 844 Tg 

• Reversible arm holders for extending measuring range 

 

 

Throat depth a in mm 25 50 100 

Order no. 4500020 4500021 4500022* 

 

 

* Not suitable for Digital Caliper 25 ES 

Stops 844 Tw 

• To set the measuring depth limit. Can be attached and relocated 

on the following measuring arms 844 Te, 844 Tn, 844 Tx. 

Reversible for external and internal measurements 

 

Order no. 4500109 

 

Measuring Arms 844 Tn 

• Hardened steel 

• To measure external and internal diameters on recesses and 

grooves at a greater measuring depth 

 

 

 

Throat depth a in mm 100 

Order no. 4500036* 


 

Measuring Arms 844 Tx 

• With an M 2.5 connection thread to screw in interchangeable anvils 

• For internal and external dimensions on specially formed work 

pieces 

• Measuring arms in conjunction with the measuring arms holder is 

reversible thus extending the range of measurement / application 

 

 

 

Throat depth a in mm 25 50 100 

Order no. 4500080 4500081 4500082* 


Holder for Measuring Rollers 844 Ty 

 

 

• With location bolts for the Measuring Rollers 706 Vr, plus a stop 

and stop pin 

Order no. 4502463

- 

10- 


Measuring external and internal dimensions 

Anvils for Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Hardened steel 

• With a cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring that allows free 

rotation in the bore of measuring arms 844 Te 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

844 Tp Flat; for external diameters, 

distance and widths 4500040* 

844 Ts Spherical; for internal diameters 4500045* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* 2 pieces are required 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shoulder anvils for mounting attachments 844 Tm 

• Made from hardened steel 

• For measuring narrow collars such as centering shoulders and 

other similar measuring tasks 

• With cylindrical mounting shaft to attach into the mounting 

attachments 844 Tm 

 

 

 

 

 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

 

844 Ta Flat; for external diameters 4500050 

 

 

844 Ti Semi-cylindrical, for internal diameters 4500055

+ 


10- 

Measuring tapers and distances 

Roller Anvils 844 Tu* 

for Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• To measure the diameter of outside tapers and dovetail 

guides 

• Roller is made of hardened steel 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

 

 

 

 

844 Tu* Roller dia. 8 mm 4500047 

Roller length 

14 mm 

Distance of the roller to the 

stop face 5 mm ±3 µm 

 

 

Ball Anvils 844 Tt* 


 

• To measure the diameter of inside tapers with a distance of 

5 mm from the taper face 

• Ball is made of hardened steel 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

 

 

 

 

844 Tt* Ball dia. 8 mm 4500046 

Distance of the ball to the 

stop face 5 mm ±3 µm 

 

* Outer and inner surfaces that are parallel to one another a combination sets 

(pair) consisting of a Roller Anvil 844 Tu and a Ball Anvil 844 Tt, are 

recommended. 

 

 

Measuring recesses 

Anvils with Measuring Blades 


• For measuring centering shoulders and recesses on internal and 

external diameters; consists of a pin type holder, which is be 

moved to set the measuring depth in Mounting Attachment 

844 Tm and a mounted measuring blade 

• The face of the Mounting Attachment 844 Tm serves as stop 

 

 

 

 

844 Tb 

• With round measuring blades 

• Ideal for workpieces that have a recess up to 2 mm in depth 

 

 

 

 

 

844 Tc 

• With long measuring blades 

• Ideal for workpieces that have a recess up to 7.5 mm in depth 

Cat. Blade Blade Range of Order no. 

no. Length dia. adjustment 

mm mm mm 

 

 

 

844 Tb – 9 0 – 10 4500015* 

844 Tc 20 – 0 – 10 4500114* 

20 – 40 – 50 4500115* 

* 2 pieces are required

- 

10-10 


Measuring external and internal tooth profiiles 

Ball Anvils 844 Tk 

Use in conjunction with Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Made of carbide. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer 

ring which allows free rotation inside the bore of Measuring 

Arms 844 Te. 

Especially suited for the measurement of internal or external helical 

gear wheels. 

Shank dia. 

3.5 mm 

Shank length 

6 mm 

Manufacturing tol. ball dia. ± 2 µm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dia. d H Order no.* 

mm mm 


mm mm 


mm mm 


mm mm 

0.5 3.0 4502620 

0.551 3.1 4502621 

0.62 3.1 4502622 

0.623 3.1 4502623 

0.63 3.1 4502624 

0.722 3.2 4502625 

0.862 3.4 4502626 

0.895 3.4 4502627 

0.965 3.5 4502628 

1 3.5 4500350 

1.1 3.6 4502629 

1.118 3.6 4502630 

1.125 3.6 4502631 

1.25 3.8 4500351 

1.35 3.9 4502632 

1.372 3.9 4502633 

1.385 3.9 4502634 

1.5 4.0 4500352 

1.524 4.0 4502635 

1.54 4.0 4502636 

1.6 4.1 4502637 

1.65 4.2 4502638 

1.7 4.2 4502639 

1.75 4.3 4500353 

1.782 4.3 4502640 

1.8 4.3 4502641 

1.829 4.3 4502642 

1.9 4.4 4502643 

2 4.5 4500354 

2.032 4.5 4502543 

2.25 4.8 4502540 

2.284 4.8 4502644 

2.3 4.8 4502544 

2.386 4.9 4502645 

2.438 4.9 4502646 

2.5 5.0 4500356 

2.667 5.2 4502647 

2.704 5.2 4502648 

2.713 5.2 4502649 

2.721 5.2 4502650 

2.743 5.2 4502651 

2.75 5.3 4500618 

3 5.5 4500357 

3.048 5.5 4502652 

3.25 5.8 4502541 

3.4 5.9 4502653 

3.5 6.0 4500358 

3.658 6.2 4502654 

4 6.5 4500359 

4.5 7.0 4500360 

4.835 7.3 4502655 

5 7.5 4500361 

5.25 7.8 4502656 

5.486 8.0 4502657 

5.5 8.0 4500362 

6 8.5 4500363 

6.096 8.6 4502658 

6.35 8.9 4502545 

6.5 9.0 4502542 

7 9.5 4502547 

8 10.5 4502548 

9 11.5 4502549 

10 12.5 4502550 

* 2 pieces are required 

Further sizes are available upon request (material: Steel)

+ 


10-11 

Measuring external and internal tooth profiiles 

Cylindrical Measuring Pins 844 Tz 

Use in conjunction with Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• Made from steel, with shank for mounting into the Mounting 

Attachment 844 Tm. 

Manufacturing tol. ± 2 µm 

dia. D M 

Length l Length L Order no. 

mm mm mm 

 

 

1 6 19.5 4500500 

1.25 6 19.5 4500501 

1.5 6 19.5 4500502 

1.75 10 23.5 4500503 

2 10 23.5 4500504 

2.5 10 23.5 4500506 

3 15 28.5 4500507 

3.5 15 28.5 4500508 

4 15 28.5 4500509 

4.5 20 33.5 4500510 

5 20 33.5 4500511 

5.5 20 33.5 4500512 

6 20 33.5 4500513 

Further sizes are available upon request (material: Steel)

- 

10-12 


Measuring external threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tr 

Used in conjunction with Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Pair consists of V-anvil and blade 


Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

Metric external thread (60°) Whitworth external thread (55°) American UST external thread (60°) 


range 

range 


0.5 - 0.7 4501000 4501200 40 - 32 4501007 4501207 40 - 32 4501018 4501418 

0.7 - 1 4501001 4501201 32 - 24 4501008 4501208 32 - 24 4501019 4501419 

1.25 - 2 4501002 4501202 24 - 18 4501009 4501209 24 - 18 4501020 4501420 

2 - 3.5 4501003 4501203 18 - 14 4501010 4501210 18 - 14 4501021 4501421 

3.5 - 5 4501004 4501204 14 - 10 4501011 4501211 14 - 10 4501022 4501422 

5 - 7 4501005 4501205 10 - 7 4501012 4501212 10 - 7 4501023 4501423 

7 - 9 4501006 4501206 7 - 4.5 4501013 4501213 7 - 4.5 4501024 4501424 

4.5 - 3 4501014 4501214 4.5 - 3 4501025 4501425 

3 - 2.5 4501015 4501215 


Trapezoid external thread acc. to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Blade 


1 4501150 4501350 

1.5 4501151 4501351 

2 4501152 4501352 

3 4501153 4501353 

4 4501154 4501354 

5 4501155 4501355 

6 4501156 4501356 

7 4501157 4501357 

8 4501158 4501358 

9 4501159 4501359 

10 4501160 4501360 

12 4501161 4501361 

14 4501162 4501362 

16 4501163 4501363 

18 4501164 4501364 

20 4501165 4501365

+ 


10-13 


Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tr 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and blade 

• Each pitch requires a separate V-anvil 

• Blade can be used for several pitches 


 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

 

 

 

 

Metric external thread (60°) Whitworth external thread (55°) 

American UST external thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade 

range 

mm Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4501026 40 4501083 

0.6 4501027 36 4501108 4501284 

0.7 4501028 32 4501084 

0.75 4501029 4501232 28 4501085 

0.8 4501030 26 4501086 

0.9 4501031 24 4501087 

1 4501032 22 4501088 4501290 

1.25 4501033 20 4501089 

1.5 4501034 4501235 19 4501090 

1.75 4501035 18 4501091 

2 4501036 16 4501092 4501293 

2.5 4501037 4501238 14 4501093 

3 4501038 12 4501094 4501296 

3.5 4501039 11 4501095 

4 4501040 4501241 10 4501096 

4.5 4501041 9 4501097 4501299 

5 4501042 8 4501098 

5.5 4501043 4501244 7 4501099 

6 4501044 6 4501100 

7 4501045 5 4501101 4501302 

8 4501046 4501247 4.5 4501102 

9 4501047 4 4501103 

3.5 4501104 4501306 

3.25 4501105 

3 4501106

- 

10-14 


Measuring internal threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tg 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. 

For pitch diameter 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

Metric internal thread (60°) Whitworth internal thread (55°) American UST internal thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil range anvil range anvil 


0.5 - 0.7 4174300 4174600 40 - 32 4174343 4174643 40 - 32 4174415 4174615 

0.7 - 1 4174301 4174601 32 - 24 4174344 4174644 32 - 24 4174416 4174616 

1.25 - 2 4174302 4174602 24 - 18 4174345 4174645 24 - 18 4174417 4174617 

2 - 3.5 4174303 4174603 18 - 14 4174346 4174646 18 - 14 4174418 4174618 

3.5 - 5 4174304 4174604 14 - 10 4174347 4174647 14 - 10 4174419 4174919 

5 - 7 4174305 4174605 10 - 7 4174348 4174648 10 - 7 4174420 4174620 

7 - 9 4174306 4174606 7 - 4.5 4174349 4174649 7 - 4.5 4174421 4174621 

4.5 - 3 4174350 4174650 4.5 - 3 4174422 4174622 

3 - 2.5 4174351 4174651 

Trapezoid external thread acc. to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil 


1 4501830 4501831 

1.5 4501832 4501833 

2 4501834 4501835 

3 4501836 4501837 

4 4501838 4501839 

5 4501840 4501841 

6 4501842 4501843 

7 4501844 4501845 

8 4501846 4501847 

9 4501848 4501849 

10 4501850 4501851 

12 4174961 4174981 

14 4174962 4174982 

16 4174963 4174983 

18 4174964 4174984 

20 4174965 4174985

+ 


10-15 

Measuring internal threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tg 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and pointed anvil 

• Each pitch requires a separate V-anvil 

• Pointed anvil can be used for several pitches. 

For external diameters 

 

 

 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

 

 

Metric internal thread (60°) Whitworth internal thread (55°) 

American UST internal thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Pointed Pitch V-anvil Pointed 

anvil range anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4174313 40 4174431 

0.6 4174314 36 4174427 4174632 

0.7 4174315 32 4174432 

0.75 4174316 4174619 28 4174433 

0.8 4174317 26 4174435 

0.9 4174318 24 4174436 

1 4174319 22 4174437 4174939 

1.25 4174321 20 4174438 

1.5 4174322 4174623 19 4174439 

1.75 4174323 18 4174440 

2 4174325 16 4174442 4174943 

2.5 4174326 4174627 14 4174443 

3 4174327 12 4174445 4174947 

3.5 4174329 11 4174446 

4 4174330 4174631 10 4174447 

4.5 4174331 9 4174449 4174949 

5 4174333 8 4174450 

5.5 4174334 4174635 7 4174451 

6 4174335 6 4174453 

7 4174337 5 4174454 4174655 

8 4174338 4174639 4.5 4174455 

9 4174339 4 4174457 

3.5 4174458 4174660 

3.25 4174459 

3 4174460

- 

10-16 


Measuring external and internal threads 

Interchangeable Measuring Rollers 844 Tv 

Used in conjunction with Mounting Attachment 844 Tm 

• Mounting shank fits into Mounting Attachment 844 Tm 

• Each has two springs to alleviate the positioning on the correct 

pitch thread 

Mounting Shank dia.: 

5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

Metric Thread (60°) Whitworth Thread (55°) American UST Thread (60°) 

Pitch mm Order no. Range tpi Order no. Range tpi Order no. 

0.5 4501705 40 4501769 40 4501819 

0.6 4501706 36 4501768 36 4501818 

0.7 4501707 32 4501767 32 4501817 

0.75 4501708 30 4501766 30 4501816 

0.8 4501709 28 4501765 28 4501815 

0.9 4501710 24 4501764 24 4501814 

1 4501711 22 4501763 22 4501813 

1.25 4501712 20 4501762 20 4501812 

1.5 4501713 19 4501761 19 4501811 

1.75 4501714 18 4501760 18 4501810 

2 4501715 16 4501759 16 4501809 

2.5 4501716 14 4501758 14 4501808 

3 4501717 13 4501757 13 4501807 

3.5 4501718 12 4501756 12 4501806 

4 4501719 11 4501755 11 4501805 

4.5 4501720 10 4501754 10 4501804 

5 4501721 9 4501753 9 4501803 

5.5 4501722 8 4501752 8 4501802 

6 4501723 7 4501751 7 4501801 

6 4501750 6 4501800 

Special Threads. Interchangeable Measuring Rollers for special threads are also available on request.

+ 


10-17 


Measuring Roller Holder 844 Ty 

• With location bolts for the Measuring Rollers 706 Vr 

• With stop and stop pin 

Order no. 4502463 

844 Ty 

 

 

706 Vr 

 

 

Thread Measuring Rollers 706 Vr 

Used in conjunction with Measuring roller holder 844 Ty 

Metric Thread (60°) Whitworth Thread (55°) American UST Thread (60°) 

Pitch mm Order no. Range tpi Order no. Range tpi Order no. 

0.5 4521105 40 4521219 40 4521319 

0.6 4521106 36 4521218 36 4521318 

0.7 4521107 32 4521217 32 4521317 

0.75 4521108 30 4521216 30 4521316 

0.8 4521109 28 4521215 28 4521315 

0.9 4521110 24 4521214 24 4521314 

1 4521111 22 4521213 22 4521313 

1.25 4521112 20 4521212 20 4521312 

1.5 4521113 19 4521211 19 4521311 

1.75 4521114 18 4521210 18 4521310 

2 4521115 16 4521209 16 4521309 

2.5 4521116 14 4521208 14 4521308 

3 4521117 13 4521207 13 4521307 

3.5 4521118 12 4521206 12 4521306 

4 4521119 11 4521205 11 4521305 

4.5 4521120 10 4521204 10 4521304 

5 4521121 9 4521203 9 4521303 

5.5 4521122 8 4521202 8 4521302 

6 4521123 7 4521201 7 4521301 

6 4521200 6 4521300 

Special Threads. Interchangeable Measuring Rollers for special threads are also available on request.

- 

10-18 



Measuring Arms 844 Tx and associated Anvils 

• With an M 2.5 connection 

thread to screw in the interchangeable 

anvils 

• For internal and external 

dimensions on specially formed 

work pieces 

• Measuring arms on the 

measuring arm holder are 

reversible, therefore extending 

the range of measurement / 

application 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Throat depth a mm 25 50 100 

Order no. 4500080 4500081 4500082 

 

 

Standard Contact Points / Anvils 901, Ball dia. 3 mm 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

901 with Steel ball 4360001 

901 H with Carbide ball 4360002 

901 R with Ruby ball 4360003 

Spherical Contact Points 902/Flat Contact Points 903 

902 902 H 903 903 H 

Steel Carbide Steel Carbidemeas. 

face 

tipped 

Length l Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

mm 

4 4360007 – 4360070 – 

6 4360009 – 4360071 4360101 

8 4360010 4360040 4360072 4360102 

10 4360011 4360041 4360073 4360103 

12 4360012 4360042 4360074 4360104 

15 4360013 4360043 4360075 4360105 

20 4360014 4360044 4360076 4360106 

25 4360015 4360045 4360077 4360107 

30 4360016 4360046 4360300 4360110 

35 4360017 4360047 4360078 4360108 

40 4360019 4360049 4360310 4360111 

45 4360026 4360050 4360303 – 

50 4360018 4360048 4360079 4360109 

55 4360031 

65 4360035 

75 4360020 

85 4360036 

95 4360029

+ 

10-19 

l 

912 

l 



Measuring Arms 844 Tx and associated Anvils 

Ball Contact Points 906 H 

906 H 

M 2,5 

With carbide ball. manufacturing tolerance ball dia. 0/-6 µm 

Ball dia. d l Order Ball dia. d l Order 

mm mm no. mm mm no. 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 

d 

Measuring Spindle Extensions 912 

M 2,5 

Length l Order Length l Order 

mm no. mm no. 

10 4360250 35 4360254 

15 4360251 50 4360255 

20 4360252 75 4360256 

25 4360253 100 4360257 

M 2,5 

Special Contact Points / Anvils 

904 H 

907 

908 H 

Order no. 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

Conical Contact Points, carbide tipped 904 H 4360131 

Flat Contact Points*, steel, A = 1 cm 2 907 4360200 

carbide tipped, dia. 7 mm 907 H 4360201 

10 

30° 

R 0,3 

ø11,3 

5 

R30 

ø12 

5 

Spherical Contact Points, steel 908 4360210 

carbide tipped 908 H 4360211 

Pin Contact Point, carbide tipped, 911 H 4360240 

dia. 1 mm, flat 

911 H 

M 2,5 

913 

M 2,5 

Flat Contact Point, for mounting a 913 4360400 

pin gage holder 426 M for measuring 

threads using the 3 wire method 

10 

5 

426 M 

* When using an anvil with a flat contact face the opposite anvil must have an 

spherical contact face. 

ø1 

2 

ø7,5 

Note: 

The Order no's on pages 10-18 and 10-19 only related to one piece.

- 

10-20 


Scribing with Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES 

Scriber Point 25 Es 

• For straight lines and circles 

• Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4118530 

Counter Holder 25 Eh 

• In conjunction with 25 Es to scribe straight lines, for example; along 

an edge 

• Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4118535 

 

 

Anvils for Distances for Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES 

Mounting Inserts 25 Eb 

• For distances between the center of bores and between the center 

of a bore and an edge 

 

• Carbide tipped 

• Longest distance between hole centers corresponds with half the 


 

 

Order no. 4118525 

 

 

Stand 844 Tf for Universal Measuring Instrument 844 T 

• For stationary use of the Universal Measuring Instrument 844 T 

Measuring range 25 - 110 mm 

• User has both hands free for insertion of work piece 

• The indicating instrument is always in the operator’s line of vision 

• Strong, stable cast base with clamping device for Universal 

Measuring Instrument 

Order no. 4450512 

844 Tf

+ 


10-21 

I.D./O.D. Indicator Gage 36 B for Internal and External Dimensions 

Features 

• For checking of inside and 

outside diameters, reference 

flanges, small shoulders and 

grooves. 

Inside meas. 

Outside meas. 

• Adjustable retraction (6 mm to 

10 mm) of the moveable anvil 

• Adjustable measuring force 

• 2-point T-plate, gives a 

diameter reading directly across 

the diameter. A third contact 

may be used as a side-step of 

centralizer 

without stop 

with stop 

• High measuring accuracy 

ensured by measuring probe 

supported in friction free 

parallel spring system 

• User friendly, table area can 

be tilted in relation to the base 

from 0° to 90° 


345 



Catalog no. Resolution Order no. 

196 

206 

MarCator 1087 1 µm 4337060 

µMaxµm II 1 µm 2032405 


Model Measuring range Meas. force Distance of mov. anvil Order no. 

Int. dimensions Ext. dimensions adjustable adjustable 

mm mm N mm 

M36-B10 19 - 140 6 - 127 0 - 35 6 - 10 2003200 

M36-B20 19 - 197 6 - 222 0 - 35 6 - 10 2003201 

Jaw Sets 

Type Description Material Order no. 

(contact pins and 

rest surfaces) 

JW-9 Jaw Set (3 pieces) Steel 003210* 

PS-55 Contact Pins for JW-9 Steel 003215 

JW-58 Jaw Set (3 pieces) Carbide 003211 

PS-226 Contact Pins for JW-58 Carbide 003216 

* Supplied with. 

For special jaw configurations are available upon request 

Adjustable 

for gaging 

height 

0,8 mm 

- 

19 mm 

Jaw JW-9 

Ø6,35 

11 

25,4 

25,4

- 

MarConnect. Data Processing 

Are you searching for the right connections? 

They’re right here at Marconnect. 

The latest information on MARCONNECT products 

can be found on our website: 


our new digital hand held measuring instruments are equipped with MarConnect interface capability. Regardless 

of which interface standard you use, whether U SB, Opto R S232 or Digimatic; MarConnect will always provide you with 

the optimal connection.

+ 



USB Ready / MarCom Software 

Overview 

MarConnect USB Ready 11- 2 

Simple data transmission to a PC as well as enables quick and 

universal assembly of a multiple measuring station 

MarCom Software 11- 3 

Clear and flexible data acquisition 

Statistics Printer 

MarConnect MSP2 11- 5 

Statistics printer with integrated Data Logger 

Interfaces 

MarConnect T-Box 11- 6 

Interface to connect to a PC keyboard input 

Radio Transmission 

MarConnect Radio System FM 2 11- 7 

Secure and wireless data transmission 

Overview 

MarConnect Data Connection Cables 11- 8 

To connect Measuring Instruments to Data Printers, 

Interfaces and PC‘s

- 

11- 


MarConnect. USB ready 

The new flexible MarConnect interface from 

Mahr. Simplifies both data transmission to a PC 

and enables quick and universal assembly of a 

multiple measuring station . 

 

 

 

• Choose alternative methods of data transmission 

either with a foot switch or a PC keyboard, direct on the 

measuring instrument or with the Timer function 

• Compatible with all MarConnect 

USB ready measuring instruments 

• Clear and flexible data acquisition with the 

easy to use MarCom Professional Software 

• Multiple measuring station 

is easily set up with a USB hub, 

up to 100 measuring devices 

can be simultaneously 

connected 

• Easily extendable with 

additional USB hubs

+ 


11- 

MarCom Software 

System Requirements 

IBM AT compatible PC 

MS Windows ® 2000, XP, Vista, 7 

USB interface, higher than 1.1 

up to 10 MB 

CD / DVD drive 

Recommended: MS Excel from Version 97 onwards 

Order no. 

Features 

Software MarCom 

Professional 

• Measured values can be 

directly transferred into either 

MS Excel (from version 97) or 

into a text file or key code 

• The measured values from 

each instrument can be sent 

to a different column, table or 

folder in Excel 

• Data transmission is possible 

via. USB and 2 serial COM 

interfaces 

• USB hub is also suitable as 

a measuring instrument 

interface 

• Up to 100 measuring 

instruments can be connected 

with USB data cable 

• Clear portrayal of the chosen 

measuring instrments with 

the aid of icons 

• Several foot switches can 

be connected up via USB. 

Measuring instruments can 

be freely assigned 

• Freely definable and 

configurable measurement 

cycles 

• There are a variety of ways to 

transmit data, you can either 

press the “Data“ button on 

the measuring instrument 

or on the data cable; via a 

computer, timer, keyboard; 

or by activating a foot switch 

connected to a USB interface 

• Text file can be edited 

thus translated in diverse 

languages 

Software MarCom 

Standard 

(USB cable is not included in 

the scope of supply) 

Features and system 

requirements are identical to 

MarCom Professional, except 

that it only has one USB and 

one serial COM interface 

Software MarCom Professional 4102552 

Software MarCom Standard 4102551

- 

11- 


USB ready measuring instruments 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Data Connection Cable 16 EXu 

Order no. 4102357 


for MarCal. Calipers 

16 ER / 16 EWR 

16 EWV 

18 EWR 

30 ER / 

30 EWR / 30 EWN 

for Digimar. Height Gages 

814 SR 

Data Connection Cable 2000 usb 

Order no. 4346023 


for MarCator. Digital Indicators 

1088 

for Millimess. Digital 

Comparators 

2000 

2001 

2100 

µMaxµm II 

für Digimar. 816 CL 

Data Connection Cable MC-I 

Order no. 4102782 


for Foot switch 

Order no. 4102058 

for Micromar. Micrometers 

40 EWR, 40 EWS, 40 EWV, 

46 EWR, 44 EWR 

USB-HUB 7-fold industrial model incl. USB cable for 

connection to a PC and power adapter 

Order no. 4102553 

for MarCator. Digital Indicators 

1075 R, 1086 R, 

1087 R 

for MarSurf. PS1

+ 


11- 

Statistics Printer MSP 2 with integrated Data Logger 

marconnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Above shows the Statistics Printer 

MSP2 being used in conjunction with 

the Transport Bag MSP 2t 

Features 

• Areas of application include; 

incoming goods department, 

on the production floor, in 

quality assurance department 

and in dispatch 

• Can be connected to any of 

the following: Mahr Hand 

Measuring Instruments, Mahr 

Millimar Instruments, Digimatic 

compatible instruments and 

measuring instruments with a 

RS232C interface 

• Two-line display for a simple 

dialog mode 

• Real-time clock with date 

• Measured values can easily be 

stored and transferred to a PC 

• The following statistical 

parameters can be determined: 

process mean x, range R, 

standard deviation σn and 

σn-1, Min and Max of the 

measured values, > UTol, < 

LTol, machine capability Cm 

and Cmk, process capability 

Cp and Cpk for sampling sizes 

2-25 

• 3 types of print protocols: 

statistics, statistics with a 

histogram, sample charts 

• List of measured values can be 

printed from the memory at 

any time 

• Individual values can be chosen 

and deleted as desired 

• Quiet and fast Thermo-printer 

(5 lines/sec.) 

• Automatic data transfer with 

adjustable time interval 

parameter from between 

1 sec. to 99 hrs. 

• Alternative power sources 

include: mains adapter 

(100 - 240 V, batteries or 

NIMH-accumulator, type AA 

• Can be deployed as an 

interface to the PC 

• Languages can be selected, 

German, English and French 


Mains adapter, 

paper roll 


Accessories 

Max. measured values 999 

Characters per line 24 

Paper width 

58 mm 

Paper length 

25 m 

LxWxH 

215 x 116 x 85 mm 

Battery operation at 1100 mAh > 7000 printed lines 

Data logger powered by accu. ca. 24 Hrs. 


IP40 

Total weight incl. accu. 

600 g 

Order no. 4102040 

Order no. 

Foot Switch to trigger data transmission 4102058 

Paper Rolls 1 Pack = 5 rolls 4102041 

Transport Bag MSP 2t 4102042 

Data Cable to connect MSP 2 to a PC 

(Data transfer / Interface mode) 4102711 

Data Cable for connecting measuring instruments 

See cable overview on Page 11-8 

MarCom Software see Page 11-3

- 

11- 


T-Box keyboard interface to connect to measuring instruments to USB interface 

Features 

T-Box 205 USB 

• Measuring data is converted 

into keyboard codes, 

therefore suitable for any 

software with a manual input 

(e.g. MS-Excel ® ) 

• No special driver software 

required 

• Independent of operating 

system (Windows, Linux, DOS) 

• Measuring values can be 

processed individually or as a 

group 

• The measured values can be 

directly triggered on the 

measuring instrument or with 

the optional foot switch 

• Every Multi-RS232C port is 

individually adjustable via the 

interface 

• Termination character (e.g. 

Enter) and language can be 

selected via the intercae 

• The power is supplied by the 

USB interface 


USB cable 

Note: 

Further T-Boxes with a Timer 

function and can be cascaded 

are available upon request. 


Inputs Dimensions Order no. Remarks 

mm (L x W x H) 

T-Box 205 USB 2 x Multi-RS232C inputs 175 x 125 x 55 4102579 When connecting Digimatic 

3 x Digimatic inputs 

measuring instruments the 

standard cable of the 

manufacturer can be used 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Foot Switch for connection to T-Box 4102556 

Data Cable for connecting measuring instruments. See cable overview on Page 11-8 

Digi-USB-1 Interface USB Interface with one Digimatic input port 

Features 


Input Dimensions Order no. 

mm (L x W x H) 

1 x Digimatic - measuring 

instrument - input 

20 x 57 x 33 4102523 

• Power supplied by the USB 

interface 

• No driver required for the 

USB interface 

• The USB interface is 

recognized as a keyboard 

• Termination character such as 

Enter or TAB can be set up on 

the USB interface 

Accessories 

• The measured values can be 

directly triggered on the 

measuring instrument, timer 

funktion or with the optional 

foot switch 


USB-Interface 

Order no. 

Foot Switch 4102058

+ 


11- 

Radio transmission radio system FM 2 

Features 

FM 2 

2000 f 

16 EXf 

• Wireless data transmission 

from a measuring instrument 

to a PC 

• Secure data transmission due 

to the acknowledgement 

dialog of the received data 

from the PC to the measuring 

instrument 

• Optical confirmation of 

received data on the 

transmitter 

• TWIN receiver for USB and 

RS232 interfaces 

• Compact transmitter without 

an external antenna 

• Theoretically unlimited 

amount of measuring 

instruments can be connected 

to a receiver 

• Distance of radio wave up 

to 100 m (depending on the 

working environment) 

• Radio frequency is 433 MHz* 

• Up to 69 channels are 

available per receiver, several 

receivers can be used at any 

one time 

• Bi-directional radio link 

(remote control from 

measuring instruments) 

• Triggering data via a hand 

switch is possible 

* Further frequencies are available 

upon request 

Transmitter 

Receiver 

For Measuring Instruments 

Order no. 

Order no. 

MarCal 16 ER, 16 EWR, 16 EWV, 16 EXf 4102306 

18 EWR, 30 ER, 30 EWN, 30 EWR 

Digimar 814 SR 

Micromar 40 EW, 44 EX, 46 EX, 40 EWS, 40 EWV 

MarCator 1075, 1080, 1081, 1086, 1087 

MarCal 25 ES, 30 EWD, 31 ES, 32 ES 1082 f 4102307 

Digimar 27 ES, M 814 

MarTool 106 ES 

Millimess 2000, 2001, 2100 2000 f 4102309 

MarCator 1088 

Digimar 816 CL 

Digimar 817 CLM 817 f 4102310 

Millimar C1208, C1216, C1245, S1840 RS232 f 4102311 

TWIN Receiver for USB and RS232 FM 2 4102305 

interfaces incl. driver and basic software. 

Basic software consists of a software 

keyboard interface and software to store 

measured values in an MS-Excel ® column 

 

RS232C 

Further transmitters are available, see page 11-9 

Accessories 

Software 

Order no. 

Hand switch for remote control* HTF 1 4102314 

* only in conjunction with Software Pack Plus 

Order no. 

Software Pack Plus to store measured 4102315 

data from several transmitters in separate 

MS-Excel ® columns. Remote control with the hand switch.

- 

11- 


MarConnect. Interfaces 

overview 

Instrument 

Connect 

to . . . 

 

direct via USB and 

MarCom Software 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

direct via RS232C and 

MarCom Software via Digi-USB 1 via T-Box 

PC 

Fußschalter 4102058+4102782 3 4102058+4102782 23 4102058 4102556 

16 ER / EWR 

16 EWV 

18 EWR 

30 ER / EWR / EWN 

40 EWR, 40 EWS, 40 EWV, 

46 EWR, 44 EWR 

1075 R, 1086 R, 1087 R 

814 SR, PS1 

4102357 4102410 4102411 4102411 

2000, 2001, 2100 

1088, 816 CL 

µMaxµm II 

4346023 4346020 4346021 4346021 

838 EA, 838 EI (Ausf. A) 4495079 -------- 4495083 4495083 

838 EA, 838 EI (Ausf. B) -------- -------- 4495084 6 4495084 6 

Maxµm III -------- -------- 2239037 2239037 

31 EW, 

800 EW, 800 EWL 

4305121 4305122 -------- -------- 

25 ES 

106 ES 

M 814 

4102510+4102330 4102510 -------- 4102510 

MSP 2 4102711+4102334 4 4102711 4 -------- -------- 

1240, S1840, C1245, 

C1208, C1216, X1715, X1741 

7024634+4102331 5 7024634 5 -------- 4102715 

Digimar 817 CLM 7024634+4102333 4 7024634 4 -------- -------- 

2 Foot switch; only with an additional USB Port 

3 Cable length 18 cm / 7” 

4 Data transmission only with the “Data“ key or “automatic 

transmisison“ on the measuring instrument 

5 Foot switch to transfer data on the measuring instrument 

Millimar - Order no. 5330956 / Millimar 1240 - Order no. 5312431 

6 Data cable is included in the handle of the measuring instrument, 

cable length 1.5 m / 5 ft

+ 


11- 

MarConnect. Regardless of which interface standard you use, whether; U SB, Opto R S232 

oder Digimatic, MarConnect always provides you with the optimum connection. 

Standard cable length 2 m 

Transmitter 

FM 2 via 

USB or RS232 

Data printer 

MSP 2 

4102314 7 4102058 

4102058 

4102782 3 

4102306 4102411 

4102357 4102410 

4102411 

4102309 4346021 

4346023 4346020 

4346021 

-------- 4495083 

4102313+4495084 4495084 6 

-------- 2239037 

4495079 

-------- -------- 

2239037 / 4495083 6 

4305121 4305122 

4102307 4102510 

4102510 

-------- -------- 

4102311 8 7024634 

4102310 7024634 4102330 to 4102334 

Cable length 1 m 

7 Hand switch only in conjunction with Software pack Plus 

8 Not available for Millimar 1240 

4102715 / 7024634 

4102711

- 

MarTool. Measuring and Inspection Equipment 

The complete support for your inspection. 

Martool 

The latest information on MARTool products can be 


www.mahr.com, WebCode 10436-5062 

MarTool measuring and inspection equipment are indispensable aids for dimensional metrology. Their simple handling make 

them the most versatile instruments for daily use in either the inspection room or the workshop, whether measuring an angle 

on a work piece or inspecting the surface plate for a height measuring instrument with the outstanding quality from MarTool you 

cannot go wrong.

+ 



MarTool 104 12- 2 

Knife-edge Straight Edges 

MarTool 105 / 105 F /105 Y /105 Z 12- 2 

Set Squares 

MarTool 106 UF / 106 ES 12- 4 

Universal Bevel Protractor 

MarTool 107 AG /107 Us /107 Ug 12- 6 

Granite Surface Plates, Accessories 

MarTool 107 MH / 107 V 12- 9 

Magnetic V-Blocks

- 

12- 



Overview Straight Edges and Squares 

105 Z 

105 F 

105 

105 Y 

104 H 

Knife-edge Straight Edge 104 H 

Features 

• Stainless steel, hardened 



• One end has a pointed tip 


Carton 

Accuracy 

according to DIN 874, sheet 2 

To determine the straightness 

tolerance t of the knife edge 

use the following formula: 


Length Cross section Weight Order no. 

mm (inch) mm kg 

75 (3“) 22 x 6 0.05 4205000 

100 (4“) 22 x 6 0.07 4205001 

125 (5“) 22 x 6 0.09 4205002 

150 (6“) 22 x 6 0.11 4205003 

200 (8“) 22 x 6 0.15 4205004 

300 (12“) 30 x 7 0.25 4205005 

400 (16“) 40 x 7 0.75 4205007 

500 (20“) 40 x 7 0.91 4205006 

l 

t = 2 + µm 

250 


Flat Square 105/0 

Features 

• Hardened stainless steel 


Carton 

Accuracy 

Grade 0 DIN 875 


Length Cross section Weight Order no. 


50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 14 x 4 0.04 4207008 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 15 x 4 0.05 4207009 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.11 4207000 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.22 4207001 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.54 4207002 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 1.12 4207004

+ 


12- 

Flanged Beam Square 105 F/0 

Features 

Accuracy 


To determine the right angle 

tolerance t of the test surface 


t = 5 + l µm 

50 


Length of beams Cross section Weight Order no. 


50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 13.5 x 5 0.05 4208008 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 15 x 4 0.08 4208009 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.20 4208000 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.46 4208001 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.75 4208002 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 1.68 4208004 

(Length l is the longer beam 

in mm) 

Knife-edge Square 105 Y 

Features 



Carton 

Accuracy 





50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 14 x 4 0.03 4210000 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 16 x 4 0.05 4210001 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.10 4210002 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.26 4210003 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.43 4210004 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 0.96 4210005 

500 x 330 (20 x 13“) 45 x 10 2.20 4210006 

Square 105 Z 

Features 


• Precision ground narrow beam 

and a wide beam 

• Without a knife edge 


Carton 

Accuracy 


To determine the right angle 

tolerance t of the test surface 




narrow 

wide 

beam 

beam 

mm (inch) mm mm kg 

50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 16 x 2 14 x 10 0.05 4211005 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 16 x 2 14 x 10 0.06 4211000 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 3 18 x 12 0.13 4211001 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 26 x 3 24 x 14 0.32 4211002 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 4 28 x 16 0.75 4211003 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 6 38 x 20 1.60 4211004 

l 

t = 5 + µm 

50 

(Length l is the longer beam 

in mm)

- 

12- 


Universal Bevel Protractor 106 UF 

Features 


• Stainless steel 

• Vernier scale and main scale 

both have a satin chrome 

finish to prevent glare and to 

enable parallax free reading 

on the same plane 


Blade length Range Readings Deviation Order no. 

mm degrees minutes minutes 

150 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214050 

200 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214051 

300 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214052 

• Knurled screw for clamping 

the interchangeable beam 

into position 


Magnifying reading lens, 

interchangeable beam and 

case 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Interchangeable Beams 

106 Us 


(standard accessories) 

beam length 150 mm / 6” 4214010 

200 mm / 8” 4214011 

300 mm / 12” 4214012 

106 UFv 


Stand 

106 UFv 

Featuring flat and V-surface 

for dia. 5 – 30 mm 

length 90 mm, width 25 mm 4214061 

Acute Angle Attachment 106 UFw 

for particularly small acute angles, 

screws onto the beam 4214062 

106 UFw

+ 


12- 

Digital Universal Bevel Protractor 106 ES 

RS232C 

IP51 

Features 

• Easy to read high contrast 

8,5 mm high LCD 

• Displays the angular degrees 

and angular minutes or 

decimal degrees 

• Zero setting at any position of 

the measuring range 

• Beam can be clamped with a 

push button 

• Fine adjustment for easy setting 

of a desired angle 

• Locking lever to prevent 

accidental adjustment 

• Base plate and beam are made 

of stainless steel, the 

measuring edges hardened 

• Data output: Opto RS232C 

• Max. setting speed 

3 rotations per second 

• Capacitive measuring 

system, life of the battery 

ca. 2 years 


Battery, 300 mm beam and 

case 


Range Resolution Deviation Order no. 

switchable 

1 x 360° or 1 minutes or 0.01° ± 2 minutes 4214600 

2 x 180° or 4 x 90° 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Interchangeable Beams 

106 ESs 


beam length 150 mm / 6” 4214620 

200 mm / 8” 4214621 

300 mm / 12” 4214622 


106 ESv 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232C (2 m), 

with SUB-D Jack 9 pin 16 ESv 4102510 

Stand 

106 ESv 

Featuring flat and V-surface for 

dia. 5 – 30 mm, length 90 mm, width 25 mm 

4214630 

Acute Angle Attachment 106 UFw 

for particularly small acute angles, 

screws onto the beam 4214062

- 

12- 


Surface Plate 107 G made from granite 


• For measuring tasks, layout 

work, for touching up and 

lapping precision parts 

• Made of choice fine-grain 

black granite (Diabas) 

• High density structure thus 

extremely homogeneous 

• Hardness 6-7 on the 

Mohs’ hardness scale 

• Surface plate is lapped and has 

a satin matt finish to prevent 

glare 

• 100 % corrosion-proof 

• Non-magnetic and nonconductive 

• Measuring instruments and 

test equipment are easy to 

slide over surface 


Size of plates Thickness Weight Order no.* 

of plate 

Grade 

mm mm kg 00 DIN 876 0 DIN 876 1 DIN 876 

Flatness tolerance t 1 

of the surface plate 

400 x 250 60 18 4221500 4221520 4221540 are derived from the following formulas: 

400 x 400 60 29 4221501 4221521 4221541 Grade Flatness tolerance 

630 x 400 80 60 4221502 4221522 4221542 acc to DIN 876 in µm 

630 x 630 80 95 4221503 4221523 4221543 00 t 1 

= 2 ( 1 +l /1000) 

800 x 500 100 120 4221504 4221524 4221544 0 t 1 

= 4 ( 1 +l /1000) 

1000 x 630 100 190 4221505 4221525 4221545 1 t 1 

=10 ( 1 +l /1000) 

1200 x 800 150 432 4221506 4221526 4221546 

1500 x 1000 150 675 4221507 4221527 4221547 Length l in mm 

2000 x 1000 200 1200 4221508 4221528 4221548 

Surface plates are available in other dimensions upon request 

* Excludes stand with cabinet

+ 


12- 

Mounting of Surface Plates 107 G up to 2000 x 1000 mm 

Distortion of the surface plates is minimized if supported at the 

support points A. 

For plates with edge lengths over 1000 mm it is advised to provide 

anti-tilt elements at the B support points. 

Support points A (Bessel points, 0.22 x l or w from the edge of the 

plate). Support points B are for the anti-tilt elements. 

1200 x 800 

1000 x 630 

2000 x 1000 

1500 x 1000 

550 

700 

850 

1300 

Support point A 

Support point B 

Accessories 

Quantity 

Order no. 

Adjustable Plate Supports 107 Asa 

For mounting the surface plates upon work benches or cabinets; three are for support and 

two to prevent tilting 1 piece 4221069

- 

12- MarTool. Measuring and Inspection Equipment 

Stand with Cabinet 107 Us 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design due 

to the rectangular tubes, 

covered with sheet metal 

• With three height adjustable 

supports 

• For plates sizes that are 

greater than 1000 mm, two 

additional height adjustable 

supports are required to 

prevent tilting 

• All 4 corners have a support 

to prevent slipping and to 

protect against a collision 

• Doors can be locked 


For plate sizes Height Order no.* 

mm 

mm 

630 x 400 4221560 

630 x 630 4221561 

800 x 500 4221562 

1000 x 630 900 - 1000 4221563 

1200 x 800 4221564 

1500 x 1000 4221565 

2000 x 1000 4221566 

* Excludes surface plate 

Stand 107 Ug 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design due to 

the rectangular tubes 

• With three height adjustable 

supports 

• All 4 corners have a support 

to prevent slipping and to 

protect against a collision 

• For plates sizes that are 

greater than 1000 mm, two 

additional height adjustable 

supports are required to 

prevent tilting 


For plate sizes Height Order no.* 

mm 

mm 

630 x 400 4221570 

630 x 630 4221571 

800 x 500 4221572 

1000 x 630 900 - 1000 4221573 

1200 x 800 4221574 

1500 x 1000 4221575 

2000 x 1000 4221576 

* Excludes surface plate

+ 


12- 

Magnetic V-Blocks 107 MH 

Features 

• To used in an inspection room 

and workshop for both 

measuring and scribing 

• To clamp work pieces during 

drilling, grinding and light 

milling work 

• Integrated magnetic system, 

protected against the intrusion 

of moisture 

• Constant magnetic force 

• With the switch the upper, 

lower and opposite face are 

all simultaneously magnetized 

• Surfaces and measuring 

faces and both hardened and 

ground 

• Available individually or as a 

matched pair 


Accessories 

Order no. 

Wooden case (for 1 V-block) 4230005 

Accuracy (deviation): 

Flatness and parallelism ≤5 µm 

Angle between front and side faces 

respectively the V-slots ≤5 µm 

Symmetry of the V-slots ≤5 µm 

Height difference of the V-slots 

of pairs ≤5 µm 

Length x Width x Height 

100 x 70 x 95 mm 

For shaft dia. 

5 - 65 mm 

V-angle 90° 

Weight per piece 

4 kg 

Magnetic force on a flat surface 

≈1000 N (100 kp) 

Magnetic force of V-block 

≈750 N (75 kp) 

Order no. V-block 4230000 

Order no. pair of V-blocks 4230001 

V-Block 107 V 

Features 

• For testing of small cylindrical 

work pieces for there ovality 

and polygon error 

• With 108° V-slot 

• Made from special hardened 

and ground steel 

• Available individually or as a 

matched pair 


Accuracy (deviation): 

Parallelism of the V-slot to the 

underside of the base ≤2 µm 

Height difference of the V-slots 

of pairs ≤5 µm 

Length x Width x Height 

30 x 30 x 30 mm 

For shaft dia. 

2 - 25 mm 

V-angle 108° 

Weight per piece 

0.2 kg 

Order no. V-block 4229000 

Order no. pair of V-blocks 4229001

- 

MarGage. Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 

MAde to measure. 

Margage 

The latest information on MARGAGE products can be 



In 1871, at the foundation of the German Empire and during the introduction of the metric system, Mahr was already 

supplying dimensional standards to the weights and measurement office of several individual German states. Today, the 

measurement standards such as gage blocks are the basis of dimensional metrology, they are used as a setting standard 

for an indicating measuring instrument or applied in the calibration laboratory as a reference standard. Due to our 

accreditation from the PTB - Physikalisch-Technischen Bundesanstalt (German metrology institute providing scientific and 

technical services) and the careful selection of the materials we use, we can grant you the highest possible quality!

+ 



Gage Blocks 13- 2 

MarGage 402 / 404 / 406 / 408 / 409 13- 4 

Gage Blocks made of steel 

MarGage 411 / 415 13- 4 

Test Sets for Calipers 

MarGage 417 13- 5 

Individual Gage Blocks made of steel 

MarGage 402 C / 404 C / 406 C / 408 C / 409 C 13- 6 

Gage Blocks made of ceramic 

MarGage 417 C 13- 8 

Individual Gage Blocks made of ceramic 


Protective Gage Blocks made of ceramic 


Test Sets for Micrometers 

Accessories for Gage Blocks 13- 10 

Pin Gages / Plug Gages 13- 12 

MarGage 426 / 426 G / 426 S 13- 12 

Pin Gages made of steel 

MarGage 426 D / 426 DS 13- 14 

Plug Gages made of steel 

MarGage 426 A / 426 M 13- 15 

Thread Pin Gages 

Settings Standards / Thread Gages 13- 16 

MarGage 355 E / 390 / 708 E / 715 E 13- 16 

Setting Standards 

MarGage 705 / 708 G / 708 N 13- 17 

Thread Gages

- 

13- 



rectangular Gages Blocks 

Application 

• As comparison reference and utilization standards in the field of 

length measurement 

• For checking gages and measuring instruments 

• For setting devices of all types designed for length measurement 

and in particular their displays 

• Can be used individually or in combinations by wringing several 

blocks together (see illustration) 

Accuracy 

The manufacturing process is based on DIN EN ISO 3650, Mahr 

gage blocks are produced with the utmost care. 

Marking 

Gage blocks of all grades are clearly and individually marked with an 

identification number. 

Material 

Mahr gage blocks are made either of stainless steel or of the 

ceramic compound zirconium oxide ZrO 2 

(Circonimar). 

Heat Expansion Coefficient 

Steel 11.5 x 10 -6 K -1 

Circonimar 9.5 x 10 -6 K -1 

DEUTSCHER KALIBRIERDIENST 

Calibration Certificate 

Gage blocks in sets are supplied with a Mahr calibration certificate 

stating deviations from the nominal size, this confirms the traceability 

to National Standards. 

For single gage blocks Mahr calibration certificates are available on 

request. 

A calibration certificate from the Mahr DKD Calibration Laboratory 

is recommended for gage blocks of calibration grade K in the range 

between 0.5 and 100 mm 

Dimensions 

nominal dimension 

mm 

Cross section 

mm 

GERMAN CALIBRATION SERVICE 

Calibration Laboratory for Length 

Measurement 

ACCREDITED BY THE PHYSIKALISCH- 

TECHNISCHE BUNDESANSTALT (PTB) 

As a part of the German Calibration Service, the Mahr Calibration 

Laboratory calibrates steel and ceramic gage blocks of all brands 

in the range between 0.5 and 100 mm and issues calibration 

certificates. The gage block sets are marked with the official DKD 

calibration label. 

Calibration is based on the contract concluded between the 

Physikalisch-Technischen Bundesanstalt in Braunschweig and the 

company Mahr. 

from 0.5 - 10 30 x 9 

over 10 - 1000 35 x 9

+ 


13- 

Selection of Rectangular Gage Block Sets 

There are three criteria‘s to be considered: 

1 Calibration and Tolerance classes according to DIN EN ISO 3650 

Four tolerances classes are available. 

Calibration class K 

As primary factory standard, particularly for the calibration of 

subsidiary test laboratories, e.g. for gage blocks of lower tolerance 

classes. Supplied on request with DKD calibration certificate, 

indicating the deviation from the nominal size for each gage block. 

Calibration class 0 

For maximum accuracy requirements. To be used as basic standards 

in test laboratories and precision inspection rooms, where other gage 

blocks and high accuracy measuring instruments are calibrated. 

Tolerance class 1 

For high standards of accuracy. As reference gage block for the 

inspection room. Designed to perform particularly accurate 

measurements. For setting indicating measuring instruments and for 

checking precision gages. 

Tolerance class 2 

For checking production gages of quality IT 6 and IT 7. For setting 

indicating measuring instruments and for checking accurate 

dimensions in the jig and tool industry. 

2 Material 

404 

Steel or ceramic, depending on application. 

3 Size of Sets 

The gage block sets 404 or 404 C are very convenient, each set 

contains 46 gage blocks including one for each decimal. Larger sets 

are particularly suited to inspection rooms and gage testing facilities, 

since they offer the following advantages: 

• A required dimension can be made up quicker as fewer gage 

blocks are needed 

• Several gage block combinations can be formed from the same 

dimension 

• Greater accuracy as individual deviations add up to smaller 

overall error 

• Less wear as a given gage block is not used as often

- 

13- 


Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Steel 

Sets 

• Vertical arrangement to save space 

• Scope of supply: wooden case with clear labeling strips, Mahr calibration certificate (see Page 13-2) 

• See the following table for nominal sizes, increments and tolerance classes: 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes Increments Gage 

per set mm mm blocks 

402/K K 4800403 32 1.005 - 1 

402/0 0 4800400 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

402/1 1 4800401 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

402/2 2 4800402 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 30 10 3 

50 - 1 

404/K K 4800003 46 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

404/0 0 4800000 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

404/1 1 4800001 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

404/2 2 4800002 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 100 10 10 

406/K K 4800014 87 0.5 - 1 

406/0 0 4800010 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

406/1 1 4800011 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

406/2 2 4800012 1 - 9.5 0.5 18 

10 - 100 10 10 

408/K K 4800027 111 0.5 - 1 

408/0 0 4800020 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

408/1 1 4800021 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

408/2 2 4800022 1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25 - 100 25 4 

409/K K 4800033 121 0.5 - 1 

409/0 0 4800030 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

409/1 1 4800031 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

409/2 2 4800032 1.6 - 1.9 0.1 4 

1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 

75, 80, 90, 100 10 

Test Sets for Calipers 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes 

per set mm 

411/1 1 4800343 5 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 

411/2 2 4800344 5 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 

415/1 1 4800339 6 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 / 481.1 

415/2 2 4800340 6 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 / 481.1

+ 


13- 

Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks 417 

• Tolerance classes K, 0, 1, 2 

• Nominal dimension greater than 125 mm, the gage blocks are 

supplied in a wooden case 

• Special sizes are available on request 

Tolerance Class K XX=34 Tolerance Class K XX=35 

Tolerance Class 0 XX=10 Tolerance Class 0 XX=11 



Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. 

0.50 480XX09 1.31 480XX59 10.5 480XX00 175 480XX41 

1 480XX19 1.32 480XX60 11 480XX01 200 480XX42 

1.001 480XX20 1.33 480XX61 11.5 480XX02 250 480XX43 

1.002 480XX21 1.34 480XX62 12 480XX03 300 480XX44 

1.003 480XX22 1.35 480XX63 12.5 480XX04 400 480XX46 

1.004 480XX23 1.36 480XX64 13 480XX05 500 480XX48 

1.005 480XX24 1.37 480XX65 13.5 480XX06 600 480XX49 

1.006 480XX25 1.38 480XX66 14 480XX07 700 480XX50 

1.007 480XX26 1.39 480XX67 14.5 480XX08 800 480XX51 

1.008 480XX27 1.40 480XX68 15 480XX09 900 480XX52 

1.009 480XX28 1.41 480XX69 15.5 480XX10 1000 480XX53 

1.01 480XX29 1.42 480XX70 16 480XX11 

1.02 480XX30 1.43 480XX71 16.5 480XX12 

1.03 480XX31 1.44 480XX72 17 480XX13 

1.04 480XX32 1.45 480XX73 17.5 480XX14 

1.05 480XX33 1.46 480XX74 18 480XX15 

1.06 480XX34 1.47 480XX75 18.5 480XX16 

1.07 480XX35 1.48 480XX76 19 480XX17 

1.08 480XX36 1.49 480XX77 19.5 480XX18 

1.09 480XX37 1.5 480XX78 20 480XX19 

1.10 480XX38 1.6 480XX79 20.5 480XX20 

1.11 480XX39 1.7 480XX80 21 480XX21 

1.12 480XX40 1.8 480XX81 21.5 480XX22 

1.13 480XX41 1.9 480XX82 22 480XX23 

1.14 480XX42 2 480XX83 22.5 480XX24 

1.15 480XX43 2.5 480XX84 23 480XX25 

1.16 480XX44 3 480XX85 23.5 480XX26 

1.17 480XX45 3.5 480XX86 24 480XX27 

1.18 480XX46 4 480XX87 24.5 480XX28 

1.19 480XX47 4.5 480XX88 25 480XX29 

1.20 480XX48 5 480XX89 30 480XX30 

1.21 480XX49 5.5 480XX90 40 480XX31 

1.22 480XX50 6 480XX91 50 480XX32 

1.23 480XX51 6.5 480XX92 60 480XX33 

1.24 480XX52 7 480XX93 70 480XX34 

1.25 480XX53 7.5 480XX94 75 480XX35 

1.26 480XX54 8 480XX95 80 480XX36 

1.27 480XX55 8.5 480XX96 90 480XX37 

1.28 480XX56 9 480XX97 100 480XX38 

1.29 480XX57 9.5 480XX98 125 480XX39 

1.30 480XX58 10 480XX99 150 480XX40

- 

13- 


Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Ceramic 

406 C 

Features 

• Resistant to both impact and 

breakage. Virtually no warping 

of material if surfaces become 

scratched or edges damaged. 

Longer retention of wringing 

ability 

• Extremely durable, thus 

providing a long service life 

as well being highly robust 

compared to all other materials 

currently be used in metrology. 

Therefore the interval between 

inspections are distinctly 

greater 

• The corrosion-resistant 

Circonimar is even without 

protective measures extremely 

resistant to alkalis, acids, oil, 

grinding fluid and other 

aggressive media 

• Similar coefficient of expansion 

to steel, thus allowing 

unrestricted use even at 

unfavorable temperatures 

• Non-magnetic Circonimar is 

anti-static, anti-magnetic and 

non-conductive. It does not 

attract dust or dirt and is 

suitable to use in the presence 

of magnetic fields 

• Ideal for all applications. 

The outstanding features of 

all ceramic gage blocks from 

Mahr provide unrivalled 

flexibility in practical use. 

Circonimar is equally well 

suited to inspection-room 

conditions and the rigors of 

workshop applications 

• Easy to handle. 

No material is easier to handle 

than Circonimar; Circomimar 

has excellent wringing 

properties, no corrosion, no 

need for lubrication, low 

weight and scratch resistant

+ 


13- 

Sets 

• Vertical arrangement to save space 

• Scope of supply: wooden case with clear labeling strips, Mahr 

calibration certificate (see Page 13-2) 

Nominal sizes, increments and tolerance classes 

Please refer to the table below: 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes Increments Gage 


402 C/K K 4800094 32 1.005 - 1 

402 C/0 0 4800095 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

402 C/1 1 4800096 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

402 C/2 2 4800097 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 30 10 3 

50 - 1 

404 C/K K 4800088 46 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

404 C/0 0 4800008 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

404 C/1 1 4800009 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

404 C/2 2 4800004 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 100 10 10 

406 C/K K 4800016 87 0.5 - 1 

406 C/0 0 4800018 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

406 C/1 1 4800019 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

406 C/2 2 4800017 1 - 9.5 0.5 18 

10 - 100 10 10 

408 C/K K 4800025 111 0.5 - 1 

408 C/0 0 4800028 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

408 C/1 1 4800029 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

408 C/2 2 4800026 1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25 - 100 25 4 

409 C/K K 4800036 121 0.5 - 1 

409 C/0 0 4800038 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

409 C/1 1 4800039 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

409 C/2 2 4800037 1.6 - 1.9 0.1 4 

1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 

75, 80, 90, 100

- 

13- 


Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks 417 C 

• Tolerance classes K, 0, 1, 2 

• Special sizes are available on request 

Tolerance Class K XX=46 Tol. Class K XX=47 

Tolerance Class 0 XX=40 Tol. Class 0 XX=41 



Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. Nominal dim. Order no. 

0.50 480XX00 1.21 480XX40 1.7 480XX71 15 480XX00 

1 480XX10 1.22 480XX41 1.8 480XX72 15.5 480XX01 

1.001 480XX11 1.23 480XX42 1.9 480XX73 16 480XX02 

1.002 480XX12 1.24 480XX43 2 480XX74 16.5 480XX03 

1.003 480XX13 1.25 480XX44 2.5 480XX75 17 480XX04 

1.004 480XX14 1.26 480XX45 3 480XX76 17.5 480XX05 

1.005 480XX15 1.27 480XX46 3.5 480XX77 18 480XX06 

1.006 480XX16 1.28 480XX47 4 480XX78 18.5 480XX07 

1.007 480XX17 1.29 480XX48 4.5 480XX79 19 480XX08 

1.008 480XX18 1.30 480XX49 5 480XX80 19.5 480XX09 

1.009 480XX19 1.31 480XX50 5.5 480XX81 20 480XX10 

1.01 480XX20 1.32 480XX51 6 480XX82 20.5 480XX11 

1.02 480XX21 1.33 480XX52 6.5 480XX83 21 480XX12 

1.03 480XX22 1.34 480XX53 7 480XX84 21.5 480XX13 

1.04 480XX23 1.35 480XX54 7.5 480XX85 22 480XX14 

1.05 480XX24 1.36 480XX55 8 480XX86 22.5 480XX15 

1.06 480XX25 1.37 480XX56 8.5 480XX87 23 480XX16 

1.07 480XX26 1.38 480XX57 9 480XX88 23.5 480XX17 

1.08 480XX27 1.39 480XX58 9.5 480XX89 24 480XX18 

1.09 480XX28 1.40 480XX59 10 480XX90 24.5 480XX19 

1.10 480XX29 1.41 480XX60 10.5 480XX91 25 480XX20 

1.11 480XX30 1.42 480XX61 11 480XX92 30 480XX21 

1.12 480XX31 1.43 480XX62 11.5 480XX93 40 480XX22 

1.13 480XX32 1.44 480XX63 12 480XX94 50 480XX23 

1.14 480XX33 1.45 480XX64 12.5 480XX95 60 480XX24 

1.15 480XX34 1.46 480XX65 13 480XX96 70 480XX25 

1.16 480XX35 1.47 480XX66 13.5 480XX97 75 480XX26 

1.17 480XX36 1.48 480XX67 14 480XX98 80 480XX27 

1.18 480XX37 1.49 480XX68 14.5 480XX99 90 480XX28 

1.19 480XX38 1.5 480XX69 100 480XX29 

1.20 480XX39 1.6 480XX70

+ 


13- 

Pair of Protective Rectangular Gage Blocks 418 C 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity nominal sizes Increments Gage 


418 C/0 0 4800085 2 2 - 2 

418 C/1 1 4800086 2 2 - 2 

Test Set for Micrometers 419 C (DIN 863) 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity nominal sizes 

per set 

mm 

419 C/1 1 4800090 10 2.5 / 5.1 / 7.7 / 10.3 / 

12.9 / 15.0 / 17.6 / 

20.2 / 22.8 / 25 

plus 1 optical parallel dia. 30 mm

- 

13-10 MarGage. Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 

Accessories for Rectangular Gage Blocks 

Rectangular Gage Block Holder and 

Measuring Jaws Accessory Set 420 

• To be used in conjunction with Gage Blocks for gaging both work 

pieces and fixtures 

• To check, set and adjust setting gages and measuring instruments 

• For scribing and marking 


Wooden case 

order no. 4800100 

Individual Accessories 

Components included in the 420 set are also individually available: 

Measuring Jaws 420 m 

Cross section 9 x 9 mm 

For internal and external measurements in conjunction with a Gage 

Block Holder 420 h and Gage Blocks 

Thickness mm 

order no. 

2 x 2 mm = 4 mm 4800110 

2 x 5 mm = 10 mm 4800111 

components include: 

2 Pairs of Measuring Jaws 420 m 

1 Scriber Point 420 a 

1 Centering Point 420 z 

3 Holder 420 h for Gages Blocks 

clamping width 0-70, 0-120, 100-220 mm 

1 Stand 420 f for Gage Block Holder 

Scriber Point 420 a cross section 9 x 9 mm 

Centering Point 420 z cross section 9 x 9 mm 

Order no. 4800113 

Holder 420 h for Rectangular Gage Blocks 

Clamping width mm 

order no. 

0 - 70 4800120 

0 - 120 4800121 

100 - 220 4800122 

100 - 420 4800123 

400 - 820 4800124 

Stand 420 f for Holder 420 h* 

Hardened and lapped. Height 25 mm 

Tolerance ± 2 µm 

Order no. 4800114 

* Clamping width up to 420 mm

+ 


13-11 

Optical Flat 421 

• To test the surface flatness on precision components or measuring 

instruments according to the interference principle 


Wooden case 

Wooden Tongs 423 

• To prevent heat transfer when handling gage blocks 

• Self closing. See illustration below. 

Order no. 4800142 

Maintenance Set 424 

• The most important equipment for inspecting and maintaining 

gage blocks 

• Supplied with: Wooden case 

Order no. 4800130 

Dia. Thickness Flatness deviation Order no. 

mm mm µm 

45 11 ≤ 0.1 4800140 

100 20 ≤ 0.1 4800135 

150 30 ≤ 0.1 4800136 

300 50 ≤ 0.4 4800137 

Optical Parallel 421 P 

Dia. Thickness Flatness Parallelism Order no. 

deviation deviation 

mm mm µm µm 

30 12 ≤ 0.15 0.4 4800180 

Contact Thermometer 422 

Components include: 

Optical Flat 421 

• To test the surface flatness of measuring surfaces according to the 

interference principle. Diameter 45 mm 

Wooden Tongs 423 

• To prevent heat transfer when handling gage block, self closing 

Granite lapping stone 

• To remove burr and other damage on surfaces of gage blocks. 

High accuracy version 

• For checking/taking the temperature 

• With silver contact base, gold-plated to prevent tarnishing 

• With a holding magnet to be attached to the thermometer in 

vertical or on inclined surfaces 

• U-shaped with clamping screw 


Thermometer, magnet and wooden case 

Readings 

0.2°C 

Measuring range 16-26°C 

order no. 4800170 

Jar of special Vaseline 

• To protect steel gage blocks against the rust 

Brush and suede cloth 

• To clean the gage blocks

- 

13-12 


Pin Gages 426 according to DIN 2269 

426 

Features 

426 G 

• To be used as setting standards for indicating measuring 

instruments, testing the distances between axes, tapers and other 

work pieces in conjunction with gage blocks. Can also be used for 

determining pitch diameter of threads or pitch circle diameter on 

gears and serrations 

Pin Gages 426 made from steel, without a handle from dia. 5.01 mm inscribed with diameter on the end face 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, 

multi-aged, ground and lapped 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened 


Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened multiaged 


Grade 0, DIN 2269 Grade 1, DIN 2269 Better than Grade 2, DIN 2269 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 0.5 µm Manufacturing tolerance ± 1.0 µm Manufacturing tolerance ± 1.5 µm 

426/0 426/1 426/2 

Length Increments Length Increments Length Increments 

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

Ø mm mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 

0.30 - 0.49 30 4828103 4828303 40 4828113 4828313 40 4828133 

0.50 - 0.99 30 4828104 4828304 40 4828114 4828314 40 4828134 

1.00 - 2.99 60 4828105 4828305 70 4828115 4828315 70 4828135 

3.00 - 5.99 60 4828106 4828306 70 4828116 4828316 70 4828136 

6.00 - 9.99 60 4828107 4828307 70 4828117 4828317 70 4828137 

10.00 - 11.99 70 4828118 4828318 70 4828138 

12.00 - 13.99 70 4828119 4828319 70 4828139 

14.00 - 15.99 70 4828120 4828320 70 4828140 

16.00 - 18.99 70 4828121 4828321 70 4828141 

19.00 - 20.00 70 4828122 4828322 70 4828142 

Pin Gages 426 G made from steel, with a handle 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, multiaged, 

ground and lapped 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, multiaged, 

ground and lapped 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened multiaged 


Grade 0, DIN 2269 Grade 1, DIN 2269 Better than Grade 2, DIN 2269 


426 G/0 426 G/1 426 G/2 

Effective 

Increments Effective 

Increments Effective Increments 

Length 

Length 

Length 

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

Ø mm mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 

0.10 - 0.19 28 4828151 4828351 33 4828161 4828361 33 4828171 

0.20 - 0.29 28 4828152 4828352 33 4828162 4828362 33 4828172 

0.30 - 0.49 28 4828153 4828353 33 4828163 4828363 33 4828173 

0.50 - 0.99 28 4828154 4828354 33 4828164 4828364 33 4828174 

1.00 - 2.99 57 4828155 4828355 62 4828165 4828365 62 4828175 

3.00 - 5.99 57 4828156 4828356 62 4828166 4828366 62 4828176 

6.00 - 10.00 57 4828157 4828357 62 4828167 4828367 62 4828177 

Length of handle see Page 13-14 (426 D) 

Accessories 

Wooden case with plastic inlay for pin gages up to D = 10 mm Number of pin gages Order no. 

max. 50 Pin gages (without handle) 4827609 

max. 50 Pin gages (with handle) 4827610 

max. 100 Pin gages (without handle) 4827611

+ 


13-13 

Pin Gage sets 426 S made of steel, without a handle in a high quality wooden box with pedestral 






Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened 

multi-aged and precision ground 

Grade 0, DIN 2269 Grade 1, DIN 2269 Better than Grade 2, 

DIN 2269 


dia. mm Increments Quantity Order no. Increments Anzahl Order no. Increments Quantity Order no. 

1.00 - 10.00 0.1 91 4828190 0.1 91 4828210 

0.10 - 0.50 0.01 41 4828181 0.01 41 4828191 0.01 41 4828211 

0.50 - 1.00 0.01 51 4828182 0.01 51 4828192 0.01 51 4828212 

0.10 - 1.00 0.01 91 4828183 0.01 91 4828193 0.01 91 4828213 

1.00 - 2.00 0.01 101 4828184 0.01 101 4828194 0.01 101 4828214 

2.00 - 3.00 0.01 101 4828195 0.01 101 4828215 

3.00 - 4.00 0.01 101 4828196 0.01 101 4828216 

4.00 - 5.00 0.01 101 4828197 0.01 101 4828217 

5.00 - 6.00 0.01 101 4828198 0.01 101 4828218 

6.00 - 7.00 0.01 101 4828199 0.01 101 4828219 

7.00 - 8.00 0.01 101 4828200 0.01 101 4828220 

8.00 - 9.00 0.01 101 4828201 0.01 101 4828221 

9.00 - 10.00 0.01 101 4828202 0.01 101 4828222 

Pin gage lengths are the same as the individual pin gages

- 

13-14 


Individual Plug Gages 426 D made from steel, with a handle 

Features 

• For testing diameters of small bores 

• To be used as setting standards for indicating measuring 

instruments, testing the distances between axes, grooves and slots 

on work pieces in conjunction with gage blocks 

• Unbreakable plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 


Wooden case with plastic inlay 


Wear-resistant gage steel. hardened. multi-aged, ground and lapped 

plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 0.5 µm 

Increment 0.01 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

Order no. dia. d l 

dia. d mm mm mm dia. D LG L 

0.06 - 0.09 4828230 0.06 - 0.30 2.0 4 32 34 

0.10 - 0.19 4828231 > 0.30 - 0.50 3.5 4 32 35.5 

0.20 - 0.29 4828232 > 0.50 - 1.50 5.0 4 32 37 

0.30 - 0.49 4828233 > 1.50 - 2.00 6.0 4 32 38 

0.50 - 0.99 4828234 > 2.00 - 3.50 8.0 5 35 43 

1.00 - 2.99 4828235 > 3.50 - 6.00 10.0 5 45 55 

3.00 - 5.99 4828236 > 6.00 - 8.00 14.0 10 45 59 

6.00 - 10.00 4828237 > 8.00 - 10.00 18.0 10 45 63 

Plug Gage Sets 426 DS made from steel, with a handle in a high quality wooden box with pedestral 


Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, multi-aged, ground and 

lapped 

Plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 

dia. mm Increment Quantity Length Order no. 

0.06 - 0.50 0.01 45 2* 4825000 

0.51 - 1.00 0.01 50 5 4825001 

1.01 - 1.50 0.01 50 5 4825002 

1.51 - 2.00 0.01 50 6 4825003 

2.01 - 2.50 0.01 50 8 4825004 

2.51 - 3.00 0.01 50 8 4825005 

3.01 - 3.50 0.01 50 8 4825006 

3.51 - 4.00 0.01 50 10 4825007 

4.01 - 4.50 0.01 50 10 4825008 

4.51 - 5.00 0.01 50 10 4825009 


Supplied with: Wooden case with plastic inlay 

dia. mm Increment Quantity Length Order no. 

5.01 - 5.50 0.01 50 10 4825010 

5.51 - 6.00 0.01 50 10 4825011 

6.01 - 6.50 0.01 50 14 4825703 

6.51 - 7.00 0.01 50 14 4825704 

7.01 - 7.50 0.01 50 14 4825705 

7.51 - 8.00 0.01 50 14 4825706 

8.01 - 8.50 0.01 50 18 4825707 

8.51 - 9.00 0.01 50 18 4825708 

9.01 - 9.50 0.01 50 18 4825709 

9.51 - 10.00 0.01 50 18 4825710 

* dia. > 0.3 mm = 3.5 mm long

+ 


13-15 

Thread Pin Gages 426 M in holders 426 A with an eyelet 

Features 

 

 

426 M 

426 A 

 

 

 

426 M 

• For determining pitch diameter 

of external threads according 

to the three-wire method 

• In conjunction with 

micrometers, indicating 

measuring instruments or 

measuring machines 

• Each pair consists of: 

1 holder with 1 pin gage and 

1 holder with 2 pin gages 

• Holder has a satin chrome 

finish, the retainer ring can 

be locked yet the measuring 

spindle can still rotate 

• Pin gages are hardened and 

lapped. Freely floating in 

holder to allow proper 

positioning and contact with 

thread flanks 


Mounting hole 

7.5 mm 

(Mounting hole 

6.35 mm = 1/4”, 6.5 mm and 8 mm 

on request) 

426 MS 

Set of thread Pin Gages in 

Holder consists of: 

18 Holder Pairs 426 M 

Diameter 0.17 - 3.2 mm 

Delivered in a wooden box 

Order no. 

Mounting hole 7.5 mm 4820000 

Mounting hole 6.5 mm 4820003 

 

426 A 

• For determining pitch diameter 

of external threads according 

to the three-wire method 

• Designed to be suspended 

over a test specimen 

• Set consists of 3 Pin Gages 

Manufacturing tol. ± 0.5 µm 

Pin gage length 32 mm 


Pin Gage order no. for thread pitch 

426 M 426 M 426 A Metric Whitworth American UST Trapezoid 

dia. Pair Pair Set range range 

mm dia. 7.5 mm dia. 6.5 mm mm tpi tpi mm 

0.17 4820010 4820132 4821000 0.25 0.3 

0.195 4820011 4820149 4821001 80 

0.22 4820012 4820133 4821002 0.35 72 

0.25 4820013 4820131 4821003 0.4 64 

0.29 4820014 4820134 4821004 0.45 0.5 56 

0.335 4820015 4820135 4821005 0.6 48 

0.39 4820016 4820150 4821006 40 44 40 

0.455 4820017 4820137 4821007 0.7 0.75 0.8 32 36 

0.53 4820018 4820151 4821008 28 32 28 

0.62 4820019 4820139 4821009 1 26 24 24 

0.725 4820020 4820140 4821010 1.25 22 20 20 

0.895 4820021 4820141 4821011 1.5 19 18 16 18 

1.1 4820022 4820142 4821012 1.75 14 13 2 

1.35 4820023 4820143 4821013 2 12 11 12 11 

1.65 4820024 4820144 4821014 2.5 10 9 10 9 3 

2.05 4820025 4820145 4821015 3 3.5 8 7 8 7 4 

2.55 4820026 4820146 4821016 4 4.5 6 6 5 

3.2 4820027 4820147 4821017 5 5.5 5 4 1 / 2 

5 4 1 / 2 

6 

4 *4820028 *4820152 4821018 6 4 3 1 / 2 

4 7 

* These holder pairs require the use of a 3 mm gage block for the holder with 2 pin gages to enlarge the measuring face. This gage block is inserted into the holder 

recess provided. 

417/1 Gage Block -steel 

Nominal size 

3 mm 

Grade 1 

Order no. 4801285

- 

13-16 


Setting Standards for indicating measuring instruments 

Ring Gages 355 E 

Features 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped 

Dimensions 

DIN 2250, Type C 

Manufacturing tolerance DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of actual deviation 1/2 IT 1 

Nominal diameter 

1 - 200 mm 

Diameter increments 1mm 

ø mm Order no. ø mm Order no. ø mm Order no. ø mm Order no. ø mm Order no. ø mm Order no.* 

1 4710006 21 4710041 41 4710061 61 4710081 81 4710101 >100-105 4714201* 

2 4710010 22 4710042 42 4710062 62 4710082 82 4710102 >105-110 4714202* 

3 4710014 23 4710043 43 4710063 63 4710083 83 4710103 >110-115 4714203* 

4 4710018 24 4710044 44 4710064 64 4710084 84 4710104 >115-120 4714204* 

5 4710020 25 4710045 45 4710065 65 4710085 85 4710105 >120-125 4714205* 

6 4710022 26 4710046 46 4710066 66 4710086 86 4710106 >125-130 4714206* 

7 4710024 27 4710047 47 4710067 67 4710087 87 4710107 >130-135 4714207* 

8 4710026 28 4710048 48 4710068 68 4710088 88 4710108 >135-140 4714208* 

9 4710028 29 4710049 49 4710069 69 4710089 89 4710109 >140-145 4714209* 

10 4710030 30 4710050 50 4710070 70 4710090 90 4710110 >145-150 4714210* 

11 4710031 31 4710051 51 4710071 71 4710091 91 4710111 >150-155 4714211* 

12 4710032 32 4710052 52 4710072 72 4710092 92 4710112 >155-160 4714212* 

13 4710033 33 4710053 53 4710073 73 4710093 93 4710113 >160-165 4714213* 

14 4710034 34 4710054 54 4710074 74 4710094 94 4710114 >165-170 4714214* 

15 4710035 35 4710055 55 4710075 75 4710095 95 4710115 >170-175 4714215* 

16 4710036 36 4710056 56 4710076 76 4710096 96 4710116 >175-180 4714216* 

17 4710037 37 4710057 57 4710077 77 4710097 97 4710117 >180-185 4714217* 

18 4710038 38 4710058 58 4710078 78 4710098 98 4710118 >185-190 4714218* 

19 4710039 39 4710059 59 4710079 79 4710099 99 4710119 >190-195 4714219* 

20 4710040 40 4710060 60 4710080 80 4710100 100 4710120 >195-200 4714220* 

* When placing an order please inform us of the diameter 

Diameter increments 0,001 mm 

ø mm Order no.* ø mm Order no.* ø mm Order no.* ø mm Order no.* ø mm Order no.* 

1-1,8 4732600 >35-40 4732607 >80-85 4732616 >125-130 4732638 >170-175 4732629 

>1,8-3 4732641 >40-45 4732608 >85-90 4732617 >130-135 4732623 >175-180 4732630 

>3-5 4732642 >45-50 4732609 >90-95 4732618 >135-140 4732639 >180-185 4732631 

>5-10 4732635 >50-55 4732610 >95-100 4732619 >140-145 4732624 >185-190 4732632 

>10-15 4732602 >55-60 4732611 >100-105 4732620 >145-150 4732640 >190-195 4732633 

>15-20 4732603 >60-65 4732612 >105-110 4732636 >150-155 4732625 >195-200 4732634 

>20-25 4732604 >65-70 4732613 >110-115 4732621 >155-160 4732626 

>25-32 4732605 >70-75 4732614 >115-120 4732637 >160-165 4732627 

>32-35 4732606 >75-80 4732615 >120-125 4732622 >165-170 4732628 

* When placing an order please inform us of the diameter

+ 


13-17 

Setting Standards for indicating measuring instruments 

Reference Discs 390 

Thread Setting Ring Gage 708 E 

Features 

• With full thread profile 

• Actual deviation is engraved on the gage 

• For setting indicating thread measuring instruments 

• For metric threads for tolerance class “H“ according to DIN 2241 

• For other thread types please state tolerance requirements 

Features 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 1/2 IT 2 

Uncertainty of actual deviation 1/2 IT 0 

Nominal diameter over 

10 - 100 mm 

Setting standards with a DKD calibration certificate from the 

Mahr Calibration Laboratory are available on request (threads are 

excluded) 

Pin Gages from dia. 

Ring Gages dia. 

Reference Discs dia. 

3 mm 

10 - 100 mm 

10 - 100 mm 

Thread Setting Plug Gage 715 E 

Features 

• With full thread profile 

• Actual deviation is engraved on 

the gage 

• For setting indicating thread 


• Metric threads in accordance 

with DIN 2241: Tolerance class h 

applies to standard threads dia. 

1 - 1.4 mm and for pitches 0.2 

and 0.25, for all other sizes the 

tolerance class g is applicable 

• For other thread types please 

state tolerance requirements 

Thread Gages 

705 

708 N 708 G 

Thread Limit Plug Gage 705 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and ground 

• GO end with full thread profile, pitch diameter corresponds to 

minimum permissible dimension of internal thread 

• NO-GO end has only 3 threads and a shortened flank profile, 

pitch diameter corresponds to maximum permissible dimension of 

internal thread 

• Accuracy for metric ISO threads according to DIN ISO 1502 

(up to 40 mm the GO end and NO-GO end are on a common 

handle. Over 40 mm the GO / NO-GO end are on separate handles 

for easier handling) 

• Nominal diameter 1 - 100 mm. For all standard and special threads 

Thread Ring Gages 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and ground. 

Accuracy of metric ISO threads according to DIN ISO 1502 

• Nominal diameter 1 - 200 mm 

• For all standard and special threads 

GO Thread Ring Gage 708 G 

• With full thread profile. Pitch diameter corresponds to the 

maximum permissible dimension of an external thread. The 

external diameter is relieved 

NO-GO Thread Ring Gage 708 N 

• With reduced thread profile. For checking minimum permissible 

dimension of pitch diameter on external thread

- 

Precimar. Precision Length Metrology 

ACCURACY IN THE NANOMETER RANGE USED TO BE A UTOPIAN 

IDEAL ... 

AND THEN THERE WAS PRECIMAR 

The latest information on PRECIMAR 

products can be found on our website: 


The Precimar range specializes in high-precision dimensional metrology for absolute and relative measurements. Typical 

applications include products and test equipment for the aerospace and automotive industries and series testing of test equipment 

in calibration laboratories. Various universal length measuring machines enable the reliable measurement and testing of 

lengths, inside and outside diameters, cylindrical and conical threads, plain tapers, micrometers, snap gages, dial indicators, dial 

comparators, probes, gage blocks and precision products, right down to the nanometer range. Mahr also offers special measuring 

instruments for dial indicators, dial comparators, probes and gage blocks.

+ 



Precimar Dial Indicator Testing Instruments 14- 2 

Optimar 100 

Universal Dial Indicator Testing Machine 14- 3 

Precimar for Gage Block Metrology 14- 4 

Precimar 130B-24, 130B-16. Gage Block Comparators 14- 4 

Precimar 826 PC. Gage Block Comparator 14- 5 

Precimar for Workshop Length Metrology 

LINEAR 100 

Universal Single-Axis Length Measuring Unit 14- 7 

LINEAR 800 / 1200 / 2000 

Universal Single-Axis Length Measuring and Setting Unit 14- 7 

Precimar for Calibration Metrology 14- 8 

ULM 300 / 600 / 1000 / 1500 

Universal Length Measuring Machines 14- 8 

ULM 520 S / 1000 S 

Universal Length Measuring Machines 

with large direct measuring range 14- 9 

ULM 800 L / 1500 L 

Universal Length Measuring Machines with Laser System 14-10 

Precimar for Precision Length Metrology 14-11 

Precimar PLM 600-2 

Universal Length Measuring Machine 14-11 

Precimar 828 CiM 1000 

Precision Length Measuring Unit 14-12 

Data Overview 

All precision length measuring machines 14-13 

Request catalog

- 

14-2 


Precimar. Dial Indicator Testing Instruments 

SEMI- AND FULLY AUTOMATED TESTING OF MEASURING EQUIPMENT WITH DISPLAYS 

Dial indicator testing instruments from Mahr ensure efficient and precise metrology. These instruments provide absolute 

measurements for dial indicators, dial comparators, lever-type test indicators, inside micrometers and inductive and incremental 

probes. Typical applications include dial indicator testing in all branches of industry, inspection rooms, calibration laboratories and 

series testing by dial indicator manufacturers. With the Optimar 100, Mahr offers a practical solution for both cost-effective, semiautomated 

testing of analog dial indicators and efficient, fully automated testing of digital measuring equipment.

+ 

Precimar. Precision Length Metrology 14-3 

Optimar 100 

Universal dial indicator testing machine 

Description 

The cost-effective testing station for semi- or fully automated 

testing of dial indicators, dial comparators, lever-type test indicators, 

2-point inside measuring devices, and inductive and incremental 

probes. 

Designed as a table-top unit, the OPTIMAR 100 is user-friendly 

and ensures fast test runs. It features a motorized drive and is 

equipped with a high-resolution measuring system. The test run is 

software-controlled. 

Features 

For dial indicators, dial comparators, lever-type test indicators, 

2-point inside measuring devices, digital dial indicators and induc 

tive and incremental probes 

Automation of sub-processes (automated pre-positioning) using 

motorized measuring spindle drive 

Fully automated measuring run for digital devices 

OPTIMAR 100 may be used horizontally (e.g. for measuring 

inside micrometers) 

Testpiece mounting via vertical guide. Height can be adjusted 

quickly (adaptation of testpieces to different measuring ranges) 

Box-shaped and thus rigid machine casing 

For testpieces with a shaft diameter of 8 mm, 28 mm or 3/8" 

Electronic handwheel for manual control of the measuring 

spindle's movement. Self-adjusting sensitivity of the electronic 

handwheel for adaptation to the specific test specimen 

Ergonomic design of all control elements 

Compliance with the Abbe comparator principle for maximum 

measuring accuracy 

LIF 101 measuring system with computer-aided error compensation. 

Testing of 2-point inside measuring devices without loss of 

accuracy 

Length measuring deviation in vertical and horizontal directions: 

MPE = (0.2 + L/100) μm, L in mm at T = 20 °C ±0.5 °C, 

permissible temperature gradient 0.1 K/h 

Mahr software or QMSOFT software 

Application 

For both analog dial indicators, dial comparators, lever-type test 

indicators and 2-point inside measuring devices and digital dial 

indicators and inductive and incremental probes. 

Request catalog or see WebCode 2421 

Accessories 

Mount for lever-type test indicators 

Large selection of adapters for digital dial indicators and inductive 

and incremental probes 

Please ask for customized adapters if required 

Probe can be connected to Optimar via probe box 

Holder and software for testing 2-point inside measuring devices 

with a movable meausing bolt (tesing as per VDI/VDE/DGQ 

2618, sheet 13.2., 2005) 

Device for force sensor on request 

OPTIMAR recalibrated on site by Mahr Service Center 

Calibration set for calibration by the operator 


Optimar 100 Order No. 5320005 

Range of measuring spindle 100 mm, 4 in (101.6 mm) 


LIF 101 with correction of 


Digital increment 

0.02 μm (0.8 μin) 

Length measuring deviation (MPE) (0.2 + L/100) μm, 

(L in mm) 

Positioning speed 

Max. 2 mm/s (0.08 in/s) 

Positioning 

Pre-positioning: 

Automatic 

Fine positioning: 

Electronic knob 

Supply voltage 

Via plug-in power supply unit 

110/230 V/9 V AC, 18 VA 

Dimensions (L x W x H) 

235 mm x 216 mm x 480 mm 

(9.3 in x 8.5 in x 18.9 in)

- 

14-4 


Precimar. Gage Block Tester 130B-24, 16 

Now even better: Models 130B-24 and 130B-16. 

Gage block comparators 

Other templates are available as optional extras. The positioner is 

suitable for gage blocks from 0.20 in (0.5 mm) to 4 in (100 mm) 

long. It can be fitted for right- or left-handed users or removed 

completely if necessary. An acrylic breath shield is included to protect 

the measuring area against body heat. Please see our special 

brochure for further information on the software. 

Technical Data 130B-24 / 130B-16 

Description 

The 130B-24 gage block comparator from Mahr Federal is the 

preferred choice of many major calibration laboratories. It is specifically 

designed for comparative gage block measurements. The 

130B-24 model measures the industry's key dimensional standards 

with the ultimate in resolution and reproducibility. 

Size 

Approx. 15 in x 15 in x 23 in 

(without computer) (385 mm x 385 mm x 590 mm) 

Weight 

Approx. 225 lbs 

(without computer) (100 kg) 

Max. gage block length 0.010 in to 4 in (0.25 mm to 100 mm) 

Measuring force 

(upper contact) 3 oz (0.8 N) 

(lower contact) 1 oz (0.3 N) 

Contact tip material Hard metal (diamond - optional) 

Contact tip radius 0.125 in (3.175 mm) 

Sensor range 

± 0.015 in (± 0.38 mm) 


± 500 μin (±10.0 μm) 

Reproducibility 

6 σ < 1 μin (25 nm) measured on 

a 1 in gage block without removing 

the gage block 

Linearity 

Deviation

+ 


Precimar 826 PC Gage Block Measuring Unit 

Description 

The 826 PC gage block measuring unit is fast, reliable and extremely 

precise. In comparative measurement, it achieves a reproducibility 

of 0.01 μm. 

The 826 enables quick and straightforward high-precision 

testing of European and US gage blocks up to 170 mm 

(6.69 in) long in accordance with ISO 3650. 

An open and extremely rigid L-shaped stand forms the basis for the 

two opposing high-precision probes, and the perfectly level measuring 

table. 

Work is made easy thanks to straightforward one-handed operation 

for manipulating reference and test gage blocks on the measuring 

table. The open design allows visual contact during testing. 

The user is able to view the measuring process at all times which 

helps to ensure a unique level of process reliability. 

Two professional measuring and evaluation programs (software) 

meet all the needs of internal gageblock tests, calibration laboratories 

and gageblock manufacturers. 

Features 

 

insensitivity to heat 

 

 

positioning the gage block under the probe 

 

 

 

ball bushings 

 

 

round, hardened high-precision support pins 

 

stored actual allowance of the respective reference gage block 

 

along the sides of the unit 

 

 

 

 

management or additionally with customer management, gageblock 

storage management and multi-test-unit management 


826 gage block measuring unit Order No. 4448003 

Application range 0.5 mm to 170 mm (0.02 in to 6.69 in) 

Usable table surface 60 mm x 55 mm (2.36 in x 2.17 in) 

Reproducibility 

± 0.01 μm (0.4 μin) 

Stylus ball radius, 

upper probe 

1.5 mm (0.06 in) 

Stylus radius, lower probe 1.5 mm (0.06 in) 

Direct measuring range 0.2 mm (0.0008 in) 

Weight 

37 kg (81.6 lbs) 

For testing gage blocks over 170 mm long (central length lm) we 

recommend the ULM, 828 CiM or PLM universal measuring 

machines. 

Request catalog or see WebCode 2335 

Accessories 

QM-Block calibration software for calibration and data 

management of gage blocks and sets of gage blocks

- 

14-6 


Precimar. Length Measuring Machines for Every Area of Use 

Length metrology is used today in the most different areas. The LINEAR length measuring units are ideal for use as setting 

and adjusting instruments in the manufacturing environment. The well-established ULM universal length measuring instruments 

are standard quality assurance instruments in industrial manufacturing environments and reference instruments for gage and test 

equipment calibration. They are also used for high-precision length measurements on precision parts. The motorized PLM and 

CIM units enable operator-friendly, fast and reliable measurements with the smallest uncertainty. Typical applications include 

precision parts and test equipment. With an extensive selection of products ranging from the straightforward LINEAR to the 

ULM instruments to the ulta-precise, semi-automated CiM universal length measuring machine, Mahr offers practical solutions 

for manufacturing environments, inspection rooms and calibration laboratories. In other words, high-precision metrology with 

extremely efficient measurement processes.

+ 


Precimar LINEAR 100 for Workshop Length Metrology 

Description 

Universal single-axis length measuring unit 

Linear 100 is a universal, user-freindly length measuring instrument 

for rapid, precise internal and external measurements up to 100 

mm (4 in), directly in the manufacturing environment. The unit's 

simple design makes it possible to carry out measurements in no 

time at all and adapt quickly to new measurement tasks. 

Features 

Damped measuring spindle with 2 pre-selectable measuring 

forces 

Measuring force remains virtually constant over the entire measuring 

range 

Direct measuring range of 50 mm 

Integrated measuring system based on the Abbe principle 

Infinitely adjustable measuring tables for precise measuring 

position adjustment 

Combined internal/external measurement possible without 

recalibration 

Solid cast body to avoid stresses and twisting errors from the utset 

MarCheck measuring value display with 2 channels (optionally 

with stand) 

MarCheck with RS 232 interface, for easy transfer of measured 

values to PCs. 

Request brochure or see WebCode 12282-8080 

Precimar LINEAR 800 / 1200 / 2000 

Description 

Universal single-axis length measuring and setting 

instruments 

The LINEAR length measuring instruments from Mahr are ideal for 

use as setting and adjusting instruments in the manufacturing environment. 

They allow precise setting of internal and external comparators, 

2-point inside measuring devices, indicating snap gages and 

many other measuring devices. 

Features 

Applications 

Setting measuring instruments with displays such as the Multimar 

844T 

Setting two-point internal measuring instruments such as the 844 N 

Setting indicator snap gages such as MaraMaeter 840 F 

Testing and checking setting external micrometers 

Checking setting dimensions, pins etc. 

Checking calipers 

Testing and setting inside micrometers 

 

 

Versions 

LINEAR 800 

LINEAR 1200 

LINEAR 2000 

Request brochure or see WebCode 12283

- 

14-8 


Precimar ULM 300 / 600 / 1000 / 1500 for Calibration Metrology 

Universal length measuring machines 

Description 

Model 

Comparator with horizontal base (highly homogeneous and rigid 

granite) 


 

length measuring system, 100 mm (4 in) long 

Z-axis 

Incremental Heidenhain reflected light measuring 

system, 80 mm (3.15 in) long 

Drives 

 

Y-axis: 

Z-axis: 

 

Micrometer, 25 mm (0.98 in) (analog or digital) 

Permanent field motor for motorized adjustment 

of object table height with 3 speeds 

Measuring force generation 

Mechanical using weights 

Operation 

 

 

and counter-bearing (not with ULM 300) 

 

Features 

 

 

 

 

 

 

influences 

 

spindle adjustment range 

 

precision in the Z-direction 

 

measured value acquisition 

 

 

solve the most diverse measurement tasks, including threads, 

tapers, taper threads and gears 

 

Mahr 828 WIN 

Details on metrological accessories are available on request. 

Versions 

ULM 300 

ULM 600 

ULM 1000 

ULM 1500 

Request brochure or see 

WebCode 10454

+ 


Precimar ULM 520 S / 1000 S for Calibration Metrology 

Description 

Large universal length measuring instruments with large 

direct measuring range 

Model 


granite) 


In the measuring element, incremental high-precision 

Heidenhain length measuring system, 100 mm 

(4 in) long; in the base, incremental Heidenhain 

reflected light measuring systems over entire length 

of base to left and right of object table 

Z-axis: Incremental Heidenhain reflected light measuring 

system, 80 mm ( 3.15 in) long 

Drives 

 

Y-axis: 

Z-axis: 

 






Operation 

 

 

and counter-bearing 

 

Features 

 

ments in the range up to 100 mm (4 in) and standard-precision 

meas urements over the entire range of movement of the meas- 

 

from the measuring systems of the measuring element and the 

base 

 

but also suitable for measurements on smaller testpieces 

 

 

correction of systematic machine errors (CAA) 

 


 

influences 

 


 


tapers, taper threads, gears and ball faces 

Measuring and evaluation software under MS-Windows Mahr 

828 WIN 

Versions 

ULM 520 S 

ULM 1000 S 


- 

14-10 


Precimar ULM 800 L / 1500 L for Calibration Metrology 

Universal length measuring instrument with laser measuring 

system 

Features 

Combined measuring instrument for very high-precision measurements 

in the range up to 100 mm (4 in) and standard-precision 

meas urements over the entire range of movement of the meas- 

 

from the measuring systems of the measuring element and the 

base 

 

but also suitable for measurements on smaller testpieces 

 

 

correction of systematic machine errors (CAA) 

 


 

influences 

 


 


tapers, taper threads, gears and ball faces 

 

Mahr 828 WIN 

Main areas of application 

For the calibration of 

Description 

Model 


granite) 


 

525/1,115 mm (20.67/43.90 in) long 

Z-axis: Incremental Heidenhain reflected light measuring 

system, 80 mm (3.15 in) long 

Drives 

 

Y-axis: 

Z-axis: 



 




Operation 

 

 

(with laser reflector) and counter-bearing 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Versions 

ULM 800 L 

ULM 1500 L 


+ 


Precimar PLM 600-2 for Precision Length Metrology 

Description 

Universal length measuring machine 

Model type 

Comparator according to the Abbe principle with horizontal basic 

bed (highly homogeneous and rigid granite) 


 

measuring system, 200 mm length 

Z-axis : Incremental Heidenhain illumination system, 

70 mm length 

Drives 

 

contacting 

Y-axis : 

Z-axis : 

Features 

Micrometer 25 mm (analog or digital) 

Motorized adjustment of object table 

(semi-automatic / CNC-controlled) 


Electronically controlled measuring force generation 

Operation 

Measuring spindle via joystick as well as automatic contacting 

Measuring slide and tailstock are easily positionable due to airbearings 

Motorized height adjustment of object table using joystick or 

CNC-controlled 

Precimar PLM 600-2 features a universal measuring table 

with 5 finely adjustable axes and 25 kg (55 lbs) load capacity, 

a state-of-the-art PC-based multiple-axis machine control system 

with PC workstation, the 828 WIN "Free Measurement" basic 

software and a calibration certificate 

 

stick-operated measuring slide, with progressive deflection characteristic 

and automatic contact detection 

 

computer-aided reversing point detection 

 

 

table (optional) results in excellent measuring efficiency 

 

logging and transfer with powerful software and menu-driven 

operation 

 

 

measuring force 

 

measuring carriages on the machine bed 

 

tacting; therefore almost all subjective influences are eliminated 

and unintentional corrections with the workpiece is avoided. 

 


- 

14-12 


Precimar 828 CiM 1000 for Precision Length Metrology 

Precision length measuring machine 

Description 

Model type 

Comparator according to the Abbe principle with horizontal basic 

bed (highly homogeneous and rigid granite) 


 

measuring system (LIF), 300 mm length 

Z-axis: Incremental Heidenhain illumination system, 

70 mm length 

Drives 

 

contacting 

Y-axis: 

Z-axis: 

Features 

Micrometer 25 mm (analog or digital) 

motorized adjustment of object table 

(semi-automatic / CNC-controlled) 


Electronically controlled measuring force generation 

Operation 

Measuring spindle via joystick as well as automatic contacting 

Measuring slide and tailstock are easily positionable due to airbearings 

Motorized height adjustment of object table using joystick or 

CNC-controlled 

Precimar 828 CIM 1000 has the highest measuring accuracy: 

Unique low length measuring uncertainty for precision products 

and gage calibration management 

Fast and reliable measurements 

 

Abbe 

Online temperature monitoring 

Software-supported mesuring force generation, especially advanatageous 

for thin-walled workpieces and gage calibration devices 

Semi-automatic bore measurement and inside measurement 

High flexibility in the application range 

Numerous accessory sets and components in a modular system to 

solve different measuring tasks, incl. thread pitch, thread, tapered 

thread, toothing 

Measuring and evaluation software under MS-Windows, 828 WIN 

Patented measuring procedure 

 

guides for all slides supported by the machine bed, the mobile 

bearing of the measuring spindle over a spring parallelogram 

which is free of both play and friction, electronic regulation of 

measuring forces and automatic contacting. Subjective influences 

are therefore minimized and unintentional collisions with the 

tespiece prevented 

Details of metrological accessories are available on request. 

Request brochure or see WebCode 2092.

+ 


Precimar Dial Gage Tester 

Precimar Gage Block Testers 

Optimar 100 

Measuring range (mm) 100 

Length measuring deviation (0.2 + L/100) 

MPE E1 (μm) 

Testing direction 

vertical und horizontal 

Type of operation 

semi-automatic, 

fully-automatic 

Application range 

(mm) 

Gage blocks 

826 PC 130B-24 30B-16 

0.5 - 170 0.25 - 100 2.5 - 600 

European 

(rectangular) 

and US 

(square) 

0.010” - 4” 0.10” - 24” 

Repeatability (μm) 0,01 6 σ

- 

MarSurf. Surface Measuring Instruments and Systems 

FROM THE THUMBNAIL TEST... 

...TO MARSURF. 

The latest information on MARSURF products 

can be found on our website: 


Wherever surface structures influence the function, processing or appearance of components or products, careful testing is 

essential. But how can surfaces be tested? At the beginning of the 20th Century, experts still had to test by eye and touch. A 

practiced eye can detect features in the μm range, and even the much maligned thumbnail test delivered perfectly acceptable 

results. Now however, we live in an age of exchangeable parts, fits and internationalization, where subjective tests like this are 

no longer adequate. Today, computer-aided measuring instruments provide objective data. Measurement and evaluation have 

become considerably easier. For decades, Mahr has been a worldwide pioneer in this area, as demonstrated by the company's 

numerous innovations and patented solutions in the field of surface roughness metrology. The interplay between the stylus, drive 

and measuring setup plays a key role in influencing the quality of surface measurement tasks. This is where Mahr's core expertise 

comes in, as demonstrated by the company's numerous innovations and patented solutions. Over this time, we have succeeded 

in perfecting the stylus method, which is now in widespread use throughout the world. We can meet even the most demanding 

requirements for non-contact measurement, e.g. where extremely soft materials or ultra-short measuring times are involved, 

thanks to the range of optical sensors offered in the MarSurf product family. Developed with Mahr quality, expertise and knowhow, 

MarSurf is the solution for all your surface metrology needs.

+ 


MarSurf. Surface Metrology 

The Ideal Surface Measuring System for 

All Kinds of Industries 15- 2 

Mobile Roughness Measurement Devices 15- 4 

MarSurf PS1 15- 5 

MarSurf M 300 15- 7 

MarSurf M 300. Application Examples 15- 8 

MarSurf M 300C 15- 9 

Efficient Application Aids 15-10 

Mobile and Stationary Surface Measuring Units 

MarSurf M 400 15-11 

PC-based Stationary 

Surface Measuring Instruments 15-14 

MarSurf XR 20 15-15 

MarSurf XC 2 15-16 


MarSurf XCR 20 15-18 

MarSurf UD 120 / LD 120 15-19 

MarSurf Measuring Stand ST 750 D 15-20 

MarSurf XP 20 15-22 

MarSurf. Data Overview 15-23 

MarSurf XR 20 with Topography XT 20 15-25 

MarSurf WS 1 15-26 

Drive Units 

PCV 200 15-27 

CD 120 15-27 

PZK 15-28 

GD 25 15-28 

GD 120 15-29 

Accessories. Surface Probes, Standards 15-30

- 

15-2 


MarSurf. The Surface Metrology System for all Your Industry's Needs 

THE RIGHT SOLUTION FOR EVERY TASK 

MarSurf has a universal range of applications. Key industries include: 

• Automotive industry 

• Electronics industry 

• Mechanical engineering industry 

• Medical industry 

• Optics industry

+ 

MarSurf. Surface Measuring Instruments and Systems 15-3 

Automotive Industry 

Electronics Industry 

Measurements on synchronous rings 

Measurements on wafer surfaces 

The automotive industry is often at the forefront of surface and 

contour measurement. Typical applications include measurements 

on crankshafts, camshafts, transmission components and engine 

parts. The measurement of the root geometry including roughness 

measurement for synchronous rings ensures both easy and 

smooth gear changing and a long service life. 

Measurements can be performed in no time at all using optical 

sensors such as the MarSurf WS1 system in this example, 

which uses the principle of white light interferometry. The vertical 

resolution of 0.1 nm (0.004 μin) ensures maximum precision. The 

powerful MarWin software platform with the MarSurf XT 20 

allows quick and easy topography evaluation. 

WebCode 331 WebCode 333 

Mechanical Engineering Industry 

Medical Technology 

Measurements on ball rings 

Ball races today need high-precision radii and minimum form 

deviation. Roughness measurement ensures smooth running and 

long service life with as little running noise as possible. MarSurf 

meets these requirements through user-friendly evaluation software 

and extremely quiet drive units. 

WebCode 9773 

Measurements on hip joints 

Hip joint measurements need to be extremely accurate. Both the 

contour and roughness of the ball and/or socket affect the 

durability and performance of the joint. 

WebCode 334

- 

15-4 


MarSurf. Handy and Precise for On-site Roughness Measurements 

MOBILE ROUGHNESS MEASUREMENT DEVICES 

Mahr has played a key role in ensuring the success of mobile roughness measurement devices. As early as the 1980s, 

Mahr was setting new standards with the M4P. The products have developed in line with changing production monitoring 

requirements. Today's devices meet the highest international standards. Mobile roughness measurement devices from Mahr are 

lightweight with a handy shape for flexible handling. They offer high-precision measurements in different positions and easy 

positioning using V-blocks, a practical shape and light weight. 

Request a brochure or see WebCode 2409.

+ 


MarSurf PS1. Absolute Mobility in Surface Metrology 

Entry-level roughness measurement 

Description 

The MarSurf PS1 lives up to its claim of "Absolute mobility" in 

all manner of ways, providing: 

• Mains-independent operation 

Over 500 measurements without having to recharge the instrument 

• An all-in-one solution that is no larger than a digital camera. 

Small and lightweight (400 g / 0.88 lbs) 

• Instrument flexibility 

The standard range of functions is sufficient for this all-purpose 

smart little instrument to perform your measuring tasks 

• All the measuring positions you need 

Can be used horizontally, vertically, upside down or in any other 

position required by the component 

• 25 parameters 

Offer the same range of functions as a laboratory instrument 

• Error-free operation thanks to an integrated roughness 

standard 

• Automatic cutoff selection (patented) so that even nonspecialists 

are ensured correct measuring results 

• Simple operation 

The brief guide in pocket diary format reflects how simple the 

PS1 is to use. You quickly get to grips with the essential features, 

enabling you to complete your measuring tasks with excellent 

results 

MarSurf PS1. The Set 

The MarSurf PS1 comes in a complete set. Thanks to the carrying 

case, you always have your surface roughness measuring instrument 

with you as you pass through the production floor. Quick and 

reliable on-the-spot measurements ensure your quality requirements 

are met during the production process or incoming goods 

inspection. 

The set contains: 

• MarSurf PS1 base unit 

• Drive unit 

• 1 standard probe conforming to standards 

• Built-in battery 

• Roughness standard integrated into casing 

• Height adjustment accessory 

• Probe protection 

• AC adapter 

• Operating instructions 

• Carrying case with shoulder strap and belt loop 

• USB cable 

• Mahr calibration certificate. 

Order No. 6910210 

WebCode 10778

- 

15-6 


MarSurf PS1. Technical Data 

Unit of measurement 

Metric, inch 

Measuring principle 

Stylus method 

Probe 

Inductive skidded probe, 2 μm (80 μin) stylus tip, measuring force approx 0.7 mN 

Parameters (25, with tolerance limits) Ra, Rq, Rz (Ry (JIS) corr. to Rz), Rz (JIS), Rmax, Rp, Rp (ASME), Rpm (ASME), Rpk, Rk, Rvk, 

Mr1, Mr2, A1, A2, Vo, Rt, R3z, RPc, Rmr (tp (JIS, ASME) corr. to Rmr), RSm, R, Ar, Rx 

Languages 

14 including 3 Asian languages 


350 μm, 180 μm, 90 μm 

(0.014 in, 0.007 in, 0.004 in) 

Profile resolution 

32 nm, 16 nm, 8 nm (1.3 μin, 0.6 μin, 0.3 μin) 

Filter* 

Phase-correct profile filter (Gaussian filter) as per DIN EN ISO 11562, special filter 

as per DIN EN ISO 13565-1, ls filter as per DIN EN ISO 3274 (can be disabled) 

Cutoff lc* 

0.25 mm, 0.8 mm, 2.5 mm; automatic (0.010 in, 0.030 in, 0.100 in) 

Traversing length Lt* 

1.75 mm, 5.6 mm, 17.5 mm; automatic (0.069 in, 0.22 in, 0.69 in) 

Traversing length (MOTIF) 

1 mm, 2 mm, 4 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm 

(0.04 in, 0.08 in, 0.16 in, 0.32 in, 0.48 in, 0.64 in) 

Short cutoff* 

Selectable 

Evaluation length ln* 

1.25 mm, 4.0 mm, 12.50 mm (0.050 in, 0.15 in, 0.50 in) 

Sampling lengths* Selectable: 1 to 5 

Calibration function 

Dynamic 

Memory capacity 

Max. 15 profiles, max. 20,000 results 

Other functions 

Blocking of settings (code-protected), date/time 

Dimensions 

140 mm × 50 mm × 70 mm 

(5.51 in × 1.97 in × 2.76 in) 

Weight 

400 g (0.88 lbs) 

Battery 

Li-ion battery 

Interfaces 

USB, MarConnect (RS232) 

Long-range power supply 

100 V to 264 V 

* in accordance with ISO/JIS 

MarSurf PS1 / M 300. Accessories 

80 mm (3.15 in) probe extension Order No. 6850540 

for example, for measuring points located deep within cylinders. 

PHT 3-350 probe Order No. 6111521 

for measurements in bores from dia. 3 mm (0.12 in). 

PHT 11-100 probe Order No. 6111524 

for measurements at recessed measuring points, 

e.g. in grooves from 2.5 mm (0.10 in) wide and up to 7.5 mm 

(0.30 in) deep. 

PHTR 100 probe Order No. 6111525 

for measurements on concave and convex surfaces. 

PHTF 0.5-100 probe Order No. 6111522 

for measurements on tooth flanks. 

PT 150 probe Order No. 6111523 

Dual-skid probe for measurements on metal sheets and roller surfaces 

according to DIN EN 10049 (SEP).

+ 


MarSurf M 300. A step ahead! 

High mobility, high-performance unit 

Description 

MarSurf 300, the first mobile roughness measuring unit with the 

possibility to use a cable-free connection (Bluetooth) to the drive 

unit. 

More comfort and performance at a good price, an investment that 

pays off! 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Cable-free Bluetooth connection 

Simple use due to high-resolution color display and proven user 

guidance in the "automatic teller machine" style 

Integrated standard in the drive unit 

Large measuring range of 350 μm (0.14 in) 

Automatic selection of filter and traversing length conforming to 

standards 

Integrated memory for up to 40,000 results and 30 profiles 

15 languages (incl. 3 Asian languages) 

More possibilities with MarSurf M 300 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Integrated thermal printer with highest printing quality 

Output of the R-profile via thermal printer 

Record can be output with the push of a button or automatically 

Data transfer of the results to the PC via USB interface 

Evaluation of the most commonly used parameters as well as characteristic 

curves, parameter lists (e.g. material ratio) 

Integrated memory for results and profiles 

Tolerance monitoring 

Printing of R-profile (ISO/ASME/JIS), P-profile (MOTIF), material 

ratio curve, measuring record 

Setting of asymmetric intersection lines for peak count calculation 

Measuring units (μm/μinch) and standards 

(ISO/JIS/ASME/MOTIF) selectable 

Individual traversing lengths as well as short cutoff selectable 

Locking and/or password protection for instrument settings 

Built-in battery with power management 

AC adapter with exchangeable adapters for worldwide use 

Output of date and/or time of the measurements 

Further advantages 

• Can be extended to a stationary measuring station 

• Use of the PHT probe series 

• Software „MarSurf PS1/M 300 Explorer“ for the creation of 

measuring records 

WebCode 13279

- 

15-8 


MarSurf M 300. Application Examples 

Roughness measurements on flap tracks (for landing flaps) (Airbus) 

Roughness measurement on wings (Airbus) 

Roughness measurement on ship propellers (Mecklenburger Metallguss) 

Scope of Delivery 

MarSurf M 300 Set Order no. 6910401 

• Evaluation unit MarSurf M 300 

• Drive unit MarSurf RD 18 

• Standard probe PHT 6-350 

• Standard (integrated in MarSurf RD 18) 

• Mahr calibration certificate 

• 1 roll of thermal paper 


• End face vee-block 

• Height adjustment 

• Wide-range AC adapter with 3 adapters 

• 2 x USB cable (for connection to PC and use with cable) 

• Allen key 


The set is delivered in a practical carrying case. 

For accesories, please see page 15-6: Accessories PS1

+ 


MarSurf M 300 C 

Drive Unit RD 18 C 

Cylindrical drive unit with hand-held support and probe 

from the PHT series 

As a sequel to the proven mobile roughness depth measuring 

units, the M 300 C set contains the cylindrical drive unit RD 18 C. 

With this unit set you reach all measuring points on your workpiece. 

Possibilities MarSurf M 300 C 

• Automatic selection of filter and traversing length conforming 

to standards 

• Integrated thermal graphics printer of high print quality 

• Printing of R-profile (ISO/ASME/JIS), P-profile (MOTIF), 

material ratio curve, measuring record 

• Data transfer of results and profiles via USB-interface to your PC 

• Cutoffs - 0.25/0.8/2.5 mm (0.010/0.032/0.100 in) 

• Integrated memory for the results of up to 40,000 

measurements and 30 profiles 

• Tolerance monitoring in display and measuring record 

• Vertical scale: automatic/selectable 

• Dynamic calibration function 

• 15 languages 

• Standards: ISO/ASME/JIS and MOTIF selectable 

• Number of sampling lengths selectable from 1 to 5 

• Locking and/or password protection for instrument settings 

• Units μm/μinch selectable 

• AC adapter with three mains adapters, for input voltages 

from 90 V to 264 V 

• Output of date and/or time of the measurements 

Drive unit set with probe system 

Further advantages 

• Expandable to a stationary 

measuring station 

• Usable with the PHT series 

probes 

• Software "MarSurf PS1/M 300 

Explorer" to create measuring 

records 

MarSurf M 300 C on 

measuring stand ST-D 

Example: upside down measurement 

Example: measurement on end 

face vee 

WebCode 13830 

Example: Measurement with height adjustment

- 

15-10 


MarSurf M 300 C 

Scope of delivery 

• Evaluation unit MarSurf M 300C 

• Cylindrical drive unit MarSurf RD 18 C 

• Hand-held support with vee-block faces 

• Standard probe PHT 6-350 

• 1 chart paper roll 


• Mount for drive unit with clamping shaft diameter 8 mm 

• Power pack with 3 mains plugs 

• 1 x USB cable (connectable on PC) 

• Allen key 


All items come in a carrying case. 

MarSurf M 300 C set: Order no. 6910431 

Efficient Application Aids for Manufacturing 

Tough manufacturing environments require quick and easy roughness 

measurements. The shop floor is particularly demanding on 

measuring instruments. Application aids from Mahr are the perfect 

solution. 

They work together with the evaluation units of the M 300 series. 

A calibration / resting station is already included in the scope of 

delivery. 

• Special design allows precise, easy positioning of measuring 

instrument 

• Easy to use even without specialist metrological knowledge 

• Drive unit protected from environmental influences that might 

disrupt the measurement 

• Probe protection, i.e. probe is only extended during measurement 

• Surface protection material ensures measurement leaves no marks 

on the workpiece 

MarSurf BF-1 

MarSurf TF-1 

MarSurf CB-2 

MarSurf DR-1 

WebCode 10483

+ 


MarSurf M 400. Mobile and Stationary Surface Metrology for the Production Area 

The best of the "mobiles". 

Easy. Fast. Innovative. With skidless tracing and automatic zero setting. 

Description 

The need for high quality surface metrology already in the mobile 

area is increasing. In many cases, a skidded measurement is no 

longer sufficient and skidless tracing is required instead. Especially 

when determining parameters from the unfiltered P profile or waviness 

parameters, a skidless measurement is absolutely necessary. 

MarSurf M 400 fulfills these characteristics completely and additionally 

has the advantage of easy operation even for complex measuring 

tasks. 

The automatic zero setting option spares the user complicated 

manual zero setting. After pressing the start button, zero setting 

and subsequent measurement are started right away. 

Measuring in production 

P profiles 

W profiles 

R profiles

- 

15-12 


MarSurf M 400. The Best of the "Mobiles" 

High performance with high mobility 

Drive Unit SD 26 and Probe System BFW-250 

Features 

1 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Skidless tracing with high precision probe system (1) 

Fast probe arm change due to magnetic probe arm holder 

(2, 3, 4) 

Protection from damage 

Only a few seconds of setting time required 

due to motorized height adjustment of the drive unit with automatic 

zero setting 

Flexible handling with cable-free Bluetooth connection 

Concise, clear and easy due to brilliant color display for the 

depiction of results and operator guidance 

Mobile use due to operation with AC adapter or built-in battery 

Internationally up to date 

with all common parameters as per ISO, JIS, ASME, 

many integrated languages 

Documentation with quality with integrated thermal printer for 

printout of profile and results 

Standardized measuring point density despite increased measuring 

speed 

• 

• 

2 3 

Upside down measurement with vee-block 

Automatic zero setting of the BFW-250 

4 

The possibility to expand the mobile surface measuring unit to a 

small stationary work station can be easily and quickly realized by 

adding only a few components from the line of MarSurf accessories. 

Fast and easy alignment of the drive unit relative to the testpiece 

thanks to the inclination adjustment option. 

The MarSurf M 400 enables the evaluation of parameters from the 

P, W and R profiles. 

MarSurf measuring station with measuring stand ST-G

+ 


MarSurf M 400. The Best of the "Mobiles" 

MarSurf M 400 Set. Scope of Delivery 

Scope of delivery 

• Evaluation unit MarSurf M 400 

• Drive unit MarSurf SD 26 incl. probe system BFW-250 

• Standard probe arm (6852403) 

• 1 thermo paper roll 

• Wide-range AC adapter mit 3 adapters 

• 2 x USB cables (to connect to PC and for use with cable) 


All items are delivered in a practical carrying case. 

MarSurf M 400 set: Order no. 6910404 


MarSurf M 400 set 

Profile determination 

Probes 

Filters (as per DIN/JIS) 

Standards 

Parameters 

Cutoff lc (as per ISO/JIS): 

Traversing lengths Lt 

(as per ISO/JIS) 

Traversing lengths 

(as per MOTIF) 

Evaluation lengths lm 

(as per ISO/JIS) 

Number n of sampling lengths 

(as per ISO/JIS): selectable: 1 to 5 

Shortened cutoff (as per ISO/JIS) selectable 

Tracing speed 


Languages 

Memory 

Other 

Primary, waviness and roughness profile 

inductive skidless probe system with exchangeable 

probe inserts, 2 μm probe 

tips, measuring force approx. 0.7 mN 

(standard) 

Gaussian filter, Ls filter 

DIN/ISO/JIS/ASME/MOTIF 

DIN/ISO: Ra, Rq, Rz, Rmax, Rp, Rv, Rpk, Rk, 

Rvk,Mr1, Mr2, A1, A2, Vo, Rt, R3z, RPc, 

Rmr (3x), HSC, RSm, Rsk, Rdc, Rdq, Rku 

Pa, Pt, Pmr (3x), Pdc, 

Wa, Wq, Wt, WSm, Wsk, 

JIS: Ra, Rz, RzJIS94, Sm, S, 

ASME: RpA, Rpm 

MOTIF: R, AR, W, AW, Rx, Wx, Wte, CR, CL, CF, 

NR, NCRX, NW, CPM 

0.25 mm, 0.8 mm, 2.5 mm, automatic, 

1.75 mm, 5.6 mm, 17.5 mm, 

automatic, free entry 

1 mm, 4 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm 

1.25 mm, 4.0 mm, 12.5 mm 

0.2 mm/s, 1 mm/s 

Measuring speed: ±250μm = 8 nm, 

±25 μm = 0.8 nm, 

(standard probe arm length) 

(±500 μm = 16 nm 

(double probe arm length) 

15, 3 of them Asian 

Max. 30 profiles, max. 40,000 results 

lock/code word protection, date/time, 

integrated printer, dynamic calibration 

function 

Drive Unit SD 26 

Traversing length 

Measuring speed 


in X 

Height adjustment Z 


in Z 

Zero setting of probe 

system 

Inclination adjustment 

Temperature (storage) 

Temperature (operation) 

Rel. humidity 

Weight 

Interfaces 

Wide-range AC adapter 

26 mm 

0.2 mm/s; 1 mm/s 

5 mm/s 

7.5 mm, motorized 

2 mm/s 

Automatically to zero or 

to specified value in the probe measuring 

range 

±1.5° (alignment function with 

user guidance in the evaluation unit) 

-15° C to +55° C 

+5° C to +40° C 

30% to 85%, non-condensing 

M 400: approx. 1.0 kg 

SD 26: approx. 0.9 kg 

USB Slave, MarConnect (RS232) 

90 – 264 V 

WebCode 13834

- 

15-14 


MarSurf. PC-based Stationary Surface Measuring Stations 

VERSATILE, HIGH-PERFORMANCE UNITS FOR INSPECTION ROOM AND LABORATORY 

In surface metrology, a distinction is made between mobile units, stationary shop-floor units and PC-based surface 

measuring instruments. The latter provide the very best measurement and evaluation performance for surface measurement tasks. 

They fulfill all the key requirements of a state-of-the-art PC-based measuring and evaluation system, including compliance with 

international standards, versatile evaluation methods, comprehensive documentation, large storage capacity, data export and 

import and networking with other systems. Comprehensive QA procedures ensure the highest quality and stability of software 

and hardware. 


+ 


MarSurf XR 20 

Roughness and waviness measurement made easy 

Description 

MarSurf XR 20 is the perfect unit for moving into top-flight 

surface metrology. This PC-based unit supplies all the common 

parameters and profiles in accordance with international standards, 

both in the inspection room and on the shop floor. The highperformance 

MarSurf XR 20 is the fruit of decades of surface 

metrology experience combined with forward-looking technology, 

clear symbols and straightforward operating aids. 

• Different user levels can be set up 

• Flexible system thanks to various options and creation of 

customer-specific parameters 

• Different user levels protect unit from operator error and ensure 

that no unauthorized users are able to operate the device 

Features 

• Over 100 parameters may be selected for R, P and W profiles as 

per ISO / JIS / ASME or MOTIF (ISO 12085) 

• Tolerance monitoring and statistics for all parameters 

• Fast creation of Quick & Easy measuring programs using Teach-in 

mode 

• Comprehensive logging 

• Automatic function for selecting standard-compliant selection of 

filters and traversing lengths (patented) 

• Support for different calibration methods (static / dynamic) with 

specification of Ra or Rz parameter 

• Adjustable servicing and calibration intervals 

• Simulation mode to help users familiarize themselves with the 

system quickly 

• Numerous measuring station configurations for customized applications 

Accessories 

• Connection options for Mahr PZK, GD 25, PGK 20, PGK 120 

and PRK drive units 

• Dominant Waviness option available 

• Software can also be used as evaluation software for 

M and S units 

• Optional qs-STAT-based data transfer 

WebCode 2997

- 

15-16 


MarSurf XC 2 

For entry-level, high-precision contour measurement 

Features 

• Creates regression straight lines and circles 

• Creates points, intersection points, free points, center points, 

maximum and minimum points 

• Determines radii, distances, angles, coordinates and line form 

deviations 

• Performs nominal/actual comparisons 

• Tolerance monitoring 

• Associative elements, i.e. immediate change of variables 

dependent on reference elements when changes occur 

• User access rights using password protection prevents incorrect 

operation 

• Excellent calibration procedure thanks to many years' experience, 

i.e. including geometry calibration, measuring force calibration, 

bend compensation, etc. 

• Stability and rigidity of the probes 

• The drive unit is very smooth-running, highly stable and 

extremely accurate 

Description 

Measuring and evaluating geometries of workpieces and tools that 

are relevant for correct functioning is one of the primary requirements 

of research, technology and industry. The fast, straightforward 

and cost-effective 2D contour measuring system is increasingly 

winning out over other systems. The tried-and-tested, userfriendly 

MarSurf XC 2 is the best example of this. Not only does it 

meet all requirements in terms of accuracy and different evaluation 

criteria, it also delivers reliable results time after time. 

CD 120 Drive Unit 

The CD 120 drive unit has a patented probe arm mount for fast 

and flexible changing of probe arms without the need for tools. 

The calibration data for each probe arm is stored separately. It is 

also easy to calibrate several identical probe arms. 

Features 

• Max. measuring range of 120 mm (4.72 in) measuring length 

and 50 mm (1.97 in) measuring stroke 

• Automatic lifting and lowering of the probe arm with adjustable 

speed 

• Variable setting of measuring force from 1 mN to 120 mN 

• High positioning speed 

• Collision protection thanks to patented probe arm mount 

The MarSurf XC 2 can also be delivered optionally with the drive 

unit PCV 200. 

WebCode 2698

+ 


MarSurf XC 20 

The new generation of contour measurement systems 

Description 

When it comes to contour evaluation, MarSurf XC 20 is simply the 

best. What started over 30 years ago with the Conturograph – consisting 

of a drive unit and x-y plotter — has today developed into a 

state-of-the-art contour measurement system with the very latest 

technology. This perfectly coordinated configuration of instruments 

meets the highest performance standards. Both the drive unit and 

the measuring stand are controlled and positioned using the reliable 

measurement and evaluation software. 

Features 

In addition to the functions of the MarSurf XC 2 entry-level unit, 

MarSurf XC 20 also provides additional features: 

• Notes on the operating sequence can be displayed 

• Interactive control elements support evaluations and automatic 

operating sequences 

• Measurement of upper and lower contours with "twin stylus 

probe"; these contours can also be evaluated in relation to each 

other 

• Creation of profile sections with evaluations of different parameters 

for each section 

• Segmented measurement across obstacles such as bores or steep 

sides is possible 

• Import and export of DXF files for nominal/actual comparison 

• PCV 200 drive unit with patented probe arm mount allows toolfree, 

reproducible changeover of probe arms 

• Flexibility measuring station thanks to patented probe system 

• Manual, freely variable tracing forces also support flexibility 

• Synthetic creation of nominal profiles from straight lines and arcs 

• Straightforward comparison of nominal and actual profiles. 

Several ranges can be defined within a measured profile and 

each of these ranges can be assigned a different tolerance and 

different evaluations 

Versions 

By combining the MarSurf XC 20 software with the highprecision 

LD 120 drive and probe system and the ST 500 or 

ST 750 measuring stand, resolutions in the nm range can be 

achieved, thereby allowing contour and roughness depth to be 

determined in a single measuring run. 

Additional functions such as qs-STAT-based data export or 

evaluation of dominant waviness are further optional extras. 

WebCode 2736

- 

15-18 


MarSurf XCR 20 

The new generation of combined roughness and contour measurement systems 

Description 

MarSurf XCR 20 is ideal for combining contour and roughness 

depth evaluation. 

Marsurf XC 20 + MarSurf XR 20 = MarSurf XCR 20 

This system includes absolutely everything you need, saving both 

time and space. There are separate user interfaces for the roughness 

and contour software. MarSurf XCR 20 is Mahr’s top surface 

measurement system and enables even semi-automated operating 

sequences to be performed. 

Versions 

• Combi-measuring station with one measuring stand and two 

drive units (PCV 200 and MarSurf GD 25) 

• Combi-measuring station with quick-change mounts (PGK 120, 

PCV 200) 

• MarSurf UD 120 / LD 120 enables high-precision contour and 

roughness evaluation on components 

WebCode 3152 

Features 

• Saves space because both drive units (MarSurf PCV 200 contour 

drive unit and GD 25 roughness drive unit) can be adapted 

using the corresponding combi-mount on the ST 500 or ST 750 

measuring stand 

• Roughness and contour evaluations possible from a single 

measurement 

• High-precision contour and roughness evaluation with the 

MarSurf LD 120 measuring system on components requiring a 

large stroke and very high resolution 

• Option of rapidly switching between roughness and contour 

measurements thanks to straightforward changeover within the 

software platform and changing of mechanical components such 

as drive unit and probe.

+ 


MarSurf UD 120 / LD 120 

Two in one. Contour and roughness depth measurement in a single stroke 

Description 

MarSurf UD 120/ LD 120 is the new high-quality, high-precision 

contour and roughness measuring station with integrated laser 

measuring system. It performs roughness and contour evaluations 

in a single stroke. To complete both these measurement tasks with 

a single measurement, you need a high-precision measuring system 

that supports both the relatively large measuring stroke for the contour 

in radii, on slopes or in freeform areas and the resolution in the 

nm range for the roughness depth measurement. 

Features 

• The magnetic probe mount ensures flexibility by supporting a 

wide range of probes that can be easily exchanged, while maintaining 

a high level of reliability 

• Positioning accuracy in the μm range when exchanging probes, 

and collision protection, rigidity and stability with resolutions in 

the nm range 

• Reliable results thanks to a calibration procedure specially geared 

to high accuracy 

• Software can be used to set measuring forces which remain constant 

over the entire measuring stroke, ensuring flexibility and reliability. 

You can select the optimum measuring force to match the 

material characteristics of the workpiece and the probe of your 

choice 

• Increase accuracy due to morphological filtering in the MarSurf 

X series 

• Probe arm change does not call for recalibration. Calibration is 

saved for every arm as well as for the magnetic probe mounting, 

ensuring high reproducibility. 

Versions 

MarSurf UD 120 with measuring stand 

Entry into the world of high-preicison roughness and contour 

metrology by means of an integrated optical tracing system. 

MarSurf LD 120 with measuring stand 

This combination including measuring stand makes for a highly 

flexible measuring station. 

WebCode 3162

- 

15-20 


MarSurf Measuring Stand ST 750 D. Measuring Contours in New Dimensions 

By using a twin-stylus probe arm and the UD 120 / LD 120 or PCV 

drive unit, the individual contour areas are measured using a measuring 

program. After the geometries of the upper side of the ring 

have been measured, the slide of the measuring stand moves the 

drive unit down by the diameter range of the workpiece. Now the 

geometries of the lower side of the ring are measured. 

An exact computation of the travel path of the slide on the measuring 

stand enables the reference dimensions of the upper and 

lower contour to be related to each other. 

This enables the measurement of diameters, distances and contours 

in the range up to 620 mm. 

Sketch: LD 120 with ST 750 D 

Description 

Contour metrology from Mahr has been successfully used by 

hundreds of customers worldwide for decades. Due to many excellent 

customer solutions, many of them patented, contour metrology 

has undergone many important developments. 

Mahr was the first manufacturer of contour metrology offering the 

possibility of measurements with a twin stylus with simultaneous 

switching of the measuring force. This makes it possible not only to 

measure contours in one tracing direction but also to perform upside 

down measurements, thus enabling pairs of opposed profiles 

to be recorded and set off against each other, for diameter measurements, 

for example. 

Today we are proud to present to you a decisive development that 

builds upon these possibilities. 

In connection with the measuring stand MarSurf ST 750 D, the 

measuring stations UD 120 / LD 120 as well as XC 20 CNC can use 

the entire measuring length of 620 mm of the vertical axis. 

The greatly expanded measuring and evaluation possibilities result 

from the following basic principle and measuring procedure. 

1. Measurement of the lower contour range "measuring force 

below" 

2. Moving the slide on the measuring stand in the upper position. 

3. Measuring the upper contour range "measuring force above" 

4. Evaluation (distance, diameter) of the two profiles related to 

each other 


Positioning length: 620 mm (deepest position approx. 

110 mm above the granite plate) 

Traversing length: 620 mm 

Working temperature 21°C ±1° K 1) 

Accuracy 

with LD 120/UD 120 MPE ±(1.4 + L/100) μm 

L = measuring length in mm 2) 

with PCV 

MPE ±(2.5 + L/100) μm 

L = measuring length in mm 3) 

Workpiece weight: Up to 90 kg with XY table CT 200 

1) A deviating working temperature can lead to a deviation in 

accuracy 

2) With probe arm item no. 6852008 

3) With probe arm item no. 9045820

+ 


MarSurf Measuring Stand ST 750 D. Measuring Contours in New Dimensions 

Scope of Delivery MarSurf XC 20 with ST 750 D 

Measuring Station MarSurf XC 20 with ST 750 D 

MarSurf XC 20 CNC 6268361 

consisting of: Control unit MidRange CNC, 

Software MarSurf XC 20 MarWin, PC 

Countries package WIN XP Professional 

62682XX 

TFT monitor 19” 5460043 

Manual control panel MCP 21 advanced 7033935 

Drive unit PCV 200 6720810 

Calibration set contour (standard) 6820124 

XY table CT 200* 6710530 

Measuring stand MarSurf ST 750 D 

with granite plate 700 mm x 550 mm 6710255 

Stand axis module ST 750 D 6851389 

Printer 5460030 

USB cable 3018232 

Support for PCV 200/CD 120 6851362 

Protection concept PCV 7033957 

Probe arm 350 M 6851529 

Stylus PCV ± 9 mm 6851530 

Probe arm CP 175M/10/3. 5 9045820* 

Scope of Delivery MarSurf LD 120 with ST 750 D 

Measuring Station MarSurf LD 120 with ST 750 D 

MarSurf XCR 20 LD 120 6268382 

consisting of: Control unit MidRange LD 120, 

Software MarSurf XCR 20 MarWin, PC 

Countries package WIN XP Professional 

62682xx 

TFT monitor 19“ 5460043 

Manual control panel MCP 21 advanced 7033935 

Drive unit MarSurf LD 120 6720814 

incl. 2 probe arms 

Calibration standard for MarSurf LD 120 

Accuracy class 1 6820121 

XY table CT 200 6710530 

Measuring stand ST 750 D 

with granite plate 700 mm x 550 mm 6710255 

Stand axis module ST 750 D 6851389 

Printer 5460030 

USB cable 3018232 

Set of damping elements 6851368 

Support for UD 120 / LD 120 6851360 

Protection concept UD 120 /LD 120 7033457 

Probe arm LDT 3-10-2/90* 6852008 1) 

*not shown in picture 

WebCode 13832 

Measuring station MarSurf UD 120 

Components such as LD 120 however 

Drive unit UD 120 6720817 

1) additional probe arms and tips upon request

- 

15-22 


MarSurf XP 20 

A measuring station for all occassions 

• Depending on the measurement task, the measuring station can 

be set up using modules with automatic linear/rotation axes 

• Modular system affords flexibility 

• One software language for all systems 

Versions 

Manual measuring stations: 

• Roughness measuring station 

• Contour measuring station 

• Combined roughness and contour measuring station 

Automatic measuring stations: 

• Roughness measuring station 

• Contour measuring station 

• Combined roughness and contour measuring station 

Description 

Aspheric measuring station 

See picture below 

The new Mahr software platform MarWin is a modular control 

and evaluation system with significant advantages. 

This multi-product software platform provides users with a uniform 

basis, thereby ensuring the operational and functional reliability particularly 

required in automated processes. 

WebCode 3202 

Quick and easy configuration is achieved through the use of standardized 

mechanical and electronic measuring station components. 

MarSurf LD 120 Aspheric 3D measuring station 

Features 

• MarTalk coordinates the interface between the software and the 

machine 

• MarScript handles the measuring language and control systems 

• Tried-and-tested Mahr quality components and software 

together with a straightforward user interface provide reliable 

measuring results 

• Safety for your system and operators through compliance with all 

relevant guidelines 

• Modularity, i.e. depending on the measurement task, additional 

axes and workpiece supports can be used in addition to the 

standard components 

• Time saved through significant reduction in setup times for the 

automatic measuring station

+ 


MarSurf. Mobile Instruments Data Overview 

MarSurf PS1 MarSurf M 300 MarSurf M 300 C 

Parameters 

Ra, Rq, Rz (Ry (JIS) equiv. to Rz), Rz (JIS), Over 35 roughness parameters Over 35 roughness parameters 

Rmax, Rp, Rp (ASME), Rpm, Rsk (ASME), 

Rpk, Rk, Rvk, Mr1, Mr2, A1, A2, 

(24 roughness parameters, with tolerance 

limits), Vo, Rt, R3z, RPc, Rmr (tp (JIS, 

ASME) equiv. to Rmr), RSm, R, Ar, Rx 

Probe 

inductive skidded probe, 2 μm probe PHT probe series (skid probe PHT 6-350 

tip, measuring force ca. 0.7 mN 

system) 

Drive unit RD 18 (standard drive unit) RD 18 C 

Traversing lengths 


Languages 

Lt* 1.75 mm, 5.6 mm, 17.5 mm 

as per MOTIF 1 mm, 2 mm, 

4 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm 

8 nm / 16 nm / 32 nm 

(automatic switching) 

14 languages 

3 Asian languages 

1.75 / 5.6 / 17.5 mm with RD 18 

drive unit 

8 nm / 16 nm / 32 nm 

(automatic switching) 

15 languages 


1.75 / 5.6 / 17.5 mm 

8 nm / 16 nm / 32 nm 

15 languages 


Dimensions (L x W x H) 140 x 50 x 70 mm Approx. 190 x 170 x 75 mm Approx. 190 x170 x 75 mm 

Weight 400 g 1.3 kg 1.3 kg 

Power supply 

Primary: 90 V to 264 V 

Secondary: 9 V 

Primary: 90 V to 264 V 


Primary 90 V to 264 V 


MarSurf. MarSurf M 400 Data Overview 

MarSurf M 400 

Parameters 

Roughness, waviness, and P profile parameters 

Probe Probe system BFW 250 

Drive Unit SD 26 


1.75 mm, 5.6 mm, 17.5 mm, automatic, free entry 

as per MOTIF: 1 mm, 4 mm, 8 mm, 12 mm, 16 mm 


±250 μm (±500 μm with double length probe arm) 

Resolution (Z) 

Measuring range: ±250 μm =8 nm, ±25 μm = 0,8 nm 

Measuring force (in Z) 

0.7 mN 

Dimensions (L x B x H) 

approx. 190 x 170 x 75 mm 

Weight 

1.9 kg 

Power supply 

Primary: 90 V to 264 V; Secondary: 9 V

- 

15-24 


MarSurf. Data Overview XR 20, XC 2 / XC 20 

Parameters 

MarSurf XR 20 MarSurf XC 2 / XC 20 

Over 100 roughness, waviness, P-profile 

and motif parameters 

Radii, angles, distances, coordinates, fitting in of regression 

straight lines, best-fit circles, circle sections. Defining points, 

circles and circle sections and much more. 

Multiple measurements, double contours, DXF import (only 

XC 20) 

Probes MFW 250, R probe 350 mm probe arms, 175 mm probe arms 

complete with probe stylus tips 

Drive unit 

Usable PZK, GD 25, GD 120, PGK 20, PRK MarSurf CD 120 / MarSurf PCV 200 (only XC 20) 

via PAV 62 

Traversing length Depending upon drive unit 0.56 / 1.75 / 1 mm to 120 mm, 1 mm to 200 mm (only XC 20) 

5.6 / 17.5 / 56; Lt var 0.56 to 120.0 


± 25 mm with 350 mm probe arm 

Profile resolution ± 25 μm = 0.5 nm; ± 250 μm = 5 nm 350 mm probe arm = 0,5 μm; 175 mm probe arm = 0,25 mm 

Measuring force (in Z) 

1 mN to 120 mN, variably adjustable 

Dimensions (L x B x H) of Approx. 700 mm x 550 mm x 720 mm Approx. 700 mm x 550 mm x 720 mm 

compl.meas. stand ST 500 

Weight of measuring station Approx. 160 kg 

Approx. 140 kg 

with ST 500 meas. stand 

Power supply 230 V (or 115 V possible) 230 V (or 115 V possible) 

MarSurf. Data Overview UD 120 / LD 120 and XT 

MarSurf UD 120 / LD 120 MarSurf XT 20 

Parameters 

Roughness parameters, waviness paramaters, 

P-parameters, see MarSurf XR 20 

Contour elements Radii, distances, angles, see MarSurf XC 20 

Probes LD A14-10-2 with diamond tip 2 μm 60° (UD 120), 

LD A14-10-2 with diamond tip 2 μm 90° and 

LD A14-10-500 (LD 120) 

Drive unit MarSurf LD 120 / UD 120 


0.1 mm to 120 mm 


2 nm 


10 mm 

Measuring force (in Z) LD 120: 0.5 mN to 30 mN / 

UD 120: 1 mN to 30 mN 

Dimensions (L x W x H) of the Approx. 700 mm x 550 mm x 720 mm 

compl. measuring stand ST 500 

Weight Approx. 160 kg (incl. ST 500) 

Power supply 

230 V (or 115 V possible) 

Color-coded height presentation, grid models, photo 

simulation, 2D top view, any profile sections, zoom 

function, distances, angles, radii, extreme points, 

comprehensive filter functions such as Gaussian filter, 

median filter, polynomial filter, interpolation of invalid 

sections, remove spherical form, remove cylindrical 

form, alignment functions across sections, 3D surface 

roughness parameters, export and evaluation of any 

profile sections in MarSurf XR 20 roughness software 

or MarSurf XC 2/XC 20 contour software. 

Measuring data can be recorded using stylus instruments 

with Y-drive or MarSurf WS1 optical surface 

sensor.

+ 


MarSurf XR 20 with Topography XT 20 

Upgrade to a powerful topography measuring station 

Description 

For some applications, a single tactile profile of the surface form is 

inadequate. 3D topographic representation and evaluation offers 

the opportunity to obtain more comprehensive profile information. 

The MarSurf XR 20 measuring station can be turned into a topography 

measuring station both simply and cost-effectively, whether 

based on an order or an upgrade requirement. All that is needed in 

addition to the standard scope of delivery is a CT 200-MOT 

Y-drive for the CT 200 XY table and the MarWin XT 20 software. 

CT 200-MOT Technical Data 

CT 200-MOT technical data as for CT 200 but with motorized 

Y-drive. 

Adjustment path in Y 

17.5 mm (0.7 in) 

Resolution 

0.375 μm (15 μin) 

Measuring Station Components 

As described on pages 15-17 to 15-21, plus: 

Topography measuring station extension 

MarSurf XT 20 software Order No. 6299034 

CT 200-MOT Y-drive Order No. 6710543

- 

15-26 


MarSurf XR 20 with XT 20 Topography 

3D measurement of molds for use in the medical industry 

MarSurf. WS1 White Light Sensor Measuring Station 

Non-contact measurement of surface structures 

Description 

In the case of molds for items such as contact lenses, the surface 

topography is also of interest in addition to the individual profile 

for determining the roughness depth. The form and surface roughness 

depth over the entire topography range are critical when it 

comes to product function. 

Description 

Ever higher surface qualities are being produced thanks to new 

processing methods and materials. This places much greater 

demands on a measuring system in terms of resolution and 

measuring accuracy. 

The MarSurf WS1 is an optical surface sensor which operates 

according to the principle of white light interferometry. This technology 

enables rapid, high-precision recording of surface topographies 

on a wide range of materials. 

Features 

• The impressive vertical resolution of 0.1 nm (0.004 μin) enables 

the finest of structure to be recorded 

• Can be used in inspection rooms and the manufacturing environment 

• The compact design saves space 

• The optical design is specifically geared to the demands of industrial 

processing methods 

• Illuminated using LED technology with a long service life 

• Evaluation with the MarSurf XT 20 topography software 

enables a comprehensive, user-friendly topography analysis 

• Can be incorporated as an OEM component 

WebCode 10136

+ 


MarSurf PCV 200 Drive Unit 

Contour drive unit 

MarSurf CD 120 Drive Unit 

Contour drive unit 

Description 

The PCV 200 contour drive unit supports measuring paths of up 

to 200 mm (7.87 in). 

Many contour measurement tasks, e.g. calculating double contours 

using the twin stylus, can be performed in conjunction with the 

MarSurf XC 20 software. 

Description 

The CD 120 contour drive unit is based on the technology of the 

PCV 200 drive unit. It measures contour elements such as radii, 

distances, angles, etc. simply and precisely. 

In conjunction with the MarSurf XC 2 software, it constitutes the 

basic contour measurement unit. 

Features 

• Probe arm collision protection thanks to patented probe arm 

mount 

• Programmed measuring run with lifting and lowering of the 

probe arm and positioning 

• Selection of different measuring speeds ranging from 0.2 mm/s 

to 4 mm/s (0.008 in/s to 0.16 in/s) 


• Measuring force remains constant over the entire measuring 

range 

The drive unit supports a large number of probe arms of different 

shapes and sizes. 

Features 

• Automatic lifting and lowering of the probe arm with adjustable 

speed 

• Probe arms available for bores larger than 2 mm (0.079 in) 

• Selection of different positioning speeds ranging from 0.2 mm/s 

to 10 mm/s (0.008 in/s to 0.39 in/s) 


• Patented probe arm mount for reproducible probe arm exchange 

without the need for tools 

The use of complete probe arms, each with their own separately 

stored calibration data, allows the evaluation system to switch between 

different measurement tasks 

quickly and flexibly. 

WebCode 2736 WebCode 2698

- 

15-28 


MarSurf. PZK Drive Unit 

Small and handy 

MarSurf. MarSurf GD 25 Drive Unit 

The standard drive unit for surface measurements 

Description 

This set consists of the small, handy PZK drive unit and the 

integrated, inductive MFW 250 probe. The probe arms can be 

changed very quickly. The built-in datum plane allows both skidded 

and skidless measurements. The PZK set also includes a handheld 

mount. The bottom of the hand-held mount takes the form 

of a vee-block, enabling flat and cylindrical workpiece contours to 

be measured. This makes the PZK a universal system. 

Description 

This unit provides excellent straightness precision and smooth 

running over a measuring length of 25.4 mm (1 in). A patented 

motorized height adjustment accessory ensures the probe is 

positioned in the range of 4 mm (0.15 in) and enables motorized 

probe zero setting. The MFW 250 skidless probe can be used, 

along with all probes of the R series. 

WebCode 2997 WebCode 2997

+ 


MarSurf. GD 120 Drive Unit 

The high-precision drive unit of the new generation 

Description 

In addition to high-precision roughness measurements, the 

GD 120 drive unit is used for waviness measurements over long 

traversing lengths of up to 120 mm (4.72 in). Patented motorized 

probe zero setting over 10 mm (0.39 in) saves both setup work 

and time. The drive unit optionally supports problematic measuring 

positions such as transverse or vertical tracing using simple, adaptable 

probe mounts. 

Precise positioning on the horizontal axis is very important for automatic 

operating sequences. The GD 120 allows precise positioning 

on the X-axis. 

In addition to very quiet running (residual value Rz < 30 nm/0.1 

mm/s), this unit offers fast probe clamping and also protects the 

unit by means of a collision protection device on the probe mount. 

WebCode 2997

- 

15-30 


MarSurf. Accessories 

Probes for virtually any application 

1 

Probe system MFW 250 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 Probe head 

2 Probe arm protection with 

skid 

3 Probe arm protection 

without skid 

4 Probe arm 

5 Probe arm 

6 Probe arm 

The MFW probe system can used as a skidless or skidded probe. 

It is distinguished by the following characteristics: 

• low linearity deviation (< 1 %), 

• high resolution (100,000-/200,000: 1), 

• large measuring range (± 250 μm). 

Double length tracing arms enlarge the meauring range to 

±500 μm. 

The simple tracing arm interchange ensures a particularly wide field 

of application. The rugged, rigid design avoids natural vibration. 

6 

WebCode 2997 

Accessories 

Depending upon the measuring task, different accessory components, 

parallel vices or prisms can be ordered. 

XY table CT 200 Order No. 6710530 

Table surface 200 mm x 200 mm (optionally expandable to 400 

mm x 400 mm with an adpater plate) 

XY-adjustment by 25 mm each using micrometer caliper. 

C- axis adjustable by ± 2.5° for highly precise workpiece alignment 

XY table CT 120 Order No. 6710529 

for mounting and aligning workpieces. 

Can be adjusted in two coordinates by 15 mm (.591). 

Table surface: 120 mm x 120 mm (4.728 in x 4.728 in) with two 

brackets. 

PP vee-block Order No. 6710401 

with four different prisms for mounting axis-symmetrical workpieces 

with diameters from 1 mm to 160 mm. 

Incl. clamping springs for holding light workpieces in the prism. 

PPS parallel vice Order No. 6710604 

for clamping measuring objects 

Parallel vice Order No. 6710631 

for clamping small workpieces 

Jaw width 

32 mm 

Dimensions (L x W x H): Approx. 130 mm x 32 mm x 40 mm 

Parallel vice with joint Order No. 6710632 

Parallel vice with angled foot Order No. 6710633 

axis can swiveled by ±45°

+ 


PGN Geometric Standard 

DIN EN ISO 5436 type C1 sinusoidal groove profile 

PEN 10-1 Setting Standard 

DIN EN ISO 5436 type A1 depth setting standard 

Surface roughness standard with a sinusoidal groove profile. Profile 

depth approx. 3 μm (120 μin), groove spacing approx. 0.12 mm 

(.00472 in). For checking the roughness measuring station. The following 

types are available: 

PGN 1 Profile depth approx. 1.5 μm, groove spacing approx. 0.10 mm 

PGN 3 Profile depth approx. 3 μm, groove spacing approx. 0.12 mm 

PGN 10 Profile depth approx. 10 μm, groove spacing approx. 0.20 mm 

DKD and Mahr calibration certificate upon request 

Depth setting standard for the static calibration of the vertical stroke 

of all skidless, single-skid and dual-skid probes. Groove depth. 

approx. 10 μm, ∅ 44 mm. 

• 2 calibration grooves 

• Optical flat surface 

DKD and Mahr calibration certificate upon request 

PRN 10 Geometric Standard 

Turned roughness profile 

KN 100 Contour Standard 

Standard for test contour measuring systems 

with Mahr calibration certificate. Roughness standard with turned 

profile, chromed. 

Profile depth approx. 10 μm (.394 μin). For checking the roughness 

measuring station. Ra, Rz, Rmax. 

The contour standard KN 100 was developed in cooperation with 

the PTB. Testing for confirmation and acceptance purposes can now 

be conducted traceable back to the PTB due to concrete reference 

to realistic geometries. 

The standard fulfills the requirements of the VDI/VDE guidelines 

2629. 

WebCode 9633

- 

MarForm. Form Measuring Instruments 

IN OUR VIEW, FORM DEVIATION IS NOT A QUESTION OF 

PERCEPTION. THAT IS WHY WE HAVE MARFORM 

The latest information on MARFORM 


w w w. m a h r. c o m , We b C o d e 15 5 

To ensure the problem-free functioning and durability of a workpiece, the key factors are its dimensions and, above all, 

its form. Requirements in terms of roundness, flatness, straightness, coaxiality or run-out – particularly when it comes to axissymmetrical 

workpieces – are becoming increasingly tough. These requirements can only be reliably tested and met using highprecision 

formtesters optimized for this specific purpose. Whether you are dealing with fuel injection technology, microelectronics, 

precision mechanics or medical technology, the key functional components are becoming ever smaller and ever more precise. 

To enable the production department to take advantage of the specified tolerances, measuring uncertainty must be kept as low as 

possible. MarForm helps you to cut process costs without increasing testing costs thanks to stable, innovative instruments with the 

highest possible level of automation, flexibility and precision. MarForm offers the ideal solution for all requirements.

+ 



Formtesters 

MarForm M MQ 100 

MarForm M MQ 200 

MarForm M MQ 400-2 

MarForm. Overview standard measuring machines 

16- 3 

16- 4 

16- 5 

16- 6 

Reference Formtesters 

MarForm MFU 100 


MarForm. Overview reference and large Formtesters 

MarForm MFK 500/600 

16- 8 

16- 9 

16-10 

16-11 

MarWin. Software modules for MarForm 

Software Packages for Special Applications 

16-12 

16-15 

Accessories for MarForm 

16-21

- 

16-2 


MarForm. Formtesters for a Wide Range of Applications 

form MEASURING INSTRUMENTS FOR THE WORKBENCH OR INSPECTION ROOM 

There are many aspects of our daily lives where we need to be able to rely on technical components functioning correctly. Take for 

example the ABS braking system, injection system or gearbox of a car, the drive of a PC, the compressor in an air-conditioning 

system, the blade of an electric razor or the landing flaps of an aircraft. For the moving components to function efficiently over 

long periods of time, it is vital they work together smoothly. To ensure this is the case, axis-symmetrical workpieces with narrow 

tolerances from the ideal are needed. Compliance with these tolerances can only be verified reliably using precision formtesters 

that have been specifically optimized for this application. MarForm helps you to cut process costs without increasing testing 

costs thanks to stable, innovative instruments exhibiting the highest possible precision. MarForm offers the ideal solution for all 

requirements.

+ 


16-3 

MarForm MMQ 100 

The Formtester with the simplest operation 

Formtester MarForm MMQ 100 EasyForm 3.0 

Features 

The MarForm MMQ 100 Formtester offers outstanding 

accuracy in a robust package designed for use in production 

environments. Used in combination with EasyForm 

software, it represents the perfect solution for performing 

measurement tasks simply, yet effectively. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

(1) (1) (1) (1) 

Precise and fast measurement results 

Reliable thanks to mechanical bearings 

Large measuring volume 

Mobile due to its low weight and convenient size 

Fast computer-assisted workpiece alignment 

Centering and tilting screws for rough and fine adjustment 

Universal and reliable 

Suitable for use on the shop floor as no compressed air 

connection is required 

No keyboard or mouse required 

Digital encoders in Z and X transmit the measuring position 

directly to the software 

The MMQ 100 can also be operated from a laptop, thereby enabling 

mobile use. All you need is a power outlet! 

Optimized for the most frequent form measuring tasks 

• Roundness (also in a section) 

• Flatness (from a circle) 

• Concentricity 

• Coaxiality 

• Radial run-out 

• Axial run-out 

• Plane parallelism from opposite circles 

• Fourier/waviness analysis 

Versions 

MMQ 100 with EasyForm as a powerful, PC-based evaluation 

system running on Windows ® XP offers informative color records 

with easy-to-use software for evaluation of form and positional 

tolerances (DIN ISO 1101) such as roundness, roundness sector, 

radial run-out, axial run-out, concentricity, coaxiality, flatness (1) , 

straight-ness (1) , parallelism (1) and perpendicularity (1) . 

The MMQ 100 EasyForm measuring station comes complete: 

Form Measuring Station MMQ 100 Plus Order no. 9999116 

consisting of: 

MarForm MMQ 100 Plus with 

digital encoders in X/Z and with T20W probe 

EasyForm PC 

WIN XP Country Package 

19" TFT monitor 

Options for MMQ 100: 

Advanced Form for comprehensive evaluations, based on 

EasyForm. 

Mahr Data Transfer Tools for simple transfer of measuring 

results into statistical evaluation programs such as qs-STAT or 

MS Excel. 

Request a brochure or see WebCode 1412/10146. 

(1) from either a single or several polar traces

- 

16-4 


MarForm MMQ 200 

The MMQ 200 is the standard form measuring instrument for both your shop floor and precision inspection rooms 

Characteristics of MarForm MMQ 200 

• High-precision roundness measuring axis (C) 

• Motorized measuring axis vertical (Z) 

• Motorized positioning axis horizontal (X) 

• Manual or automatic tilting and centering table 

• Manual length measuring probe T20W or 

• Motorized probe T7W 

• Ergonomic control panel, also starts selected measuring 

programs (P1, P2, P3) 

Versions 

Features 

(1) 

The MMQ 200 features a high-precision motorized Z column, 

opening up a whole new dimension in form metrology compared 

to the roundness measuring instrument MMQ 100. 

The Formtester MarForm MMQ 200 fully-automatically determines 

the following form and location deviations as per DIN/ISO 1101 

so that you can verify the quality of your products: 

• Roundness 

• Straightness 

• Flatness (from a single polar trace) (1) 

• Parallelism 

• Conicity 

• Concentricity, coaxiality 

• Run-out, total radial run-out 

• Cylindricity 

• Taper 

• Perpendicularity (from a single polar trace) 

• Pitch 

• Angular sector (from roundness, flatness or run-out) 

• Evaluation of straightness sections 

MarForm MMQ 200 is available in two versions. 

As a measuring station with the universal measuring probe T20W 

and as a measuring station with the motorized measuring probe 

T7W, allowing for an additional level of automation due to its 

unique motorization. 

The MMQ 200 is operated with the software EasyForm 4.0. 

Operation takes place with touchscreen technology and is thus 

also for the mouse operation unique and easy. 

Form measuring station with T20W 9999485 

• Formtester MarForm MMQ 200 

• Length measuring probe T20W, manual, with probe arm 

• Measuring and operating software EasyForm 4.0 

• PC Intel class, Windows XP Professional 

• 19“ TFT monitor 

• Deskjet printer with cable 

• Rim chuck with diameter of Ø 100 mm 

Form measuring station with T7W 9999486 

• Formtester MarForm MMQ 200 

• Motorized length measuring probe T7W with probe arm 

• Measuring and operating software EasyForm 4.0 

• PC Intel class, Windows XP Professional 

• 19“ TFT monitor 

• Deskjet printer with cable 

• Rim chuck with diameter of Ø 100 mm 

Options: 

• 17“ touchscreen TFT monitor instead of 19“ standard TFT monitor 

• Option roughness measurement and evaluation with MMQ 200/T7W 

• Software AdvancedForm 

(expanded functionality and programming) 

• Different clamping devices 

• Probe arms with different lengths and probe ball geometries 

• Different double probe arms 

• Different calibration standards 

Request a brochure or see WebCode 13148. 

(1) from either a single or several polar traces

+ 


16-5 

MarForm MMQ 400-2 

The MMQ 400-2 is the universal form measuring machine 

for both your shop floor and precision inspection rooms 

Features 

The MMQ 400-2 is the universal measuring machine for extensive 

workpiece evaluation as per DIN ISO 1101. High-precision measuring 

axes in Z and X make every form measurement task possible. 

MarForm MMQ 400-2 for: 

• High-precision workpieces 

• Unusually long workpieces 

• Large and heavy workpieces 

• Use in production environments or precision inspection rooms 

The MarForm MMQ 400-2 is available in five versions which are 

designed to meet your requirements and solve any of your measuring 

tasks. 

• Motorized or manual centering and tilting table 

• Vertical axis (Z) with measuring length of either 500 mm (19.67 in) 

or 900 mm (35.4 in) and horizontal axis (X) with measuring 

length of 280 mm (11.02 in) or 

• Vertical axis (Z) with measuring length of 350 mm (13.78 in) and 

horizontal axis (X) with measuring length of 180 mm (7.09 in) 

• With digital position decoders in the linear axes X and Z for best 

reproducability of measurements. 

Your MarForm MMQ 400-2 is available as a semi-automated 

measuring station with manual centering and tilting table or as a 

fully automated measuring station which, in conjunction with a 

motorized centering and tilting table and T7W probe, is perfect for 

the high-precision testing of your parts without any operator intervention. 

Motorized Form Probe T7W 

The T7W probe is fitted with a motor-driven rotational axis. This 

makes it possible to move the probe arm in steps of less than one 

degree to the required contacting position. Measurements can be 

performed on the generating surfaces and end faces. As a zero 

position probe, the T7W can also switch automatically between 

internal and external measurements or between end face measurements 

from above and below without operator intervention. 

Fully automatic measurement processes on complex workpieces 

can be carried out without operator intervention too. 

The probe arms of the T7W are exchangeable. Its motor-driven 

rotational axis enables the construction of "multi-point probe arm 

units" - i.e. probe arm units with a variety of contacting elements 

- making it possible to switch between different stylus ball geometries 

within a single measurement run. 

Option Roughness Measurement 

Combine the testing of form and location tolerances with roughness 

parameter monitoring. 

Document typical roughness parameters such as R a and R z 

while testing the form of your workpieces with a MarForm 

MMQ 400-2, without having to set up the workpiece on a 

different measuring station. 

The motorized, program-controlled change between the form probe 

arm with ruby ball and the roughness probe arm PHT 6-350 makes 

it possible. Without user intervention, the corresponding probe arm is 

automatically positioned from the vertical contacting position to the 

horizontal one. The motorized swivel axis of the form probe T7W is 

used here for positioning the probe arm unit in increments of 1°. 


- 

16-6 


MarForm Overview of Standard Form Measuring Machines 

Formtester MMQ 100 MMQ 200 

Z= 250 mm 

MMQ 400-2 

Z = 350 mm/ 

X = 180 mm 

Z = 500 mm/ 

X = 280 mm 

MMQ 400-2 

Z = 900 mm 

X = 280 mm 

Roundness measuring unit, C-axis 

Roundness deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. height)** 0.05 + 0.0006 0.03 + 0.0006 0.02 + 0.0005 0.02 + 0.0005 

Roundness deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. height)* 0.025 + 0.0003 0.015 + 0.0003 0.01 + 0.00025 0.01 + 0.00025 

Axial run-out (µm+µm/mm meas. radius)** 0.04 + 0.0006 0.04 + 0.0006 0.04 + 0.0002 0.04 + 0.0002 

Axial run-out (µm+µm/mm meas. radius)* 0.02 + 0.0003 0.02 + 0.0001 0.02 + 0.0001 0.02 + 0.0001 

Centering and tilting table manual manual man. / autom. autom. 

Table diameter (mm) 160 160 285 285 

Table load, centric (N) 200 200 600 400*** 

Revolutions per minute (rpm) 50 Hz / 60 Hz 5 / 6 1 to 15 1 to 10 1 to 10 

Vertical straightness measuring unit, Z-axis 

Positioning path (mm) 300 manual - - - 

Measuring path motorized (mm) - 250 350 /500 900 

Straightness deviation /100 mm meas. path (µm)** - 0.15 0.15 0.15 

Straightness deviation /total meas. path (µm)** - 0.3 0.3/0.4 0.4 

Parallelism deviation Z-/C-axis 

- - 0.5/350 

2/900 

in tracing direction (µm/mm) 

0.8/500 

Measuring speed (mm/s) - 0.5 to 5

+ 


16-7 

MarForm. The Reference Machines for Form and Positional Tolerances 

OUR MOST ACCURATE FORM MEASURING INSTRUMENTS ever 

High-precision form measurements cut costs! MarForm is the name of our ultra-precise form measuring systems. They 

can be used wherever there is a need to obtain information about the geometry of workpieces with very narrow tolerances. 

ISO 1101 describes roundness, cylindricity, straightness, parallelism etc. as form and positional deviations. These features are all 

monitored by Formtesters. The high precision of form measuring instruments cuts costs because the tolerance ranges are no further 

narrowed by the uncertainty of the measuring machine but can be fully exploited in production. With MarForm, you have a highprecision 

roundness and cylindricity measuring instrument at your disposal.

- 

16-8 



Taking reference form measurement to a new level 

The road from high-precision measuring axes to reliable measurements 

is often a long one – and no instrument is better suited for this 

purpose than the MFU 100. Only the MFU 100 has integrated 

reference elements for real-time spatial compensation of geometrical 

deviations and therefore records all profiles as high-precision 

3D coordinates. 

For decades, MarForm measuring instruments have been renowned 

for their precision and stability. The new MarForm MFU 100 

was developed with the objective of testing the form and positional 

features of parts with measuring volumes of a liter costeffectively 

in a production environment. Our many years of experience 

have taken the new MFU 100 to a new level. 

With the MarForm MFU 100, you have a high-precision measuring 

instrument at your disposal whose extremely low measuring 

uncertainty increases the tolerance range in production environments 

and thus cuts production costs. 

Features 

The MarForm MFU 100 comes complete with: 

• Roundness axis, circular (C) 

• Motorized centering and tilting table (X, Y, A, B) 

• Straightness measuring axis, vertical (Z) 

• Straightness measuring axis, horizontal (X) 

• Tangential multi-function axis (Y) 


• MarWin evaluation software for form and positional features 

All the axes are coordinated to ensure maximum measuring 

certainty. 

The horizontal X-axis extends beyond the center of the workpiece, 

therefore making it possible to test the “true parallelism” free from 

other measuring influences. 

The tangential Y-axis is a new and innovative feature. For conventional 

formtesters. It makes it possible to locate the zenith of 

very small workpiece geometries automatically and free from user 

influence. This means that the actual precision measurement can be 

started at exactly the right location, thus significantly increasing the 

process accuracy. 

In addition, the tangential Y-axis, in combination with the vertical 

Z-axis and the horizontal X-axis, enables you to determine the 

workpiece diameter. At a unique price/performance ratio, this axis 

makes it now possible to verify tolerances in the sub-µm range 

according to standards using the maximum material principle. 

In combination with the machine electronics, high-resolution digital 

scales ensure a level of positioning quality that makes it possible to 

test even the smallest component geometries. 

The MarForm MFU 100 is also ideally suited to scanning surfaces. 

The MarWin software package offers the complete range of 

functions you would expect from a modern measuring and 

evaluation software package, including attractive records and 

electronic documentation in your corporate network. 

Due to the deliberate separation of control and evaluation, the 

MarForm MFU 100 is future-proof and expandable. 

New language versions, special evaluations and new standards 

can all be incorporated with ease. The MFU 100 has also been 

designed to accommodate sensors developed in the future. 

In short, the MarForm MFU 100 represents a new generation of 

reference form measuring instrument for precision inspection rooms 

and production environments. 

The new MarForm MFU 100 WP is also available with an 

optional optical sensor to alternate with the T7W (motorized). 

Request a brochure or see WebCode1336.

+ 


16-9 


The ultra-precise form and positional tolerance testing system 

for laboratories and inspection rooms 

The MFU series of Mahr form measuring instruments has been 

setting the standard for high-precision form measurement tasks for 

more than 30 years. 

Whether you are dealing with injection system components, brake 

pistons or the calibration of gages, the MarForm MFU is the instrument 

of choice when producing high-precision fitting parts with tolerances 

of < 1 µm (40 µin). 

The MarForm MFU 800 is a high-precision, fully automatic reference 

form measuring station which offers maximum universality 

thanks to its large measuring volume and the high table load capacity 

of up to 1,000 N. 

Features 

• Four high-precision measuring axes: 

Roundness measuring axis (C), 

vertical straightness measuring axis (Z = 500 mm / 19.67 in), 

horizontal straightness measuring axis (X = 200 mm / 7.87 in) an 

a tangential measuring axis (Y = 6 mm (0,24 in)) 

• The C-, Z and X-axis feature an air bearing. While the C-axis is 

fitted with a rotary encoder, the other axes are fitted with 

incremental scales. 

• Fully automatic CNC workpiece alignment 

• High load capacity – up to 1,000 N workpiece weight 


• Can be used universally for extensive workpiece assessments 

according to ISO 1101 including the evaluation of roundness, 

radial run-out, axial run-out, concentricity, coaxiality, total radial 

run-out, total axial run-out, cylindricity, straightness, parallelism, 

perpendicularity, angularity, flatness, conicity, line profile and 

taper 

• Standards-compliant evaluation and filtering 

The secret behind the unique reproducibility of the measurement 

results produced by MarForm is the high basic accuracy of the axes 

and its extremely high positioning accuracy. 

This makes the MarForm MFU the reference machine of choice in 

the precision pyramid – guaranteed. 

Request a brochure or see WebCode 1326. 

MarForm measuring instruments are ideally suited to complex 

measurement tasks that demand high accuracy. These encompass 

the automotive sector, injection pump technology, ABS braking 

system technology, the aerospace sector and comprehensive 

measurement of automotive pistons.

- 

16-10 


MarForm Overview Reference and Large Formtesters 

Formtester MFU 800 MFU 100 

Roundness measuring device, C-axis 

Roundness deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. height)** 0.02 + 0.0004 0.02 + 0.0004 

Roundness deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. height)* 0.01 + 0.0002 0.01 + 0.0002 

Axial run-out deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. radius)** 0.04 + 0.0002 0.04 + 0.0004 

Axial run-out deviation (µm+µm/mm meas. radius)* 0.02 + 0.0001 0.02 + 0.0002 

Resolution (interpolated) 0.0005° 0.0001° 

Centering and tilting table automatic automatic 

Table diameter (mm) 300 180 

Table load capacity, centric (N) 1,000 200 

Speed (rpm) 50 Hz/60 Hz 0.1 to 15 0.1 to 15 

Vertical straightness measuring unit, Z-axis 

Measuring path (mm) 480 320 

Straightness deviation /100 mm (µm)** 0.1 0.1 

Straightness deviation /200 mm (µm)** - 0.2 

Straightness deviation / measuring path (µm)** 0.3 0.3 

Parallelism deviation of Z-/C-axis in tracing direction (µm) 0.6 0.6 

Measuring speed (mm/s) 0.1 to 50 0.1 to 50 

Positioning speed (mm/s) 0.1 to 50 0.1 to 50 

Positioning uncertainty (µm) with probe return positioning - 1 

Positioning uncertainty (µm) 

10 2 

(total positioning P to VDI 3441) 

Resolution (interpolated) (µm) 0.001 0.001 

Horizontal straightness measuring unit, X-axis 

Measuring path (mm) 180 190 

Straightness deviation /100 mm (µm)** 0.15 0.15 

Straightness deviation /meas. path (µm)** 0.3 0.3 

Perpendicularity of X/C-axis (µm) 0.3 0.3 

Measuring speed (mm/s) 0.1 to 50 0.1 to 50 

Positioning speed (mm/s) 0.1 to 50 0.1 to 50 

Positioning uncertainty (µm) with probe return positioning - 1 

Positioning uncertainty (µm) 

4 2 

(total positioning P to VDI 3441) 

Diameter measuring accuracy (µm) 2 0.2 


Horizontal straightness measuring unit, Y-axis 

6 6 

Measuring path (mm) 

Straightness deviation (µm/5 mm, filter 0.25 mm) 0.5 0.5 

Perpendicularity Y-/X-axis (µm) 1 1 


* Values as maximum deviation from reference circle LSC, filter 15 upr. 

** All values in accordance with DIN ISO 1101 at 20 °C ± 1 °C in vibration-free environment, filter 15 upr LSC or 2.5 mm LSS, 

5 rpm or 5 mm/s and standard probe arm with ball dia. 3 mm. 

Tested on a standard using compensation algorithms.

+ 


16-11 

MarForm MFK 500 and MFK 600 

The reference form measuring centers for laboratories and 

inspection rooms 

MFK form measuring center for comprehensive workpiece 

assessment 

MFK formtesters are particularly suited to testing engine blocks, 

cylinder heads, gearboxes, hydraulic components, crankshafts and 

camshafts. 

Generous, optimized construction ensures high measuring accuracy 

over the entire machine volume. Large measuring and travel paths 

enable easy and safe changing of workpieces. 

The MarForm MFK 600 and MFK 500, made from coordinated 

components, offer flexibility and can be adapted for a wide range 

of metrology applications. 

The formtester has a distortion-free granite base which is oscillationisolated. 

Its high-precision horizontal surface forms the reference 

plane for the measuring setup. The workpiece mounting table 

carries and guides heavy workpieces over the granite surface using 

air bearings. 

Features 

• Universal form measuring station with large measuring volume 

for heavy workpieces 

• The MFK 600 has 5 measuring axes and 2 (4) alignment axes for 

measuring form elements and determining positions 

• The MFK 500 has 3 measuring axes and 4 alignment axes for 

measuring form elements 

• Rotating probe and automatically positioned workpieces for easy 

use and quick setup 

• Low maintenance and able to handle continuous loads thanks to 

air bearings 

• Collision-protected probe systems for a wide range of measurement 

tasks 

• Large workpiece mounting area for large individual workpieces 

or pallets holding several workpieces 

• Roundness measuring unit with automatic adjustment to the 

diameter of the workpiece even if the position is eccentric 

• Straightness measurements in 3 main coordinate directions 

• ISO 1101-compliant workpiece evaluation 

• Testing in machine and workpiece coordinates in line with 

manufacturing requirements 

• Comprehensive evaluation of form and positional features, 

diameters and positional values 

• A wide range of accessories and probes offer an optimum 

solution for all measurement tasks 

• Easily expandable with additional axes of movement for rotating 

workpieces while the program is running. This means 

that highly complex measurement tasks, such as those required 

for V engine blocks, can be performed without 

operator intervention 

Roundness measuring unit 

In addition to the measuring spindle (C-axis), the roundness measuring 

unit includes an axis for automatically adjusting the probe 

to the workpiece diameter (X-axis). When performing roundness 

measurements, the X-axis positions the probe such that it tracks 

the contour of the workpiece, even it its eccentricity error exceeds 

the probe measuring range. 

Straightness measuring unit 

The vertical straightness measuring unit (Z-axis) guides the roundness 

measuring unit along a granite surface. With the MFK 600, the 

accuracy of the horizontal straightness measuring unit (T x - and T y - 

axes) is not affected by the workpiece’s size, form or weight because 

the guides are separated from the supporting air bearings. 

With the MFK 500, the T x /T y -axes of the motorized centering and 

tilting table are also used as positioning axes. 

The alignment axes (T a and T b ) are integrated in the workpiece 

mounting table and can automatically align workpieces mechanically 

within the machine volume. 

Measuring capacity 

Automatic alignment functions integrated in measuring runs allow 

continuous operation. Recording and processing measured values 

in parallel cuts the measurement time. The form measuring station’s 

range of applications is extended by a comprehensive range of 

accessories. 


- 

16-12 


MarWin. Software Modules for MarForm 

AdvancedForm gives you total control over your form measuring 

station. You can perform positioning, alignment, measurement or 

documentation tasks with a click of the mouse – and the graphical 

user interface gives you a constant overview. 

As with other Windows ® applications, functions can be selected 

from menu bars with pull-down menus using the mouse. 

Many functions, such as printing results, loading measuring 

programs or changing a program step, can be activated simply 

by clicking the appropriate icons. 

With AdvancedForm you always have complete control over the 

form measuring station. For example, you can track the profile during 

measurement and intervene if necessary. Operation can be 

adapted to suit individual requirements, regardless of whether you 

want to perform a quick single measurement, conduct a program 

run on a series part or convert a complex measurement task into 

a measuring program. AdvancedForm provides the ideal operating 

strategy whatever the task. Given that tasks can vary a great deal, 

no operating strategy is exactly right for every application. 

MarEdit 

TeachIn 

Quick&Easy 

EasyForm 

Consequently, AdvancedForm provides several different operating 

strategies: 

• Measuring run preferences 

for measurement with an existing measuring program. 

Professional 

Form 

Advanced 

Form 

Easy 

Form 

(stand-alone) 

• Quick&Easy 

for rapid measurement, obtaining a measuring result quickly with 

the minimum of effort. 

AdvancedForm provides a clear overview of all the required 

measuring and evaluation parameters. Many of these parameters 

have default settings which simply have to be confirmed for the 

majority of measurement tasks. It is, of course, also possible to 

adapt individual parameters to the relevant task. 

AdvancedForm has a powerful teach-in programming function to 

create measuring programs for workpieces that are to be measured 

repeatedly. It can also be used for measuring runs with special 

positionings, measurements, evaluations and forms of presentation. 

With teach-in programming, as soon as you click the mouse on an 

icon – e.g. for a run-out measurement and evaluation – a window 

opens where you can describe the feature in more detail if necessary 

(e.g. radial or axial run-out, datum, brief designation, tolerance, 

etc.). The number of measurements and their type (measurement or 

re-evaluation of profiles already measured) are also specified in this 

window. Separate windows can be opened to change measuring, 

evaluation and display parameters but in many cases this is not 

necessary because logical defaults that apply to a large number of 

measurement tasks have already been entered. 

If different settings are required for specific measurement tasks, the 

clearly structured window helps you to quickly find what you are 

looking for and optimize the settings in no time at all. 

The layout of a measuring record, for example, can be modified 

right down to the finest detail. The color of the profile, reference 

line and borders can be selected individually; the scaling (in μm/μin 

per scale division), the type of graph (polar or linear, centered or 

uncentered) and the additional display parameters can be set in 

any combination you choose. 

Measuring programs for series parts to be measured repeatedly 

can be saved and called up at any time to start a measuring run 

(see above). 

Informative profile graphs – if required with several profiles in a 

single graph, displayed in different colors and in different ways – 

are then immediately available on the large color screen. If you 

are looking for exact numerical values, you can opt to display the 

results in a table. 

With the new AdvancedForm, standards-compliant measurements 

and evaluations are displayed in a way which is both clear and 

representative. 

Even interactive layout options with a 3D preview in real time are 

possible. 

• Teach-in programming 

for creating, modifying and running a measuring program with 

a large number of options. 

• MarEdit (optional) 

the operating level for applications engineers and trained 

specialists, to solve the most challenging and complex of tasks.

+ 


16-13 

MarWin. Software Moduls for MarForm 

MarWin software modules in detail 

If you need to carry out form measurements, rather than creating 

long measuring programs you may prefer to gain direct access 

to a comprehensive and informative measuring record. In order 

to be able to do so, it is particularly important for the software to 

be transparent. Immediately after logging on in the MarWin user 

administration, you are directed to the MarShell, a clearly arranged 

user interface comparable with the Windows Desktop. It is from 

this MarShell that you start the finished measuring programs in 

the Preferences view. These preferences can be easily identified by 

each operator due to expressive images and icons aleady saved to 

the system. One click is all that is needed to start the measuring 

program. 

The MarShell is also used to start the measuring wizard module, 

Quick&Easy (QE). 

The Quick&Easy wizards provide support for “quick measurements by 

the fly" and, with little effort, guide the user quickly to his objective, 

namely a highly informative measuring record. 

A further click results in all Quick&Easy wizards that have so far 

been run being adopted as a chronological sequence into teach-in 

programming function of AdvancedForm/MarWin. 

This sequence merely has to be saved and the measuring program 

is then ready. 

In AdvancedForm, additional functions can be added to the 

measuring program. The following Quick&Easy wizards assist in this 

process: 

Preferences view for starting the measuring programs 

1 . PR E PARATION for 

M EASU R E M E NT 

• QE Determine starting position 

• Measuring station, positioning 

• QE Axial run-out alignment 

• QE Centering 

• QE Centering and tilting 

Quick&Easy Roundness 

• QE Set parameters 

• QE Zenith 

• QE Edge search 

• QE Switch coordinate system 

• QE Move to calculated position 

2. PROFILE RECORDING 

• QE Circles on cylinder 

• QE Circles on plane/end face 

• QE Lines on cylinder 

• QE Lines on plane/end face 

Teach-in listing

- 

16-14 


MarWin. Software Modules for MarForm 

3. EVALUATION 

5. R ECOR D 

• QE Axis 

• QE Plane 

• QE Multigraphics 

• QE Roundness 

• QE Cylindricity 

• QE Coaxiality 

• QE Concentricity 

• QE Radial run-out 

• QE Total radial run-out 

• QE Straightness 

• QE Parallelism 

• QE Conicity 

• QE Angularity 

• QE Perpendicularity 

• QE Axial run-out 

• QE Total axial run-out 

• QE Flatness 

• QE Taper 

Multigraphic record 

4. SPECIAL EVALUATION 

6. DATA EXPORT 

• QE Fourier analysis 

• QE Fourier synthesis (optional) 

• QE Profile arithmetics 

• QE Result export (Option) 

• QE QS-STAT (Option)

+ 


16-15 

Software Packages for Special Applications 

Expansion package for piston mesasurement and evaluation 

Can be used in conjunction with MarForm MMQ 400-2 with 

T7W probe and Mahr’s MarWin evaluation software, consisting 

of: 

• Software package for piston-specific 

evaluation based on MarWin evaluation software 

• Probe arms for piston measurement optional and customized on 

request 

With the option "Piston measurement and evaluation", piston specific 

measuring tasks can be carried out, for example 

MarWin 

Mahr GmbH 

12.07.07 1 

2.04-05 SP 12 Kolbenmessung 

D- 37073 Göttingen 

13:49:45 

Prüfer: 

Zeichnungs-Nr.: Jacobsen 

Teil: 

Firma : Test_Firma 

Kern : 

Bearbeitungsschritt: 

kolben_123 

Unterschrift: 

Zeichnung : 

Laufspiel : 

Auftrag : 

Motor Nr : 

Abwicklung 

Kommentar: 

Laufzeit : 

Bericht : Teil Nr : 

Ovalauswertung H = 12.0 mm 

Messtakt pol.: 0.10° 

Profil 

90° 

(1)_oval_fit_ 

Tastkugel ø: 20.0000 mm 

gefiltert: 50 W /U 

50% Gauss 

Verstärkung: 1 

F: 0.05 N 

100.00 µm 

0° 

(1)_oval_fit_ 

50.00 µm 

30.00 ° 

Tabellarische Ergebnisdarstellung 0°- 180°: Tabellarische Ergebnisdarstellung 180°- 360°: 

Pos[°] Nennm.[mm OT [mm] UT [mm] Istmaß[mm] Abw. [mm] Pos[°] Nennm.[mm OT [mm] UT [mm] Istmaß[mm] Abw. [mm] 

0,000 0,000 0,002 -0,002 -0,000 0,000 185,000 -0,002 0,004 -0,004 -0,004 0,002 

5,000 -0,002 0,004 -0,004 -0,003 0,001 190,000 -0,007 0,004 -0,004 -0,009 0,002 

10,000 -0,007 0,004 -0,004 -0,007 -0,000 195,000 -0,016 0,004 -0,004 -0,018 0,001 

15,000 -0,016 0,004 -0,004 -0,017 0,001 200,000 -0,029 0,006 -0,006 -0,029 -0,000 

20,000 -0,029 0,004 -0,004 -0,030 0,000 205,000 -0,045 0,006 -0,006 -0,044 -0,002 

25,000 -0,045 0,006 -0,006 -0,045 -0,000 210,000 - 0,007 -0,007 0,000 - 

30,000 - 0,007 -0,007 0,000 - 225,000 - 0,009 -0,009 0,000 - 

45,000 - 0,009 -0,009 0,000 - 240,000 - 0,011 -0,011 0,000 - 

60,000 - 0,011 -0,011 0,000 - 270,000 - 0,016 -0,016 0,000 - 

90,000 - 0,016 -0,016 0,000 - 300,000 - 0,011 -0,011 0,000 - 

120,000 - 0,011 -0,011 0,000 - 315,000 - 0,009 -0,009 0,000 - 

135,000 - 0,009 -0,009 0,000 - 330,000 -0,065 0,007 -0,007 -0,066 0,001 

150,000 -0,065 0,007 -0,007 -0,065 -0,000 335,000 -0,045 0,006 -0,006 -0,046 0,000 

155,000 -0,045 0,006 -0,006 -0,045 -0,000 340,000 -0,029 0,006 -0,006 -0,029 -0,001 

160,000 -0,029 0,006 -0,006 -0,028 -0,001 345,000 -0,016 0,004 -0,004 -0,015 -0,001 

165,000 -0,016 0,004 -0,004 -0,015 -0,001 350,000 -0,007 0,004 -0,004 -0,006 -0,001 

170,000 -0,007 0,004 -0,004 -0,007 -0,001 355,000 -0,002 0,004 -0,004 -0,001 -0,001 

175,000 -0,002 0,004 -0,004 -0,002 0,001 360,000 0,000 0,002 -0,002 0,000 0,000 

180,000 0,000 0,002 -0,002 -0,002 0,002 

Messweg 

• Determining the position of the main ovality axis 

• Determining the position of the pin bore (from segment 

measurements in the bore) and using this position to determine 

the angular offset of the main ovality axis 

• Testing up to 10 ovalities using tolerance tables (symmetrical and 

asymmetrical ones) / radius- or diameter-based input and output 

records for each oval: polar and linear graphs and results table; 

changes possible upon request depending on the work involved 

• Testing 2 meridians using tolerance tables (symmetrical and 

asymmetrical) / radius- or diameter-based input and output / 

records: both meridians on a single page with diagram and result 

table; changes possible upon request depending on the work 

involved 

• Determining the offset of the piston head relative to the piston 

axis computed 

• Testing the following features in the grooves (for each groove, 

measurements in up to 4 angular positions are possible) 

- Long-wave (0 to 50 upr) and short-wave (15 to 150 upr) 

portions of upper and lower groove flanks 

- Groove opening angle (total and individual) of trapezoidal 

grooves, output in either degrees, minutes, seconds or as a 

decimal 

- Straightness, axial run-out and perpendicularity of upper and 

lower groove flanks relative to the piston axis 

• Determining special linear forms of the piston’s pin bore using 

tolerance tables (e.g. “trumpet shape“) in the same clamping 

(2 measurements for each bore section) 

• Determining special linear (e.g. “trumpet shape“) and polar (e.g. 

“ovalities on one side“) forms of the piston’s pin bore using 

tolerance tables, clamped with centered bore (up to 4 linear and 

up to 2 polar measurements for each bore section) 

Merkmal Nenn. o.Tol. u.Tol. Ist Abw. 

Ovallage - Bohrung 

90°00'00" 3°00'00" -3°00'00" 88°39'30" -1°20'30" 

Merkmal Nenn. o.Tol. u.Tol. Ist Abw. 

d_x (0/180°) 

0,000 0,000 -0,000 -0,000 -0,000 

d_y (90/270°) 

0,000 0,000 -0,000 -0,000 -0,000 


- 

16-16 


MarWin. Lead Measurement and Analysis with MarForm Formtesters 

Expansion package for MarForm Formtesters as per Mercedes Benz 

Standard MBN31007-7, version 2 

Expansion package: Lead measurement and analysis 

For use on MarForm MMQ 200, MMQ 400-2, MFU 100 with 

motorized probe T7W and the Mahr evaluation soft-ware MarWin, 

consisting of: 

• Software package "Lead mesurement and analysis" based on 

MarWin evaluation software 

• T7W probe arm unit for lead measurement, double-ended with 

diamond tip 5 µm and 3 mm hard metal ball for alignment 

(5400234) 

Order no.: 5440675 

Description 

Measured value acquisition 

The surface structure of the sealing surface of a shaft influences 

the flow behaviour of the fluid that is to be sealed and therefore 

greatly influences the sealing function. 

A lead structure on the sealing surface can interfere with both the 

shaft surface, fluid and sealing lip contact length creating leakage 

due to a conveying effect. 

Lead is a surface feature appearing over the entire circumference 

on rotationally symmetrical surfaces. The evaluation of the macro 

lead is conducted with the option "Lead measurement" as per the 

Mercedes Benz Standard 31007-7. 

Measurement of n generating lines (72 as per MB Standard, MBN 

31007-7) 

A T7W probe arm with two styli is used to assess the measuring 

values. 

• Stylus # 1 with 3 mm hard metal ball for mechanically centering 

and tilting of the workpiece on the Formtester 

• Stylus # 2 with diamond stylus tip for measuring lead and surface 

roughness parameters 

Scope of application 

External measurement on workpiece diameters between 2 and 

200 mm 


+ 


16-17 

Expansion Package for MarForm Formtesters. Lead Measurement and Analysis 

Form and lead evaluation 

• Form/positional evaluation for conicity / parallelism / 

parallel to lead evaluation 

• Form/positional/lead evaluation of several upr values 

Evaluation and recording 

After the measurements have been performed, measurement 

records with the following content are generated: 

Lead parameters: 

• Number of threads DG (upr) 

• Period length DP (mm) 

• Lead angle Dγ (degrees) 

• Lead direction 

• Lead depth Dt (μm) 

• 

• 

• 

Theoretical supply cross section DF (µm 2 ) 

Theoretical supply cross section per turn DFu (µm/U) 

Contact length of radial seal DLu (%) 

Record lead measurement 

Graphic output: 

The measured profiles are output in the record as graphs. 

Various diagram types are available: 

• 3D cylinder (in color, traditional and unwound) 

• Every assessed generating line profile is shown in a linear graph 

to juede the form and the positional parameters. 

• Amplitude spectra of the linear profiles in a bar graph 

Or as per MBN 31007-7: unwound 3D cylinder colored 

• Surface structure 

• Lead surface 

• Display of surface profile and lead profile

- 

16-18 


Roughness Measurements with MarForm Formtesters 

What is more obvious than assessing and documenting the surface 

roughness parameters of your workpiece while checking it for form 

and positional tolerances? 

Why not assess e.g. the Ra and Rz values with a MarForm 

form measuring instrument? 

User benefits: 

If you do so, you can be sure of uncompromisingly high 

quality for the pick-up or probe required for the relevant measuring 

task is always in optimum measuring position. 

Profit from: 

• Reduced testing times and costs due to complete workpiece 

assessment in a single set up and in just one run 

• Higher accuracies due to the automatic selection and positionning 

of the probe or pick-up for each measuring task 

• Simple operation due to a software which is equally well suited 

for surface roughness as well as form and position measurements 

• Detailed and telling measuring records 

• Well-proven surface roughness metrology combined with equally 

well-proven form metrology

+ 


16-19 

Roughness Measurements with MarForm Formtesters 

Mahr as the market leader in the field of form metrology offers 

form measuring machines of utmost precision and for many customers 

Mahr measuring machines are the standard in mechanical 

form metrology. And the very well proven stylus method has been 

perfected at Mahr 

Mahr, the specialist for inductive probes, combines the advantages 

of its universal motorized T7W probe with the precision of its 

PHT 6-350 pick-up. Probe and pick-up grow together. The 

MarForm MMQ automatically swivels the probe or pick-up 

required for the measuring task to the optimum measuring position! 

This is possible as the change between the form probe with ruby 

ball and the PHT 6-350 pick-up with diamond tip is fully-automatic 

and program-controlled. Changing from vertical to horizontal 

measuring positions is also fully automatic. Owing to the rotary axis 

of the T7W probe which positions any probe arm in steps of less 

than 1° with utmost precision, operator interventions are completely 

superfluous. 

T7W with PHT measuring head 

Combine the testing of form and positional tolerances with the 

monitoring of roughness paramters. 

Record and file typical surface roughness parameters such as Ra 

and Rz while checking the dimensional stability of your workpieces 

on a MarForm MMQ in one go. You will not be bothered with 

having to clamp it again on a surface roughness measuring station. 

In addition to the possiblility to measure the surface roughness 

parameters with the PHT 6-350 pick-up attached to the T7W 

probe arm unit, it is also possible to assess the parameters with 

just a diamond stylus attached to the T7W probe arm unit. This 

application strategy is suitable when, for example, the PHT 6-350 

cannot be used due to its geometry or when the tolerances for 

the roughness Rz lies in the range of > 2 µm The double point 

probe arm unit is swivelled automatically without any user interference 

when contacting with the diamond stylus or the ruby ball is 

required. 

Delivery Scope 

Scope of delivery with option Roughness Measurement for 

MMQ 200 or MMQ 400-2 

Combined hardware und software package for roughness 

measurement and evaluation on MarForm MMQ 200 or 

MMQ 400-2 with motorized T7W probe including: 

Hardware package 

• PHT 6-350 pick-up with a 90° stylus tip of radius 2 μm 

• Double probe arm holder for PHT 6 as well as the probe arm for 

form measurement 

• Adapter for connecting PHT 6 to MarForm MMQ 

Software package 

• Software license for evaluating surface roughness with 

AdvancedForm 

• AdvancedForm software for use with MMQ 

T7W with roughness probe arm 


Pick-up PHT 6-350 Order No. 6111520 

System 

One-skildded probe 

Skid radius 

In tracing direction 25 mm, 

laterally 2.9 mm 

Contact point 

0.8 mm in front of the probe tip 


350 μm 

Specification 

For level surfaces, for bores from 

6 mm Ø to 17 mm depth, 

grooves from 3 mm width, 

min. workpiece length = 

tracing length + 1 mm 

Probe tip geometry 

2 μm/90° diamond 

Motorized probe T7W Order no. 5400200 

Technical data on pg. 16-22

- 

16-20 



The optimum solution using accessories 

Manual T20W Probe 

The inductive T20W probe is universally applicable. The fact that 

the probe arm can be moved in a range of 190° and that there are 

a variety of clamping options for the probe means that measurements 

can also be performed in areas that are difficult to access. You can 

combine easily exchangeable probe arms with a variety of styluses 

in order to adapt the probe to the relevant measurement tasks or 

workpieces. 

T20W probe with probe arm range of 190° 

• Measuring range ± 1,000 µm 

• Measuring force adjustable from 0.01 N to 0.12 N 

• Switchable measuring direction 

• Exchangeable probe arm 

• Free travel limitation adjustable in contacting direction 

• Clamping shaft dia. 8 mm (0.31 in) 

Motorized T7W Probe 

The T7W probe is fitted with a motorized rotational axis. This 

makes it possible to move the probe arm gradually to the required 

contacting position. As a result, measurements can be performed 

on cylindrical surfaces and end faces. As a zero position probe, 

the T7W can also switch automatically between internal and 

external measurements or between end face measurements from 

above and below without operator intervention. Fully automatic 

measurement runs on complex workpieces can be carried out 

without operator intervention too. The probe arms of the T7W are 

exchangeable. Its motorized rotational axis enables the construction 

of multi-point probe arms – i.e. probe arms with several different 

contacting elements – making it possible to switch between different 

stylus ball geometries within a single measurement run. 

Motorized T7W probe 

with probe arm moveable around 360° for MMQ 400, 

MMQ 400 CNC and MFU 100 

• Total range of 2,000 µm (0.079 in) 

• Zero probe working range ± 500 µm (0.02 in) 

• Measuring force adjustable from 0.01 N to 0.2 N 

• Two-way measuring direction 

• Contacting angle freely selectable in 1° steps 

• 360° adjustable (motorized) 

• Probe arms easily exchangeable (magnetic mount) 

• Flexible multi-point probe possible 

• Mechanical and electrical overload protection 

Accessories for T7W 

Probe arm module set with adjustment device (see picture on left)

+ 


16-21 


The optimum solution using accessories 

Clamps 

Three-jaw chuck, dia. 100 mm (3.94 in) 

with mounting flange dia. 160 mm (6.30 in) and reversible jaws for 

external and internal clamping. External clamping range 1 to 100 mm 

(0.040 to 3.93 in), internal 36 to 90 mm (1.42 to 3.54 in). Total height 

with flange 47 mm (1.85 in). Adjustment by means of rotating ring. 

Rim chuck with 8 jaws, dia. 150 mm (5.91 in) 

with mounting flange dia. 198 mm (7.80 in) and separate jaws for 

external and internal clamping. External clamping range 1 to 152 mm 

(0.039 to 5.98 in), internal 24 to 155 mm (0.94 to 6.10 in). Total height 

with flange 52 mm (2.05 in). Cannot be used with MMQ 10/MMQ 

100 Formtester. 

Three-jaw chuck, dia. 110 mm (4.33 in) (not illustrated) 

with mounting flange dia. 164 mm (6.46 in). External clamping range 

3 to 100 mm (0.12 to 3.94 in), internal 33 to 100 mm (1.29 to 3.94 in). 

Total height with flange 73 mm (2.87 in). 

Three-jaw chuck, dia. 80 mm (3.14 in) 

with mounting flange dia. 124 mm (4.88 in). External clamping range 

2 to 78 mm (0.079 to 3.07 in), internal 26 to 80 mm (1.02 to 3.15 in). 

Total height with flange 65.5 mm (2.58 in). Adjustment by means of 

T-wrench. 

Quick-clamping device (collet chuck) 

Dia. 1 to 12 mm (0.039 to 0.47 in) with mounting flange dia. 124 mm 

(4.88 in), for external clamping. Supplied with collet chucks of dia. 1 to 

8 mm (0.039 to 0.31 in) in 0.5 mm (0.02 in) steps. Total height 80 mm 

(3.15 in). 

Further collet chuck devices are available on request. 

Clamping disks/clamping jaws 

Clamping disk set. Adjustable workpiece stop for pre-centering and 

clamping in series measurements. 

For clamping diameter of 36 to 232 mm (1.42 to 9.13 in) depending 

on machine type. Comprises two stop disks with slot and an eccentric 

clamping disk. 

Clamping jaws (2). With M5 fastening thread. Clamping height 

40 mm (1.57 in). 

Further part-specific clamps are available on request. 

Test Standards 

Roundness standard, 40 nm 

Ultra-precise measuring sphere for testing measuring spindle radial 

run-out accuracy. Dia. approx. 50 mm (1.97 in). Roundness deviation 

0.04 μm (1.57 µin). 

Roundness standard, 100 nm (not illustrated) 

High-precision measuring sphere for testing measuring spindle radial 

run-out accuracy. Dia. approx. 12.7 mm (0.5 in). Roundness deviation 

0.10 μm (3.94 µin). 

Optical flat 

Dia. 150 mm (5.91 in), for testing and adjusting the horizontal measuring 

unit relative to the measuring spindle axis. Flatness deviation 0.2 

µm (8 µin). 

Universal cylinder square with calibration standard 

High-precision cylinder square with two surfaces for dynamic testing 

of probe calibration. Dia. 20 mm (0.79 in), length 150 mm (5.91 in). 

Cylinder square 

for checking and adjusting the measuring spindle axis relative to the 

Z-axis. Length 250 mm (9.84 in), dia. 80 mm (3.15 in). Deviation from 

cylindricity max. 1 μm (40 µin). Weight approx. 11.5 kg (25.35 lbs). 

Cylinder square (not illustrated) 

for checking and adjusting the measuring spindle axis relative to the Z- 

axis. Length 360 mm (14.17 in), dia. 100 mm (3.94 in). Deviation from 

cylindricity max. 1 μm (40 µin). Weight approx. 

13 kg (28.66 lbs). 

Magnification standard with a flattened section (not illustrated) 

Cylinder L = 50 mm (1.97 in), dia. 20 mm (0.79 in) with minimally flattened 

section for testing probe sensitivity. 

Multi-wave standard (not illustrated) 

Cylindrical base unit with sinusoidal waves on outside diameter. 

15, 50, 150 and 500 upr. Used to test the sensitivity of the probsignal 

and the filters in form testing. 


- 

MarGear. Gear Measuring Machines 

INNOVATIVE METROLOGY IMPROVES YOUR GEAR QUALITY. 

THAT IS WHY WE HAVE MARGEAR 

The latest information on MARGEAR 



Maximum precision in the production environment is an important factor for a company’s success. MarGear gear metrology 

solutions enable you to perform measurement tasks on gears and gearing tools quickly, simply and precisely in a single setup. 

The flexible systems – requiring no mechanical alignment or reclamping and combining gear metrology with form and positional 

analysis – create the ideal conditions to ensure your business remains competitive. Fully integrating metrology into the manufacturing 

process creates a closed-loop quality control system for gear manufacture.

+ 


MarGear. Gear Metrology 

MarGear. GMX 275, GMX 400, GMX 600 17- 3 

MarGear. Industry Solutions 17- 4 

MarGear. Software Solutions 

MarLib, Gear CuT, Closed Loop 17- 6 


- 

17-2 


MarGear. Gear Metrology from Experienced Specialists 

CUTTING-EDGE GEAR METROLOGY SOLUTIONS 

The highly precise and flexible GMX systems represent the ideal combination of gear and form measurement in a single 

system. From highly specialized gear analysis to fully integrated series measurement, MarGear is your perfect partner for all levels 

of modern gear manufacturing.

+ 

MarGear. Gear Measuring Machines 17-3 

MarGear. GMX 275/400 

Universal gear measurement centers 

MarGear. GMX 600 

Universal form and gear inspection system 

Description 

For fast and precise measurement and analysis of gears of all types 

up to an outside diameter of 275 or 400 mm (10.83 or 15.75 in). 

The ideal solution for both universal and specialized gear manufacturing 

processes. System solutions ensure maximum flexibility and 

availability within modern gear component manufacturing environments. 

Fully automatic inspection of: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

distances 

Accuracies 

Class I accuracy gear measuring machine for gear measurements in 

accordance with VDI/VDE 2612/2613 Group 1 at 20 °C ± 2 °C, 

rotational axis: formtester accuracy. 

Description 

The perfect combination for gear and form testing applications in a 

single setup. This combination saves time as well as investment and 

maintenance costs. 

Full form testing functionality for outside diameters up to 600 mm 

(23.62 in). The GMX 600 is a complete solution that can also be 

used to measure crankshafts, camshafts and pistons. 

Fully automatic inspection of: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accuracies 

Class I accuracy gear measuring machine for gear measurements in 

accordance with VDI/VDE 2612/2613 Group 1 at 20 °C ± 2 °C, 

rotational axis: formtester accuracy. 

Request a brochure or see WebCode 13582. Request a brochure or see WebCode 2441.

- 

17-4 


MarGear. Industry Solutions 

Measurement of spur gears 

 

a 90° helix angle 

 

 

run-out errors, tooth thickness and diameter over balls/pins 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measurement of bevel gears 

 

data or a master gear plus gear pitch and run-out errors 

 

 

 

 

root angle 

 

 

 

Measurement of shaving cutters 

 

 

 

run-out errors, tooth thickness and diameter over balls/pins 

 

 

 

shaving cutters 

 

Measurement of worm shafts 

 

tooth thickness on worm shafts 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A N I

+ 


MarGear. Industry Solutions 

Hob measurement 

 

collar 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measurement of camshafts 

 

ence 

groove 

 

curves 

 

be stored as nominal or reference data 

 

 

processes 

Measurement of camshafts (GMX 600 only) 

 

of functions to measure and analyze parameters on the 

 

All form parameters are always measured in form testing mode 

 

and diameter on main and stroke bearings 

ism, 

diameters and distances on the crankshaft flange

- 

17-6 


MarGear. Software solutions – MarLib. 3D Form and Position Measurements 

Measurement philosophy 

 

masks 

 

 

Advantages 

 

 

MarLib modules can be saved as a program 

 

diameter, etc. 

 

 

example of a synchronous gear and camshaft.

+ 


MarGear. Software Solutions – Gear CuT 

Gear CuT – software for manufacturers of gearing tools for 

standard and special profiles 


 

 

process inspection 

 

Advantages 

 

the inspection drawing 

 

 

 

 

 

MarGear. Software Solutions – Closed Loop 

SMS 

Philosophy 

 

 

Design, 

Engineering 

esco ® PTM 

esco ® HAWK 

MarGear 

Machining 

Mahr 

Principle 

 

 

measuring machine and the scanned geometries are directly 

available in Gear CuT for profile comparison 

 

density of information that can be obtained from the measurements 

permit precise corrections which result in reproducibly tolerance-compliant 

workpieces after a single correction run 

Process Correction 

Quality 

Assurance 

Advantages

- 

2 MarVision. Optical Measuring Units 

THE SECOND DIMENSION IN METROLGOY 

OPTICAL METROLOGY FROM MAHR 

The latest Information on MARVISON multisensor 

technology can be found on our website: 


In all branches, quality control in production is changing: Workshops need to measure faster, more precisely and at 

the same time even more economically. This is where the modern concept of measuring micrscopes from Mahr comes in. 

They can control, for example, the distances of bores, form, angle or radii of workpieces, measure contact-free the smallest 

components or PCB tracks. Measuring microscopes are in use in almost all branches: in mechanical engineering or electronics 

just as in the plastics industry or in medical technology, and even in the food and pharmaceutical industries or in forensic 

laboratories. Testing and calibration labs, research labs, research facilites and training centers also use Mahr microscopes 

in order to attain precise measuring results at an interesting price.

+ 

MarVision. Optical Measuring Units 3 

MarVision. Optical and Coordinate Measuring Machines 

MarVision. Microscopes for Universal Use on the Shop Floor 18- 2 

MarVision 130 W / 130 WR. Illuminated Magnifiers 18- 4 

MarVision SM 150 / SM 160. Stereo Zoom Microscopes 18- 6 

MarVision MM 200. Workshop Measuring Microscope 18- 8 

MarVision MM 220. Workshop Measuring Microscope 18-10 

MarVision MM 320. Workshop Measuring Microscope 18-14 

MarVision. Coordinate Measuring Machines 

MarVision. Tool Measurement 18-22 

MarVision UNI-VIS 250. Universal Measuring Unit 18-23 

MarVision TM 500. Tool Measuring Unit 18-23 

MarVision ACCURE 250. Tool Measuring Unit 18-24 

MarVision TAURUS 650 S. Measuring Unit 18-24 

MarVision CM 50. Optical Measuring Station 18-25 

MarVision. Branch Solutions 18-25 

MarVision. Software Solutions 18-30 

Request brochures

- 

18-2 MarVision. Optical Measuring Units 

MarVision. Universal Microscopes for Shop Floor and Laboratory 

MOBILE AND FAST QUALITY CONTROL 

The product group MarVision offers you the right measuring unit for every application imaginable. Starting from the simple 

measuring microscope up to the high-precision optical measurement of tools. 

WebCode 11125

+ 

MarVision. Optical Measuring Units 18-3 

Plastics Industry 

Medical Technology 

In the synthetics industry there are numerous thin-walled 

components that cannot be measured using tactile measuring units. 

The MM 320 makes fast, non-contact measurements of plastic or 

rubber parts possible so that whereby the workpieces are not 

deformed. The color camera and the LED ring light ensure an 

optimum color depiction. 

Medical technology demands high-precision measurements on 

delicate components. The measuring objects are often very small. 

Measuring microscopes offer a high number of measuring points 

despite their smaller dimensions. and thus giving more reliably 

measuring results. Programming for the measuring parts simplifies 

the measurement of recurring parts. 

The operator is optically led, and settings such as light and number 

of measuring points are saved in the measuring program, so 

that the measurements are always performed under the same 

conditions. 

Electronics 

Mechanical Engineering 

The measuring microscopes are excellently suited to test the 

distances of small bores and PCB tracks as well as for optical 

inspection The MM 320 with QC 300 offers the possibility to take 

pictures for documentation purposes and to enter comments and 

marks on them, withouth having to work at a PC. 

An integrated laser pointer makes orientation on the large 

components easy. 

Tolerances are becoming increasingly smaller, especially in the field 

of mechanical engineering. Optical measuring units offer a high 

accuracy with short measuring time. The measuring microscopes 

from the MarVision product line are the economical solution for 

entry into optical metrology. The extensive selection of accessories 

allows the units to be used flexibly. Turned parts, for example, can 

thus be sharply depicted with transmitted light.

- 


Illuminated Magnifiers MarVision 130 W* 

* Not for Sale in North 

America (230 Volts only) 

Illuminated Magnifier 130 W with compact fluorescent 

tube 

For inspecting flat parts and for assembly work 

Attention: 

Table base 130 t or Table clamp 130 kl are required! 

Features 

 

adjustments, assembly of 

small parts and all types of 

precision work 

 

swiveling arm has to be used 

either with Table base 130 t 

or Table clamp 130 kl 

 

can be positioned at any level 

 

positioning over a large-scale 

action range without any 

re-adjustments 

 

lenses with sharpness to the 

edge provides distortion 

free magnification 

 

with double magnification 

 

bright, almost shadow free 

illumination of objects and 

working area 

 

due to energy-saving lamp 

 

Fluorescent tube and 



Accessories 

Type of lamp Power supply Dioptric power Magnification Order no. 

130 W* Compact fluorescent tubes 230 V~ / 50 Hz 4 2 4298300 

Order no. 

Table base for stable installation 

on working table 130 t 4298310 

130 kl 

Table clamp for mounting 

on work bench or working table 

clamping range: 0 – 140 mm 130 kl 4298320 

Compact fluorescent tube for 130 W 

with integrated starter 4298325

+ 


Illuminated Magnifier MarVision 130 WR* 

* Not for Sale in North 

America (230 Volts only) 

Illuminated Magnifier 130 WR with circular fluorescent 

tube 

For checking sunken surfaces, e.g. bores, internal threads, etc. 

Attention: 

Table base 130 t or Table clamp 130 kl are required! 

Features 

 

adjustments, assembly of 

small parts and all types of 

precision work 

 

swiveling arm has to be used 

either with Table base 130 t 

or Table clamp 130 kl 

 

can be positioned at any level 

 

positioning over a large-scale 

action range without any 

re-adjustments 

 

lenses with sharpness to the 

edge provides distortion 

free magnification 

 

with double magnification 

 

bright, almost shadow free 

illumination of objects and 

working area 

 

due to energy-saving lamp 

 

Fluorescent tube and 



Type of lamp Power supply Dioptric power Magnification Order no. 

130 WR* Circular fluorescent tubes 230 V~ / 50 Hz 4 2 4299300 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Table base for stable installation 

on working table 130 t 4298310 

130 kl 

Table clamp for mounting 

on work bench or working table 

clamping range: 0 – 140 mm 130 kl 4298320 

Circular fluorescent tube for 130 WR 4299005

- 


Digital Stereo-Zoom Microscope MarVision SM 150 / SM 160 

SM 150 

Application 

nspection of 

workpieces either on the 

production line and in the 

quality assurance 

Features 

 

intensive and sharp threedimensional 

images 

 

magnification due to the 

adjustable zoom lenses 

 

wheel, located on both sides 

for left and right-handed 

persons 

 

 

the dioptric adjustment 

 

transmitted illumination, 

continuously variable 

(SM 150 / SM 151) 

 

digital camera is a possible 

(SM 151 / SM 161) 

 

Microscope, ocular 10x, 

dust cover, glass plate and 

white / black plate (SM 150 / 

SM 151) 

SM 160 


SM 150 SM 151 SM 160 SM 161 

Magnification 

variable 7x - 45x 

Field of view mm 28 - 5 

Observation tube angle 

 

Optical tube Binocular Trinocular Binocular Trinocular 

Camera connector 

Working distance mm 105 

Max. height of test piece mm 75 75 — — 

Illumination 

12 V / 15 W 

Incident and transmitted 

light, variable 

12 V / 15 W 

Incident and transmitted 

light, variable 

Base dimensions mm 260 x 200 260 x 200 230 x 230 230 x 230 

Order no. 4245001 4245002 4245003 4245004

+ 


Accessories for MarVision SM 150 / SM 160 

150 e15 150 e20 150 e10s 

SM 150 / 

SM 151 

SM 160 / 

SM 161 

150 lr 

150 v0,5 150 v2,0 

Illumination 

Eyepieces / Ocular 

Ancilliary Lenses 

Camera 

Order no. 

LED ring light, adjustable D= 75 mm, incl. mains adapter 150 lr 4245030 

Cold light source luminance / brightness 8 mlx, Output 30 W, Power input 50VA / 240V 200 fs 4245043 

Flexible fiber-optic light guide 2-Arm, L=500 mm, D=4 mm 200 fl 4245042 

* Only for SM 151 and SM 161 

Reticule (plate) Quantity Order no. 

Magnification 15x 2 150 e15 4245010 

Magnification 20x 2 150 e20 4245011 

Magnification 10x 1 150 e10s 4245012 

Order no. 

Magnification 0.5x 150 v0,5 4245020 


Order no. 

CamSet incl. digital camera and adapter 150 cam* 4245026

- 


Workshop Measuring Microscope MarVision MM 200 

Applications 

 

angles (with the ocular head 

200 w) for example: punched 

and flexible parts, plastic 

components as well as 

electronic circuit boards 

Features 

Measuring Microscope 

 

intensive and sharp three 

dimensional images 

 

variable magnification and/or 

fixed lenses 

 

hand wheel, mounted either 

side, ideal for either a left or 

right handed operator 

 

dioptric adjustment 

 

 

 

 

mounted 

Digital Micrometer Head 

Functions: 

Zero setting, PRESET (enter a 

numerical value), mm/inch, 

Absolute/Relative 

measurement 

 

high digits 

 

 

 

Microscope, ocular 10x with 

cross line reticules, 2 digital 

micrometer heads, 50 mm, 



mm 50 / 50 

Measuring table dimensions mm 150 x 150 

Max. table load kg 15 

Measuring system: 

Micrometer Head 

- Readings mm 0.001 

- Error limit μm 8 

- Repeatability μm 2 

Magnification Fixed lenses 32x Variable zoom 8 - 40x 

Field of view mm 6 23 - 4 


Max. height of test piece mm 130 

Illumination 

LED 

Incident and transmitted light, individually adjustable 

Interfaces 

USB or Opto RS232 

Dimensions* H x W x D mm 535 x 410 x 470 

Order no. 4246000 4246001 

* Measuring table is centered

+ 


Optics Option 

Order no. 

Ocular head 200 w 4246010 

Accessories for MarVision MM 200 


200 v0,5 200 v2,0 

Order no. 



Illumination 

Order no. 



Dust Cover 

Order no. 

Dust cover for MM 200 4246070

- 



Applications 

 

 

angles and determination of 

geometric elements (points, 

lines, circles, distances, 

intersections, etc.) (QC 

200) for example: punched 

and flexible parts, plastic 

components as well as 


Operating and display unit QC 200 


mm 100 / 100 200 / 100 250/170 

Z travel mm 200 / 400** 



built-in incremental measuring scale 

- Resolution mm 0.001 

- MPE E1 / E2 E 1 = 1,9 +(L/100) E 2 = 2,9 +(L/100) L in mm 

Magnification 

Variable 8 - 40x 

Field of view mm 23 - 4 


Max. height of test piece mm 130 / 330** 

Illumination 

LED 

Incident and transmitted light, individually adjustable 

Interfaces 

RS232 / USB 

Dimensions* H x W x D mm 550 x 480 x 430 550 x 650 x 530 550 x 700 x 600 

Order no. with QC 100 4246100 4246101 — 

with QC 200 4246200 4246201 4246202 

* Measuring table is centered 

** Option extension

+ 


Features 


 

intensive and sharp three 

dimensional images 

 

variable magnification 

 

hand wheel, can be mounted 

either side, ideal for either a 

left or right handed operator 

 

dioptric adjustment 

 

 

 

 

mounted 

 

all axes 

 

reliability due to the optical 


system 

Operating and Display Unit 

QC 100 

 

graphic LCD display 

 

Functions: 

Zero setting the axis 


value) 

mm/inch 

Absolute/Relative 

measurement 

 

measured data 


QC 200 

 

graphic LCD display 

 

functions for points, lines, 

circles, angles, distances and 

intersecting straight lines 

 

time saving feature that 

automatically recognizes the 

geometric pattern of data 

points 

 

program with the Teach-In 

mode 

 

due to on screen graphic 

guidance 

 

available in several languages 

 

processing measured data 

 

Microscope, standard stop 

bar, operating and display 

unit QC 100 or operating and 

display unit QC 200 

 

 

Operating and display unit QC 200 

Optics Option 

Order no. 

Ocular head 200 w 4246010 

Illumination Option 

Order no. 

Telecentric LED back light illumination for measuring rotationally 

symmetric parts 

200 ld 4247050 

Z-Axis Option 

Order no. 

Z-Axis extension 200 mm 320 zv 4246051

- 



Operating and Display Unit QC 200 

Digital display 

Graphic mode 

Measurement and Evaluation Functions 

Point 

e.g. intersecting straight lines 

Line 

e.g. line of best fit, centerline 

Circle 

e.g. index circle, pitch circle 

Distance 

e.g. distance between point-point, point-line 

Angle 

Taken from 2 lines 

Alignment of axis 

Alignment of the coordinate system on the test piece 

Magic 

Automatically recognizes the geometric pattern of measuring points 

For Operating and Display Units QC 100 / QC 200 

Order no. 

Foot-operated switch for capturing measuring points 200 qcs 4246111 

Software OptoFace for transmitting measured data into MS-Excel 320 of 4246112

+ 



220 dk 

220 sp 

220 p 

200 v0,5 200 v2,0 


For the Measuring Tables 

Order no. 



Order no. 

Pair of vee-blocks for diameters 5-55 mm to be mounted on the measuring table 220 p 4246801 

Pair of center supports height 40 mm to be mounted on the measuring table 220 sp 4246802 

Rotary glass plates D=100 mm for measuring table 200 x 100 mm 220 dk 4246920 

Rotary glass plates D=100 mm for measuring table 250 x 170 mm 220 dg 4246921 

Stop bar 90° with object clamps 220 as90 4246821 

Illumination 

Order no. 



Dust Covers 

Order no. 

Dust cover for measuring ranges 100 / 100 and 200 / 100 4246071 

Dust cover for measuring ranges 250 / 170 4246072

- 


Workshop Measuring Microscope MarVision MM 320 with image processing 


mm 100 / 100 200 / 100 250 / 170 400 / 250 

Z travel mm 200 / 400** 

Measuring table dimensions mm 270 x 210 370 x 210 420 x 280 600 x 480 



built-in incremental measuring scale 

- Resolution mm 0.001 

- MPE E1 1.9 +(L/100) 3.9 +(L/100) 

- MPE E2 2.9 +(L/100) 4.9 +(L/100) 

Field of view see table on page 18-18 


Max. height of test piece mm 120 / 320** 90 / 290** 

Illumination 

LED Incident and transmitted light, individually adjustable 

Interfaces 

USB / RS232 

Dimensions* H x W x D mm 700 x 480 x 430 700 x 650 x 550 700 x 700 x 600 800 x 1000 x 900 

Magnification (on screen) 

Order no. Zoom 25-160x 4247200 4247201 4247202 4247203 

* Measuring table is centered 

** Optional extension

+ 


Applications 

Features 

 

determination of geometric 

elements (points, lines, 

circles, distances, intersection 

etc.) via automatic edge 

detection, for example: 

punched and flexible parts, 

plastic components as well as 



 

 

 

4 segments, each can be 

individually switched on/off or 

dimmed 

 

 

hardened granite 

 

mounted 

 

the axis 

 

reliability due to the optical 


system 

 

asisstance 


QC 300 

 

color LCD display 

 

video image, digital display, 

element and tolerance display 

 

 

functions for points, lines, 

circles, angles and distances 

and intersecting straight lines 

 

time saving feature that 

automatically recognizes the 

geometric pattern of data 

points 

 

program with the Teach-In 

mode 

 

due to on screen graphic 

guidance 

 

 

available in several languages 

 

processing measured data 

 

 

 

an USB stick, thus future is 

secured 

 

stick 

 

Microscope, standard stop bar, 

operating and display unit 

QC 300 

 

 

Options 

Optics Option 

Order no. 

TV-Adapter 0.67x for zoom lenses 320 tv0,67 4247027 

Optional Illumination 

Order no. 

Telecentric LED back light illumination for measuring rotationally symmetric parts from zoom 200 ld 4247050 

magnification 1.0x 

Coaxial LED top light for zoom lens 320 kaz 4245300 

Z-Axis Option 

Order no. 

Z-Axis extended by 200 mm 320 zv 4246051 

Z-Axis with measuring system 320 zm 4246050 

Z-Axis extended by 200 mm with measuring system 320 zvm 4246052

- 



Operating and Display Unit QC 300 

Positioning indicator 


Video image 

Measurement and Evaluation Functions 

Point 

e.g. intersecting straight lines 

Line 

e.g. line of best fit, centerline 

Circle 

e.g. index circle, pitch circle 

Distance 

e.g. distance between point-point, point-line 

Angle 

Taken from 2 lines 

Alignment of axis 

Alignment of the coordinate system on the test piece 

Magic 

Automatically recognizes the geometric pattern of measuring points

+ 


Automatic Video Edge Detection 

The automatic video edge recognition simplifies the measuring procedure. If the circle in the reticule approaches an edge, this is 

automatically recognized by the image processing. The color of the circle changes from red to green. 

Multi-edge Function 

After measuring a minimum number of points (3 for circle measurement) a pre-defined number from measuring points are recognized 

automatically to calculate a circle. 

Automatic circle calculation 

Measuring Program 

Simple creation of measuring programs with the Teach-In mode 

Smooth program sequence due to on screen graphic guidance

- 



Configuration of Optics for MarVision MM 320 

TV Adapter 

1.0x 

(standard) 

0.67x 

(320 tv0,67) 

Navitar 

Zoom lenses 

0.7x to 4.5x 

Lenses 320 v 

0.5x 0.75x 1.5x 2.0x 


Order no. 





Zoom Lenses 

TV adapter 

Lenses 

0.7x 

/ 

1.0x 

/ 

Zoom-Magnification 

0.67 — 16 / 13.5 23 / 9.7 46 / 5.2 68 / 3.4 91 / 2.4 103 / 2.1 

0.67 0.5 8 / 27 11 / 19.4 23 / 10.4 34 / 6.7 46 / 4.9 51 / 4.2 

0.67 0.75 12 / 18 17 / 13 35 / 7 52 / 4.5 70 / 3.2 78 / 2.8 

0.67 1.5 24 / 8.8 35 / 6.4 70 / 3.4 105 / 2.2 139 / 1.6 157 / 1.3 

0.67 2.0 32 / 6.7 46 / 4.9 92 / 2.5 139 / 1.6 185 / 1.2 208 / 1 

1.0 — 25 / 9.0 35 / 6.5 65 / 3.5 100 / 2.3 139 / 1.6 160 / 1.4 

1.0 0.5 12 / 18 17 / 13 34 / 7.0 51 / 4.5 68 / 3.3 77 / 2.8 

1.0 0.75 18 / 12 26 / 9 52 / 4.6 78 / 3.0 104 / 2.2 117 / 1.9 

1.0 1.5 36 / 5.9 52 / 4.3 104 / 2.3 156 / 1.5 208 / 1.1 234 / 0.9 

1.0 2.0 48 / 4.5 68 / 3.3 138 / 1.7 207 / 1.1 276 / 0.8 311 / 0.7 

2.0x 

/ 

3.0x 

/ 

4.0x 

/ 

4.5x 

/ 

Magnification on screen 

filed of view in mm

+ 



220 dk 

220 sp 

220 p 

For Measuring Tables 

Dust Covers 

Order no. 

Pair of V-blocks for diameters 5-55 mm to be mounted on the measuring table 220 p 4246801 

Pair of center supports height 40 mm to be mounted on the measuring table 220 sp 4246802 

Rotary glass plates D=100 mm for measuring table 200 x 100 mm 220 dk 4246920 

Rotary glass plates D=100 mm for measuring table 250 x 170 mm 220 dg 4246921 

Stop bar 90° with object clamps 220 as 90 4246821 

Calibration Standards 

Order no. 

Dust cover for measuring ranges 100 / 100 and 200 / 100 4246071 

Dust cover for measuring ranges 250 / 170 4246072 

Dust cover for measuring ranges 400 / 250 4246073 

Accessories for Operating and Display Unit QC 300 

Order no. 

Calibration standard with circles 320 nk 4246900 

Calibration standard with circles incl. calibration certificate 320 nkz 4246901 

Order no. 

Foot-operated switch for capturing measuring points 200 qcs 4246111 

MarCom USB, incl. USB adapter cable and RS232 data cable 320 mcu 4246113

- 


Cold Light Sources for MarVision Measuring Microscopes 

Features 

200 fl 

Cold light source 200 fs 

 

 

efficiency due to electronic 

control setting 

 

temperature for the 

measurement of colored 

surfaces 

 

patented light distribution 

200 fs 


For Microscope 

Type SM 150 / 160 MM 200 MM 220 MM 320 Order no. 

Cold light source 

Luminance / brightness 8 mlx 

Output 30 W 

Power input 50VA / 240V 

Flexible fiber-optic light guide 

2-Arm, L=500 mm, D=4 mm 

200 fs 4245043 

200 fl 4245042

+ 


Mini Precision Vise MarTool 109 P 

Features 

 

measuring microscope as well 

as various other applications 

 

 

grounded prism 

 

 


Width of jaws 

mm 

Dimensions 

L x W x H mm 

Width of vise 

mm 

Depth of vise 

mm 

Order no. 

15 50 x 15 x 15 14.5 6 4246810 

25 75 x 25 x 25 24.5 10 4246811 

35 100 x 35 x 35 34.5 14 4246812 

Mini Precision Vise MarTool 109 PS as set 

Features 

 

 

plastic jaws, a pair of step jaws 

and a pair of prism jaws with a 

positioning pin 

 

Plastic case 


Width of jaws 

Order no. 

mm 

15 / 25 4246816 

25 / 35 4246817 

15 / 25 / 35 incl. stand and adapter plates 4246818 

Stand for Mini Precision Vise MarTool 109 Pst 

Features 

 

in all directions 

 


Width of jaws 

Order no. 

mm 

15 4246813 

25 4246814 

35 4246815

- 


MarVision. Tool Measurements 

HIGHEST PRECISION FOR YOUR CUTTING TOOLS 

Maximum manufacturing and quality control precision is key to your company's success. With optical coordinate measuring 

machines from the MarVision product line, Mahr offers you the perfect solution to many different measurement tasks – from 

cutting tools and rotation-symmetrical parts for the manufacturing industry and medical technology to miniaturized electronic 

components. Ultra-precise measuring machines, powerful image processing algorithms, part-specific evaluation software and 

decades of experience in optical metrology lay the foundation for meeting your high demands. From cutting contours to complete 

measurements, we deliver a solution to you. The realization of tool measurement and the closed loop is a service coming from 

the cooperation between Mahr OKM and esco GmbH, Aachen. 

Thanks to their modular design, optical coordinate measuring machines provide excellent configuration flexibility based on the 

many hardware and software modules and can be tailored to meet specific user requirements. The applications for this coordinate 

metrology range from comprehensive measurement of precision/cutting tools and rotationally symmetrical parts to diamond-tipped 

grinding tools. 

WebCode 11718.

+ 


MarVision UNI-VIS 250 

Precision measurements of complex tools and rotationally symmetrical 

parts using tried-and-tested system solutions. 

Fully automatic measurement of: 

 

 

 

 

Cutting plates 

UNI-VIS 250 AR/ARZ 

MPE E1 = (1.3 + L/450) μm 

MPE E2 = (1.8 + L/360) μm 

UNI-VIS 250 HR/HRZ 

MPE E1 = (0.7 + L/500) μm 

MPE E2 = (1.1 + L/300) μm 

WebCode 11136. 

MarVision TM 500 

The optical tool measuring machine TM 500 is used for complete 

measurement of standard tools. 

Exact measurement 

of all features on standard tools. 

Tip measurement 

on drills and milling cutters. 

Automatic measurement 

of unknown contours of cutting tools: 

Standard drills 

Standard milling cutters 

Ball-end milling cutters and ball-edge milling cutters 

Stepped tools 

Form milling cutters (option) 

Length measuring deviation 

MPE E1 = (2,0 + L/200) μm 

MPE E2 = (2,8 + L/160) μm 

WebCode.

- 


MarVision ACCURE 250 

Precision measurements of helical cutting tools thanks to setting the 

pivoted measuring head to the lead angle. 

Fully automatic measurement of 

Hobs 

Bandsaw milling cutters 

Taps and thread milling cutters 

Grinding worms 

Stepped and form-cutting tools 

Profile grinding wheels 

Ball track milling cutters 

Ball-end milling cutters 

Standard and special tools 

ACCURE 250 

MPE E1 = (1.1 + L/450) μm 

MPE E2 = (1.6 + L/360) μm 

ACCURE 250 H 

MPE E1 = (0.7 + L/500) μm 

MPE E2 = (1.1 + L/300) μm 


MarVision TAURUS 650 S 

Precision measurements on long, heavy rotary cutting tools. 

Full integration into production environments. 

Fully automatic measurement of: 

Stepped tools 

Ball-end milling cutters 

Ball-track milling cutters 

Reamers 

Pine-tree milling cutters 

Length measuring deviation: 

MPE E1 = (1.8 + L/200) μm 

MPE E2 = (2.5 + L/100) μm 

WebCode 11138-5829.

+ 


MarVision CM 50 

The measuring station MarVision CM 50 – the optimal solution for 

manufacturers of indexable inserts. Fast measurement of all geometrical 

characteristics on the outside contour of cutting plates or other 

2D parts. 

Fast measurement by scanning the entire contour in the picture 

field 

Independent of operator due to automatic edge detection 

Constant and reproducible evaluation of small radii segments and 

complex composite geometries using best fit algorithms 

Direct comparison of the actual values to the nominal contour 

Clear documentation of the results with all relevant testing characteristics 

Technical data: 

Size of measuring field 

Telecentric range 

Work distance 

Length measuring deviation 

53 mm x 45 mm 

± 6 mm 

77 mm 

E = 2.5 μm 


MarVision. Branch Solutions 

Measurement of indexable inserts (CM 50) 

Fast measurement of all complex 2D geometries 

Even cutting edges with different heights can be easily measured 

The high-resolution CCD camera in connection with large-scale 

display optics assures precise and reproducible measuring results 

Measuring field size 53 mm x 45 mm 

 

Work distance: 77 mm 

Length measuring deviation: E = 2.5 μm 

Dimensions (WxDxH) in mm: 500 x 500 x 730 

(dimensions without PC and 

monitor)

- 



Measurement of hobs (only ACCURE 250) 

files 

 

 

 

 

Measurements and analysis conforming to DIN 3968 

- profile form, pitch, base pitch, radial run-out of tip, form and 

position of cutting faces, radial run-out (optical measurements) 

- flute direction, flute pitch, axial run-out, cutting edges (tactile 

measurements) 

Measurement of taps (ACCURE 250 only) 

 

taps 

 

 

 

 

and core diameters, half-angle of thread, lead, taper and other 

dimensions are measured in transmitted light 

dent 

light 

Measurement of ball-track milling cutters 

(UNI-VIS 250 / TAURUS) 

 

and axis-parallel sections 

 

 

 

 

 

angles, relief angles and radial run-out

+ 



Measurement of cutting plates 


 

 

 

 

 

rake angles 

Measurement of stepped tools (TAURUS 650s) 

Comprehensive measurement of the cuttinge edge contour 

Optical measurement of profile form, lengths, radii and angles 

Optional: Optical or tactile measurement of rake angles and relief 

angles 

Pneumatic chucks 

Measurement of PCD milling tools (TAURUS 650s) 

 

 

 

angles 

 

 

cutting edges

- 



Measurement of ball-end milling cutters 


 

cutters 

 

actual circle 

 

 

 

the nominal profile, position errors relative to the shaft, radial runout, 

rake angles and relief angles 

Measurement of rotationally symmetrical parts 


metrical 

parts in freely selectable angle positions 

 

 

 

correlation of measuring points with the nominal contour 

 

 

and distances, radii, angles and diameters

+ 



Measurement of standard drills, step drills, 

(only TM 500) 

Contour measurement: 

Selection of tool holders 

Measurement with Dynamic Contour Scan (DCS) 

Automatic dimensioning of contour (diameters, radii, distances, 

angles) 

Evaluation of individual edges or overlapping edges (active contour) 

Evaluation of the flute (pitch angle, division) 

Measurement and evaluation of rake angles and relief angles 

Dimension record with nominal and actual values 

Graphic evaluation of the edge profile 

Tip measurement: 

Selection of the cuts (e.g envelope of cone cut, surface cut) 

Definition of reference 

Adjusting the measuring window 

Evaluation of the tip parameters 

Measurement of rake angles and relief angles 

Width of land 

Chisel edge angle 

Fully automatic tip measurement for repeatability measurements 

Measurement of standard end mill cutters (only TM 500) 

Contour measurement: 

Selection of tool holders 

Measurement with Dynamic Contour Scan (DCS) 

Automatic dimensioning of contour (diameters, radii, distances, 

angles) 

Evaluation of individual edges or overlapping edges (active contour) 

Evaluation of the flute (pitch angle, division) 

Measurement and evaluation of rake angles and relief angles 

Dimension record with nominal and actual values 

Graphic evaluation of the edge profile 

Tip measurements: 

Selection of the cuts (e.g envelope of cone cut, drill cut) 

Definition of reference 

Adjusting the measuring window 

Evaluation of the tip parameters 

Measurement of rake angles and relief angles 

Width of land 

Chisel edge angle 

Fully automatic tip measurement for repeatability measurements

- 


MarVision. Software Solutions 

OSPREY Measurement Software 

 

 

 

 

ment and data analysis functions 

 

 

measuring machines and data analysis modules such as HAWK 

HAWK Programming, Data Analysis and Documentation Tool 


 

 

able 

best-fit ranges 

 

 

 

Advantages 

Very simple program creation by setting dimensions at the nominal 

contour 

Customized parameter programs for the automatic creation of 

measuring jobs 

Offline programming of measuring jobs at separate workstations 

Full functionality for the system owner – „single-button“ control 

for staff 

MarVision. Software solutions – Closed Loop 

Factory picture SMS 

Precision Tool Grinding 

Philosophy 

 

 

Design, 

Engineering 

esco ® PTM 

esco ® HAWK 

MarVision 

Machining 

Factory picture Mahr 

Principle 

 

 

uring machine, and the scanned geometries are directly available 

in HAWK for profile comparison 

 

density of information that can be obtained from the measurements 

permit precise corrections which result in reproducibly 

tolerance-compliant workpieces after a single correction run 

Process Correction 

Networking: CAD / CAM – Metrology – Machining – QS 

– Analysis 

Quality 

Assurance 

Advantages 

 

 

Operator influence is minimized

+ 


MarVision. Software Solutions 

PROTOS - Measuring without Programming 

Easy operation 

 

– Graphic surface with a clear structure 

– Intuitive operation via icons 

– Easier call-up of functions on the touchscreen 

Measurement of standard tools without drawing data, no calibration 

of a coordinate system required! 

Management of different adapters with zero point 

---> Simply clamp and start the measurement! 

Dynamic measurements 

Complete measurement of a standard tool in less than a minute 

– Newest camera technology with very high picture frequency 

– Optical dynamic scan of the edge 

PROTOS recognizes the course of the edge and follows it independently 

Recognition of different edge contours 

Highest information density due to low measuring point distance 

PROTOS independently recognizes the end of the contour 

Edge evaluation takes place simultaneously along with the dynamic 

measurement 

--> You save measuring time 

Adapter management 

Complete evaluation 

Sum evaluation (over all edges) 

NEW! Single evaluation of the edges can be conducted for a 

dynamic measurement, independent of the number of edges. 

NEW! PROTOS automatically generates the tool geometries from 

rized 

are derived. 

Automatic dimensioning for standard tools (diameters, radii, 

angles, distances) 

Additional dimensioning simply via mouse click 

Free tolerance entry 

Graphic evaluation with range of tolerances (profile form deviation) 

Measurement evaluation with drawing (measuring record) 

Possible to transfer correction values to the grinding machine as a 

path correction --> closed loop 

Fast change - inserts 

Clamping adapter 

PROTOS offers an integrated zero point management for your 

 

values can also be managed. Once the adapter has been connected, 

it can be quickly called up from a selection list. 

Wobble correction 

PROTOS offers an integrated wobble correction for one-sidedly 

clamped tools. Three possibilities are provided: 

Automatic: PROTOS can calculate the position of the tool shaft 

using the specifications of the clamping length, edge length and 

adapter and moves independently to the positions to measure 

wobble. 

Manual: The operator uses the joystick to the positions at which 

the wobble should be measured. 

Coordinates: The operator can enter the corresponding coordinate 

values with reference to the selected adapter into a 

template. PROTOS measures the wobble at these points.

- 

2 MarPreset. Tool Presetters 

FAST AND PRECISE MEASUREMENT OF YOUR TOOLS. 

MarPreset. Tool Presetters 

For current information on MARPRESET 

tool presetters, please visit our website: 


At Mahr, the expression „Measurably Better“ is not just a slogan. It is a sign of our dedication. Our philosophy is to deliver 

„measurably better“ products, support and service to our customers, guaranteeing you that you can comply with all of your quality, 

cost and delivery commitments. MarPreset systems can increase efficiency and help you to persist as a successful competitor 

on the market – today and in the future. Excellent services in design, engineering and production enable the manufacture of the 

most precise and reliable tool presetters in the world.

+ 

MarPreset. Tool Presetters 3 

MarPreset. Tool Presetters 

MarPreset Tool Presetters 19- 2 

MarPreset 1500 19- 3 


MarPreset 1800 Shrink Set 19- 5 


MarPreset. The Suitable Configuration 

for Your Application 19- 7 

MarVision. Software 19- 8 

Request brochure.

- 

19-2 MarPreset. Tool Presetters 

MarPreset. Increase Your Efficiency. 

You are wasting valuable time if you are using your processing centers to preset your tools. The arguments for Mahr tool 

presetters are convincing: You measure your tools faster and more precisely than expensive processing centers do, since they 

were developed only for this purpose. Regardless of whether you are setting drilling tools, measuring chamfers, testing tools for 

damage or wear — MarPreset tool presetters carry out these tasks better and faster than your processing center does. This avoids 

unncessary idle time and you increase your productivity and profitability.

+ 

MarPreset. Tool Presetters 19-3 

MarPreset 1500 

Description 

Accurate. Robust. Great value 

The MarPreset 1500 is the most robust and reliable unit of its 

class. It is designed for use on the shop floor and offers presetting, 

inspection and tool management with excellent reproducibility 

under almost all conditions. 

The consistently symmetrical construction of the cast-iron basic 

body minimizes environmental influences through temperature and 

mechanical strain. 

The ergonomic fast positioning system with practically frictionless 

travel allows for fast and easy operation. The measuring range and 

equipment of the MarPreset 1500 can be configured for almost all 

workshop tools. 



Tool diameters: 320 mm, 420 mm 

Length 400 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm 

Extra 50 mm to the right of the spindle for turning tools 

Positioning 

Ergonomic quick positioning due to frictionless travel path and 

smooth movement 

Fine adjustment/axis brake system 

Linear encoders 

Heidenhain precision linear encoders for both axes 

Resolution 0.0005 mm 

Base 

Cast iron 

Alignment elements and vibration damping ensure stability 

Horizontal and vertical guides 

Precision basis and column made of cast iron with hardened and 

polished guides 

Pre-spanned linear precision bearings ensure accuracy 

Bellows protect bearings and guides from environmental influences 

Spindle 

ISO 50 or 40 taper for SK, CAT, BT, NMTB as well as Big Plus tools 

Adapter for most clamping systems 

Customized spindles and adapters are available 

Option: HSK and Capto with mechanical clamping 

Dimensions and weight 

Width: 748 mm (30") 

Depth: 527 mm (21") 

Height: 890 mm (35") with 400 mm Z-travel 

1.115 mm (44") with 600 mm Z-travel 

Average shipping weight 234 kg 

Connections 

Electrical supply: 110 V 60 Hz to 220 V 50 Hz 

Compressed air: Normal compressed air in the workshop 4.5 to 

6.2 bar (60 to 90 PSI), only for the options vacuum-clamping or 

axis brake. 

Features 

Tool management and communication 

ParleVision PGC PLUS offers comprehensive tool management 

and enables communication. 

Integration of tool shrink 

The 1500 platform is the perfect component for an integrated tool 

shrink system. 

Turning tools 

MarPreset 1500 is perfectly suited for turning tools. The combination 

of the travel path over the center of the spindle with a configurated 

digital display makes the MarPreset presetters the most 

economic setting methods for turning tools. 

WebCode 13272

- 



High-performance. Easy. Complete. 

Description 

The tool presetter MarPreset 1800 offers the complete solution for 

tool measurement and inspection. 

The most modern camera technology combined with a solid construction 

and the easiest operation make MarPreset 1800 one of 

the leading products of its class. 

Features 

High-performance 

Solid cast iron construction of base and column 

Consistently symmetrical construction prevents deformation 

through temperature fluctuations 

Precision spindle with roller bearing, vacuum clamping and locking 

LED ring light for inspection of edge surfaces 

Easy 

Clear user interface - clear icons 

One-button operation 

17“ touchscreen monitor for large and clear display of the camera 

image 

 

Complete 

Included in the basic unit: 

- Storage shelf for tools and adapter 

- Robust base frame with vibration dampers and fold-out wheels 

- Precision adjustment of X and Z axis 

- Label printer 

- 17“ touchscreen monitor 

- Diameter up to 420 mm 

Complete functionality - one price! 

Tool adapter for all tool holders 

WebCode 13273

+ 


MarPreset 1800 - Shrink Set 

Tool Presetting and Measurement with Integrated Induction Warmth Shrink System 



Diameter: 420 mm 


Length: 600 mm 

Positioning 

Ergonomic quick positioning 

Fine adjustment 

Linear encoder 



Basis 

Cast iron base and column 

Alignment element and vibration damping ensure stability 

Integrated lower base frame with fold-out wheels for mobility 

Lockable closet for storing tools and accessories 

Monitor holder 

Features 

Complete system solution 

MarPreset 1800 with all measuring and evaluation functions of the 

PGC Plus Software 

Integrated holder for cooling liquid 

Integrated drain to dry tools 

Tool holder 

Label printer 

Shrink system 

Reliable and easy operation 

Fully automatic procedure 

Diameter from 4 to 32 mm 

Optional: Diameter from 32 to 50 mm 

Operation 

Operation via large LCD touchscreen 

Shrink process is started with one click 

Shrink factor compensation 

Cool-to-the-Core technology 

No need to touch hot tools – 

the entire spindle and tool are 

cooled 

Tools are completely cooled off 

and dried in two minutes 

Tools can be used again directly 

after shrinking 


Precision basis and column with hardened and polished guides 

Pre-spanned linear precision bearings 

Bellows protect bearings and guides from environmental influences 

Dimension W x D x H (in mm) 

1,552 x 700 x 1,947 (z = 400 mm) 

1,552 x 700 x 2,150 (z = 500 / 600 mm) 

Connections 

Electrical supply: 110 to 230 VAC 

Compressed air: 6 bar 

Spindle 

Precision spindle, roller bearings 

SK 50 (standard), SK 40, HSK 63, Capto C5 

Adapter available for all clamping systems 

Options 

Software PGC Plus for data coupling, tool management and 

extended measuring functions 

Tool length setting 

RFID chip reading and writing head 

WebCode 13481

- 



Highly Precise Measuring Platform 

Features 

The MarPreset 2500 can be equipped with a precision spindle 

changing system. 

This enables a fast change of the inserts, highest run-out accuracy 

and an automatic clamping for the most various clamping systems. 


Description 

The mechanical design of the MarPreset 2500 offers an excellent 

foundation for exact and reproducible results of measurements and 

presetting of tools. 

Especially for precision demands in the μm range for manual or 

automatic measurements, MarPreset is flexible and easy to implement. 

The maximal measuring ranges of 950 mm x 1,000 mm and the 

consistently symmetrical design of the completely cast iron base 

body create the basis for the highest performance in measuring 

and inspection. 

MarPreset presetting tools are well known to be robust, reliable 

and have a long life. 

Spindle 

ISO 50 or 40 taper for SK, CAT, BT, NMTB 

as well as Big Plus tools. Adapters for most 

clamping systems 

The precision spindle for fast changing 

systems is optional. Inserts are available 

for all common tool supports with vacuum 

clamping or mechanical clamping 


Tool diameters: 300 mm, 400 mm, 500 mm 

Upon request: 600 mm, 700 mm, 800 mm, 950 mm 

Tool lengths: 450 mm, 550 mm, 650 mm, 750 mm, 850 mm, 

1,000 mm 


Positioning 

Axis movement for X and Y via joystick (2 speeds) 

Manual fine adjustment 

Swivel axis can be either manually or CNC controlled 

Linear encoder 



Base 

Cast iron base and column 

Alignment element and vibration damping ensure stability 


Precision base and column made of cast iron with hardened and 

polished guides 

Pre-spanned linear precision bearings ensure accuracy 

Bellows protect bearings and guides from environmental 

influences 

Dimensions and weight 

Total width: 1.838 mm (72.4") 

Depth 701 mm (27.6") 

Height: 1.948 mm (76.7") for 450 to 650 mm stand, 2.342 mm 

(93.2") for 750 to 1,000 mm stand 

Average shipping weight 1,000 kg 

WebCode 13272

+ 


The Suitable Configuration for Your Application 

1500 Platform Series 

2500 Platform Series 

Tool diameters up to 420 mm 

Tool lengths up to 600 mm 

Tool diameters up to 500 mm (900 mm) 

Tool lengths up to 1,000 mm 

Parlevision PSC 

Parlevision PSC 

For applications requiring 

precision measurements 

and tool inspections 


precision measurements 

and tool inspections 

Parlevision PGC PLUS 

Parlevision PGC PLUS 


comprehensive tool data 

management and communication 


comprehensive tool data 

management and communication 

Expandable measuring range 

Software upgrades 

Record editor 

Tool supports 

Parlevision CNC 

To fulfill the demands of 

3-axis automation during 

measuring and inspection 

procedures.

- 


MarPreset Software PSC 

Measuring and Inspection System 

Description 

The PSC system offers you the most modern video metrology at a 

favorable price. 

The ParleVision camera system uses a high-resolution camera. The 

images are displayed on a TFT monitor, optionally available as a 

touchscreen. The tool edge is automatically recognized in real time 

as soon as it enters into the camera's image field. 

All functions can quickly be called up via icons; no previous programming 

knowledge is required. 

20 minutes of instruction suffice to train your employees. 

Features 

All measuring functions and connections are conducted via clear 

icons on the monitor; no previous programming knowledge is 

necessary. 

Resolution for X and Z axes 0.001 mm 

Tolerance display red/green for fast evaluation 

Possibility to connect label printer to print various types of label 

formats 

Display options 

- radius / diameter 

- millimeter / inch 

- relative / absolute measurement 

Easy camera calibration by the user 

Touchscreen compatible 

Image processing 

Video camera with Smart Camera technology, camera chip with 

modern 1/2“ CMOS chip 

High-resolution picture processing 

LED ring light with adjustable intensity for surface inspection of 

the tool edge (wear, nicks) 

Measurement 

High-performance software algorithms ensure high accuracy and 

reproducibility, regardless which side of the image area the tool 

edge is located on 

Automatic edge detection in the live picture in real time 

Simple management of tools and adapters 

Save a max. of 500 tools with nominal values (length, diameter) 

and tolerances 

Save a max. of 99 adapters with zero point management 

Possibility to connect label printer 

WebCode 12548

+ 


MarPreset Software PGC Plus 

Tool Management and Data Connection 

La 

 

RIF 

LAN 

PROGRAMMING 

& ENGINEERING 

ve 

 

 

g 

TOOL CRIB 

 

 

 

PGC Plus 

SQL-e 

ve 

 

ce 

RFID 

ID 

Shop Floor 

 

 

 

 

La 

 

RIFD 

LAN 

Data Transfer 

 

 

VMC 

MACHINING CENTERS 

TURNING 


HMC 


Description 

For high demands on reproducibility, tool management and 

data transfer 

As easy as a single system but as powerful as a networked solution 

for many users. 

Complete your production network with PGC Plus to attain comprehensive 

tool management and communication functions. 

This user-friendly Plug & Play solution can be run as a single applicaton 

on the tool presetter or as a client-server network installation. 

Features 

All features and functions of the PSC software as well as: 

PGC Plus tool management and data communication software on 

one PC 

Operating system Windows XP 

Network-compatible 

User management 

Measuring record 

Image processing 

Video camera with Smart Camera Technology, camera chip with 

modern 1/2“ CMOS chip 

High-resolution picture processing 

LED ring light with adjustable intensity for surface inspection of 

the tool edge (wear, nicks) 

Measurement 

High-performance software algorithms ensure high accuracy and 

reproducibility, regardless which side of the image area the tool 

edge is located on 

Automatic edge detection in live picture in real time 

WebCode 12548

- 

MarShaft. Shaft Measuring Machines 

MAXIMUM PRECISION OF SHAFT-SHAPED PARTS ON THE SHOP FLOOR. 

SHAFT METROLOGY FROM MAHR 

The latest information on MARSHAFT 



In order to be able to produce the growing variety of parts cost-effectively, manufacturers now require not only flexible production facilities, 

but also equally flexible measuring equipment. This is particularly true of the automotive industry and its suppliers. Given that customized vehicles 

with different engines and transmission systems are now the norm, items such as shaft-shaped parts need to be manufactured in a number of 

different designs, then measured and tested for quality assurance purposes. To measure the different parts produced in small lots, it is not costeffective 

to purchase and maintain the individual multi-gaging units that were used in the past for these customized designs. A better option is 

to use a universal measuring machine. Such a machine should be able to adapt very quickly and flexibly to a number of different designs while 

also allowing fast quality assurance thanks to short measuring times. Mahr has a number of appropriate solutions.

+ 

MarShaft. Shaft Measuring Machines 3 

MarShaft. Shaft Measuring Systems 

MarShaft. Measurement of Shaft-Shaped Parts 20- 2 

on the Shop Floor 

MarShaft MAN 20- 3 

Manual Tactile Shaft Measuring Machine 

MarShaft SCOPE 20- 3 

Optical Shaft Measuring Machine 

MarShaft CNC 20- 4 

Automatic Tactile Shaft Measuring Center 

MarShaft Data Overview 20- 5 

Request a brochure.

- 

20-2 


MarShaft. 

MEASUREMENT OF SHAFT-SHAPED PARTS ON THE SHOP FLOOR 

MarShaft shaft measuring machines are primarily used on the shop floor but their excellent measuring accuracy means they 

can also be used in measurement laboratories. The machines come in various sizes and, thanks to their modular design, can 

be optimized to suit the relevant measuring tasks. Measuring directly on the shop floor during production saves you having to 

perform time-consuming measurements in the inspection room and improves product reliability.

+ 

MarShaft. Shaft Measuring Machines 20-3 

MarShaft MAN 

Description 

Manually operated shaft measuring machine 

The modular design of the MarShaft MAN shaft measuring 

machine allows rotationally symmetrical parts to be measured 

quickly and flexibly. 

 

 

 

Measuring system for all typical measuring tasks such as length, 

diameter, radial run-out, axial run-out, groove width, taper angle, 

roundness, coaxiality, concentricity and many others besides 

Features 

 

 

tion environments 

MarCheck display unit which is easy to operate (2 models) 

Application 

Measurement of round parts such as: 

 

hollow shafts, etc.. 

 

MarShaft SCOPE 

Description 

Optical shaft measuring machine 

Optical measuring instrument for turned parts with matrix camera 

for direct use on the shop floor. 

 

 

 

Features 

 

 

 

Application 

Measurement of round parts such as: 

 

racks, hollow shafts, etc.

- 

20-4 


MarShaft CNC 

Automatic shaft measuring system 

Description 

The flexible MarShaft CNC shaft measuring system automatically 

inspects shaft-shaped parts with maximum precision during production. 

 

 

 

Features 

 

 

 

Application 

 

Measurement of shaft-shaped parts with all kinds of different 

geometries 

 

Drive shafts 

Toothed racks 

Hollow shafts 

Camshafts 

Measuring and Evaluation Unit MarCheck 

Description 

The measuring and evaluation computer MarCheck serves to 

calculate, process and display measuring and form deviations. 

The operation of the unit can be quickly learned. The operator 

is guided through the menus and can specifically conduct the 

measurements using the operation keys. 

Retrofit package for numerous shaft and length measuring units 

Workpieces are measured two-dimensionally by two sensors at 

 

Features 

 

Large display 

 

Possibility to create records 

Modern interface USB e.g. data export to external PC 

Learning programming 

Increased measuring accuracy due to correction data

+ 

MarShaft. Shaft Measuring Machines 20-5 

MarShaft. Data Overview 

Measuring Range 

 

MarShaft MAN MarShaft SCOPE MarShaft CNC 

 

 

 

 

 

Workpiece 

 

Resolution 

 

 

Error Limits* 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drive Manual Servo motors Servo motors 

Optics 

Camera or measuring microscope 

possible 

Telecentric precision lens system, 

high-resolution 

CCD array 

- 

 

MarCheck. Technical Data 

 

 

 

 

Resolution per measuring channel 

can be independently set 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unit of measure 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Only the print record HP PCL5 is supported

- 

2 

Mahr. Services 

MORE THAN JUST PRODUCTS. 

THE MAHR SERVICE PORTFOLIO 

The latest information on the MAHR 

SERVICECENTER can be found on our website: 


In addition to its many branches and agencies, Mahr also has a worldwide service network. To find your contact partner, visit 

the Mahr website at www.mahr.com or see the back page of this catalog. In addition to the services that accompany our products, 

further services are also available from various Mahr sites, where the skill and experience of the staff reflects Mahr quality 

standards. We are happy to help with all your metrology questions, however specific. Just ask us!

+ 

Mahr. Services 3 

Mahr. Services. 

Mahr Academy 21- 2 

Application Advice 21- 2 

Technical Service 21- 3 

Maintenance Agreements 21- 3 

Calibration Agreements 21- 4 

Calibration Logistics. Hand Measuring Tools 21- 5 

Gage Management 21- 6 

Repairs or Exchanges 21- 7 

Measurement Subcontracting 21- 8 

Capability Test 21- 9 

For more information visit www.mahr.de

- 

21-2 


Mahr Academy 

Application Advising 

The Mahr Academy offers you applications-specific product 

training and basic seminars, either at predefined seminar venues 

on specific dates or arranged internally within your company. 

Whichever type of training you choose, the aim is the same – to 

help your business become even more reliable and efficient and 

produce even higher quality goods in the future. The subjects offered 

are relevant to all employees who work either directly or indirectly 

on production tasks, from new employees on the shop floor, 

in the inspection room and in the design department to employees 

who would like to update and deepen their knowledge. 

The MahrExpert seminars stand for: 

Trainers with practical experience 

Didactically structured training concepts 

Extensive, always up-to-date training documents 

Qualified training completion certificates upon request 

Competent advising in all questions on improved quality of technical 

products 

We offer the following seminars: 

 

 

roughness according to task 

 

logy, monitoring of testing equipment, measuring uncertainty 

according to GUM, measuring instrument capability and process 

capability 

 

sentative and lab representative according to 

 

 

Product training and advanced training seminars for designers on 

request. 

Contact: 

Mahr GmbH, Göttingen 

 

E-Mail: mahr-akademie@mahr.de 

 

Do you need support when working on solutions for 

metrological tasks? Do you need to create measuring programs 

for complex workpieces? Do your users need thorough 

product training? 

Take advantage of the services offered by our applications 

engineering specialists, with their extensive knowledge and many 

years of experience in the dimensional metrology sector. 

The names Precimar, MarForm, MarSurf, Millimar and 

MarShaft represent core skills in the fields of length metrology, 

form, contour and roughness metrology and shaft metrology. Our 

applications engineering and technical service specialists also offer: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WebCode

Part No. / Serial No. 

+ 

Mahr. Services 21-3 

Technical Service 

Maintenance for Measuring Systems 

Mahr measuring instruments are developed and produced 

with the utmost care according to Mahr quality guidelines and 

using the very latest technology. This ensures that your measuring 

instrument is of the very highest quality. 

To provide your machine/measuring station with optimum care, 

Mahr 

Service Organization, run by trained expert personnel, is 

equipped with cutting-edge tools and instruments, many of which 

have been specially developed, and has an extensive selection of 

spare parts. 

Mahr works according to progressive, tried-and-tested guidelines 

and offers a range of complementary services. To ensure the best 

results from your Mahr measuring instruments at all times, we 

recommend you use only the services offered by the Mahr Service 

Organization. This is the only way to ensure that only original 

Mahr spare parts and servicing procedures are 

used, reflecting the Mahr quality standard. 

Visit the Mahr website at www.mahr.com to find out where 

your Mahr ServiceCenter is located. 

The operational availability of your measuring equipment is very 

important to you. To ensure smooth operation over many years, 

Mahr recommends you have your equipment regularly inspected. 

The inspection of your measuring equipment, which is dependent 

on your conditions of use and defined with your agreement, brings 

you considerable advantages: 

 

 

work of the agreed service intervals 

 

mance, including incorporation of future product improvements 

 

best conditions for your quality assurance system. 

 

optimally retain the value of your machine. Preventative maintenance 

can be planned and leads to an undisturbed operation of 

production 

Maximal operational readiness by the setting of all mechanisms, 

pneumatic and electronic functions as well as the examination of 

software used 

Complete, intensive examination is conducted only by Mahr 

specialists 

Calibration certificates are issued 

Early detection of trouble due to wear leads to a decrease in idle 

time and ensuing costs 

www.mahr.de 

Mahr Order No. 

WebCode 9664.

- 

21-4 


Calibration Services 

Mahr operates laboratories for various instruments and sizes 

in the field of length metrology. These ensure high dimensional 

accuracy and very low measuring uncertainties. In principle, all 

measuring equipment can be calibrated. Specific core skills are 

offered for the following calibration services: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and international standards, e.g. NIST 

and DKD 

NIST is the national standards institute in the United State 

The DKD 

lateral agreement of the European cooperation for Accreditation 

EAInternational Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation 

ILAC 

Your Mahr contact partner will provide you with 

information on national and international recognition, e.g. as part 

of the multi-lateral agreement 

www.european-accreditation.org/.

+ 


Calibration Logistics. Hand Tools. 

Would you like to have your measuring devices calibrated by Mahr? 

With our logistics system, you can simply send us your hand tools. 

This is how it works: 

Request a Mahr system box from us by email at 

systembox@mahr.de an 

or call this number 

+49 711 6312-653. 

Integrated insulating material assures that this box we lend you 

free of charge, will safely transport your hand tools. Fill out the 

checklist for hand tool services included in the system box. This 

must only be filled out for the first shipment if you declare it 

to be valid also for following deliveries. We can tend to your 

calibration requests. An online version of this check list can be 

 

Fill the system box with your measuring devices and the check 

list. 

Send the box via your forwarding agency. 

Mahr will take care of the rest. 

1. Outgoing goods customer 

2. Incoming goods Mahr 

 

by e-mail: 

systembox@mahr.de oder 

 

Fill out check list 

Send to: 

Mahr GmbH 

Kalibrierzentrum 


73728 Esslingen a. N. 

KUNDE 

System box including 

insulating material 

Not O.K. Clarifi 

cation with 

customer. 

Checking of incoming goods 

Tempering/ Cleaning 

Calibration 

Your advantage: You save time and 

money! Mahr immediately repairs 

upon request your products that have 

not successfully passed calibration. 

O.K. 

Return to 

customer 

unrepaired 

Replacement 

by new goods 

Repair / 

exchange 

Engraving / conservation 

 

Outgoing goods 

4. Outgoing goods customer 

Receipt of calibration measuring 

devices 

Entry of calibration data 

3. Outgoing goods Mahr 

 

Records on paper, PDF or comfortably as an 

automatic data import into the gage calibration 

software MarSoftCal 

WebCode

- 

21-6 


Gage Management 

Would you like to reduce the yearly costs for the calibration 

of your measuring devices and optimize the processes for 

management and maintenance of the testing devices? Our 

service staff will support you! But there is even more: With 

the help of modern software from Mahr, you reduce the 

time needed for gage management by up to 70%! 

Mahr optimizes your stock of testing devices 

 

matter which must fulfill very specific demands depending upon 

the company. That is why we take your needs very carefully into 

 

Possible individual services in this field include: 

Recording of testing device stock 

 

 

 

 

ces to reduce yearly calibration costs 

Managing testing device stock 

 

tion, maintenance and servicing of testing device stock 

 

 

 

 

Optimization of testing device stock 

 

 

 

Gage Management with MarSoftCal 

Testing device management is very easy. Provided that you have 

an intuitive and quickly learnable software system that completely 

covers your internal management and can also exchange data with 

your calibration lab. 

For example MarSoftCal: With this modular system, Mahr offers a 

network and software solution suited for multi-users that provides 

expandable functions in different expansion stages. For transferring 

 

possibilities. Data from existing testing device monitoring systems 

can generally be transferred into MarSoftCal. 

So that your software stays up-to-date and you can profit from 

new functions, we suggest a maintenance contract. Maintenance 

includes at least four updates per year, support by phone or email 

during regular working hours as well as recording and integrating 

your wishes. 

And this is how the data transfer with Mahr works: 

When the goods leave our lab, you will receive a calibration data 

removal which you can transfer to your system with just a few 

mouse clicks. All management data and records are then available 

to you in the current version. 

You save the work of entering data and reduce the time required 

for the management of your testing devices by up to 70%! 

WebCode 

Measuring units via package forwarder or driver 

Gage data 

(e.g. costs centers, 

scope of delivery, type of use. . .) 

Your advantage: 

Reducing gage management time 

by up to 70 % 

Gaging devices and gaging 

data (=online records) 

Measuring units via package forwarder or driver

+ 


Repair or Trade In 

Repair or exchange? 

What should you do if your measuring devices are used around the 

clock but are in need of repair? Even in such cases, you can rely on 

Mahr. With manufacturer competence, we offer you an extensive 

repair service. In our service workshops, your unit is disassembled, 

cleaned, maintenanced and newly reassembled. A professonally 

refurbished measuring unit will therefore be sent back to you. 

With many of our units, you save almost the entire repair time with 

the help of our exchange pool. Your downtime is reduced to an 

absolute minimum. Units for which you have the choice between 

repair or exchange are indicated with an exchange symbol in the 

price list. 

Our exchange pool contains measuring unit such as indicating snap 

gages, all sorts of electrical and mechanical precision indicators as 

well as inductive measuring probes. As long as you do not exclude 

the option "exchange" in your order, we will opt for an exchange 

instead of a repair in every case. This is our way of guaranteeing 

that you receive units as quickly as possible that can be used again. 

The choice is yours 

Exchange 

 

Send us your defective unit and you will receive a refurbished, if 

applicably newly lacquered measuring unit from our trade pool. 

Upon request we will envgrave your item no. on the unit again. 

Replacement parts are already included in the trade in price. 

Your advantage: You save the repair time and your down time 

is reduced to a minimum. 

Repair 

You of course also have the possibility to have your own until 

repaired. We will fix operating defects, rework the measuring 

surface and improve optical damanges. Replacement parts are 

already included in the repair price here as well. 

Your advantage: You have the security that our manufacturer 

know-how will give you a unit after repair that corresponds to 

the specifications and accuracies of a new unit. 

Repair regardless of the manufacturer 

We will repair for you hand tools from all well-known brands 

 

length. 

Your advantage: You have a contact person for the repair of 

your measuring units. 

 

Refurbishing 

 

For refurbished units not only errors are corrected but worn out 

wear parts are pro-actively exchanged and optical defects are 

taken care of. The metrological characteristics of the units are 

thus comparable to those of a new unit. 

Your advantage: A unit is sent back to you whose metrological 

characteristics correspond to that of a new unit. 

EXCHANGE 

Delivery time: approx. 3 work days 

Goods received 

by Mahr 

REPAIRS 

Delivery time: independent of unit 

Order received by 

Mahr 

Exchange for 

refurbished unit 

Repair and 

refurbishment 

of the unit 

Return to 

customer 

Return to 

customer

- 

21-8 


Subcontract Measurements with Mahr 

Subcontract measurements and capability testing 

We measure what your measuring units cannot. 

Your advantage: You save money by not having to purchase 

expensive new units. 

We support you when your measuring capacities are overloaded. 

Your advantage: You do not need any additional staff and 

machines. 

We test the capability of your measuring systems and the suitability 

of your measuring devices to your tasks. 

Your advantage: When tolerances are close, you can be sure 

you are working with the right devices. 

Mahr conducts the following subcontract measurements: 

 

of the following methods 

 

 

 

2. Form and location measurements 

 

4. Contour measurements 

5. Initial sample inspection according to the regulations of the 

 

regulations. 

Prices 

Most of the subcontract measurements are charged by the hour. 

Only an initial sample inspection as per VDA and other specifications 

are calculated according to work expenditure. 

Measuring records 

After sample inspection of your workpiece you will receive a professional 

measuring record from us to which you can refer if any 

 

Digitalization 

 

create CAD data sets to be read into production machines. In the 

 

depict a workpiece in the form of high-resolution point clouds. 

These point clouds form the basis for the CAD data set that is 

created from it. 

Initial sampling inspection record as per VDA

+ 


Capability Testing 

Mahr tests the capability of your measuring machines 

Do your measuring machines and your measuring devices operate 

precisely enough to fulfill the constantly increasing demands of 

tolerated deviation? 

When workpiece tolerance demands are high, measuring systems 

often reach the limit of their capabilites. This is why Mahr tests for 

you if your measuring machines and measuring devices are suitable 

for the upcoming tasks. 

There are two procedures suited for such capability testing. The 

effects different factors can have and that lead to imprecise measuring 

results can be more precisely limited. 

Procedure 1: 

In this procedure, the general capabilities of the devices are determined. 

This is usually carried out in our laboratory - in individual 

cases also in your measuring room. 

Procedure 2: 

This procedure determines the influence of the operator on the 

measuring results. For this purpose, we test the units at your site 

under the normal operating conditions. We also involve the staff 

that will be working with the devices later on. 

As is the case with calibration, a certificate is issued after the capa- 

 

 

 

Test measuring device 

Procedure 3: 

In this procedure, an examination is carried out on the automatic 

measuring device. The operator influence that is determined in 

Procedure 2 is excluded here. This procedure usually takes place on 

25 workpieces during two test procedures. 

We offer to conduct these procedures at our site in a pre-inspection 

or at your site in the form of a final inspection. This assures you 

that you can also guarantee a high level of quality of measuring 

accuracy at your site. The measuring conditions must of course be 

adhered to. 

 

Record of a capability test according to Procedure 2

- 

Numerical Index 

Instrument Page Instrument Page Instrument Page 

16 DN 1-10 

16 Eab 1-13 

16 Ec 1-13 

16 Eea 1 1-13 

16 Eea 2 1-13 

16 Eea 3 1-13 

16 Eei 1 1-13 

16 Eei 2 1-13 

16 Eei 3 1-13 

16 Eei 4 1-13 

16 Eel 1-13 

16 Em 1-5, 1-6, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11, 1-13 

16 ER 1-8, 1-9 

16 ESv 1-22, 2-18, 10-2 

16 EWR 1-5, 1-6, 

16 EWR-AA 1-17 

16 EWR-AI 1-18 

16 EWR-AR 1-14 

16 EWR-BA 1-16 

16 EWR-C 1-7 

16 EWR-H 1-7 

16 EWR-LI 1-19 

16 EWR-NA 1-14 

16 EWR-RW 1-19 

16 EWR-S 1-15 

16 EWR-SA 1-17 

16 EWR-SI 1-18 

16 EWR-SM 1-15 

16 EWR-VS 1-16 

16 EWV 1-12 

16 EXd 1-6, 1-9, 1-12, 1-21, 1-26, 1-27, 

1-29, 2-19, 3-5, 3-7, 3-8, 3-34, 

5-5, 5-15 

16 EXr 1-6, 1-9, 1-12, 1-21, 1-26, 1-29, 

2-13, 2-19, 3-5, 3-7, 3-8, 3-34, 

5-5, 5-15 

16 EXu 1-6, 1-9, 1-12, 1-21, 1-26, 1-27, 

1-29, 2-19, 3-5, 3-7, 3-8, 3-34, 

5-5, 5-15, 11-4 

16 FN 1-10 

16 GN 1-10 

16 N 1-10 

16 U 1-11 

18 DN 1-25 

18 ESA 1-22 

18 EWR 1-20, 1-21 

18 N 1-24 

18 NA 1-23 

25 Eb 10-20 

25 Eel 10-2 

25 Eh 10-20 

25 ES 10-2 

25 Es 10-20 

27 ESh 2-19 

27 Sp 2-19 

30 ENt 1-29, 5-24 

30 ER 1-27 

30 ESa 1-26, 1-27 

30 EWN 1-28, 1-29 

30 EWR 1-26, 

30 EXm 1-26, 1-27 

30 N 1-30 

30 ND 1-30 

30 NH 1-30 

31 EW 1-31 

36 B 10-21 

40 A 3-10 

40 AB 3-17 

40 AG 3-12 

40 AR 3-18 

40 AS 3-17 

40 AW 3-18 

40 ER 3-6 

40 EWR 3-5 

40 EWS 3-7 

40 EWV 3-8, 3-9 

40 F 3-14 

40 FC 3-14 

40 He 9-7 

40 k 3-22 

40 SA 3-10 

40 SD 3-11 

40 SH 3-11 

40 SM 3-19 

40 SSH 3-11 

40 T 3-15 

40 TS 3-16 

40 W 3-13 

40 Z 3-20 

40 Za 3-21, 9-20 

41 H 3-22 

43 A 3-22 

43 Z 3-20 

44 A 3-29 

44 Ak 3-32 

44 AS 3-29 

44 Av 3-32 

44 CB 3-25 

44 CBm 3-25 

44 CBv 3-25 

44 Cm 3-24 

44 Cms 3-24 

44 Cv 3-24, 3-25, 3-26, 3-28 

44 CZ 3-26 

44 CZm 3-26 

44 CZe 3-26 

44 EWR 3-30 

44 EWg 3-32 

44 F 3-23 

45 T 3-33 

45 Tm / Tv 3-33 

46 3-35 

46 EWR 3-34 

46 H 3-35 

104 H 12-2 

105 F/0 12-3 

105 Y 12-3 

105 Z 12-3 

105/0 12-2 

106 ES 12-5 

106 ESs 12-5 

106 ESv 12-5 

106 UF 12-4 

106 UFv 12-4 

106 UFw 12-5 

106 Us 12-4 

107 Asa 12-7 

107 G 12-6 

107 MH 12-8 

107 Ug 12-7 

107 Us 12-7 

107 V 12-8 

130 kl 12-9, 18-6, 18-7 

130 t 12-9, 18-6, 18-7 

130 W/130 WR 12-9, 18-6 

300 P 9-15 

301 P 9-15 

355 E 3-23, 3-28, 3-32, 9-36, 9-39, 

9-44, 13-16 

390 13-17 

402 13-4 

402 C 13-7 

404 13-4 

404 C 13-7 

406 13-4 

406 C 13-7 

408 13-4 

408 C 13-7 

409 13-4 

409 C 13-7 

411/1, 411/2 13-4 

415/1, 415/2 13-4 

417 13-5 

417 C 13-8 

418 C 13-9 

419 C 13-9 

419 C/1 13-9 

420 13-10 

420 a 13-10 

420 f 13-10 

420 h 9-44, 13-10 

420 m 13-10 

420 z 13-10 

421/421 P 13-11 

422 13-11 

423 13-11 

424 13-11 

426 13-12 

426 A 13-15 

426 D 13-14 

426 DS 13-14 

426 G 13-12 

426 M 3-22, 5-24, 10-9, 13-15 

426 S 13-13 

705 13-17 

706 Vr 10-17 

708 E 13-17 

708 G / N 13-17 

715 E 13-14 

800 a 2-11, 4-11 

800 EWL 4-10 

800 b 4-11 

800 h 4-11 

801 p 4-11 

800 hs 4-11 

800 k 4-11 

801 v 4-11 

800 hs 4-11 

800 a8 4-11 

802 NW 4-12 

802 NWt 4-12 

802 EWt 4-12, 4-13 

802 EW 4-13 

802 EWZ 4-13 

800 S 4-4 

800 SG 4-4 

800 SA 4-4 

800 SGA 4-4

+ 



801 S1 4-4 

801 S 4-4 

801 SG 4-4 

801 SGI 4-4 

800 SM 4-5 

800 SGM 4-5 

800 SGE 4-5 

801 SM 4-5 

801 SGM 4-5 

801 SGE 4-5 

800 SL 4-6 

800 SGL 4-6 

800 SGB 4-6 

801 SL 4-6 

801 SGL 4-6 

800 H 4-7 

801 H 4-7 

800 V 4-7 

800 VGM 4-7 

801 V 4-7 

801 VGM 4-7 

800 SR 4-8 

800 SRM 4-8 

801 SR 4-8 

801 SRM 4-8 

800 ts 4-8 

800 te 4-8 

800 tl 4-8 

800 tb 4-8 

800 EW 4-9 

800 EWu 4-9, 4-10 

800 EWr 4-9, 4-10 

803 S 5-18 

803 A 5-18 

803 AZ 5-19 

803 SB 5-19 

803 SW 5-19 

805 A 5-18 

810 A 5-20 

810 AG 5-23 

810 AT 5-20 

810 AU 5-22 

810 AX 5-22 

810 AZ 5-21 

810 S 5-20 

810 SB 5-21 

810 SM 5-21 

810 SRM 5-21 

810 SV 5-23 

810 SW 5-20 

814 a 2-17 

814 G 2-16 

814 Gf 2-17 

814 h 2-17 

814 kh 2-17 

814 m 2-17 

814 N 2-16 

814 Nf 2-17 

814 s 2-17 

814 SR 2-18 

814 t 2-17 

814 u 2-17 

814 ua 2-17 

814 X 2-17 

815 GN 8-2 

815 MA 8-3 

815 MB 8-3 

815 MG 8-4 

815 P 8-4 

815 X 8-5 

815 Y 8-5 

816 CL 2-9 

817 CLM 2-6 

817 Cl-am 2-17 

817 Cl-p 2-17 

817 Cl-r 2-17 

817 Cl-sa 2-17 

817 eb 2-13 

817 h 2-11 

817 ks 2-17 

817 ts 2-14 

818 8-6 

818 ab 8-7 

818 pb 8-7 

818 pe 8-7 

818 XNB 8-7 

820 FC 8-8 

820 FG 8-8 

820 N 8-8 

820 NC 8-8 

820 NG 8-8 

821 FG 8-10 

821 NG 8-10 

824 FT 8-11 

824 GT 8-11 

824 NT 8-11 

826 PC 14-4 

827 b 8-11, 8-12 

828 CiM 1000 14-12 

828 WIN 14-8, 14-9, 14-10, 14-11, 14-14 

837 9-29 

838 A 9-22 

838 AB 9-23 

838 B 9-22 

838 EA 9-25 

838 EI 9-27 

838 si 9-25, 9-27 

838 TA 9-24 

838 TI 9-26 

840 E 9-14 

840 F 9-4 

840 FC 9-4 

840 Ff 9-11 

840 FG 9-8 

840 FH 9-6 

840 Fk 9-11 

840 FM 9-10 

840 FS 9-12 

844 A 3-31 

844 Ag 3-32 

844 AS 3-31 

844 D 9-30 

844 Dg 9-34 

844 Dge 9-34 

844 Dgk 9-34 

844 Dk 9-31 

844 Dkr 9-33 

844 Dks 9-32 

844 Dt 9-35 

844 Dtr 9-35 

844 Dv 9-35 

844 Dvk 9-35 

844 Dw 9-34 

844 ef 9-44 

844 em 9-44 

844 K 9-37 

844 Ka 9-41 

844 Ke 9-38 

844 Kg 9-34, 9-40, 9-46 

844 KH 9-37 

844 Kk 9-38, 9-46 

844 KS 9-37, 9-39 

844 Kst 9-41 

844 Ksts 9-41 

844 Kt 9-35, 9-40 

844 Kv 9-35, 9-40, 9-46 

844 Kw 9-34, 9-40 

844 N 9-42 

844 Neb 9-44 

844 Nes 9-45 

844 Ng 9-45 

844 Ngk 9-45 

844 NH 9-42 

844 NHk 9-45 

844 Nk 9-45 

844 Nv 9-45 

844 Nw 9-45 

844 T 10-4 

844 Ta 10-8 

844 Tb 10-9 

844 Tc 10-9 

844 Te 10-7 

844 Tf 10-20 

844 Tg 10-14 

844 Ti 10-8 

844 Tk 10-10 

844 Tm 10-7 

844 Tn 10-7 

844 Tp 10-8 

844 Tr 10-12 

844 Ts 10-8 

844 Tt 10-9 

844 Tu 10-9 

844 Tv 10-16 

844 Tw 10-7 

844 Tx 10-7, 10-18 

844 Ty 10-7, 10-17 

844 Tz 10-11 

844 Z 9-46 

844 z 9-47 

852 9-16 

852 TS 9-17 

853 9-18 

853 q 9-18 

901-913 5-24, 9-9, 10-19 

921 6-13 

940 5-5, 5-19, 5-20, 5-21, 5-23, 6-6, 

6-7, 6-15, 6-17 

941, 943 5-25 

951 5-5, 6-13, 6-15, 6-17 

953 6-17 

954 6-13, 6-15, 6-17, 9-40, 9-46 

955 5-20, 5-23 

956 5-19 

957 6-15 

958 6-17 

961 5-20 

962 5-20

- 



963 5-23, 6-15, 6-17 

966 5-19 

967 5-19 

970 6-15, 6-17 

1000 A / 1000 B 6-13 

1002 / 1002 Z 6-14 

1003 / 1003 Z 6-14 

1003 XL 6-14 

1004 / 1004 Z 6-14 

1010 / 1010 Z 6-14 

1020 7-40 

1040 7-40 

1050 6-14 

1075 R 5-4 

1075Rbh 5-5 

1075Rbv 5-5 

1082 p 5-15 

1085 a 5-15 

1085 b 5-15, 6-6 

1086 a 5-5 

1086 b 5-15 

1086 R 5-7, 5-8 

1086 WR 5-9 

1086 ZR 5-7, 5-8 

1087 BR 5-14 

1087 R 5-11 

1087 ZR 5-11 

1088 5-13 

1088 W 5-13 

1110 N 6-16 

1150 N 6-16 

1200 IC 7-20 

1240 7-23 

1240/1F 7-23 

1240/3D 7-23 

1240/KG 7-23 

1240/SG 7-23 

1260 14-9 

1260 T 14-9 

1270 14-9 

1288 7-15 

1301 7-14 

1303 7-14 

1304 K 7-14 

1318 7-15 

1340 7-16 

1340/1 7-16 

1340/1F 7-16 

1399 7-15 

1901TA 7-29 

1940 7-46 

2000 6-5 

2000 d 5-15, 6-6 

2000 h 6-6 

2000 p 6-6 

2000 r 2-15, 5-15, 6-6 

2000 sg 5-15, 6-6 

2000 sps 5-15, 6-6 

2000 usb 2-5, 5-15, 6-6, 11-4 

2001 6-5 

2100 6-4 

µDimensionairII 7-39 

µMaxµmII 6-7 

C 1208 7-21 

C 1208 PE 7-41 

C 1216 7-21 

C 1245 7-22 

C 1245 PE 7-42 

CD 120 15-27 

CIM 1000 14-12 

CM 50 18-26 

CX t2 2-14 

D1000S 7-41 

D1000X 7-27, 7-28 

D2100X 7-26 

Diamar 280 14-13 

Diamar nk 14-13 

EB 1 2-13 

EBK-1010 6-7 

ECV-1307-W2 6-7 

G1275 7-25 

GD 120 CNC 15-29 

GD 25 15-28 

GMX 17-3 

GMX 275 17-3 

GMX 400 17-3 

GMX 600 17-4 

K4/30 2-12 

K5/51 2-11 

K6/40 2-12 

K6/51 2-11 

K10/60 2-12 

K10/100 2-12 

KM 2 2-11 

KN 100 15-31 

LD 120 15-19 

LINEAR 100 14-7 

LINEAR 1200 14-7 

LINEAR 2000 14-7 

MarCom 11-3 

MarEdit 16-3 

MarWin 16-13 

Maxµm III 6-8 

MFK 500 / MFK 600 16-12 

MFU 100 16-9 

MFU 800 16-10 

MKe 30 2-11 

MMQ 100 16-3 

MM 200 18-10 

MM 220 18-10 

MM 320 18-10 

MSP 2 11-5 

MX 4 (s. GMX 600) 17-3 

Optimar 100 14-3 

P1300 7-8 

P1514 7-17 

P1514 H 2-13 

P1526 7-17 

P2000 7-4 

P2001 7-10 

P2004 7-10 

P2010 7-11 

P2104 7-11 

PCV 200 15-27 

PLM 600-2 14-11 

PS1 Mobile Roughness Measuring Unit 15-5 

PZK 15-28 

S 1840 7-24 

S 1840 PE 7-43 

S 1841 7-44 

S15/31,2 2-11 

T20W 16-22 

T7W 16-4 

TMT 120 2-12 

TMT 120 S 2-12 

TM 500 18-25 

ULM 300 14-8 

ULM 600 14-8 

ULM 1000 14-8 

ULM 1500 14-8 

ULM 520 S 14-8 

ULM 1000 S 14-9 

ULM 800 L 14-10 

ULM 1500 L 14-10 

UNI-VIS 250 18-25 

WS1 White Light Inferometric Surface 

Measuring 15-26 

X 1715 7-27 

X 1741 7-28 

X 1941 7-47 

XC 2 15-16 

XC 20 15-17 

XCR 20 15-18 

XP 20 15-24 

XR 20 15-15 

XT 20 15-22 

Z10/31,2 2-11

+ 


Instrument Page Instrument Page Instrument Page

- 

Alphabetic Index 

Product Page Product Page 

µDimensionair ® 7-38 

µMaxµm XLI / XLT 5-40 

µMaxum 6-7 

A 

Accessories for MarForm 16-22 

ACCURE 250 18-24 

Adjustable Bore Gages 9-57 

Advanced Form 16-13 

AGD Masters 13-16 

Air Gages 7-35, 14-2 

Air Gaging Accessories 7-47 

Air Plugs 7-42, 14-3 

ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators 5-2 

Application Advice 21-2 

Application Aids 15-14 

B 

Backlight 18-11, 18-15 

Bench Depth Gages 9-40 

Bench Micrometer 3-16 

Bench Style Thickness Gages 9-30 

Bevel Protractor 12-4 

Blind Hole Plugs 7-44 

C 

C 1208 7-30 

C 1208 PE 7-41 

C 1216 7-31 

C 1245 7-32 

C 1245 PE 7-41 

Calibration 21-4 

Calibration Metrology 14-8 

Caliper Gages 9-31 

Calipers => See MarCal Chapter 1 

Calipers with Circular Scale 1-9 

Calipers with Scale Reading (Vernier) 1-8 

CD 120 15-31,15-20 

Center Bench 8-6 

Ceramic Gage Blocks 13-5 

Ceramic Measuring Faces 1-7, 3-14, 9-2, 9-8 

CIM 1000 14-12 

Circonimar 13-2 

Clamping disks 16-23 

Clamping jaws 16-23 

Closed Loop 17.6 

CM 50 18-25 

Cold Light Illumination 19-22 

Coaxial Light 19-5 

Column Amplifier 7-34 

Compact Column Amplifier 7-34, 7-39, 14-7 

Comparator Stands 8-8 

Compramess 6-18 

Contact Points / Interchangeable Anvils 

- for ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators (inch) 5-22, 5-27 

- for Depth Gages 75P-50 9-39 

- for Dial Indicators, Dial Comparators and Probes (metric) 5-52, 5-53 

- for Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM 2-13 

- for Height Measuring Instrument Digimar CX2 2-19 

- for Indicating Snap Gage 840 FG 9-13 

- for Indicating Snap Gage 840 FH 9-11 

- for Indicating Thread Snap Gages 9-21 

- for Snap Gages 300P 9-7 

- for Test Indicators 4-8 

- for Thread Micrometer 3-21 

- for Universal Measuring Instruments 10-8 

Contour Measuring Units 

15-18 ff. 

Contour Standards KN 100 15-35 

Coordinate Measuring Machines 

18-24 ff. 

Counterbore Plugs 7-44 

Crank Shaft Measuring Unit, manual 20-3 

Customer Solutions 14-14 

CX 2 2-16 

CX 2p2 2-20 

CX t1 2-20 

CX t2 2-15, 2-20 

D 

D1000 S 7-7 

D1000 X 7-7 

D1100 X 7-8 

Data Logger 11-5 

Data Processing => See MarConnect Chapter 11 

Dead Load Thickness Gages 9-28 

Depth Gages 9-37 

Depth Measuring Bridge 1-5 

Depth Micrometer 3-29 

Dezimess 6-18 

Dial Bore Gage for Internal Serrations 9-64 

Dial Gage Tester 14-4 

Dial Indicator Calibrator 5-26 

Diameter Measuring Device 14-12 

Digimar (Height Measuring Instruments) Chapter 2 

- manual / hand operated 2-21 

- motorized 2-4, 2-16 

- with 2D and Statistics Function 2-4 

Digimatic 11-8, 14-4 

Digital & Dial Comparators => See Millimess Chapter 6 

Digital & Dial Indicators => See MarCator Chapter 5 

Digital 3D-Touch Probe 4-13 

Digital Caliper 1-4 

Digital Comparator 6-2 

Digital Depth Gage 1-18 

Digital Indicators (Long Range) 5-36 

Digital Linear Machine Scales 1-23 

Digital Micrometer 3-5 

Digital Micrometer Head 3-30 

Digital Self-Centering Inside Micrometer 3-26 

Digital Universal Bevel Protractor 12-5 

Digital Universal Caliper 10-2 

Dimensionair ® Air Gages 7-36 

Dimensionair ® Air Gaging System 7-40 

Dimensionair ® Air Rings 7-46 

Dimentron ® Plug Inside Diameter Gages 9-41 

DIN Masters 13-17 

DKD 21-4 

Double Hook Depth Gages 1-21 

Double Prisma Guide 1-14, 1-15 

Drive Units 

15-31 ff.

+ 



E 

Easy Check 14-9 

Easy Form 16-13 

EB 2-19 

EB I 2-13, 2-19 

EBK-1010 6-9 

EBK-1012, 1013, 1018 6-9 

ECV-1307-W2 6-9 

Elcompramess 6-20 

Eldezimess 6-20 

Electrical Comparator 6-20 

Electrical Length Measuring Instruments Chapter 7 

Electronic Bore Plug Gage 14-3 

Electronic Gage for External Measurement 9-33 

Electronic Gage for Internal Measurement 9-35 

Electronic Snap Gage 9-17 

Elmess 6-20 

Elmillimess 6-20 

Elzentimess 6-20 

Enlargement Standard 17-17 

Engineered Solutions 14-14, 14-15 

European Cooperation for Accreditation (EA) 21-5 

Evaluation Instruments 7-24, 14-5 

Extramess 6-5 

Extra Long Range Dial Indicators 5-15 

F 

Fixed Optics 19-5 

Flanged Beam Square 12-3 

Flat Square 12-2 

Form Measuring Unit Chapter 16 

FORM-PC 16-3 

Formtester 

16-9 ff. 

Formtester => see MarForm Chapter 16 

G 

Gage Block Testing 14-5 

Gage Blocks 13-2 

Gages for External Measurement 9-32 

Gages for Internal Measurement 9-34 

GD 120CNC 15-33 

GD 25 15-32 

Gear Cut 17-6 

Gear Measurement 17-3 

Geometric Standard 15-35 

Gleason (see MarGear) Chapter 17 

GMX 17-3 

GMX 275 17-3 

GMX 400 17-3 

GMX 600 17-3 

H 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument 2-21 

Height Measuring Instruments => See Digimar Chapter 2 

I 

Illuminated Magnifiers 18-6 

Illumination 18-9 

Inch Gage Blocks 13-10 

Incremental Probes 2-14, 7-23, 14-3 

Indicating Bench Snap Gage 9-19 

Indicating Depth Gage 9-37 

Indicating Measuring Instruments Chapter 9 

Indicating Plug Gages 9-45 

Indicating Snap Gages 9-2 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 9-18 , 9-20 

Indicator Calibrator with Digital Readout 5-25 

Indicator Stand 8-2 

Inductive Digital Comparators (Short Range) 6-2 

Inductive Probes 7-4 

Inside Micrometer 3-23 

International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) 21-5 

Invar Steel 9-60 

K 

K 10/100 2-13, 2-19 

K 10/50 2-19 

K 10/60 2-13, 2-19 

K 4/30 2-13, 2-19 

K 4/72 2-19 

K 5/51 2-13 

K 6/40 2-13, 2-19 

K 6/51 2-13 

KM 2 2-13 

KN 100 15-35 

Knife-edge Square 12-3 

Knife-edge Straight Edge 12-2 

L 

Large Type Millimess 6-17 

LD 120 15-23 

Lead Testing (see Twist Testing) 16-17 

LED Ring Light 18-7, 18-8, 18-11, 18-15 

Length Measuring Computer 14-9 

Length Measuring Device 14-13 

Lever Type Gage Heads 7-18 

LINEAR 100 14-7 

LINEAR 1200 14-7 

LINEAR 2000 14-7 

LINEAR 800 14-7 

Long Range Dial Indicators 5-15 

M 

Magnetic Bases 8-5 

Magnetic V-Blocks 12-8 

Mahr Academy 21-2 

Mahr Measuring Equipment Management 21-2 

Mahr Quality Guidelines 21-3 

Mahr Service Organization 21-3 

Mahr ServiceCenter 21-2, 21-3 

Mahr Spare Parts 21-3 

MaraMeter (Indicating Measuring Instruments) Chapter 9 

- Caliper Gages 9-31 

- Depth Gages 9-37 

- Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Measurements 9-41 

- Indicating Snap Gages 9-2 

- Thickness Gages 9-24 

MarCal (Calipers) Chapter 1 

- Depth Calipers 1-18 

- Linear Machine Scales 1-23

- 



- Standard Calipers 1-4 

- Universal Caliper 1-10 

MarCator (Dial / Digital Indicators) Chapter 5 

- Dial Indicators (ANSI/AGD) 5-2 

- Dial Indicators (DIN style) 5-28 

- Digital Indicators (Long range) 5-36 

MarCom 11-3 

MarConnect (Data Processing) Chapter 11 

- Data Connection Cable 11-8 

- Interfaces 11-6 

- Software 11-3 

- Statistics Printer with Data Logger 11-5 

MarEdit 16-13 

MarForm (Form Measuring Instruments) Chapter 16 

- Application Advice 21-2 

- Evaluation Software 16-19, 16-13 ff. 

- Formtester MMQ 16-3 ff. 

- Piston Software 17-13 

- Reference Formtester MFU, MFK 16-9 ff. 

- Overview 16-7 

- Universal Formtester (Primar) 17-18 

MarForm Evaluation Software 16-14 

MarForm MFK 600 16-12 

MarForm MFU 16-9, 16-10 

MarForm MFU 100 16-9 

MarForm MFU 800 1610 

MarForm Overview 16-7, 16-11 

MarGage (Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks) Chapter 13 

- Inch Gage Blocks 13-10 

- Pin Gages 13-12 

- Rectangular Gage Blocks 13- 2 

- Settings Standards 13-16 

- Thread Gages 13-17 

MarGear (Gear Metrology) Chapter 17 

- Solutions for Specific Industries 17-5 

- Universal Measuring Center (see GMX 600) 17-3 

- Universal Gear Center for Gear and Form (see GMX 600) 17-3 

- Software Solutions 17-6 

MarGear GMX 275 17-3 



MarLib 17-6 

MarPreset (Tool Presetters) Chapter 19 

- Software Solutions 17-17, 17-8, 17-9 

MarPreset 1500 19-3 

MarPreset 1800 19-4 

MarPreset 1800 Shrink Set 19-5 

MarPreset Overview 19-7 

MarPreset Software 19-8 

MarStand (Indicator Stands, Comparator Stands, 

Run out Testing Instruments) Chapter 8 

- Center Bench 8-6 

- Comparator Stands 8-8 

- Indicator Stands 8-2 

- Magnetic Bases 8-5 

- Post and Support Arm Assemblies 8-5 

MarShaft (Shaft Measuring Machines) Chapter 20 

MarShaft CNC 20-4 

MarShaft MAN 20-3 

MarShaft SCOPE 20-3 

MarShaft SCOPE 25 20-4 

MarSurf (Surface Measuring Systems and Systems) Chapter 15 


- Range of Applications 15-2, 15-3 

- Mobile Roughness Measuring Devices 15-4 

- Stationary Surface Measuring Units for Production Area 15-15 

- PC-based Stationary Surface Measuring Stations 15-18 

- Drive Units 15-31 ff. 

MarSurf CD 120 15-31 

MarSurf GD 120 15-33 

MarSurf GD 25 15-32 

MarSurf LD 120 / UD 120 15-23 

MarSurf PCV 200 15-31 

MarSurf PZK 15-32 

MarSurf Range of Applications 15-2, 15-3 



MarSurf XCR 20 15-22 

MarSurf XP 20 15-26 

MarSurf XR 20 15-19, 15-28 

MarSurf WS 1 15-30 

MarTest (Test Indicators) Chapter 4 

- 3D Touch Probe 4-12 

- Horizontal Version 4-7 

- Standard Version 4-4 

- Vertical Version 4-7 

- with Higher Resolution 4-5 

- with Larger Measuring Range 4-8 

- with Longer Styli 4-6 

MarTool (Measuring & Inspection Equipment) Chapter 12 

- Flat Squares 12-2 

- Granite Surface Plates 12-6 

- Illuminated Magnifiers 12-9 

- Knife-edge Straight Edges 12-2 

- Universal Bevel Protractor 12-4 

- V-Blocks 12-8 

MarTool 109 P, PS, PsT 19-23 

MarVision (Optical Measuring Machines) Chapter 18 


- Illuminated magnifiers 18-4 

- Solutions for Specific Industries 18-5, 18-25 ff 

- Software 18-30 

- Worshop Measuring Microscope 18-10 ff. 

MarVision 130 W / 130 WR 18-4 

MarVision SM 150 / SM 160 18-6 

MarVision MM 200 18-8 



MarVision. Tool Measurements 18-22 

MarVision UNI -VIS 250 18-23 

MarVision TM 500 18-23 

MarVision ACCURE 250 18-24 

MarVision TAURUS 650 S 18-24 

MarVision CM 50 18-25 

MarWin Software 16-13 

Maxµm III 6-10 

Measuring & Inspection Equipment => See MarTool Chapter 12 

Measuring Computer 14-9 

Measuring Equipment Management 21-6 

Measuring Devices 14-12

+ 



Measuring Interface System 14-8 

Measuring Interfaces 14-8 

Measuring Probe T20W 16-22 

Measuring Probe T7W 16-22 

Measuring Value Recorder 14-2 

Mechanicall 3D-Touch Probe 4-12 

Mechanical Dial Comparators 6-18 

Mechanical Probe Systems 19-16 

MFK 500 16-12 

MFK 600 16-12 

MFU 100 16-9 

MFU 800 16-10 

Micromar (Micrometers) Chapter 3 

- Micrometer 3-4 

- Micrometer Head 3-30 

- Micrometer with integrated Dial Comparator 3-14 

- Inside Micrometer 3-23 

- Depth Micrometer 3-29 

Micrometer => See Micromar Chapter 3 

Micrometer Head 3-30 

Micrometer with integrated Dial Comparator 3-14 

Micrometers 3-5 

Millimar (Electrical Length Measuring Instruments) Chapter 7 

- Air Gaging 7-35 

- Compact Column Amplifier 7-34 

- Compact Evaluation Instruments 7-24 

- Overview of Evaluation Instruments 7-50 

- Evaluation Instruments 7-24, 7-38 

- Engineered Solutions 7-52 

- Incremental Probes 7-23 

- Inductive Probes 7-4 

- Evaluation Instruments 7-28, 7-38 

- Measuring Value Recorder 7-30 

- Pneumatic Measuring Value Recorder 7-30 

Millimar 1020 / 1040 7-40 

Millimar 1940 7-46 

Millimar C 1208 7-30, 7-41 

Millimar C 1216 7-20 

Millimar C 1245 7-20 

Millimar D1000 X 7-7, 7-48 

Millimar Data Overview 7-50, 7-51 

Millimar Incremental Probes 7-23, 14-2, 14-3 

Millimar Inductive Probes 7-4, 7-48, 7-50 

Millimar Pneumatic Length Metrology 

7-30ff 

Millimar S 1840 7-34 

Millimar S 1840 PE 7-43 

Millimar S 1841 14-7, 7-44, 7-45 

Millimar Standard Elements 7-58 

Millimar X 1715 7-48 




Millimess (Digital and Dial Comparators) Chapter 6 

- Electrical Comparator with Limit Contacts 6-20 

- Inductive Digital Comparators (Short Range) 6-2 

- Mechanical Dial Comparators 6-14 

- Mechanical Dial Comparators with Limit Contacts 6-20 

Millimess 6-18 

Millitast => See Digital Indicators 5-38 

Millitron => See Millimar Chapter 7 

MKe 20 2-19 

Mini Precision Anvil MarTools 109 P, PS, Pst 19-23 

Mke 30 2-13 

MM 200 18-10 

MM 220 18-12 

MM 320 18-14 

MMQ 100 16-3 

MMQ 400-2 16-5 

Mobile Roughness Measuring Units 15-4 

Modular Units for individual Center Benches 8-7 

Modular Units for individual Comparator Stands 8-14 

MSP 2 11-5 

Multimar (Universal Measuring Instruments) Chapter 10 

- Indicator Gage or External and Internal Dimensions 10-21 

- Universal Digital Caliper 10-2 

- Universal Gage for External and Internal Dimensions 10-4 

Multi-wave Standard A379 17-17 

O 

Optical Flat 13-9 

Optical Flat Plate 16-23 

Optical Measuring Station 18-26 

Optical Parallel 13-9 

Optimar 100 14-13 

Option Piston 16-16 

P 

P/E Converter 7-42 

P1300 7-6 

P1514 7-23 

P1514 H 2-14 

P1526 7-23 

P2000 14-3 

P2001 7-10 

P2004 7-10 

P2010 7-11 

P2104 7-11 

Pantograph Electronic Gage Heads 7-20 

Parlevision 17-7, 17-8, 17-9 

PCV 200 15-31 

Perpendicular Dial Indicators 5-19 

Perpendicularity Measurements 2-10, 2-20 

Perthometer => See MarSurf Chapter 15 

PGC Sofware 17-7, 17-8, 17-9 

PGN 15-35 

Pin Gages 13-12 

Piston Software 16-16 

PLM 600-2 14-11 

Plug Gages 9-46 

Portable Thickness Gages 9-24 

Post and Support Arm Assemblies 8-5 

Precimar (Precision Length Metrology) Chapter 14 


- Data Overview 14-13 

- Length Measuring Machines 14-17 

- Dial Indicator Testing Machine 14-5 

- Gage Block Measuring Unit 14-4 

- Universal Length Measuring Machine 14-8 

Precimar 826 PC 14-4 

Precimar 828 CiM 1000 14-12

- 



Precimar Data Overview 14-13 

Precimar PLM 600-2 14-11 

Precision Bench Micrometer 3-16 

Precision Dial Indicators DIN style 5-32 

Precision Length Measuring Units 14-2 

Precision Length Metrology 14-2 

Precision Small Dial Indicators DIN style 5-30 

Primar 17-18 

Primar MX 4 17-19 

PRN-10 15-35 

Probe T20W 16-22 

Probe T7W 16-4 

Product Training 21-2 

Professional Form 16-13 

PSC Sofware 17-7, 17-8, 17-9 

PS1 Mobile Roughness Measuring Unit 15-9 

Puppitast => See MarTest Chapter 4 

PZK 15-32 

Q 

QC 100 18-12, 18-13, 18-14 

QC 200 18-12, 18-13, 18-14 

QC 300 18-12, 18-13, 18-21 

QM-Block 14-5 

QMSOFT 14-3 

Quick Clamping Device 16-23 

Quick Height 2-4 

Quick&Easy 16-13, 16-14 

Quick Mode 2-4, 2-9 

R 

Radio Transmission 11-7 

Repair 21-7 

Rectangular Gages Blocks 13-2 

Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Ceramic 13-5 

Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Steel 13-4 

Reference Discs 13-17 

Reference Formtester 

16-9 ff. 

Reference Standard 16-23 

Rim Chuck 16-23 

Roughness Measuring Units 15-4 

Roundness Standard 15-35 

S 

S 1840 7-34, 14-7 

S 1840 PE 7-39 

S 1841 14-7 

S15/31,2 2-13 

S15/47,5 2-13, 2-19 

Self-Centering Dial Bore Gages 9-52, 9-60 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometer 3-25 

Self-Centering Measuring Pistol 3-27 

Service Agreements 21-3 

Services Chapter 21 

Setting Standard for Micrometers 3-22 

Setting Standards 13-20, 15-35 

Settings Gages 13-17 

Shaft Measuring Center, automatic 20-4 

Shaft Measuring Machine, manual 20-3 

Shaft Measuring Maschine, optical 20-3 

Shaft Measuring Technology Chapter 20 

Shaft whipper 17-17 

Single Revolution Dial Indicators 5-13 

Single-skid Probe 15-30, 15-32 

Skidless Pickup 15-14, 15-30 

SM 150 18-8 

SM 160 18-8 

Snap Gages 9-2 

Software 11-3 

Software Platform 16-13 

Speed Read Dial Indicators 5-13 

Spring (Pantograph) Type Gage Heads 7-20 

Squares 12-2 

Stand 12-7 

Stand with Cabinet 12-7 

Standard Elements 7-56 

Stationary PC-Based Surface Measuring Units 15-16 

Statistics 2-12, 11-5 

Statistics Printer 11-5 

Statistics Printer with Data Logger 11-5 

Steel Gage Blocks 13-3 

Stereo Zoom Microscope 18-8 

Supramess 6-18 

Surface Measuring Units Chapter 15 

Surface Measuring Units Data Overview 15-27 

Surface Probes 15-34 

T 

T20W 16-22 

T7W 16-4 

TAURUS 650 S 19-4 

Teach-In 16-13, 16-30 

Technical Service 21-3 

Test Indicators => See MarTest Chapter 4 

Testing Plates 12-6 

Thermometer 13-9 

Thickness Gages 9-24 

Thread Gages 13-17 

Thread Interchangeable Anvils 3-21, 9-21, 10-12 

Thread Micrometer 3-20 

Thread Pin Gages 13-15 

Three-jaw Chuck 16-23 

Through Hole Plugs 7-43 

TM 500 18-25 

TMT 120 2-13 

TMT 86 2-19 

Tool Measurements 

18-24 ff. 

Topography 15-29 

Touch Probe 4-12 

Training 21-2 

Twist Testing 16-17 

U 

ULM 1000 14-8 

ULM 1000 S 14-9 

ULM 1500 14-8 

ULM 1500 L 14-10 

ULM 300 14-8 

ULM 520 S 14-8 

ULM 600 14-8 

ULM 800 L 14-10 

Universal Bevel Protractor 12-4

+ 



Universal Calibrator 5-26 

Universal Caliper 1-10 

Universal Form Measuring Machine (see GMX 600) 17-3 

Universal Gage 10-4 

Universal Measuring Instruments => See Multimar Chapter 10 

Universal Test Cylinder 16-23 

UNI-VIS 250 8-25 

USB-Hub 11-4 

USB-Ready 11-2 

V 

Vernier Caliper with Circular Scale 1-9 

Vernier Calipers 1-8 

W 

Waterproof Measuring Instruments 1-4, 1-18, 3-5, 3-26, 4-12, 4-13, 

5-17, 5-31, 5-32, 5-45, 5-49, 6-4, 

6-5, 6-7, 6-10, 7-6, 7-10, 7-14, 7-22 

Wetproof Dial Indicators 5-17 

Wire Insulation Thickness Gages 9-29 

With Line Scale (Vernier) 1-8 

Workshop Length Metrology 14-7 

Workshop Measuring Microscope 18-10, 18-12, 18-14 

WS1 White-Light Interferometric Surface Measuring Instrument 15-30 

X 

X 1715 7-48 

X 1741 7-48 

X 1941 7-46 

XC 2 15-20 

XC 20 15-21 

XCR 20 15-22 

XP 20 15-26 

XR 20 15-19 

XT 20 15-30 

Z 

Z 10/31,2 2-13 

Z 10/60 2-13, 2-19 

Zentimess 6-18

- 

Mahr. Worldwide 

A M E R I C A 

USA 


Headquarters: 

1144 Eddy Street, 

Providence, RI 02905 

Phone: +1 401 784-3100 

+1 800 343-2050 (toll-free) 

Fax: +1 401 784-3246 

e-mail: information@mahr.com 


4450 Olympic Blvd., 

Erlanger, KY 41018 

Phone: +1 859 525-6116 

Fax: +1 859 525-0481 


Los Angeles Resource Center: 

11145 Knott Avenue, Suite G 

Cypress, CA 90630 

Phone: +1 714 379-7051 

Fax: +1 714 379-0468 


Mahr Metering Systems Corporation 

1415 A Cross Beam Dr. 

Charlotte, NC 28217 

Charlotte, NC 28241 

Phone: +1 704 525-7128 

+1 800 459-7867 (toll-free) 

Fax: +1 704 525-8290 

e-mail: Info@MahrMeteringSystems.com 

info@mmscusa.com 

México 

Mahr Corp. de Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Francisco Garza Sada #690, 

Col. Chepevera 

C.P. 64030 Monterrey, 

Nuevo León, México 

Phone: +52 81 8333-2010 

Fax: +52-81 8347-2793 

e-mail: ventasmexico@mahr.com 

Brazil 

Mahr do Brasil Ltda. 

Av. Washington Luis, 703 

Santa Amaro, 04662-001 São Paulo, SP 

Brazil 

Phone: +55 11 6687-5566 

Fax: +55 11 6687-5550 

e-mail: apoio.vendas@mahr.com.br 

E U R O P E 

Germany 

Mahr GmbH Göttingen 

Postfach 1853 

37008 Göttingen 

Carl-Mahr-Str. 1 

37073 Göttingen 

Phone: +49 551 7073-800 

Fax: +49 551 7073-888 

e-mail: info@mahr.de 

Mahr GmbH Esslingen 

Postfach 100254 

73702 Esslingen 


73728 Esslingen 

Phone: +49 711 9312-600 

Fax: +49 711 9312-725 

e-mail: mahr.es@mahr.de 

Mahr OKM GmbH 

Carl-Zeiss-Promenade 10 

07745 Jena 

Phone +49-3641 64-2696 

Fax: +49-3641 64-3368 

e-mail: info-okm@mahr.de 

Poland 

Mahr Polska Sp. z o.o. 

Przedstawicielstwo w Polsce 

ul. Pulawska 5/4 

02-515 Warsaw 

Phone: +48 792 665 446 

Fax: +48 607 665 446 

e-mail: arkadiusz.kolakowski@mahr.com 

Russian Federation 

Mahr Representative Office 

Prospekt Vernadskogo 15 

119311 Moskow 

Phone: +7 499 138 53 74 

Fax: +7 499 138 53 74 

Mobile: +7 925 048 29 50 

e-mail: Igor.Lutsenko@mahr.com 


Mahr spol. s.r.o. 

Ulice Kpt. Jaro ¥se 552 

41712 Probo ¥stov 


Phone: +420 417 816 711 

Fax: +420 417 560 237 

e-mail: Info-cz@mahr.com 

Austria 

Mahr Austria GmbH 

Hirschstettnerstraße 19-21 

1220 Wien, Austria 

Phone: +43 1 204 36 73-0 

Fax: +43 1 204 36 73-15 

e-mail: info-austria@mahr.com 

France 

Mahr France 

6, rue Lavoisier-Z.I. 

91430 Igny, France 

Phone: +33 1 69351-919 

Fax: +33 1 69351-900 

e-mail: info@mahr.fr 

Switzerland 

Mahr AG Schweiz 

Zürcherstrasse 68 

8800 Thalwil, Switzerland 

Phone: +41 44 723 39 99 

Fax: +41 44 723 39 98 

e-mail: ch@mahr.com 

United Kingdom / Ireland 

Mahr U.K. Plc. 

19 Drakes Mews 

Crownhill, Milton Keynes 

MK 8 0ER, Great Britain 

Phone: +44 1908-563700 

Fax: +44 1908-563704 

e-mail: info@mahruk.com

+ 

Mahr. Worldwide 

A S I A 

China 

Mahr Ltd. 

Unit G, 14F., CDW Building, 

388 Castle Peak Road, 

Tsuen Wan, N.T., Hong Kong 

Phone: +85 2 2357 9683 

Fax: +85 2 2763 9613 

e-mail: info@mahr.com.hk or 

sales@mahr.com.hk 

Mahr Trading Co., Ltd. 

Beijing Office: 

Room 1706A, Gui Du Tower 

No. 27 Nan Bin He Road 

Xuanwu District 

Beijing 100055, China 

Phone: +86 10 6332 448-1/-2/-3 

Fax: +86 10 6332 4492 



Shanghai Office: 

1/F., No. 1146 Jia, 

West Yan An Road, Changning District, 

Shanghai 200052, China 

Phone: +86 21 5238 5353 

Fax: +86 21 5238 6012 



Guangzhou Office:. 

Unit 1203, East Tower, 

Guangzhou International Commercial Center, 

No. 122 Tiyudong Road, 

Guangzhou 510620, China 

Phone: +86 20 3887-1132/-1173 

Fax: +86 20 3887-1172 


sales@mahr.com hk 

Mahr Precision Metrology (Suzhou) Ltd. 

#399 Su Hong Road 

Suzhou, Industrial Park 

Suzhou 215122, P.R. China 

Phone: +86 512 62585-862 

Fax: +86 512 62585-870 

e-mail: info-suzhou@mahr.com 

Korea 

Mahr Korea Ltd. 

Panwon B/D 6 F 

38-30 Jangchung-dong 1-ga, 

Chung-ku, Seoul 100-391 

South Korea 

Phone: +82 2 579-4981 

Fax: +82 2 579-498-6/-7 

e-mail: sales@mahr.co.kr 

Japan 

Mahr Japan Co., Ltd. 

712-4-1, Mamedo-cho, Kohoku-ku, 

222-0032 Yokohama, Japan 

Phone: +81 45 540-3591 

Fax: +81 45 540-6252 

e-mail: info@mahr.jp 

Malaysia 

Mahr Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 

No. 130, Block B 1, 

Leisure Commerce Square 

No. 9, Jalan PJS 8/9, 

46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor 

Malaysia 

Phone: +60 3 7877-2060 

Fax: +60 3 7877-2040 

e-mail: mahr@tm.net 

sales@mahr.com.my 

Thailand 

Mahr S.E.A. Co. Ltd. 

719 KPN Tower, 20th Floor 

Rama 9 Rd., Bangkapi, Huaykwang 

Bangkok 10310, Thailand 

Phone: +66 2 717 1050-2 

Fax: +66 2 717 1055 

e-mail: Valeerut.Amadtirut@mahr.com 

India 

Mahr Metrology India Private Ltd. 

Corporate Office 

Chennai (Corporate office): 

R-38, 6th Main Road, Anna Nagar 

Chennai 600040, India 

Fax: +91 44 4217 0531 

e-mail: mahrindia@mahr.com 

Pune office: 

A-2, Liberty-Phase II, Opp. Lane No: 5 

North Main Road, Koregaon Park, 

Pune 411 001, India 

Fax: +091 20 40024231 

Bangalore office: 

No. 38, Ground Floor, 8th Main, 8th Cross, 

Jayanagar 2nd Block 

Bangalore 560 011, India 

Fax: +91 80 26572668 

New Delhi 

Mobile: +91 98180 21113 

Ahmedabad 

Mobile: +91 93271 07351 

Please refer to our website www.mahr.com 

for addresses of our worldwide Sales 

Partners (not included in the Mahr Group) 

© by Mahr GmbH, Esslingen / Göttingen 

We reserve the right to make changes to 

our products, especially due to technical 

improvements and further developments. 

All illustrations and technical data are therefore 

without guarantee. 

3759673-1.04.2011 Printed in Germany

- 

+ 

WWW.MAHR.COM 

 

EN11 V1

MarCal. Calipers - STOCKFER

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?